2017 - Catalog - Opti

INDEX
Optics 5
TELECENTRIC LENSES MACRO LENSES

1/3” TO 2/3” SENSORS 1/3” TO 2/3” SENSORS
8 TC series 70 MC series
10 TC CORE series 72 MC3-03X macro
14 TCUV series 74 MCSM1-01X
16 TCSM series 76 MCZR series
18 TCLWD series 78 MZMT12X series
20 TCCX series 81 MCZM series
22 TCCXQ series UP TO 4/3” SENSORS
24 TCZR series 82 MZMT5X series
26 TCBENCH series VERY LARGE & LINESCAN SENSORS
27 TCBENCH CORE series 84 MC4K series
28 TCKIT case 86 MC12K series
29 TCEDGEVIS 88 MC16K series
30 TCHM series
30 TCVLWD series
FIXED FOCAL LENSES
31 TCCXHM series 1/3” TO 2/3” SENSORS
31 TCCXLM series 90 ENMT series
UP TO 4/3” SENSORS 92 ENMP series
32 TC2MHR- TC4MHR series 92 ENHR series
34 TC2MHR- TC4MHR CORE series 93 ENVF series
38 TCDP PLUS series UP TO 4/3” SENSORS
42 TCCX2M series 93 EN2M series
VERY LARGE & LINESCAN SENSORS 94 ENUV2M series
44 TC16M series 94 EN43 series
46 TC4K series VERY LARGE & LINESCAN SENSORS
48 TC12K series 94 EN4K series
360° VIEW OPTICS INFRARED OPTICS

52 PC series SHORT WAVE INFRARED
96 SWIR series
56 PCCD series
97 ENSWIRMP Series
58 PCHI series
MEDIUM WAVE INFRARED
60 PCBP series
98 MWIR series
62 PCPW series LONG WAVE INFRARED
64 PCMP series 99 LWIR series
66 TCCAGE series
ADAPTIVE OPTICS
102 ADKIT case
“the best available within their category”: they range from general
PRODUCTS purpose fixed focal length lenses to LED illuminators and from high
magnification telecentric lenses to resolution targets.
In order to meet all of our customers’ needs, we have carefully These products will be delivered to you with the same level of
selected a collection of machine vision components from experienced competence, quality and technical support that you have come to
and qualified suppliers to complement our product range. know and expect from Opto Engineering®. Our goal is to turn our
These products are highlighted throughout the catalog with the knowledge, experience and passion for machine vision into a broad
“RT” symbol and have been identified by our product managers as and comprehensive service for our customers.
www.opto-engineering.com
Lighting 105 Software 187
LED ILLUMINATORS COMPETENCE

TELECENTRIC LIGHTS 188 Machine vision software competence
108 LTCLHP series
110 LTCLHP CORE series SOFTWARE
114 LTCL4K series 192 Vision system designer
DOME LIGHTS
LIBRARY
116 LTDM series
197 CVTOOLS
118 LTDMC series
RINGLIGHTS
120 LTLA series
122 LTRNST series
Accessories
124 LTRNOB series
126 LTLAIC series
199
127 LTLADC series
128 LTRNDC series
COMBINED LIGHTS MOUNTING MECHANICS
130 LTDMLA series 200 CMHO series
132 View-through system 202 CMPT series
BACKLIGHTS 202 CMPH series
134 LTBP series 203 CMHOCR series
138 LTBC series 203 CMPTCR series
140 LTBFC series
BAR LIGHTS ACCESSORIES FOR LENSES
141 LTBRDC series 204 CMBS series
LINE LIGHTS 206 CMMR series
142 LTLNC series 210 WI series
TUNNEL LIGHTS 212 Optical filters
144 LTTNC series 215 PCCDLFAT
COAXIAL LIGHTS 215 CPDPH01
145 LTCXC series 216 EXT series
LED PATTERN PROJECTORS PATTERNS

148 LTPRHP3W series 217 PTTC series
152 LTPRSMHP3W series 218 PTPR series
156 LTPRXP series 220 RC series
160 LTPRUP series
CONTROLLERS & POWER SUPPLIES
222 LTDV series
164 LTPKIT case
224 MTDV
226 PS series
CABLES & ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS

Cameras 167 228
229
CB series
LTSCHP series
229 LDSC series
SMART CAMERAS
170 CLOE-CORE series
174 CLOE-360°OUT series
Vision systems
176 CLOE-360°IN series
230
178 ymIR
AREA SCAN CAMERAS

181 mvBlueFOX3-2 series ALBERT
183 mvBlueCOUGAR series 232 Self-learning vision system
Basics 240
Optics
Lighting
Cameras
Vision systems
Application notes 297
298 Robotic application note
Selection charts 302
304 Sensor size chart telecentric

306 Sensor size chart entrocentric
308 Selection chart illuminators
310 Filter thread compatibility table
Optics
TELECENTRIC LENSES 6
360° VIEW OPTICS 50
MACRO LENSES 68
FIXED FOCAL LENSES 89
INFRARED OPTICS 95
ADAPTIVE OPTICS 100
Demanding vision tasks such as precision measurement require

zero distortion telecentric lenses. Opto Engineering® provides
the best components from the machine vision world covering
almost every possible need in precision telecentric optics:
wide range of high to low magnifications, classic and extremely
compact designs like the TC4K FLAT and TC CORE series, standard
or long working distances, fixed or variable magnifications like the
TCZR and TCDP PLUS series, lenses with Scheimpflug adjustment for
3D applications as well as telecentric lenses with integrated coaxial
illumination.
360° view optics are uniquely designed lenses allowing you to reduce the
number of components in a vision system. They offer a smart approach to
solving machine vision tasks and have become a standard in many industries.
Correctly choosing optics is paramount to achieve high quality images, which are
the basis of good image processing and essential to correctly qualify the object
under inspection. Though the final result also depends on the camera resolution and
pixel size, a lens is in many cases the stepping stone to build a machine vision system,
therefore our motto at Opto Engineering® is “OPTICS FIRST”.
5
TELECENTRIC LENSES
8 - 31 1/3” TO 2/3” SENSORS
32 - 42 UP TO 4/3” SENSORS
44 - 49 VERY LARGE & LINESCAN SENSORS
Outstanding optical performance.

Unmatched customer service.
Opto Engineering® telecentric lenses are our core business:

these products benefit from a decade-long effort in continuous
research & development, resulting in an extensive range
of part numbers for a diverse and ever-growing number
of applications.
These products deliver the highest optical performance

available on the market:
• extra-telecentricity for thick object imaging
• very low distortion for accurate measurements
• excellent resolution for small pixel cameras
• wide field depth for large object displacements
• pre-adjusted back focal length and working distance
• compact and robust design, tailored for industrial environments
TC lenses for matrix detectors also feature:

• bi-telecentric design
• detailed test report for each lens
REACH
COMPLIANT
RoHS
Refer to specific datasheets available at www.opto-engineering.com
for product compliancy with regulations, certifications and safety labels.
6
7
TELECENTRIC LENSES 1/3” TO 2/3” SENSORS
TC series
Bi-telecentric lenses for matrix detectors up to 2/3″
TC series bi-telecentric lenses represent the key component of KEY ADVANTAGES

any measurement system powered by machine vision: these lenses
can truly take advantage of high-resolution detectors such as 5 Mpix High telecentricity for thick object imaging.
- 2/3″, acquiring images with exceptional fidelity and precision.
Nearly zero distortion for accurate measurements.
The Opto Engineering® bi-telecentric design makes these optics
truly telecentric: no magnification change occurs when an object Excellent resolution for high resolution cameras.
is moved closer to or away from the lens, making TC series ideal
for measurement applications of mechanical parts ranging from Simple and robust design for industrial environments.
extruded aluminium profiles to tiny clock gears.
Easy filter insertion.
No other lenses can offer the same optical performance in terms of
telecentricity and distortion: additionally you can further enhance Detailed test report with measured optical parameters.
depth of field and optical accuracy by pairing our TC lenses with
LTCLHP telecentric illuminators.
All of our TC lenses are rigorously tested and supplied with a
detailed Test Report: We guarantee that 100% of our TC lenses
meet or exceed our written specifications.
Opto Engineering® TC series offers the best performance to price

ratio available today and is the ideal choice when no compromise
can be accepted in terms of reliability and ease of use.
Additionally we supply useful accessories including CMHO clamping
mechanics and CMPT mounting plates: mechanical support systems
for easy integration in industrial environments, where a solid and
secure assembly is mandatory.
FOR HIGHER MAGNIFICATION LENSES SEE ALSO
TCHM series p. 30
FULL RANGE OF COMPATIBLE ILLUMINATORS

NEW
LTCLHP CORE series p. 110
Camera phase adjustment available on selected FULL RANGE OF COMPATIBLE ACCESSORIES

models for easy and hassle-free integration.
Mounting mechanics CMHO and CMPT p. 200-202
Detector type Optical specifications Mechanical specs
1/3’’ 1/2.5’’ 1/2’’ 1/1.8” 2/3” - 5 Mpx
Part Mag. Image wxh wxh wxh wxh wxh WD wF/# Telecentricity Distortion Field CTF Mount Phase Length Diam.
number circle 4.80 x 3.60 5.70 x 4.28 6.40 x 4.80 7.13 x 5.37 8.45 x 7.07 typical (max) typical (max) depth @70lp/mm adj.
(x) Ø (mm) (mm x mm) (mm x mm) (mm x mm) (mm x mm) (mm x mm) (mm) (deg) (%) (mm) (%) (mm) (mm)
7 1 2 3 4 5 9 6
Object field of view (mm x mm) 8
TC 23 004 2.000 11.0 2.40 x 1.80 2.85 x 2.14 3.20 x 2.40 3.56 x 2.68 4.22 x 3.55 56.0 11 < 0.08 (0.10) < 0.04 (0.08) 0.23 > 30 C 101.4 28
TC 23 007 1.333 11.0 3.60 x 2.70 4.28 x 3.21 4.80 x 3.60 5.35 x 4.03 6.34 x 5.30 60.1 11 < 0.08 (0.10) < 0.03 (0.08) 0.5 > 30 C 78.5 28
TC 23 009 1.000 11.0 4.80 x 3.60 5.70 x 4.28 6.40 x 4.80 7.13 x 5.37 8.44 x 7.06 62.2 11 < 0.08 (0.10) < 0.04 (0.08) 0.9 > 25 C 65.0 28
TC 23 012 0.735 11.0 6.54 x 4.90 7.77 x 5.82 8.72 x 6.54 9.71 x 7.31 11.5 x 9.62 53.9 14 < 0.04 (0.10) < 0.04 (0.10) 1.2 > 25 C 60.3 28
TC 13 016 0.290 6.0 16.6 x 12.4 Ø = 14.8 Ø = 16.6 Ø = 18.5 n.a. 43.1 8 < 0.04 (0.10) < 0.04 (0.08) 8 > 40 C 80.9 37.7
TC 12 016 0.385 8.0 12.5 x 9.36 14.8 x 11.1 16.6 x 12.5 18.5 x 14.0 Ø = 18.4 43.1 8 < 0.04 (0.10) < 0.04 (0.08) 5 > 40 C 93.0 37.7
TC 23 016 0.528 11.0 9.09 x 6.82 10.8 x 8.10 12.1 x 9.09 13.5 x 10.2 16.0 x 13.4 43.1 8 < 0.06 (0.10) < 0.04 (0.07) 2 > 30 C 112.7 37.7
TC 13 024 0.192 6.0 25.0 x 18.7 Ø = 22.3 Ø = 25 Ø = 28 n.a. 67.2 8 < 0.08 (0.10) < 0.04 (0.08) 19 > 45 C 105.6 44
TC 12 024 0.255 8.0 18.8 x 14.1 22.4 x 16.8 25.1 x 18.8 28.0 x 21.1 Ø = 27.7 67.2 8 < 0.08 (0.10) < 0.04 (0.08) 10 > 45 C 117.8 44
TC 23 024 0.350 11.0 13.7 x 10.3 16.3 x 12.2 18.3 x 13.7 20.4 x 15.3 24.1 x 20.2 67.2 8 < 0.08 (0.10) < 0.04 (0.10) 5 > 45 C 137.5 44
TC 13 036 0.133 6.0 36.0 x 27.0 Ø = 32.0 Ø = 36.0 Ø = 40.2 n.a. 102.5 8 < 0.04 (0.08) < 0.03 (0.08) 38 > 50 C 133.0 61
TC 12 036 0.177 8.0 27.1 x 20.3 32.2 x 24.1 36.1 x 27.1 40.2 x 30.3 Ø = 39.9 102.5 8 < 0.03 (0.08) < 0.04 (0.10) 21 > 40 C 145.2 61
TC 23 036 0.243 11.0 19.7 x 14.8 23.4 x 17.6 26.3 x 19.7 29.3 x 22.1 34.7 x 29.0 102.5 8 < 0.04 (0.08) < 0.04 (0.10) 11 > 40 C 164.9 61
TC 13 048 0.098 6.0 48.8 x 36.6 Ø = 43.5 Ø = 48.8 Ø = 54.6 n.a. 133.4 8 < 0.08 (0.10) < 0.06 (0.10) 65 > 40 C 167.9 75
TC 12 048 0.134 8.0 35.9 x 26.9 42.5 x 31.9 47.8 x 35.9 53.3 x 40.1 Ø = 52.8 132.9 8 < 0.07 (0.10) < 0.06 (0.10) 37 > 40 C 181.5 75
TC 23 048 0.184 11.0 26.1 x 19.6 31.0 x 23.3 34.8 x 26.1 38.8 x 29.2 46.0 x 38.4 132.9 8 < 0.08 (0.10) < 0.05 (0.10) 20 > 40 C 201.0 75
TC 13 056 0.084 6.0 57.1 x 42.8 Ø = 50.9 Ø = 57.1 Ø = 63.9 n.a. 157.8 8 < 0.04 (0.08) < 0.04 (0.08) 93 > 50 C 191.5 80
TC 12 056 0.114 8.0 42.0 x 31.5 49.9 x 37.4 56.0 x 42.0 62.3 x 46.9 Ø = 61.8 157.8 8 < 0.04 (0.08) < 0.04 (0.08) 51 > 50 C 205.0 80
TC 23 056 0.157 11.0 30.6 x 22.9 36.3 x 27.2 40.7 x 30.6 45.4 x 34.2 53.8 x 45.0 157.8 8 < 0.05 (0.08) < 0.03 (0.08) 27 > 45 C 225.0 80
TC 13 064 0.074 6.0 65.2 x 48.9 Ø = 58.1 Ø = 65.2 Ø = 72.9 n.a. 181.9 8 < 0.06 (0.08) < 0.03 (0.07) 124 > 40 C 212.3 100
TC 12 064 0.100 8.0 48.0 x 36.0 57.0 x 42.7 64.0 x 48.0 71.2 x 53.6 Ø = 70.6 181.8 8 < 0.05 (0.08) < 0.04 (0.07) 67 > 50 C 225.9 100
TC 23 064 0.138 11.0 34.9 x 26.2 41.5 x 31.1 46.6 x 34.9 51.9 x 39.0 61.4 x 51.4 181.8 8 < 0.05 (0.08) < 0.03 (0.07) 35 > 50 C 245.5 100
TC 23 072 0.122 11.0 39.2 x 29.4 46.6 x 35.0 52.3 x 39.2 58.3 x 43.9 69.1 x 57.8 226.7 8 < 0.04 (0.08) < 0.03 (0.07) 45 > 40 C Yes 299.2 116
TC 13 080 0.059 6.0 81.2 x 60.9 Ø = 72.4 Ø = 81.2 Ø = 90.9 n.a. 225.9 8 < 0.05 (0.08) < 0.03 (0.08) 192 > 40 C 259.2 116
TC 12 080 0.080 8.0 59.8 x 44.8 71.0 x 53.2 79.7 x 59.8 88.7 x 66.8 Ø = 88.0 226.7 8 < 0.03 (0.08) < 0.04 (0.10) 104 > 50 C 271.5 116
TC 23 080 0.110 11.0 43.5 x 32.6 51.7 x 38.8 58.0 x 43.5 64.6 x 48.7 76.5 x 64.0 226.7 8 < 0.04 (0.08) < 0.02 (0.10) 55 > 50 C 291.2 116
TC 23 085 0.104 11.0 46.3 x 34.8 55.1 x 41.3 61.8 x 46.3 68.8 x 51.8 81.5 x 68.2 279.7 8 < 0.04 (0.08) < 0.02 (0.08) 62 > 45 C Yes 344.5 143
TC 13 096 0.050 6.0 96.0 x 72.0 Ø = 85.5 Ø = 96.0 Ø = 107.4 n.a. 279.6 8 < 0.06 (0.08) < 0.04 (0.10) 268 > 50 C 303.3 143
TC 12 096 0.068 8.0 70.6 x 52.9 83.8 x 62.9 94.1 x 70.6 104.8 x 78.9 Ø = 103.9 278.6 8 < 0.06 (0.08) < 0.03 (0.08) 145 > 45 C 317.0 143
TC 23 096 0.093 11.0 51.4 x 38.5 61.0 x 45.8 68.5 x 51.4 76.3 x 57.5 90.4 x 75.6 278.6 8 < 0.06 (0.08) < 0.04 (0.08) 77 > 40 C 336.6 143
TC 23 110 0.079 11.0 60.5 x 45.4 71.8 x 53.9 80.6 x 60.5 89.8 x 67.6 106.4 x 89.0 334.5 8 < 0.06 (0.08) < 0.03 (0.07) 106 > 40 C Yes 430.4 180
TC 13 120 0.038 6.0 125 x 93.9 Ø = 111.6 Ø = 125.2 Ø = 140 n.a. 334.5 8 < 0.06 (0.08) < 0.04 (0.10) 450 > 45 C Yes 398.1 180
TC 12 120 0.052 8.0 92.1 x 69.1 109.4 x 82.0 122.8 x 92.1 136.7 x 103.0 Ø = 135.5 334.5 8 < 0.06 (0.08) < 0.04 (0.10) 247 > 45 C Yes 402.7 180
TC 23 120 0.072 11.0 67.0 x 50.3 79.6 x 59.7 89.4 x 67.0 99.5 x 75.0 117.9 x 98.7 334.5 8 < 0.07 (0.08) < 0.04 (0.10) 131 > 35 C Yes 422.4 180
TC 23 130 0.068 11.0 70.9 x 53.2 84.2 x 63.2 94.5 x 70.9 105.3 x 79.3 124.7 x 104.3 396.0 8 < 0.05 (0.08) < 0.04 (0.10) 146 > 40 C Yes 490.0 200
TC 13 144 0.033 6.0 146.7 x 110.1 Ø = 130.8 Ø = 146.7 Ø = 164.2 n.a. 396.0 8 < 0.05 (0.08) < 0.04 (0.10) 606 > 45 C Yes 448.8 200
TC 12 144 0.044 8.0 107.9 x 80.9 128.2 x 96.2 143.9 x 107.9 160.3 x 120.7 Ø = 158.9 396.0 8 < 0.05 (0.08) < 0.05 (0.08) 339 > 35 C Yes 462.1 200
TC 23 144 0.061 11.0 78.6 x 58.9 93.3 x 70.0 104.8 x 78.6 116.7 x 87.9 138.3 x 115.7 396.0 8 < 0.05 (0.08) < 0.04 (0.08) 180 > 40 C Yes 481.9 200
TC 23 172 0.051 11.0 94.6 x 71.0 112.4 x 84.3 126.1 x 94.6 140.5 x 105.8 166.5 x 139.3 526.9 8 < 0.05 (0.08) < 0.04 (0.10) 260 > 40 C Yes 630.3 260
TC 13 192 0.025 6.0 195.8 x 146.9 Ø = 174.6 Ø = 195.8 Ø = 219.1 n.a. 527.0 8 < 0.06 (0.08) < 0.04 (0.10) 1050 > 45 C Yes 589.2 260
TC 12 192 0.033 8.0 144.1 x 108.0 171.1 x 128.3 192.1 x 144.1 213.9 x 161.1 Ø = 212.0 526.9 8 < 0.06 (0.08) < 0.04 (0.08) 603 > 45 C Yes 602.6 260
TC 23 192 0.046 11.0 104.9 x 78.6 124.6 x 93.4 139.8 x 104.9 155.7 x 117.3 184.5 x 154.4 526.9 8 < 0.06 (0.08) < 0.05 (0.08) 320 > 35 C Yes 622.3 260
TC 23 200 0.044 11.0 110.0 x 82.5 130.7 x 98.0 146.7 x 110.0 163.3 x 123.0 193.5 x 161.9 492.8 8 < 0.06 (0.08) < 0.05 (0.10) 352 > 40 C Yes 792.0 322
TC 23 240 0.037 11.0 130.8 x 98.1 155.4 x 116.6 174.4 x 130.8 194.3 x 146.3 230.2 x 192.6 492.8 8 < 0.03 (0.08) < 0.04 (0.08) 498 > 45 C Yes 775.1 322
1 Working distance: distance between the front end of the mechanics and the object. 6 Measured from the front end of the mechanics to the camera flange.
Set this distance within +/- 3% of the nominal value for maximum resolution 7 With 1/1.8” (9 mm diagonal) detectors, the FOV of TC 12 yyy lenses
and minimum distortion. may show some vignetting at the image corners, as these lenses are optimized
2 Working F-number (wF/#): the real F-number of a lens when used as a macro. for 1/2” detectors (8 mm diagonal).
Lenses with smaller apertures can be supplied on request. 8 For the fields with the indication “Ø =”, the image of a circular object
3 Maximum slope of chief rays inside the lens: when converted to milliradians, of such diameter is fully inscribed into the detector.
it gives the maximum measurement error for any millimeter of object displacement. 9 Indicates the availability of an integrated camera phase adjustment feature.
Typical (average production) values and maximum (guaranteed) values are listed. If missing, it can be supplied upon request (except for TC23004, TC23007,
4 Percent deviation of the real image compared to an ideal, undistorted image: TC23009, TC23012).
typical (average production) values and maximum (guaranteed) values are listed.
5 At the borders of the field depth the image can be still used for measurement
but, to get a perfectly sharp image, only half of the nominal field depth should
be considered. Pixel size used for calculation is 5.5 μm.
Ordering information
It’s easy to select the right lens for your application: our part numbers are coded as TC xx yyy, where xx defines the camera sensor size (13 = 1/3″, 12 = 1/2″, 23 = 2/3″) and yyy refers
to the width dimension of the object field of view (FOV), in millimeters. For instance, a TC 12 064 features a field of view of 64 (x 48) mm with a 1/2″ camera sensor.
TC CORE series
Ultra compact bi-telecentric lenses up to 2/3”
KEY ADVANTAGES
Excellent optical performance

TC CORE bi-telecentric lenses deliver excellent optical performance
as other comparable Opto Engineering ® bi-telecentric lenses.
Extremely compact
TC CORE lenses are up to 70% smaller than other telecentric lenses
on the market.
Designed for flexibility and smart integration

TC CORE lenses integrate a camera phase adjustment and can be
mounted on multiple sides with or without clamps, allowing you to
cut costs.
Save you money

Systems integrating TC CORE lenses take much less space, resulting
in lower manufacturing, shipping and storage costs.
Boost your sales

A smaller vision system or measurement machine is the solution
preferred by the industry.
Detailed test report with measured optical parameters.
TC CORE bi-telecentric lenses for sensors up to 2/3” feature a truly TC CORE lenses can be mounted in different directions using any
revolutionary ultra compact opto-mechanical design. of the 4 sides even without clamps, allowing you to cut the system’s
cost, and can be easily fitted or retrofitted even into very compact
These lenses deliver high-end optical performance and at the same machines.
time are up to 70% smaller than other double-sided telecentric
lenses on the market, thus allowing you to significantly downsize a TC CORE bi-telecentric lenses can also be coupled with the new
vision system. ultra compact LTCLHP CORE series telecentric illuminators to build
The unique shape has been expressly developed for maximum super small yet extremely accurate measurement systems.
mounting flexibility.
SEE ALSO
TCBENCH CORE series p. 27
FULL RANGE OF COMPATIBLE ACCESSORIES
Mounting mechanics CMHOCR and CMPTCR series p. 203
Comparison of a “classic“ telecentric lens present on the market and a TC CORE

bi-telecentric lens: TC CORE lens delivers best optical performance and is extremely compact.
10
Multiple lens surfaces can be used for direct mounting without clamps, thanks to the Front CMHOCR clamp available Built-in phase adjustment makes it
M6 threaded holes located on 4 sides.This also allows you to cut costs. for added mounting flexibility. easy to align the camera sensor.
Off-line precision measurement systems:
ADVANTAGES
Save more
• Lower manufacturing cost due to less material employed
• Less space required for storage and use
• Lower shipment expenses due to smaller size
• Lower transportation risks
Sell more
• A smaller vision system or measurement machine
is preferred by the industry
Integrates a classic telecentric lens Integrates a TC CORE bi-telecentric lens
and a classic telecentric illuminator and LTCLHP CORE telecentric illuminator.
present on the market.
11
TC CORE series
Ultra compact bi-telecentric lenses up to 2/3”
Application examples
File Edit Zoom Select

Electronic board inspection:
TC CORE with top ringlight.

Smartphone glass inspection:
TC CORE mounted directly
on a plate and a flat backlight.

Screw measurement on a rotary
glass table: TC CORE lens
and LTCLHP CORE illuminator.
12
TC CORE lens dimensions (A, B, C) and correct position of the sensor in relation to the lens:
A A
B B
C C
sensor position n° 1 sensor position n° 2
The long side of sensor has to be aligned along axis B (position n°1) or axis A (pisition n°2).

Part Mag. Image 1/3” 1/2.5” 1/2” 1/1.8” 2/3” - 5 MP WD wF/# Telecentricity Distortion Field CTF
number circle wxh wxh wxh wxh wxh typical typical depth @70 Mount Phase Dimensions
Ø 4.8 x 3.6 5.70 x 4.28 6.4 x 4.8 7.13 x 5.37 8.45 x 7.07 (max) (max) lp/mm adj.
(x) (mm) (mm × mm) (mm × mm) (mm × mm) (mm × mm) (mm × mm) (mm) (deg) (%) (mm) (%) (mm)
8 1 2 3 4 5 7
Object field of view (mm x mm) 6 A B C
TCCR 12 048 0.134 8.0 35.9 x 26.9 42.5 x 31.9 47.8 x 35.9 53.3 x 40.1 Ø = 52.8 132.9 8 < 0.07 (0.10) < 0.06 (0.10) 37 > 40 C Yes 77 106 115
TCCR 23 048 0.184 11.0 26.1 x 19.6 31.0 x 23.3 34.8 x 26.1 38.8 x 29.2 46.0 x 38.4 132.9 8 < 0.08 (0.10) < 0.05 (0.10) 20 > 40 C Yes 77 106 135
TCCR 12 056 0.114 8.0 42.0 x 31.5 49.9 x 37.4 56.0 x 42.0 62.3 x 46.9 Ø = 61.8 157.8 8 < 0.04 (0.08) < 0.04 (0.10) 51 > 50 C Yes 94 110 125
TCCR 23 056 0.157 11.0 30.6 x 22.9 36.3 x 27.2 40.7 x 30.6 45.4 x 34.2 53.8 x 45.0 157.8 8 < 0.05 (0.08) < 0.03 (0.10) 27 > 45 C Yes 94 110 145
TCCR 12 064 0.100 8.0 48.0 x 36.0 57.0 x 42.7 64.0 x 48.0 71.2 x 53.6 Ø = 70.6 181.8 8 < 0.05 (0.08) < 0.04 (0.10) 67 > 50 C Yes 101 122 133
TCCR 23 064 0.138 11.0 34.9 x 26.2 41.5 x 31.1 46.6 x 34.9 51.9 x 39.0 61.4 x 51.4 181.8 8 < 0.05 (0.08) < 0.03 (0.10) 35 > 50 C Yes 101 122 153
TCCR 12 080 0.080 8.0 59.8 x 44.8 71.0 x 53.2 79.7 x 59.8 88.7 x 66.8 Ø = 88.0 226.7 8 < 0.03 (0.08) < 0.04 (0.10) 104 > 50 C Yes 119 145 159
TCCR 23 080 0.110 11.0 43.5 x 32.6 51.7 x 38.8 58.0 x 43.5 64.6 x 48.7 76.5 x 64.0 226.7 8 < 0.04 (0.08) < 0.02 (0.10) 55 > 50 C Yes 119 145 172
TCCR 12 096 0.068 8.0 70.6 x 52.9 83.8 x 62.9 94.1 x 70.6 104.8 x 78.9 Ø = 103.9 278.6 8 < 0.06 (0.08) < 0.03 (0.10) 145 > 45 C Yes 139 172 183
TCCR 23 096 0.093 11.0 51.4 x 38.5 61.0 x 45.8 68.5 x 51.4 76.3 x 57.5 90.4 x 75.6 278.6 8 < 0.06 (0.08) < 0.04 (0.10) 77 > 40 C Yes 139 172 197
1 Working distance: distance between the front end of the mechanics and the object. 5 At the borders of the field depth the image can be still used for measurement
Set this distance within +/- 3% of the nominal value for maximum resolution but, to get a perfectly sharp image, only half of the nominal field depth should
and minimum distortion. be considered. Pixel size used for calculation is 5.5 μm.
2 Working F-number (wF/#): the real F-number of a lens when used as a macro. 6 For the fields with the indication “Ø =”, the image of a circular object
Lenses with smaller apertures can be supplied on request. of such diameter is fully inscribed into the detector.
3 Maximum slope of chief rays inside the lens: when converted to milliradians, 7 Indicates the availability of an integrated camera phase adjustment feature.
it gives the maximum measurement error for any millimeter of object displacement. 8 Due to the special shape of TCCR120xx it might be necessary to check
Typical (average production) values and maximum (guaranteed) values are listed. the mechanical compatibility with your camera.
4 Percent deviation of the real image compared to an ideal, undistorted image:
13
TCUV series
UV bi-telecentric lenses
TCUV series bi-telecentric lenses are specifically designed to KEY ADVANTAGES

ensure the highest image resolution today available in the machine
vision world. Extremely high resolution for cameras with very small pixels.
No other lenses in the market can efficiently operate with pixels as High telecentricity for thick object imaging.
small as 2 microns. For this reason TCUV bi-telecentric lenses are
a MUST for all those using high resolution cameras and seeking for Nearly zero distortion for accurate measurements.
the highest system accuracy.
Common lenses and traditional telecentric lenses operate in the
visible light (VIS) range. The maximum resolution of a lens is given
by the cut-off frequency, that is the spatial frequency at which the
lens is no longer able to yield sufficient image contrast.
Since the cut-off frequency is inversely proportional to the light

wavelength, common optics are useless with very small pixel sizes
(such as 1.75 microns) which are becoming increasingly popular
among industrial cameras.
CMHO series p. 200
FULL RANGE OF COMPATIBLE CAMERAS
Area scan cameras p. 180-185

Image captured with a lens operating Image taken with a TCUV
in the visible range. bi-telecentric lens.
14
VIS lens UV lens TC UV MTF diffr. limit TC UV CTF
100% 100%
80%
cut-off frequency, VIS
80%
cut-off frequency, UV
60% 60%
Contrast
Contrast
40%
40%
20% 20%
0% 0%
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350
Spacial frequency (line pairs/mm) Spacial frequency (line pairs/mm)
The graph shows the limit performance (diffraction limit) of two The CTF function, which expresses the contrast ratio at a given
lenses operating at working F/# 8. spatial frequency is much higher with TCUV lenses.
The standard lens operates at 587 nm (green light) while the UV lens The vertical bars show the cut-off frequencies of each lens: TCUV
operates at 365 nm. lenses still yield some contrast up to 340 lp/ mm.

1/3’’ 1/2.5’’ 1/2’’ 1/1.8” 2/3”
Part Mag. wxh wxh wxh wxh wxh WD wF/# Telecentricity Distortion Field CTF Mount Length Diam.
number 4.80 x 3.60 5.70 x 4.28 6.40 x 4.80 7.13 x 5.37 8.80 x 6.60 typical (max) typical (max) depth @70lp/mm
(x) (mm x mm) (mm x mm) (mm x mm) (mm x mm) (mm x mm) (mm) (deg) (%) (mm) (%) (mm) (mm)
8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
TCUV 12 036 0.175 27.4 x 20.5 32.2 x 24.1 36.5 x 27.4 40.6 x 30.6 Ø = 37.6 98.7 8 < 0.1 < 0.08 21.0 > 60 C 142.3 61.0
TCUV 23 036 0.241 19.9 x 14.9 23.4 x 17.6 26.6 x 19.9 29.6 x 22.3 36.5 x 27.4 98.7 8 < 0.1 < 0.08 11.0 > 60 C 160.4 61.0
TCUV 12 048 0.133 36.0 x 27.0 42.5 x 31.9 47.9 x 36.0 53.4 x 40.2 Ø = 49.4 130.7 8 < 0.08 < 0.08 37.0 > 60 C 176.1 75.0
TCUV 23 048 0.183 26.2 x 19.6 31.0 x 23.3 34.9 x 26.2 38.9 x 29.3 48.0 x 36.0 130.7 8 < 0.08 < 0.08 20.0 > 60 C 160.4 75.0
TCUV 12 056 0.114 42.0 x 31.5 49.9 x 37.4 56.1 x 42.0 62.4 x 47.0 Ø = 57.8 154.0 8 < 0.1 < 0.08 51.0 > 60 C 198.4 80.0
TCUV 23 056 0.157 30.6 x 22.9 36.3 x 27.2 40.8 x 30.6 45.4 x 34.2 56.1 x 42.1 154.0 8 < 0.1 < 0.08 27.0 > 60 C 160.4 80.0
TCUV 12 064 0.100 48.0 x 36.0 57.0 x 42.7 64.0 x 48.0 71.3 x 53.7 Ø = 66 176.0 8 < 0.08 < 0.08 66.0 > 60 C 219.7 100.0
TCUV 23 064 0.137 34.9 x 26.2 41.5 x 31.1 46.6 x 34.9 51.9 x 39.1 64.1 x 48.0 176.0 8 < 0.08 < 0.08 35.0 > 60 C 160.4 100.0
TCUV 12 080 0.080 59.8 x 44.8 71.0 x 53.2 79.7 x 59.8 88.8 x 66.9 Ø = 82.2 221.0 8 < 0.08 < 0.08 102.0 > 60 C 264.3 116.0
TCUV 23 080 0.110 43.5 x 32.6 51.7 x 38.8 58.0 x 43.5 64.5 x 48.6 79.7 x 59.8 221.0 8 < 0.08 < 0.08 54.0 > 60 C 160.4 116.0
Set this distance within +/- 3% of the nominal value for maximum resolution but, to get a very sharp image, only half of the nominal field depth should
and minimum distortion. be considered.
2 Working F-number (wF/#): the real F-number of a lens when used as a macro. 6 Nominal value.
Lenses with smaller apertures can be supplied on request. 7 Measured from the front end of the mechanics to the camera flange.
3 Maximum slope of chief rays inside the lens: when converted to milliradians, 8 With 1/1.8” (9 mm diagonal) detectors, the FOV of TCUV 12 XX lenses
it gives the maximum measurement error for any millimeter of object displacement. may show some vignetting at the image corners, as these lenses
Typical (average production) values and maximum (guaranteed) values are listed. are optimized for 1/2” detectors (8 mm diagonal).
4 Percent deviation of the real image compared to an ideal, undistorted image: 9 For the fields with the indication “Ø =”, the image of a circular object
typical (average production) values and maximum (guaranteed) values are listed. of such diameter is fully inscribed into the detector.
15
TCSM series
3D bi-telecentric lenses with Scheimpflug adjustment
KEY ADVANTAGES
Unique Scheimpflug adjustment

No other lens can perform oblique measurements.
The image is radially undistorted

Linear extension can be perfectly calibrated.
Compatible with any C-mount camera

C-mount standard compliant.
TCSM series is a unique family of bi-telecentric lenses for extremely thus making 3D-reconstruction very easy and exceptionally
accurate 3D dimensional measurement systems. All TCSM lenses are accurate. The available magnifications ranges from 0.5x to 0.1x
equipped with a high-precision Scheimpflug adjustment mechanism while the angle of view reaches 30°-45° to meet the measurement
that fits any type of C-mount camera. Besides achieving very good needs of triangulation-based techniques. The Scheimpflug mount
focus at wide tilt angles, bi-telecentricity also yields incredibly low tilts around the horizontal axis of the detector plane to ensure
distortion. Images are linearly compressed only in one direction, excellent pointing stability and ease of focus.
Examples of high-end 3D measurements
TCSM imaging and measuring sloped objects. Without tilt adjustment, the object At the Scheimpflug angle, the image
is not homogeneously focused. becomes sharp.
Scheimpflug telecentric optics for both projection and imaging at 90°. Without tilt adjustment, the object At the Scheimpflug angle, the image
16
SEE ALSO
MCSM1-01X p. 74
FULL RANGE OF COMPATIBLE PRODUCTS FOR 3D APPLICATIONS
LED pattern projectors p. 146
CMHO series p. 200
TCSM series lens for straight telecentric pattern projection. Without tilt adjustment, the object At the Scheimpflug angle, the image
Long detector side horizontal Long detector side vertical

1/3” 1/2” 2/3” 1/3” 1/2” 2/3”
Part Object Mount WD Horizontal Vertical Mount Phase wxh wxh wxh wxh wxh wxh
number tilt tilt mag mag adj. 4.80 x 3.60 6.40 x 4.80 8.80 x 6.60 3.60 x 4.80 4.80 x 6.40 6.60 x 8.80
(deg) (deg) (mm) (x) (x) (mm x mm) (mm x mm) (mm x mm) (mm x mm) (mm x mm) (mm x mm)
1 2 Field of view - w x h (mm x mm) Field of view - w x h (mm x mm)
w h
w h
0.0 0.0 0.528 0.528 9.09 x 6.82 12.1 x 9.09 16.7 x 12.5 6.82 x 9.09 9.09 x 12.1 12.5 x 16.7
10.0 5.3 0.528 0.522 9.09 x 6.89 12.1 x 9.19 16.7 x 12.6 6.82 x 9.20 9.09 x 12.3 12.5 x 16.9
TCSM 016 43.1 C Yes
20.0 10.9 0.528 0.506 9.09 x 7.15 12.1 x 9.53 16.7 x 13.1 6.82 x 9.49 9.09 x 12.7 12.5 x 17.4
30.0 17.0 0.528 0.478 9.09 x 7.54 12.1 x 10.1 16.7 x 13.8 6.82 x 10.0 9.09 x 13.4 12.5 x 18.4
0.0 0.0 0.350 0.350 13.7 x 10.3 18.3 x 13.7 25.1 x 18.9 10.3 x 13.7 13.7 x 18.3 18.9 x 25.1
15.0 5.4 0.350 0.338 13.7 x 10.6 18.3 x 14.2 25.1 x 19.5 10.3 x 14.2 13.7 x 18.9 18.9 x 26.0
TCSM 024 67.2 C Yes
30.0 11.4 0.350 0.308 13.7 x 11.7 18.3 x 15.6 25.1 x 21.4 10.3 x 15.6 13.7 x 20.8 18.9 x 28.5
45.0 19.3 0.350 0.262 13.7 x 13.7 18.3 x 18.3 25.1 x 25.2 10.3 x 18.3 13.7 x 24.4 18.9 x 33.6
0.0 0.0 0.243 0.243 19.7 x 14.8 26.3 x 19.7 36.2 x 27.1 14.8 x 19.7 19.7 x 26.3 27.1 x 36.2
15.0 3.7 0.243 0.235 19.7 x 15.3 26.3 x 20.4 36.2 x 28.1 14.8 x 20.4 19.7 x 27.2 27.1 x 37.4
TCSM 036 102.5 C Yes
30.0 8.0 0.243 0.213 19.7 x 17.0 26.3 x 22.6 36.2 x 31.1 14.8 x 22.6 19.7 x 30.1 27.1 x 41.4
45.0 13.6 0.243 0.177 19.7 x 20.4 26.3 x 27.2 36.2 x 37.4 14.8 x 27.1 19.7 x 36.2 27.1 x 49.7
0.0 0.0 0.185 0.185 26.0 x 19.5 34.7 x 26.0 47.7 x 35.7 19.5 x 26.0 26.0 x 34.7 35.7 x 47.7
15.0 2.8 0.185 0.181 26.0 x 20.1 34.7 x 26.8 47.7 x 36.9 19.5 x 26.5 26.0 x 35.3 35.7 x 48.6
30.0 6.1 0.185 0.161 26.0 x 22.4 34.7 x 29.9 47.7 x 41.1 19.5 x 29.8 26.0 x 39.8 35.7 x 54.7
45.0 10.5 0.185 0.133 26.0 x 27.1 34.7 x 36.2 47.7 x 49.8 19.5 x 36.1 26.0 x 48.2 35.7 x 66.2
0.0 0.0 0.157 0.157 30.6 x 22.9 40.8 x 30.6 56.1 x 42.0 22.9 x 30.6 30.6 x 40.8 42.0 x 56.1
15.0 2.4 0.157 0.152 30.6 x 23.7 40.8 x 31.7 56.1 x 43.5 22.9 x 31.6 30.6 x 42.2 42.0 x 58.0
30.0 5.1 0.157 0.136 30.6 x 26.4 40.8 x 35.2 56.1 x 48.4 22.9 x 35.2 30.6 x 46.9 42.0 x 64.5
45.0 8.8 0.157 0.112 30.6 x 32.1 40.8 x 42.8 56.1 x 58.8 22.9 x 42.8 30.6 x 57.0 42.0 x 78.4
0.0 0.0 0.137 0.137 34.9 x 26.2 46.6 x 34.9 64.0 x 48.0 26.2 x 34.9 34.9 x 46.6 48.0 x 64.0
15.0 2.1 0.137 0.133 34.9 x 27.1 46.6 x 36.2 64.0 x 49.8 26.2 x 36.1 34.9 x 48.2 48.0 x 66.3
30.0 4.5 0.137 0.119 34.9 x 30.2 46.6 x 40.3 64.0 x 55.4 26.2 x 40.2 34.9 x 53.6 48.0 x 73.7
45.0 7.8 0.137 0.098 34.9 x 36.8 46.6 x 49.0 64.0 x 67.4 26.2 x 49.0 34.9 x 65.3 48.0 x 89.8
0.0 0.0 0.110 0.110 43.6 x 32.7 58.2 x 43.6 80.0 x 60.0 32.7 x 43.6 43.6 x 58.2 60.0 x 80.0
15.0 1.7 0.110 0.107 43.6 x 33.8 58.2 x 45.0 80.0 x 61.9 32.7 x 45.0 43.6 x 60.0 60.0 x 82.5
30.0 3.6 0.110 0.096 43.6 x 37.6 58.2 x 50.2 80.0 x 69.0 32.7 x 50.2 43.6 x 67.0 60.0 x 92.1
45.0 6.3 0.110 0.078 43.6 x 45.9 58.2 x 61.2 80.0 x 84.2 32.7 x 61.2 43.6 x 81.7 60.0 x 112.3
0.0 0.0 0.093 0.093 51.4 x 38.5 68.5 x 51.4 94.2 x 70.7 38.5 x 51.4 51.4 x 68.5 70.7 x 94.2
15.0 1.4 0.093 0.090 51.4 x 39.9 68.5 x 53.2 94.2 x 73.1 38.5 x 53.2 51.4 x 70.9 70.7 x 97.5
30.0 3.1 0.093 0.081 51.4 x 44.4 68.5 x 59.2 94.2 x 81.5 38.5 x 59.2 51.4 x 79.0 70.7 x 108.6
45.0 5.3 0.093 0.066 51.4 x 54.4 68.5 x 72.5 94.2 x 99.7 38.5 x 72.4 51.4 x 96.6 70.7 x 132.8
1 Working distance: distance between the front end of the mechanics and the object. 2 Indicates the availability of an integrated camera phase
Set this distance within +/- 3% of the nominal value for maximum resolution and minimum distortion. adjustment feature.
17
TCLWD series
Long working distance telecentric lenses for 2/3″ detectors
TCLWD is a range of telecentric lenses specifically designed for KEY ADVANTAGES

electronic and semiconductor Automated Optical Inspection (AOI)
and tool pre-setting machines. Long working distance
Perfect for electronic components inspection and tool pre-setting
All these lenses feature a working distance of 135 mm and offer machines.
excellent optical resolution, high telecentricity and low distortion,
thus matching and even exceeding the industrial requirements for High numerical aperture
the target applications. For small pixel size / high resolution detectors.
The long working distance allows for extra space, which is essential Easy rotational phase adjustment
if you need to install illumination, pick-up tools or provide the Robust and precise tuning of the lens-camera phase.
necessary separation from hazardous production processes.
Full range of compatible products
In addition to the long working distance, TCLWD optics have Fits LTCLHP telecentric illuminators, CMHO clamping supports and
a numerical aperture large enough to take advantage of high LTRN ring illuminators.
resolution / small pixel size cameras, making these lenses a perfect
match for general-purpose 2D measurement systems. Detailed test report with measured optical parameters.
A TCLWD050 lens assembled with a CMHO016 clamping mechanics and back-illuminated by a LTCLHP016-G telecentric illuminator forming an inspection system for measurement
of mechanical components such as milling tools and screws.
18
FOR OTHER LONG WORKING DISTANCE TELECENTRIC LENSES, SEE ALSO
TCVLWD series p. 30
Backlights LTBP, LTBC, LTBFC series p. 134-140
COMPATIBLE CLAMPING MECHANICS
Mounting clamp CMHO016 p. 200
A TCLWD lens in combination with LTRN016 ring illuminator inspecting A TCLWD lens measuring a clock gear with backlight illumination.
an electronic board.

1/3’’ 1/2.5’’ 1/2’’ 1/1.8” 2/3” - 5 Mpx
1 2 3 4 5 7 6
Object field of view (mm x mm)
TCLWD 050 0.50 11.0 9.60 x 7.20 11.4 x 8.56 12.8 x 9.60 14.3 x 10.7 16.9 x 14.1 132.3 12 0.04 (0.06) 0.1 (0.20) 4 > 60 C Yes 130.7 37.7
TCLWD 066 0.66 11.0 7.27 x 5.45 8.64 x 6.48 9.70 x 7.27 10.8 x 8.14 12.8 x 10.7 132.3 12 0.04 (0.06) 0.1 (0.20) 2.3 > 58 C Yes 149.3 37.7
TCLWD 075 0.75 11.0 6.40 x 4.80 7.60 x 5.71 8.53 x 6.40 9.51 x 7.16 11.3 x 9.43 132.3 12 0.04 (0.06) 0.1 (0.20) 1.8 > 55 C Yes 155.0 37.7
TCLWD 100 1.00 11.0 4.80 x 3.60 5.70 x 4.28 6.40 x 4.80 7.13 x 5.37 8.45 x 7.07 132.3 12 0.04 (0.06) 0.05 (0.10) 1 > 60 C Yes 126.0 37.7
TCLWD 150 1.50 11.0 3.20 x 2.40 3.80 x 2.85 4.27 x 3.20 4.75 x 3.58 5.63 x 4.71 132.3 16 0.04 (0.06) 0.05 (0.10) 0.6 > 50 C Yes 140.4 37.7
TCLWD 250 2.50 11.0 1.92 x 1.44 2.28 x 1.71 2.56 x 1.92 2.85 x 2.15 3.38 x 2.83 132.3 20 0.04 (0.06) 0.05 (0.10) 0.3 > 40 C Yes 157.0 37.7
TCLWD 350 3.50 11.0 1.37 x 1.03 1.63 x 1.22 1.83 x 1.37 2.04 x 1.53 2.41 x 2.02 132.3 24 0.04 (0.06) 0.05 (0.10) 0.2 > 30 C Yes 174.7 37.7
1 Working distance: distance between the front end of the mechanics and the object. 4 Percent deviation of the real image compared to an ideal, undistorted image:
Set this distance within +/- 3% of the nominal value for maximum resolution typical (average production) values and maximum (guaranteed) values are listed.
and minimum distortion. 5 At the borders of the field depth the image can be still used for measurement
2 Working F-number (wF/#): the real F-number of a lens when used as a macro. but, to get a perfectly sharp image, only half of the nominal field depth should
Lenses with smaller apertures can be supplied on request. be considered. Pixel size used for calculation is 5.5 μm.
3 Maximum slope of chief rays inside the lens: when converted to milliradians, 6 Measured from the front end of the mechanics to the camera flange.
Typical (average production) values and maximum (guaranteed) values are listed.
It’s easy to select the right lens for your application: our part numbers are coded as TCLWD xxx, where xxx defines the magnification (050 = 0.50, 066 = 0.66, 075 = 0.75, … ).
For instance, a TCLWD 050 features a 0.50 magnification.
19
TCCX series
Telecentric lenses with built-in coaxial illumination
KEY ADVANTAGES
Large numerical aperture

For small pixel size camera resolution.
Long working distance

Tailored for electronic components inspection.
Compact built-in illumination

Ideal for high-end applications in the semiconductor industry.
Easy rotational phase adjustment

Robust and precise tuning of the camera phase.
TCCX series is a range of lenses designed for measurement Typical application include recognition of silicon wafers pattern
and defect detection on flat surfaces. They feature the same and inspection of LCD displays, polished metal surfaces, plastic
magnifications and working distance of TCLWD series while adding and glass panels, and many other.
integrated coaxial light.
Such lighting configuration is required to homogeneously illuminate
uneven surfaces and detect small surface defects such as scratches
or grooves, finding application in many industries, from the
electronics and semiconductor industries to the glass and metal
fabrication industries. FOR OTHER MAGNIFICATIONS COAXIAL TELECENTRIC LENSES SEE ALSO
All these lenses operate at a working distance of 135 mm while their

TCCXHM, TCCXLM series p. 31
large numerical aperture enables the superior resolution needed
for small pixel cameras, matching and even exceeding the industrial
requirements of on- and off-line applications.
The built-in LED source, equipped with advanced electronics, Backlights LTBP, LTBC, LTBFC series p. 134-140
provides excellent illumination stability and homogeneity, key
factors for the reliability of any machine vision system. FULL RANGE OF COMPATIBLE ACCESSORIES
The unique optical design minimizes the internal reflection issues of
conventional coaxial illumination systems: this makes TCCX lenses Mounting mechanics CMHO016 p. 200
the perfect choice especially when inspecting highly reflective flat
surfaces (approx. > 30% reflectance).
Image of an LCD display taken Details of an electronic board Scratches on a stainless steel
with a TCCX250 lens. imaged with a TCCX lens surface emphasized by coaxial
TCCX lens inspects objects using coaxial illumination. with green illumination. illumination.
20
Precise light intensity tuning Direct LED control
Easily and precisely tune the light The built-in electronics can be
intensity level thanks to the leadscrew bypassed in order to drive the LED
multi-turn trimmer positioned in the directly for use in continuous or
back. pulsed mode. When bypassed, the
built-in electronics behaves as an
open circuit allowing for direct control
of the LED source.
Electrical specifications
Light Device power ratings LED power ratings

Part number Light color, wavelength peak DC voltage Power consumption Max LED fwd current Forward voltage Max pulse current
min max typ. max
(V) (V) (W) (mA) (V) (V) (mA)
1 2 3 4
TCCX xxx-G green, 520 nm 12 24 < 2.5 350 3.3 4.00 2000
TCCX xxx-W white 12 24 < 2.5 350 2.78 n.a. 2000
1 Tolerance ± 10%. 4 At pulse width <= 10 ms, duty cycle <= 10% condition.
2 Used in continuous (not pulsed) mode. Built-in electronics board must be bypassed (see tech info online).
3 At max forward current. Tolerance is ±0.06V on forward voltage measurements.

1/3’’ 1/2.5’’ 1/2’’ 1/1.8” 2/3” - 5 Mpx
1 2 3 4 5 7 6
TCCX 050-G 0.50 11 9.60 x 7.20 11.4 x 8.56 12.8 x 9.60 14.3 x 10.7 16.9 x 14.1 132.3 12 0.04 (0.06) 0.1 (0.20) 4 > 60 C Yes 131.2 37.7
TCCX 050-W 0.50 11 9.60 x 7.20 11.4 x 8.56 12.8 x 9.60 14.3 x 10.7 16.9 x 14.1 132.3 12 0.04 (0.06) 0.1 (0.20) 4 > 60 C Yes 131.2 37.7
TCCX 066-G 0.66 11 7.27 x 5.45 8.64 x 6.48 9.70 x 7.27 10.8 x 8.14 12.8 x 10.7 132.3 12 0.04 (0.06) 0.1 (0.20) 2.3 > 58 C Yes 149.8 37.7
TCCX 066-W 0.66 11 7.27 x 5.45 8.64 x 6.48 9.70 x 7.27 10.8 x 8.14 12.8 x 10.7 132.3 12 0.04 (0.06) 0.1 (0.20) 2.3 > 58 C Yes 149.8 37.7
TCCX 075-G 0.75 11 6.40 x 4.80 7.60 x 5.71 8.53 x 6.40 9.51 x 7.16 11.3 x 9.43 132.3 12 0.04 (0.06) 0.1 (0.20) 1.8 > 55 C Yes 155.5 37.7
TCCX 075-W 0.75 11 6.40 x 4.80 7.60 x 5.71 8.53 x 6.40 9.51 x 7.16 11.3 x 9.43 132.3 12 0.04 (0.06) 0.1 (0.20) 1.8 > 55 C Yes 155.5 37.7
TCCX 100-G 1.00 11 4.80 x 3.60 5.70 x 4.28 6.40 x 4.80 7.13 x 5.37 8.45 x 7.07 132.3 12 0.04 (0.06) 0.05 (0.10) 1 > 60 C Yes 132.9 37.7
TCCX 100-W 1.00 11 4.80 x 3.60 5.70 x 4.28 6.40 x 4.80 7.13 x 5.37 8.45 x 7.07 132.3 12 0.04 (0.06) 0.05 (0.10) 1 > 60 C Yes 132.9 37.7
TCCX 150-G 1.50 11 3.20 x 2.40 3.80 x 2.85 4.27 x 3.20 4.75 x 3.58 5.63 x 4.71 132.3 16 0.04 (0.06) 0.05 (0.10) 0.6 > 50 C Yes 147.2 37.7
TCCX 150-W 1.50 11 3.20 x 2.40 3.80 x 2.85 4.27 x 3.20 4.75 x 3.58 5.63 x 4.71 132.3 16 0.04 (0.06) 0.05 (0.10) 0.6 > 50 C Yes 147.2 37.7
TCCX 250-G 2.50 11 1.92 x 1.44 2.28 x 1.71 2.56 x 1.92 2.85 x 2.15 3.38 x 2.83 132.3 20 0.04 (0.06) 0.05 (0.10) 0.3 > 40 C Yes 163.9 37.7
TCCX 250-W 2.50 11 1.92 x 1.44 2.28 x 1.71 2.56 x 1.92 2.85 x 2.15 3.38 x 2.83 132.3 20 0.04 (0.06) 0.05 (0.10) 0.3 > 40 C Yes 163.9 37.7
TCCX 350-G 3.50 11 1.37 x 1.03 1.63 x 1.22 1.83 x 1.37 2.04 x 1.53 2.41 x 2.02 132.3 24 0.04 (0.06) 0.05 (0.10) 0.2 > 30 C Yes 181.5 37.7
TCCX 350-W 3.50 11 1.37 x 1.03 1.63 x 1.22 1.83 x 1.37 2.04 x 1.53 2.41 x 2.02 132.3 24 0.04 (0.06) 0.05 (0.10) 0.2 > 30 C Yes 181.5 37.7
and minimum distortion. 5 At the borders of the field depth the image can be still used for measurement
2 Working F-number (wF/#): the real F-number of a lens when used as a macro. but, to get a perfectly sharp image, only half of the nominal field depth should
Lenses with smaller apertures can be supplied on request. be considered. Pixel size used for calculation is 5.5 μm.
It’s easy to select the right lens for your application: our part numbers are coded as TCCX xxx-y, where xxx defines the magnification (050 = 0.50, 066 = 0.66, 075 = 0.75, … )
and y defines the source color (“-G” stands for “green light”, “W” stands for “white light”). For instance, a TCCX 050-G features a 0.50 magnification with a green light source.
21
TCCXQ series
High resolution telecentric assemblies with coaxial illumination
TCCXQ optical assemblies combine the high optical performance KEY ADVANTAGES
of TC telecentric lenses and the LTCLHP series ability to provide
accurate and reliable illumination. Completely free from stray-light
Compatible with both reflective and diffusive surface objects.
Pairing these two Opto Engineering® flagship products results
in a system completely free from straylight and back-reflections, High resolution
while marking superior optical performance (in terms of resolution, For sharp edge imaging and small imperfections detection.
telecentricity and distortion) even at the highest magnifications.
Bi-telecentric design
This optical layout also minimizes the overall height of the system, Same degree of measurement accuracy as standard bi-telecentric
also allowing the user to easily adjust the camera orientation and lenses.
back focal distance of the lens.
Optimal light collimation
TCCXQ assemblies can be successfully employed in high accuracy For precise direct light measurement applications.
measurement applications as well as Automated Optical Inspection
(AOI) setups. Detailed test report with measured optical parameters.
FOR OTHER COAXIAL SOLUTIONS SEE ALSO
TCCX series p. 20
LTCXC series p. 145

TCCXQ 066-G, formed by TCLWD 066, CMBS 016, LTCLHP 016-G.
22

min max typ. max
(V) (V) (W) (mA) (V) (V) (mA)
1 2 3 4
TCCXQ xxx-G green, 520 nm 12 24 < 2.5 350 3.3 4.00 2000
TCCXQ xxx-W white 12 24 < 2.5 350 2.78 n.a. 2000
TCCXQ 011-x
Available Optical Mechanical

Detector type
colours specifications specifications
1/3” 1/2.5’’ 1/2” 1/1.8” 2/3” - 5 Mpx
Part Mag. Image G W wxh wxh wxh wxh wxh Object distance Mount Phase Length Height Width
number circle 4.80 x 3.60 5.70 x 4.28 6.40 x 4.80 7.13 x 5.37 8.45 x 7.07 d adj.
(*) (x) Ø (mm) (mm x mm) (mm x mm) (mm x mm) (mm x mm) (mm x mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
TCCXQ 150-x 1.50 11 x x 3.20 x 2.40 3.80 x 2.85 4.27 x 3.20 4.75 x 3.58 5.63 x 4.71 82.8 C 155.0 64 198.9
TCCXQ 100-x 1.00 11 x x 4.80 x 3.60 5.70 x 4.28 6.40 x 4.80 7.13 x 5.37 8.45 x 7.07 82.8 C 155.0 64 182.5
TCCXQ 075-x 0.75 11 x x 6.40 x 4.80 7.60 x 5.71 8.53 x 6.40 9.51 x 7.16 11.3 x 9.43 82.8 C 155.0 64 213.5
TCCXQ 066-x 0.66 11 x x 7.27 x 5.45 8.64 x 6.48 9.70 x 7.27 10.8 x 8.10 12.8 x 10.7 82.8 C 155.0 64 207.8
TCCXQ 050-x 0.50 11 x x 9.60 x 7.20 11.4 x 8.56 12.8 x 9.60 14.3 x 10.7 16.9 x 14.1 82.8 C 155.0 64 189.2
TCCXQ 024-x 0.24 11 x x 19.8 x 14.8 23.4 x 17.6 26.3 x 19.8 29.3 x 22.1 34.8 x 29.1 20.1 C 235.9 88 252.4
TCCXQ 018-x 0.18 11 x x 26.1 x 19.6 31.0 x 23.3 34.8 x 26.1 38.8 x 29.2 45.9 x 38.4 37.0 C 285.2 102 303.2
TCCXQ 016-x 0.16 11 x x 30.6 x 22.9 36.3 x 27.2 40.8 x 30.6 45.4 x 34.2 53.8 x 45.0 50.7 C 319.2 108 336.7
TCCXQ 014-x 0.14 11 x x 34.8 x 26.1 41.5 x 31.1 46.4 x 34.8 51.7 x 38.9 61.2 x 51.2 63.8 C 350.3 128 367.6
TCCXQ 011-x 0.11 11 x x 43.6 x 32.7 51.7 x 38.8 58.2 x 43.6 64.8 x 48.8 76.8 x 64.3 90.1 C 415.6 144 433.1
1 Indicates the availability of an integrated camera phase adjustment feature.

If missing, it can be supplied upon request.
(*) The last digit of the part number “-x” defines the source colour.
23
TCZR series
8x bi-telecentric zoom lenses with motorized control
TCZR series is a leading edge optical solution for imaging and KEY ADVANTAGES
measurement applications requiring both the flexibility of zoom
lenses and the accuracy of fixed optics. Perfect magnification constancy
By means of a very accurate mechanism, these lenses ensure No need to re-calibrate after zooming.
unequaled magnification, focusing and image center stability
when switching from a magnification to another, thus avoiding Perfect parfocality
recalibration at any given time. No need to refocus when changing magnification.
Four different magnifications, featuring a total zoom range of 8x, can
be selected either by means of the onboard control keyboard or via Bi-telecentricity
computer through a specific remote control software. Very accurate measurement is possible.
Bi-telecentricity, high resolution and low distortion make these
zooms able to perform the same measurement tasks as a fixed Excellent image center stability
magnification telecentric lens. Each magnification maintains its FOV center.
Full motorization control

FOR OTHER MULTI-MAGNIFICATION OPTICS SEE ALSO
Zoom magnification can be set either manually or via software.
MCZR series p. 76
CMHO TCZR p. 200
MANUAL AND SETUP
Please refer to our website for the updated

TCZR manual and for a complete technical
documentation of the setup process.
TCZR series can be coupled with LTCLHP and LTRN series illuminators
and CMHO TCZR precision clamp.
24
Electronic board images taken with TCZR 036 at four different magnifications. Hard disk arm images taken with TCZR 072 at four different magnifications.

1/3’’ 1/2.5’’ 1/2’’ 1/1.8” 2/3” - 5 Mpx
number circle 4.80 x 3.60 5.70 x 4.28 6.40 x 4.80 7.13 x 5.37 8.45 x 7.07 depth @70lp/mm adj.
1 2 3 4
0.250 19.2 x 14.4 22.8 x 17.1 25.6 x 19.2 28.5 x 21.5 33.7 x 28.2 < 0.05 11 > 40
0.500 9.60 x 7.20 11.4 x 8.50 12.8 x 9.60 14.2 x 10.7 16.8 x 14.1 < 0.04 2.8 > 35
TCZR 036 11.0 74.0 16 < 0.05 C Yes 212.0 56
1.000 4.80 x 3.60 5.70 x 4.20 6.40 x 4.80 7.10 x 5.30 8.40 x 7.00 < 0.04 0.7 > 40
2.000 2.40 x 1.80 2.80 x 2.10 3.20 x 2.40 3.50 x 2.60 4.20 x 3.50 < 0.08 0.2 > 35
0.125 38.4 x 28.8 45.6 x 34.2 51.2 x 38.4 57.0 x 49.0 67.6 x 56.5 < 0.10 45 > 35
0.250 19.2 x 14.4 22.8 x 17.1 25.6 x 19.2 28.5 x 21.5 33.7 x 28.2 < 0.08 11 > 40
TCZR 072 11.0 157.8 16 < 0.05 C Yes 279.7 99
0.500 9.60 x 7.20 11.4 x 8.50 12.8 x 9.60 14.2 x 10.7 16.8 x 14.1 < 0.05 2.8 > 40
1.000 4.80 x 3.60 5.70 x 4.20 6.40 x 4.80 7.10 x 5.30 8.40 x 7.00 < 0.07 0.7 > 35
1 Working F-number (wF/#): the real F-number of a lens when used as a macro. 3 At the borders of the field depth, the image can be still used for measurement,
Lenses with smaller apertures can be supplied on request. but to get a perfectly sharp image only half of the nominal field depth should
2 Maximum slope of principal rays inside the lens: converted in milliradians, be considered. Pixel size used for calculation is 3.9 μm.
it gives the maximum measurement error for any millimeter of object 4 Indicates the availability of an integrated camera phase adjustment feature.
displacement.
25
TCBENCH series
TC optical bench kits for easy measurements
KEY ADVANTAGES
Pre-assembled setup
Just attach your camera, and the bench is ready for measurement.
Best optical performance

The bench is pre-set to provide unpaired measurement accuracy.
Tested system
The bench is quality tested as a whole system.
Optical filters p. 212
TCBENCH series are complete optical systems designed for hassle- The collimated light source is set in order to optimize both
free development of demanding measurement applications. illumination homogeneity and relevant optical parameters such as
distortion, telecentricity and resolution.
Each kit integrates: Coupling a LTCLHP illuminator with a telecentric lens increases
• 1 TC bi-telecentric lens for 2/3” detectors the natural field depth of the lens; this is particularly true for 2/3”
• 1 LTCLHP telecentric illuminator (green) detector lenses where the acceptance angle of ray bundles is much
• 2 CMHO mechanical clamps larger than the divergence of the collimating source.
• 1 CMPT base-plate For this reason these benches feature unmatched image resolution
• 1 PTTC chrome-on-glass calibration pattern and field depth.
• 1 CMPH pattern holder
Opto Engineering® measures the optical performance of each
The benches come ready for use, pre-assembled and pre-aligned TCBENCH and provides an individual test report. TCBENCH series
to assure the best accuracy that a telecentric measurement system also benefits from a special price policy, combining high-end
can deliver. performance with cost effectiveness.
Detector type Optical specifications Mechanical specifications

1/3’’ 1/2.5’’ 1/2’’ 1/1.8’’ 2/3’’ - 5 Mpx
Part Mag. Image wxh wxh wxh wxh wxh WD Optical Optical Field CTF Mount Phase Length Width Height Weight
number circle 4.80 x 3.60 5.70 x 4.28 6.40 x 4.80 7.13 x 5.37 8.45 x 7.07 Accuracy Accuracy Depth @70lp/mm adj.
(x) Ø (mm) (mm x mm) (mm x mm) (mm x mm) (mm x mm) (mm x mm) (mm) (μm) (%) (mm) (%) (mm) (mm) (mm) (g)
1 2 3 4
Field of view (mm x mm)
TCBENCH 009 1.000 11.0 4.80 x 3.60 5.70 x 4.28 6.40 x 4.80 7.13 x 5.37 8.44 x 7.06 62.2 <5 < 0.06% 1.2 > 35 C 282.0 56.0 78.5 900
TCBENCH 016 0.528 11.0 9.09 x 6.82 10.8 x 8.10 12.1 x 9.09 13.5 x 10.2 16.0 x 13.4 43.1 <8 < 0.05% 2.9 > 40 C 297.0 65.5 81.2 1200
TCBENCH 024 0.350 11.0 13.7 x 10.3 16.3 x 12.2 18.3 x 13.7 20.4 x 15.3 24.1 x 20.2 67.2 < 13 < 0.05% 7.0 > 55 C 391.0 65.5 78.5 1340
TCBENCH 036 0.243 11.0 19.7 x 14.8 23.4 x 17.6 26.3 x 19.7 29.3 x 22.1 34.7 x 29.0 102.5 < 22 < 0.06% 14 > 50 C 529.0 103.0 140.5 4150
TCBENCH 048 0.184 11.0 26.1 x 19.6 31.0 x 23.3 34.8 x 26.1 38.8 x 29.2 46.0 x 38.4 132.9 < 31 < 0.06% 24 > 50 C 636.0 117.0 147.5 5600
TCBENCH 056 0.157 11.0 30.6 x 22.9 36.3 x 27.2 40.7 x 30.6 45.4 x 34.2 53.8 x 45.0 157.8 < 36 < 0.06% 33 > 55 C 701.0 122.0 150.0 7300
TCBENCH 064 0.138 11.0 34.9 x 26.2 41.5 x 31.1 46.6 x 34.9 51.9 x 39.1 61.4 x 51.4 181.8 < 40 < 0.06% 43 > 65 C 845.0 143.0 160.5 8700
TCBENCH 080 0.110 11.0 43.5 x 32.6 51.7 x 38.8 58.0 x 43.5 64.6 x 48.7 76.5 x 64.0 226.7 < 55 < 0.07% 67 > 55 C 915.0 158.0 168.0 11100
TCBENCH 096 0.093 11.0 51.4 x 38.5 61.0 x 45.8 68.5 x 51.4 76.3 x 57.5 90.4 x 75.6 278.6 < 70 < 0.07% 94 > 50 C 1053.0 206.5 185.0 15300
1 Working distance: distance between the front end of the lens mechanics 4 Indicates the availability of an integrated camera phase adjustment feature.
and the object. Set this distance within +/- 3% of the nominal value If missing, it can be supplied upon request (except for TCBENCH009)
for maximum resolution.
2,3 Maximum measurement error without software calibration; standard image
correction libraries yield close to zero measurement error.
26
TCBENCH CORE series

Ultra compact TCCORE optical benches for precision measurements
KEY ADVANTAGES
Multi-level cost cutting

Saves money on manufacturing and transportation costs.
Downsized vision system

Allows you to reduce the length of your measurement system.
Pre-assembled setup
Just add a camera and measurement software and you’re ready to go.
Best optical performance in a super tight space

A complete optical system designed for hassle free development
of demanding precision measurement applications.
Non-contact measurement machine example

TCBENCH CORE series are complete and super compact optical Technical specs Standard components TCBENCH CORE Comparison
systems offering superior performance for highly demanding
measurement applications in a super compact assembly. Camera sensor (mm) 8.45 x 7.07 8.45 x 7.07
High-end
FOV (mm) 90.4 x 75.6 90.4 x 75.6
performance
Field depth (mm) 94 94 of both systems
The benches come pre-mounted and pre-aligned, ensuring the best
CTF 70 lp/mm (%) > 50 > 50
accuracy that a telecentric measurement system can deliver.
Height (m) 1.65 0.77
Length (m) 0.45 0.45
Each TCBENCH CORE integrates: 54% volume
Width (m) 0.41 0.41 difference
• 1 TC CORE bi-telecentric lens for 2/3” sensors
Volume (m3) 0.30 0.14
• 1 LTCLHP CORE telecentric illuminator (green)
• 1 CMPTCR base plate
Example of off-line measurement
TCBENCH CORE systems deliver the same optical performance as systems with “classic“ telecentric lens
and illuminator (left)
our TCBENCH systems in a very reduced space. and TCBENCH CORE (right).
LTDV1CH-17V strobe controller p. 222
Detector type Optical specs Mechanical specifications

1/3” 1/2.5” 1/2” 1/1.8” 2/3” - 5 Mpx
Part Mag. Image wxh wxh wxh wxh wxh WD Field CTF Mount Phase Length Width Height Weight
number circle 4.80 x 3.60 5.70 x 4.28 6.40 x 4.80 7.13 x 5.37 8.45 x 7.07 Depth @70lp/mm adj.
(x) Ø (mm) (mm x mm) (mm x mm) (mm x mm) (mm x mm) (mm x mm) (mm) (mm) (%) (mm) (mm) (mm) (g)
1 2 3
Field of view (mm x mm)
TCCRBENCH 048 0.184 11.0 26.1 x 19.6 31.0 x 23.3 34.8 x 26.1 38.8 x 29.2 46.0 x 38.4 132.9 24 > 50 C Yes 352 134 118 3849
1 Working distance: distance between the front end of the lens mechanics and the object. 3 Indicates the availability of an integrated camera phase
Set this distance within +/- 3% of the nominal value for maximum resolution adjustment feature.
and minimum distortion.
2 At the borders of the field depth the image can be still used for measurement but,
to get a perfectly sharp image, only half of the nominal field depth should
27
TCKIT case
Telecentric optics selection for machine vision labs
The Opto Engineering ® TCKIT case includes a selection of some three smaller telecentric lenses in order to demonstrate the several
of the most commonly used telecentric optics in measurement benefits of collimated illumination.
applications. The telecentric kit case is a very helpful tool for system integrators
A kit of four C-mount telecentric lenses covers FOVs ranging from and research centers that are frequently dealing with new machine
9 mm to 64 mm, offering good coverage of many measurement vision applications.
applications. These lenses are suitable for detectors up to 2/3”, The TCKIT case also benefits from our special educational price: you
so that most cameras can be used in combination with this set of should seriously consider buying this kit for your laboratory and
optics. In addition, a LTCLHP 036-G collimated light source (green discover the advantages of bi-telecentric optics!
color) is included in the box; this illuminator can be coupled with the
Part number Products included Description

Bi-telecentric lens for 2/3”,
TC 23 064
64 x 48 mm FOV
TC 23 036
36 x 27 mm FOV
TCKIT TC 23 016
16 x 12 mm FOV
TC 23 009
8.8 x 6.6 mm FOV
Telecentric HP illuminator,
LTCLHP 036-G
beam diameter 45 mm, green
CMHO series clamping mechanics p. 200
28
TCEDGEVIS
Telecentric system for defect detection on flat transparent materials
KEY ADVANTAGES
Revolutionary method for inspecting flat transparent surfaces

(clear glass, plastic films) and for OCR/OCV applications:
• Extreme contrast
• Even the smallest defects can be seen
• Supplied as a ready-to-use optical bench
TCEDGEVIS telecentric optical systems provide a truly revolutionary discontinuities that would be impossible to see with traditional lens
approach to the inspection of flat transparent materials. systems. This approach is also suitable for OCR/OCV applications on
The special optical design ensures that only the light rays deflected clear glass, plastic films etc.
by an object’s edge are imaged on the sensor: edges are automatically TCEDGEVIS optical systems include an EDGE telecentric lens, EDGE
extracted without the need of software algorithms. This technique telecentric illuminator and mounting mechanics and are supplied as
allows the detection of extremely tiny defects, particles and surface fully tested and pre-aligned optical benches.
Scattered rays Display inspection:

Edge Image
EDGEVIS telecentric illuminator EDGEVIS telecentric lens
Working principle: when light rays encounter an object they get scattered from its edges. Detection of tiny scratches, bubbles
The TCEDGEVIS optical system filters these rays to form an image of the object’s profile and inclusions on smartphone
with much higher contrast than traditional optical methods. glass screen.
Particle analysis: Packaging: Packaging: OCR and OCV:
Checking dust deposits on a glass Seal integrity inspection at the highest Seal quality inspection on transparent Transparent text on clear plastic
surface. contrast. plastics and soldering joint. surface.

1/3’’ 1/2.5’’ 1/2’’ 1/1.8’’ 2/3’’ - 5 Mpx Light color,
Part Mag. Image wxh wxh wxh wxh wxh WD peak Mount Phase Length Width Height
number circle 4.80 x 3.60 5.70 x 4.28 6.40 x 4.80 7.13 x 5.37 8.45 x 7.07 wavelength adj.
(x) Ø (mm) (mm x mm) (mm x mm) (mm x mm) (mm x mm) (mm x mm) (mm) (nm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
Object field of view (mm x mm) 1 2
TCEV 23 036-G 0.243 11.0 19.7 x 14.8 23.4 x 17.6 26.3 x 19.7 29.3 x 22.1 34.7 x 29.0 102.5 green, 520 C Yes 549 103.0 140.5
1 Working distance: distance between the front end of the lens mechanics and the object. 2 Indicates the availability of an integrated camera phase
Set this distance within +/- 3% of the nominal value for maximum resolution and minimum distortion. adjustment feature.
29
TCHM series
High magnification telecentric lenses for detectors up to 2/3″

Part Mag. Image Max 1/3’’ 1/2.5’’ 1/2” 1/1.8” 2/3” - 5 MP WD wF/# Distortion Field Nominal Mount Phase Length Diam.
number circle detector wxh wxh wxh wxh wxh depth resolving adj.
size 4.80 x 3.60 5.70 x 4.28 6.4 x 4.8 7.13 x 5.37 8.45 x 7.07 power
(x) Ø (mm) (mm x mm) (mm x mm) (mm x mm) (mm x mm) (mm) (mm) (%) (mm) (µm) (mm) (mm)
1 2
Working distance (WD) 71 mm
RT-HR-6M-71 6.00 11 2/3″ 0.8 x 0.6 1.0 x 0.7 1.1 x 0.8 1.2 x 0.9 1.4 x 1.2 71.00 41.1 0.27 0.10 4.60 C Yes 108 18
RT-HR-4M-71 4.00 11 2/3″ 1.2 x 0.9 1.4 x 1.1 1.6 x 1.2 1.8 x 1.3 2.1 x 1.8 71.00 29 0.24 0.10 4.90 C Yes 100 18
RT-HR-2M-71 2.00 11 2/3″ 2.4 x 1.8 2.9 x 2.1 3.2 x 2.4 3.6 x 2.7 4.2 x 3.5 71.00 18.5 0.21 0.30 6.20 C Yes 97 18
RT-HR-1M-71 1.00 11 2/3″ 4.8 x 3.6 5.7 x 4.3 6.4 x 4.8 7.1 x 5.4 8.5 x 7.1 71.00 15.6 0 0.90 10.50 C Yes 116 18
RT-HR-6M-110 6.00 11 2/3″ 0.8 x 0.6 1.0 x 0.7 1.1 x 0.8 1.2 x 0.9 1.4 x 1.2 110.00 55.6 0.25 0.20 6.20 C Yes 114 18
RT-HR-4M-110 4.00 11 2/3″ 1.2 x 0.9 1.4 x 1.1 1.6 x 1.2 1.8 x 1.3 2.1 x 1.8 110.00 39.2 0.54 0.20 6.60 C Yes 95 18
RT-HR-2M-110 2.00 11 2/3″ 2.4 x 1.8 2.9 x 2.1 3.2 x 2.4 3.6 x 2.7 4.2 x 3.5 110.00 23.8 0.78 0.40 8.00 C Yes 87 18
RT-HR-1M-110 1.00 11 2/3″ 4.8 x 3.6 5.7 x 4.3 6.4 x 4.8 7.1 x 5.4 8.5 x 7.1 110.00 6.7 0.04 1.00 11.20 C Yes 125 18
1 Working F-number (wF/#): the real F-number of a lens when used as a macro. FULL RANGE OF COMPATIBLE PRODUCTS
LTRNDC series LED direct ringlights p. 128
TCVLWD series
Very long working distance (WD) telecentric lenses for detectors up to 1/1.8″

Part Mag. Image Max 1/3’’ 1/2.5’’ 1/2” 1/1.8” WD wF/# Distortion Field Nominal Mount Phase Length Diam.
number circle detector wxh wxh wxh wxh depth resolving adj.
size 4.80 x 3.60 5.70 x 4.28 6.4 x 4.8 7.13 x 5.37 power
(x) Ø (mm) (mm x mm) (mm x mm) (mm x mm) (mm x mm) (mm) (%) (mm) (µm) (mm) (mm)
1 2
RT-TV-1M-150 1.00 8.0 1/2″ 4.8 x 3.6 5.7 x 4.3 6.4 x 4.8 - 156.00 16.7 0.15 1.00 12.00 C Yes 159.0 24
RT-TV-2M-150 2.00 8.0 1/2″ 2.4 x 1.8 2.9 x 2.1 3.2 x 2.4 - 156.00 25.0 0.07 0.44 9.00 C Yes 168.0 24
RT-TV-3M-150 3.00 8.0 1/2″ 1.6 x 1.2 1.9 x 1.4 2.1 x 1.6 - 156.00 37.5 0.05 0.34 9.00 C Yes 171.8 24
RT-TV-1M-220 1.00 8.0 1/2″ 4.8 x 3.6 5.7 x 4.3 6.4 x 4.8 - 218.20 20.0 0.10 1.24 14.00 C Yes 218.0 27
RT-TV-2M-220 2.00 8.0 1/2″ 2.4 x 1.8 2.9 x 2.1 3.2 x 2.4 - 218.20 33.0 0.10 0.67 11.00 C Yes 227.0 27
RT-TV-3M-220 3.00 8.0 1/2″ 1.6 x 1.2 1.9 x 1.4 2.1 x 1.6 - 218.20 43.0 0.10 0.41 9.60 C Yes 230.8 27
RT-TV-1M-290 1.00 8.0 1/2″ 4.8 x 3.6 5.7 x 4.3 6.4 x 4.8 - 290.70 20.0 0.10 1.24 13.00 C Yes 203.7 27
RT-TV-2M-290 2.00 8.0 1/2″ 2.4 x 1.8 2.9 x 2.1 3.2 x 2.4 - 290.70 33.0 0.10 0.67 11.00 C Yes 212.7 27
RT-TV-3M-290 3.00 8.0 1/2″ 1.6 x 1.2 1.9 x 1.4 2.1 x 1.6 - 290.70 43.0 0.10 0.41 9.60 C Yes 216.5 27
RT-TV-05M-400 0.50 8.0 1/2″ 9.6 x 7.2 11.4 x 8.6 12.8 x 9.6 - 400.00 13.9 0.35 3.07 18.60 C Yes 149.6 34
RT-TV-1M-400 1.00 8.9 1/1.8″ 4.8 x 3.6 5.7 x 4.3 6.4 x 4.8 7.1 x 5.4 400.00 25.0 0.30 1.69 16.80 C Yes 166.2 34
RT-TV-2M-400 2.00 8.9 1/1.8″ 2.4 x 1.8 2.9 x 2.1 3.2 x 2.4 3.6 x 2.7 400.00 33.3 0.07 0.64 11.20 C Yes 176.5 34
RT-TV-05M-800 0.50 8.9 1/1.8″ 9.6 x 7.2 11.4 x 8.6 12.8 x 9.6 14.3 x 10.7 800.00 16.7 0.04 3.89 22.40 C Yes 279.6 58
RT-TV-1M-800 1.00 8.9 1/1.8″ 4.8 x 3.6 5.7 x 4.3 6.4 x 4.8 7.1 x 5.4 800.00 20.0 0.09 1.24 13.40 C Yes 296.7 58
1 Working F-number (wF/#): the real F-number of a lens when used as a macro. 2 Indicates the availability of an integrated camera phase adjustment feature.
30
TCCXHM series
High magnification telecentric lenses with built-in coaxial illumination for detectors up to 2/3″

size 4.80 x 3.60 5.70 x 4.28 6.4 x 4.8 7.13 x 5.37 8.45 x 7.07 power
(x) Ø (mm) (mm x mm) (mm x mm) (mm x mm) (mm x mm) (mm) (mm) (%) (mm) (µm) (mm) (mm)
1 2
RT-HR-6F-71 6.00 11 2/3” 0.8 x 0.6 1.0 x 0.7 1.1 x 0.8 1.2 x 0.9 1.4 x 1.2 71.00 41.1 0.27 0.10 4.60 C Yes 107.9 18
RT-HR-4F-71 4.00 11 2/3” 1.2 x 0.9 1.4 x 1.1 1.6 x 1.2 1.8 x 1.3 2.1 x 1.8 71.00 29.0 0.24 0.13 4.90 C Yes 100.0 18
RT-HR-2F-71 2.00 11 2/3” 2.4 x 1.8 2.9 x 2.1 3.2 x 2.4 3.6 x 2.7 4.2 x 3.5 71.00 18.5 0.21 0.30 6.20 C Yes 97.0 18
RT-HR-1F-71 1.00 11 2/3” 4.8 x 3.6 5.7 x 4.3 6.4 x 4.8 7.1 x 5.4 8.5 x 7.1 71.00 15.6 0 0.90 10.50 C Yes 116.1 18
RT-HR-6F-110 6.00 11 2/3” 0.8 x 0.6 1.0 x 0.7 1.1 x 0.8 1.2 x 0.9 1.4 x 1.2 110.00 55.6 0.25 0.16 6.20 C Yes 114.2 18
RT-HR-4F-110 4.00 11 2/3” 1.2 x 0.9 1.4 x 1.1 1.6 x 1.2 1.8 x 1.3 2.1 x 1.8 110.00 39.2 0.54 0.20 6.60 C Yes 94.6 18
RT-HR-2F-110 2.00 11 2/3” 2.4 x 1.8 2.9 x 2.1 3.2 x 2.4 3.6 x 2.7 4.2 x 3.5 110.00 23.8 0.78 0.40 8.00 C Yes 87.4 18
RT-HR-1F-110 1.00 11 2/3” 4.8 x 3.6 5.7 x 4.3 6.4 x 4.8 7.1 x 5.4 8.5 x 7.1 110.00 6.7 0.04 1.00 11.20 C Yes 125.2 18
1 Working F-number (wF/#): the real F-number of a lens when used as a macro. FULL RANGE OF COMPATIBLE LED SOURCES
LDSC series p. 229
TCCXLM series
Telecentric lenses with built-in coaxial illumination for detectors up to 2/3”

size 4.80 x 3.60 5.70 x 4.28 6.4 x 4.8 7.13 x 5.37 8.45 x 7.07 power
(x) Ø (mm) (mm x mm) (mm x mm) (mm x mm) (mm x mm) (mm) (mm) (%) (mm) (µm) 1 (mm) (mm)
RT-TCL0400-F 0.40 11 2/3″ 12.0 x 9.0 14.3 x 10.7 16.0 x 12.0 17.8 x 13.4 21.1 x 17.7 78.50 8 - 40 -0.02 2.10 15.00 C 187.5 44
RT-TCL0300-F 0.30 11 2/3″ 16.0 x 12.0 19.0 x 14.3 21.3 x 16.0 23.8 x 17.9 28.2 x 23.6 108.20 8 - 40 0.01 3.70 20.00 C 224.4 49
RT-TCL0200-F 0.20 11 2/3″ 24.0 x 18.0 28.5 x 21.4 32.0 x 24.0 35.7 x 26.9 42.3 x 35.4 167.00 8 40 0.01 8.40 31.00 C 297.2 68
1 Indicates the availability of an integrated camera phase adjustment feature. FULL RANGE OF COMPATIBLE LED SOURCES
LDSC series p. 229
31
TELECENTRIC LENSES UP TO 4/3” SENSORS
TC2MHR-TC4MHR series
High-resolution telecentric lenses for large detectors up to 4/3”
TC2MHR and TC4MHR series are high resolution telecentric lenses KEY ADVANTAGES
designed for detectors larger than 2/3″: TC2MHR lenses cover up to
1” detectors (16 mm diagonal) while TC4MHR lenses cover up to Wide image circle for detectors larger than 2/3” .
21.5 mm detector diagonal (e.g. suitable for 4/3” detectors), making
them the perfect choice for advanced metrology applications. Excellent resolution and low distortion.
The TC2MHR -TC4MHR series delivers unmatched resolution, low Simple and robust design for industrial environments.
distortion and homogeneous image quality while offering the best
performance to price ratio. Detailed test report with measured optical parameters.
TC2MHR -TC4MHR feature a compact and robust design that allows C, F and M42X1 (-E) mount options with easy phase adjustment.
for easy integration in industrial environments. Additionally, the
camera phase can be easily adjusted by simply loosening the set
screws positioned in the eyepiece part.
In order to help the selection, some of the most commonly used

large matrix detectors are listed: select the product that best suits
your application by choosing the column where the your detector
is listed and scrolling down the table until you find the field of view
best matching your needs.
Mount C Mount E = M42x1 Mount F
32
FOR COAXIAL TELECENTRIC LENSES UP TO 1” DETECTORS SEE ALSO
TCCX2M series p. 42
CMMR series p. 206

1” 1.2” 4/3″
KAI 2020 KAI-04050 KAI-4022/4021 KAI-08050
14.8 mm diag. 16 mm diag. 21.5 mm diag. 22.6 mm diag.
Part Mag. Image wxh wxh wxh wxh WD wF/# Telecentricity Distortion Field CTF Phase Length Diam.
number circle 11.84 x 8.88 12.8 x 9.64 15.2 x 15.2 18.1 x 13.6 typical (max) typical (max) depth @50lp/mm adj
(x) Ø (mm) (mm x mm) (mm x mm) (mm x mm) (mm x mm) (mm) (deg) (%) (mm) (%) (mm) (mm)
7 1 2 3 4 5 9 6
TC2MHR lenses Object field of view (mm x mm) 8 C E F C E F
TC2MHR 016-x 0.767 16.6 15.4 x 11.6 16.7 x 12.5 Ø = 19.8 Ø = 17.7 43.8 16 < 0.08 (0.10) < 0.04 (0.10) 2.0 > 30 Yes 145.5 147.0 116.5 45 52 64
TC2MHR 024-x 0.508 16.9 23.3 x 17.5 25.2 x 18.9 Ø = 29.9 Ø = 26.8 67.2 16 < 0.08 (0.10) < 0.04 (0.10) 4.6 > 40 Yes 170.4 171.9 141.4 45 52 64
TC2MHR 036-x 0.353 16.7 33.5 x 25.2 36.3 x 27.2 Ø = 43.1 Ø = 38.5 102.6 16 < 0.08 (0.10) < 0.08 (0.10) 10 > 30 Yes 197.7 199.2 168.7 61 61 64
TC2MHR 048-x 0.268 16.9 44.2 x 33.1 47.8 x 35.8 Ø = 56.7 Ø = 50.7 133.4 16 < 0.08 (0.10) < 0.08 (0.10) 17 > 30 Yes 232.8 234.3 203.8 75 75 75
TC2MHR 056-x 0.228 16.8 51.9 x 38.9 56.1 x 42.1 Ø = 66.7 Ø = 59.6 157.8 16 < 0.04 (0.08) < 0.05(0.10) 23 > 40 Yes 257.1 258.7 228.1 80 80 80
TC2MHR 064-x 0.200 16.8 59.3 x 44.5 64.1 x 48.1 Ø = 76.1 Ø = 68.1 181.9 16 < 0.04 (0.08) < 0.05 (0.10) 30 > 40 Yes 278.3 279.8 249.3 100 100 100
TC2MHR 080-x 0.160 16.9 74.0 x 55.5 80.0 x 60.0 Ø = 95.0 Ø = 85.0 226.8 16 < 0.04 (0.08) < 0.05 (0.10) 46 > 40 Yes 324.0 325.5 295.0 116 116 116
TC2MHR 096-x 0.137 16.9 86.6 x 65.0 93.6 x 70.2 Ø = 111.2 Ø = 99.5 278.6 16 < 0.05 (0.10) < 0.07 (0.10) 64 > 40 Yes 396.4 397.9 367.4 143 143 143
TC2MHR 120-x 0.104 16.5 113.8 x 85.4 123.1 x 92.3 Ø = 146.2 Ø = 130.8 334.6 16 < 0.07 (0.10) < 0.07 (0.10) 110 > 40 Yes 451.4 452.9 422.4 180 180 180
TC2MHR 144-x 0.089 16.8 133.5 x 100.1 144.3 x 108.2 Ø = 171.4 Ø = 153.3 396.0 16 < 0.05 (0.10) < 0.05 (0.10) 151 > 40 Yes 510.8 512.4 481.8 200 200 200
TC2MHR 192-x 0.067 16.8 178.0 x 133.5 192.5 x 144.4 Ø = 228.6 Ø = 204.5 527.5 16 < 0.05 (0.10) < 0.04 (0.10) 268 > 40 Yes 649.2 650.8 620.2 260 260 260
TC2MHR 240-x 0.053 16.2 223.8 x 167.9 242.0 x 181.5 Ø = 287.3 Ø = 257.1 492.9 16 < 0.05 (0.10) < 0.04 (0.10) 424 > 40 Yes 812.2 813.7 783.2 322 322 322
TC4MHR lenses
TC4M 004-x 4.000 22.0 2.96 x 2.22 3.21 x 2.41 3.79 x 3.79 4.53 x 3.40 57.1 22 < 0.08 (0.10) < 0.08 (0.10) 0.1 > 30 Yes 206.4 n.a. 178.4 45 n.a. 45
TC4MHR 016-x 1.055 21.2 11.2 x 8.4 12.1 x 9.1 14.4 x 14.4 17.2 x 12.9 43.8 16 < 0.08 (0.10) < 0.04 (0.10) 1.1 > 30 Yes 169.6 171.1 140.6 45 52 64
TC4MHR 024-x 0.700 21.6 16.9 x 12.7 18.3 x 13.7 21.7 x 21.7 25.9 x 19.4 67.2 16 < 0.08 (0.10) < 0.04 (0.10) 2.4 > 30 Yes 194.8 196.3 165.8 45 52 64
TC4MHR 036-x 0.486 21.4 24.4 x 18.3 26.3 x 19.7 31.3 x 31.3 37.2 x 28.0 102.6 16 < 0.05 (0.10) < 0.08 (0.10) 5.0 > 30 Yes 222.0 223.6 193.0 61 61 64
TC4MHR 048-x 0.369 21.7 32.1 x 24.1 34.7 x 26.0 41.2 x 41.2 49.1 x 36.9 133.4 16 < 0.08 (0.10) < 0.08 (0.10) 8.7 > 40 Yes 257.1 258.6 228.1 75 75 75
TC4MHR 056-x 0.314 21.6 37.7 x 28.3 40.8 x 30.6 48.4 x 48.4 57.6 x 43.3 157.8 16 < 0.05 (0.10) < 0.04 (0.10) 12.0 > 40 Yes 280.7 282.2 251.7 80 80 80
TC4MHR 064-x 0.275 21.6 43.1 x 32.3 46.6 x 34.9 55.3 x 55.3 65.8 x 49.5 181.9 16 < 0.05 (0.10) < 0.04 (0.10) 15.7 > 40 Yes 301.8 303.4 272.8 100 100 100
TC4MHR 080-x 0.221 21.7 53.7 x 40.3 58.0 x 43.5 68.9 x 68.9 82.0 x 61.7 226.8 16 < 0.05 (0.10) < 0.04 (0.10) 24.4 > 40 Yes 347.6 349.1 318.6 116 116 116
TC4MHR 096-x 0.186 21.6 63.5 x 47.6 68.7 x 51.5 81.6 x 81.6 97.1 x 73.0 278.6 16 < 0.05 (0.10) < 0.04 (0.10) 34.2 > 35 Yes 392.8 394.3 363.8 143 143 143
TC4MHR 120-x 0.143 21.2 82.6 x 62.0 89.3 x 67.0 106.1 x 106.1 126.3 x 94.9 334.6 16 < 0.05 (0.10) < 0.04 (0.10) 57.8 > 30 Yes 475.2 476.7 446.2 180 180 180
TC4MHR 144-x 0.122 21.6 96.9 x 72.7 104.7 x 78.6 124.4 x 124.4 148.1 x 111.3 396.0 16 < 0.05 (0.10) < 0.04 (0.10) 79.5 > 30 Yes 537.7 539.2 508.7 200 200 200
TC4MHR 192-x 0.092 21.6 129.4 x 97.0 139.9 x 104.9 166.1 x 166.1 197.8 x 148.6 527.6 16 < 0.05 (0.10) < 0.04 (0.10) 141.8 > 30 Yes 679.1 680.7 650.1 260 260 260
TC4MHR 240-x 0.073 21.1 161.7 x 121.3 174.9 x 131.1 207.7 x 207.7 247.3 x 185.8 492.9 16 < 0.05 (0.10) < 0.05 (0.10) 221.5 > 30 Yes 827.3 828.8 798.3 322 322 322
and minimum distortion. be considered. Pixel size used for calculation is 5 μm.
2 Working F-number (wF/#): the real F-number of a lens when used as a macro. 6 Measured from the front end of the mechanics to the camera flange.
Lenses with smaller apertures can be supplied on request. 7 With KAI-08050 (22,6 mm diagonal) detectors, the FOV of TC4MHR yyy lenses
3 Maximum slope of chief rays inside the lens: when converted to milliradians, may show some vignetting at the image corners.
it gives the maximum measurement error for any millimeter of object displacement. 8 For the fields with the indication “Ø =”, the image of a circular object
Typical (average production) values and maximum (guaranteed) values are listed. of such diameter is fully inscribed into the detector.
4 Percent deviation of the real image compared to an ideal, undistorted image: 9 Indicates the availability of an integrated camera phase adjustment feature.
It’s easy to select the right lens for your application: our part numbers are coded as TC2MHR yyy-x or TC4MHR yyy-x where yyy refers to the width dimension of the object
field of view (FOV) in millimeters and -x refers to the mount option:
- C for C-mount
- F for F-mount
- E for M42X1 mount (flange distance FD 16 mm).
E.g. TC4MHR064-F for an F-mount TC 4MHR 064 lens. Customized mounts are also available upon request.
33
TC2MHR-TC4MHR CORE series

Ultra compact high-resolution telecentric lenses up to 4/3”
KEY ADVANTAGES
Excellent optical performance

TC2MHR -TC4MHR CORE telecentric lenses deliver excellent optical
performance as other comparable Opto Engineering® telecentric
lenses.
Extremely compact
TC2MHR -TC4MHR CORE lenses are up to 70% smaller than other
telecentric lenses on the market.
Designed for flexibility and smart integration

TC2MHR -TC4MHR CORE lenses integrate a camera phase
adjustment and can be mounted on multiple sides with or without
clamps, allowing you to cut costs.
Save you money

Systems integrating TC2MHR -TC4MHR CORE lenses take much less
space, resulting in lower manufacturing, shipping and storage costs.
Boost your sales

A smaller vision system or measurement machine is the solution
TC2MHR CORE and TC4MHR CORE series are ultra compact TC2MHR CORE and TC4MHR CORE lenses ensure hassle-free
telecentric lenses tailored for high-resolution sensors up to 4/3” . integration in a measurement system. The rear phase adjustment
allows the user to easily align the camera sensor to the sample.
TC2MHR CORE and TC4MHR CORE lenses deliver excellent optical
performance in a super compact shape. Thanks to the unique These lenses can be mounted in several orientations thanks to the
opto-mechanical design, these lenses offer very high resolution, M6 threads located on multiple sides, even without clamps.
nearly zero distortion and high field depth while saving up to 70% For maximum flexibility, a special front mounting clamp is also
in length compared to similar FOV lenses on the market. available.
FULL RANGE OF COMPATIBLE PRODUCTS
CMHOCR series p. 203
Area scan cameras p. 180 -185
Comparison of a “classic“ telecentric lens and a TC CORE telecentric lens:

TC CORE lens delivers best optical performance and is extremely compact.
34
Application example
Standard solution
with a 4/3” camera,
TC4MHR CORE lens

and a LTCLHP CORE illuminator.
35
TC2MHR-TC4MHR CORE series

Ultra compact high-resolution telecentric lenses up to 4/3”
TCCR2M080-C TCCR4M096-E
with C Mount with E Mount (M42x1)
TCCR4M056-F
with F Mount
Built-in phase adjustment makes it easy to align

the camera sensor.
36
TC2MHR -TC4MHR CORE lens dimensions (A, B, C) and correct position of the sensor in relation to the lens:
A A
B B
sensor position n° 1 sensor position n° 2
C C
The long side of sensor has to be aligned along axis B (position n°1) or axis A (pisition n°2).

1” 1.2” 4/3″
KAI 2020 KAI-04050 KAI-4022/4021 KAI-08050
14.8 mm diag. 16 mm diag. 21.5 mm diag. 22.6 mm diag.
Part Mag. Image wxh wxh wxh wxh WD wF/# Telecentricity Distortion Field CTF Mount Phase Dimensions
number circle 11.84 x 8.88 12.8 x 9.64 15.2 x 15.2 18.1 x 13.6 typical (max) typical (max) depth @50lp/mm adj.
(x) Ø (mm) (mm x mm) (mm x mm) (mm x mm) (mm x mm) (mm) (deg) (%) (mm) (%) (mm)
1 2 3 4 5 6 8
TCCR2MHR Object field of view (mm x mm) 7 A B C
TCCR2M 048-C 0.268 16.9 44.2 x 33.1 47.8 x 35.8 Ø = 56.7 Ø = 50.7 133.41 16 < 0.08 (0.10) < 0.08 (0.10) 17 > 30 C Yes 77 109 168
TCCR2M 048-E 0.268 16.9 44.2 x 33.1 47.8 x 35.8 Ø = 56.7 Ø = 50.7 133.41 16 < 0.08 (0.10) < 0.08 (0.10) 17 > 30 M42x1 FD 16 Yes 77 112 170
TCCR2M 056-C 0.228 16.8 51.9 x 38.9 56.1 x 42.1 Ø = 66.7 Ø = 59.6 157.79 16 < 0.04 (0.08) < 0.05(0.10) 23 > 40 C Yes 94 112 178
TCCR2M 056-E 0.228 16.8 51.9 x 38.9 56.1 x 42.1 Ø = 66.7 Ø = 59.6 157.79 16 < 0.04 (0.08) < 0.05(0.10) 23 > 40 M42x1 FD 16 Yes 94 114 178
TCCR2M 064-C 0.200 16.8 59.3 x 44.5 64.1 x 48.1 Ø = 76.1 Ø = 68.1 181.86 16 < 0.04 (0.08) < 0.05 (0.10) 30 > 40 C Yes 101 125 185
TCCR2M 080-C 0.160 16.9 74.0 x 55.5 80.0 x 60.0 Ø = 95.0 Ø = 85.0 226.76 16 < 0.04 (0.08) < 0.05 (0.10) 46 > 40 C Yes 119 145 205
TCCR2M 096-C 0.137 16.9 86.6 x 65.0 93.6 x 70.2 Ø = 111.2 Ø = 99.5 278.62 16 < 0.05 (0.10) < 0.07 (0.10) 64 > 40 C Yes 139 172 230
TCCR4MHR
TCCR4M 048-C 0.369 21.7 32.1 x 24.1 34.7 x 26.0 41.2 x 41.2 49.1 x 36.9 133.41 16 < 0.08 (0.10) < 0.08 (0.10) 8.7 > 40 C Yes 77 109 193
TCCR4M 048-F 0.369 21.7 32.1 x 24.1 34.7 x 26.0 41.2 x 41.2 49.1 x 36.9 133.41 16 < 0.08 (0.10) < 0.08 (0.10) 8.7 > 40 F Yes 77 118 163
TCCR4M 048-E 0.369 21.7 32.1 x 24.1 34.7 x 26.0 41.2 x 41.2 49.1 x 36.9 133.41 16 < 0.08 (0.10) < 0.08 (0.10) 8.7 > 40 M42x1 FD 16 Yes 77 112 195
TCCR4M 056-C 0.314 21.6 37.7 x 28.3 40.8 x 30.6 48.4 x 48.4 57.6 x 43.3 157.80 16 < 0.05 (0.10) < 0.04 (0.10) 12.0 > 40 C Yes 94 112 202
TCCR4M0 56-F 0.314 21.6 37.7 x 28.3 40.8 x 30.6 48.4 x 48.4 57.6 x 43.3 157.80 16 < 0.05 (0.10) < 0.04 (0.10) 12.0 > 40 F Yes 94 119 173
TCCR4M 064-C 0.275 21.6 43.1 x 32.3 46.6 x 34.9 55.3 x 55.3 65.8 x 49.5 181.86 16 < 0.05 (0.10) < 0.04 (0.10) 15.7 > 40 C Yes 101 124 208
TCCR4M 064-F 0.275 21.6 43.1 x 32.3 46.6 x 34.9 55.3 x 55.3 65.8 x 49.5 181.86 16 < 0.05 (0.10) < 0.04 (0.10) 15.7 > 40 F Yes 101 129 180
TCCR4M 080-C 0.221 21.7 53.7 x 40.3 58.0 x 43.5 68.9 x 68.9 82.0 x 61.7 226.76 16 < 0.05 (0.10) < 0.04 (0.10) 24.4 > 40 C Yes 119 146 228
TCCR4M 080-F 0.221 21.7 53.7 x 40.3 58.0 x 43.5 68.9 x 68.9 82.0 x 61.7 226.76 16 < 0.05 (0.10) < 0.04 (0.10) 24.4 > 40 F Yes 119 152 199
TCCR4M 096-C 0.186 21.6 63.5 x 47.6 68.7 x 51.5 81.6 x 81.6 97.1 x 73.0 278.62 16 < 0.05 (0.10) < 0.04 (0.10) 34.2 > 35 C Yes 139 172 254
TCCR4M 096-F 0.186 21.6 63.5 x 47.6 68.7 x 51.5 81.6 x 81.6 97.1 x 73.0 278.62 16 < 0.05 (0.10) < 0.04 (0.10) 34.2 > 35 F Yes 139 175 225
and minimum distortion. be considered. Pixel size used for calculation is 5 μm.
2 Working F-number (wF/#): the real F-number of a lens when used as a macro. 6 M42x1 mount has a flange distance of 16 mm.
Lenses with smaller apertures can be supplied on request. 7 For the fields with the indication “Ø =”, the image of a circular object
3 Maximum slope of chief rays inside the lens: when converted to milliradians, of such diameter is fully inscribed into the detector.
37
TCDP PLUS series

Dual magnification telecentric lenses
KEY ADVANTAGES
Perfect measurement accuracy

TCDP PLUS telecentric lenses produce two images at different
magnifications to cover an extended range of product sizes with the
same accuracy.
Revolutionary flexibility
281 possible combinations allow you to personalize and order the
TCDP PLUS lens fitting YOUR needs.
Smart cost reduction

Solving two vision tasks with one lens involves less components and
lowers the vision system cost.
Off-the-shelf lenses tailored for your needs

Get a standard product customized for your application with no
increase in price or lead time.
TCDP PLUS series are dual magnification telecentric lenses TCDP PLUS lenses help cut the cost of your vision system: you only
supporting two cameras to measure objects with different need to integrate one lens, one illuminator and one mount.
magnifications. They are the perfect choice for measuring
components of different sizes but also for applications where TCDP PLUS lenses are compatible with CMHO clamping mechanics
an entire sample and some of its smaller features have to be and LTCLHP collimated illuminators, as well as LTRN ring
measured with the same accuracy. illuminators designed for the standard TC series.
The fixed design of these lenses ensures perfect repeatability with
no need to recalibrate after each magnification change.
TCDP23C4MC096 imaging TCDP23C4XC144 imaging a screw

an electronic board with two with two different cameras.
different cameras.
diameter
length
Full FOV image with lens lower 2x magnified image of the object Full FOV image with lens lower 4x magnified image of the object
magnification. central area. magnification. central area.
38
TCDP23C4XC096 coupled with LTCLHP 096 telecentric illuminator and LTRN 096 NW ring light.
TCDP PLUS revolutionary design can easily meet any of your

application needs: 281 possible combinations allow to create the
perfect lens for you, also benefiting from the price and lead time of
off-the-shelf components.
TCDP PLUS lenses come in 5 different sizes and can be configured

with 2 different eyepieces out of the 7 available. They are
compatible with several different camera sensors from 1/3” to 4/3”
and are available with C-, F- or M42x1 (FD 16mm) camera mounts.
In the tables below you’ll find a wide range of TCDP PLUS lenses.
On our website you’ll find a simple tool that allows you to create
and order your own TCDP PLUS lens based on your camera sensor Built-in phase adjustment makes it easy to align the camera sensor.
and desired fields of view.
FOR OTHER MULTI-MAGNIFICATION OPTICS SEE ALSO
MCZR series p. 76
SETUP
LTCLHP series collimated illuminators p. 108

Please check our website for all 281 possible
combinations.
CMHO series p. 200
39
TCDP PLUS series

Dual magnification telecentric lenses
Detector type
1/3” 1/2.5” 1/2” 1/1.8” 2/3” - 5 Mpx KAI-2020 1” 1.2” 4/3”
KAI-04050 KAI-4022/4021 KAI-08050
14.8 mm diag 16 mm diag 21.5 mm diag 22.6 mm diag
Part Mount Mag. Image wxh wxh wxh wxh wxh wxh wxh wxh wxh
number circle 4.80 x 3.60 5.70 x 4.28 6.40 x 4.80 7.13 x 5.37 8.45 x 7.07 11.84 x 8.88 12.8 x 9.60 15.20 x 15.20 18.1 x 13.6
(x) Ø (mm) (mm x mm) (mm x mm) (mm x mm) (mm x mm) (mm x mm) (mm x mm) (mm x mm) (mm x mm) (mm x mm)
1 Object field of view (mm x mm)
0.137 16.9 35.1 x 26.3 41.7 x 31.3 46.8 x 35.1 52.2 x 39.3 61.8 x 51.7 86.3 x 65.0 93.6 x 70.2 111.2 x 111.2 Ø = 99.5
TCDP 2MF 4MF 096 F
0.186 21.6 25.8 x 19.3 30.6 x 23.0 34.3 x 25.8 38.3 x 28.8 45.3 x 37.9 63.3 x 47.6 68.7 x 51.5 81.6 x 81.6 97.1 x 73.0
0.093 11.0 51.4 x 38.5 61.0 x 45.8 68.5 x 51.4 76.3 x 57.5 90.5 x 75.7 Ø = 95.1 Ø = 102.8 n.a. n.a.
TCDP 23C 4XC 096 C
0.374 11.0 12.8 x 9.6 15.3 x 11.5 17.1 x 12.8 19.1 x 14.4 22.6 x 18.9 Ø = 23.8 Ø = 25.7 n.a. n.a.
0.093 11.0 51.4 x 38.5 61.0 x 45.8 68.5 x 51.4 76.3 x 57.5 90.5 x 75.7 Ø = 95.1 Ø = 102.8 n.a. n.a.
TCDP 23C 4MC096 C
0.186 21.6 25.8 x 19.3 30.6 x 23.0 34.3 x 25.8 38.3 x 28.8 45.3 x 37.9 63.3 x 47.6 68.7 x 51.5 81.6 x 81.6 97.1 x 73.0
0.068 8.0 70.6 x 52.9 83.8 x 62.9 94.1 x 70.6 104.9 x 79.0 Ø = 104.0 n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a.
TCDP 12C 23C 096 C
0.093 11.0 51.4 x 38.5 61.0 x 45.8 68.5 x 51.4 76.3 x 57.5 90.5 x 75.7 Ø = 95.1 Ø = 102.8 n.a. n.a.
0.104 16.5 46.2 x 34.6 54.8 x 41.2 61.5 x 46.2 68.6 x 51.6 81.3 x 68.0 113.5 x 85.4 123.1 x 92.3 146.2 x 146.2 Ø = 130.8
TCDP 2MF 4MF 120 F
0.143 21.2 33.5 x 25.1 39.8 x 29.9 44.7 x 33.5 49.8 x 37.5 59.0 x 49.3 82.3 x 62.0 89.3 x 67.0 106.1 x 106.1 126.3 x 94.9
0.072 11.0 67.0 x 50.3 79.6 x 59.8 89.4 x 67.0 99.6 x 75.0 118.0 x 98.7 Ø = 124.0 Ø = 134.0 n.a. n.a.
TCDP 23C 4XC 120 C
0.286 11.0 16.8 x 12.6 19.9 x 14.9 22.3 x 16.8 24.9 x 18.7 29.5 x 24.7 Ø = 31.0 Ø = 33.5 n.a. n.a.
0.072 11.0 67.0 x 50.3 79.6 x 59.8 89.4 x 67.0 99.6 x 75.0 118.0 x 98.7 Ø = 124.0 Ø = 134.0 n.a. n.a.
TCDP 23C 4MC 120 C
0.143 21.2 33.5 x 25.1 39.8 x 29.9 44.7 x 33.5 49.8 x 37.5 59.0 x 49.3 82.3 x 62.0 89.3 x 67.0 106.1 x 106.1 126.3 x 94.9
0.052 8.0 92.1 x 69.1 109.3 x 82.1 122.8 x 92.1 136.8 x 103.0 Ø = 135.6 n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a.
TCDP 12C 23C 120 C
0.072 11.0 67.0 x 50.3 79.6 x 59.8 89.4 x 67.0 99.6 x 75.0 118.0 x 98.7 Ø = 124.0 Ø = 134.0 n.a. n.a.
0.089 16.8 54.1 x 40.6 64.3 x 48.3 72.2 x 54.1 80.4 x 60.5 95.3 x 79.7 133.0 x 100.1 144.3 x 108.2 171.4 x 171.4 Ø = 153.3
TCDP 2MF 4MF 144 F
0.122 21.6 39.3 x 29.5 46.6 x 35.0 52.4 x 39.3 58.3 x 43.9 69.1 x 57.9 96.6 x 72.7 104.7 x 78.6 124.4 x 124.4 148.1 x 111.3
0.046 11.0 104.9 x 78.7 124.5 x 93.5 139.8 x 104.9 155.8 x 117.3 184.6 x 154.5 Ø = 194.0 Ø = 209.7 n.a. n.a.
TCDP 23C 4XC 144 C
0.183 11.0 26.2 x 19.7 31.1 x 23.4 35.0 x 26.2 39.0 x 29.3 46.2 x 38.6 Ø = 48.5 Ø = 52.5 n.a. n.a.
0.061 11.0 78.6 x 58.9 93.3 x 70.1 104.8 x 78.6 116.7 x 87.9 138.3 x 115.7 Ø = 145.4 Ø = 157.1 n.a. n.a.
TCDP 23C 4MC 144 C
0.122 21.6 39.3 x 29.5 46.6 x 35.0 52.4 x 39.3 58.3 x 43.9 69.1 x 57.9 96.6 x 72.7 104.7 x 78.6 124.4 x 124.4 148.1 x 111.3
0.044 8.0 107.9 x 81.0 128.2 x 96.2 143.9 x 107.9 160.3 x 120.8 Ø = 159.0 n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a.
TCDP 12C 23C 144 C
0.061 11.0 78.6 x 58.9 93.3 x 70.1 104.8 x 78.6 116.7 x 87.9 138.3 x 115.7 Ø = 145.4 Ø = 157.1 n.a. n.a.
0.067 16.8 72.2 x 54.1 85.7 x 64.4 96.2 x 72.2 107.2 x 80.8 127.1 x 106.3 177.4 x 133.5 192.5 x 144.4 228.6 x 228.6 Ø = 204.5
TCDP 2MF 4MF 192 F
0.092 21.6 52.5 x 39.3 62.3 x 46.8 69.9 x 52.5 77.9 x 58.7 92.3 x 77.3 129.0 x 97.0 139.9 x 104.9 166.1 x 166.1 197.8 x 148.6
0.046 11.0 104.9 x 78.7 124.5 x 93.5 139.8 x 104.9 155.8 x 117.3 184.6 x 154.5 Ø = 194.0 Ø = 209.7 n.a. n.a.
TCDP 23C 4XC 192 C
0.183 11.0 26.2 x 19.7 31.1 x 23.4 35.0 x 26.2 39.0 x 29.3 46.2 x 38.6 Ø = 48.5 Ø = 52.5 n.a. n.a.
0.046 11.0 104.9 x 78.7 124.5 x 93.5 139.8 x 104.9 155.8 x 117.3 184.6 x 154.5 Ø = 194.0 Ø = 209.7 n.a. n.a.
TCDP 23C 4MC 192 C
0.092 21.6 52.5 x 39.3 62.3 x 46.8 69.9 x 52.5 77.9 x 58.7 92.3 x 77.3 129.0 x 97.0 139.9 x 104.9 166.1 x 166.1 197.8 x 148.6
0.033 8.0 144.1 x 108.0 171.1 x 128.5 192.1 x 144.1 214.0 x 161.2 Ø = 212.2 n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a.
TCDP 12C 23C 192 C
0.046 11.0 104.9 x 78.7 124.5 x 93.5 139.8 x 104.9 155.8 x 117.3 184.6 x 154.5 Ø = 194.0 Ø = 209.7 n.a. n.a.
0.053 16.2 90.7 x 68.1 107.8 x 80.9 121.0 x 90.7 134.8 x 101.5 159.7 x 133.6 223.1 x 167.9 242.0 x 181.5 287.3 x 287.3 Ø = 257.1
TCDP 2MF 4MF 240 F
0.073 21.1 65.6 x 49.2 77.9 x 58.5 87.4 x 65.6 97.4 x 73.4 115.4 x 96.6 161.2 x 121.3 174.9 x 131.1 207.7 x 207.7 247.3 x 185.8
0.037 11.0 130.8 x 98.1 155.4 x 116.7 174.4 x 130.8 194.3 x 146.4 230.3 x 192.7 Ø = 242.0 Ø = 261.7 n.a. n.a.
TCDP 23C 4XC 240 C
0.147 11.0 32.7 x 24.5 38.8 x 29.1 43.5 x 32.7 48.5 x 36.5 57.5 x 48.1 Ø = 60.4 Ø = 65.3 n.a. n.a.
0.037 11.0 130.8 x 98.1 155.4 x 116.7 174.4 x 130.8 194.3 x 146.4 230.3 x 192.7 Ø = 242.0 Ø = 261.7 n.a. n.a.
TCDP 23C 4MC 240 C
0.073 21.1 65.6 x 49.2 77.9 x 58.5 87.4 x 65.6 97.4 x 73.4 115.4 x 96.6 161.2 x 121.3 174.9 x 131.1 207.7 x 207.7 247.3 x 185.8
0.037 11.0 130.8 x 98.1 155.4 x 116.7 174.4 x 130.8 194.3 x 146.4 230.3 x 192.7 Ø = 242.0 Ø = 261.7 n.a. n.a.
TCDP 23C 2MC 240 C
0.053 16.2 90.7 x 68.1 107.8 x 80.9 121.0 x 90.7 134.8 x 101.5 159.7 x 133.6 223.1 x 167.9 242.0 x 181.5 287.3 x 287.3 Ø = 257.1
1 TCDP Series has been replaced by TCDP PLUS series.

Please check our website for the list of replaced products.
40
TCDP PLUS lens dimensions: Straight ocular (low magnification path) C
C Axis 2
L = length of the lens
from the front end
to its straight ocular
(low magnification path)
Right angled ocular
H1 = distance from the end (high magnification path)
of the right angled ocular
(high magnification path) 0.64
to the middle of the lens (axis 1)
L
H1
D = lens diameter (refers to axis 1)
Axis 1
ØD
Axis 1
Dimensions of a TCDP PLUS lens. Position of axis 1 and axis 2.
Optical specifications Mechanical specifications

Part Mag. WD F/N Telecentricity Distortion Field CTF Mount Phase Length Diam.
number typical (max) depth @70lp/mm adj. L H1 D
(x) (mm) (deg) (%) (mm) (%) (mm) (mm) (mm)
1 2 3 4 5
0.137 278.6 16.0 < 0.05 (0.10) < 0.07 (0.10) 64.0 > 40
TCDP 2MF 4MF 096 F Yes 341.6 117.1 143.0
0.186 278.6 16.0 < 0.05 (0.10) < 0.04 (0.10) 34.2 > 35
0.093 278.6 8.0 < 0.06 (0.08) < 0.04 (0.08) 77.0 > 40
TCDP 23C 4XC 096 C Yes 337.7 192.1 143.0
0.374 278.6 12.0 < 0.06 (0.10) < 0.07 (0.10) 7.0 > 40
0.093 278.6 8.0 < 0.06 (0.08) < 0.04 (0.08) 77.0 > 40
TCDP 23C 4MC 096 C Yes 337.7 146.0 143.0
0.186 278.6 16.0 < 0.05 (0.10) < 0.04 (0.10) 34.2 > 35
0.068 278.6 8.0 < 0.06 (0.08) < 0.03 (0.08) 145.0 > 45
TCDP 12C 23C 096 C Yes 318.0 89.2 143.0
0.093 278.6 8.0 < 0.06 (0.08) < 0.04 (0.08) 77.0 > 40
0.104 334.5 16.0 < 0.07 (0.10) < 0.07 (0.10) 110.0 > 40
TCDP 2MF 4MF 120 F Yes 427.3 118.9 180.0
0.143 334.5 16.0 < 0.05 (0.10) < 0.04 (0.10) 57.8 > 30
0.072 334.5 8.0 < 0.07 (0.08) < 0.04 (0.10) 131.0 > 35
TCDP 23C 4XC 120 C Yes 423.4 192.1 180.0
0.286 334.5 12.0 < 0.08 (0.10) < 0.05 (0.08) 12.0 > 35
0.072 334.5 8.0 < 0.07 (0.08) < 0.04 (0.10) 131.0 > 35
TCDP 23C 4MC 120 C Yes 423.4 147.8 180.0
0.143 334.5 16.0 < 0.05 (0.10) < 0.04 (0.10) 57.8 > 30
0.052 334.5 8.0 < 0.06 (0.08) < 0.04 (0.10) 247.0 > 45
TCDP 12C 23C 120 C Yes 403.7 91.1 180.0
0.072 334.5 8.0 < 0.07 (0.08) < 0.04 (0.10) 131.0 > 35
0.089 396.0 16.0 < 0.05 (0.10) < 0.05 (0.10) 151.0 > 40
TCDP 2MF 4MF 144 F Yes 486.7 118.9 200.0
0.122 396.0 16.0 < 0.05 (0.10) < 0.04 (0.10) 79.5 > 30
0.061 396.0 8.0 < 0.05 (0.08) < 0.04 (0.08) 180.0 > 40
TCDP 23C 4XC 144 C Yes 482.8 192.1 200.0
0.244 396.0 12.0 < 0.08 (0.10) < 0.05 (0.08) 17.0 > 35
0.061 396.0 8.0 < 0.05 (0.08) < 0.04 (0.08) 180.0 > 40
TCDP 23C 4MC 144 C Yes 482.8 147.8 200.0
0.122 396.0 16.0 < 0.05 (0.10) < 0.04 (0.10) 79.5 > 30
0.044 396.0 8.0 < 0.05 (0.08) < 0.05 (0.08) 339.0 > 35
TCDP 12C 23C 144 C Yes 463.1 91.1 200.0
0.061 396.0 8.0 < 0.05 (0.08) < 0.04 (0.08) 180.0 > 40
0.067 527.0 16.0 < 0.05 (0.10) < 0.04 (0.10) 268.0 > 40
TCDP 2MF 4MF 192 F Yes 627.2 118.9 260.0
0.092 527.0 16.0 < 0.05 (0.10) < 0.04 (0.10) 141.8 > 30
0.046 527.0 8.0 < 0.06 (0.08) < 0.05 (0.08) 320.0 > 35
TCDP 23C 4XC 192 C Yes 623.2 192.1 260.0
0.183 527.0 12.0 < 0.08 (0.10) < 0.05 (0.08) 30.0 > 35
0.046 527.0 8.0 < 0.06 (0.08) < 0.05 (0.08) 320.0 > 35
TCDP 23C 4MC 192 C Yes 623.2 147.8 260.0
0.092 527.0 16.0 < 0.05 (0.10) < 0.04 (0.10) 141.8 > 30
0.033 527.0 8.0 < 0.06 (0.08) < 0.04 (0.08) 603.0 > 45
TCDP 12C 23C 192 C Yes 603.5 91.1 260.0
0.046 527.0 8.0 < 0.06 (0.08) < 0.05 (0.08) 320.0 > 35
0.053 492.8 16.0 < 0.05 (0.10) < 0.04 (0.10) 424.0 > 40
TCDP 2MF 4MF 240 F Yes 788.8 95.0 322.0
0.073 492.8 16.0 < 0.05 (0.10) < 0.04 (0.10) 424.0 > 40
0.037 492.8 8.0 < 0.03 (0.08) < 0.04 (0.08) 498.0 > 45
TCDP 23C 4XC 240 C Yes 784.9 192.1 322.0
0.147 492.8 12.0 < 0.06 (0.10) < 0.08 (0.10) 47.0 > 45
0.037 492.8 8.0 < 0.03 (0.08) < 0.04 (0.08) 498.0 > 45
TCDP 23C 4MC 240 C Yes 784.9 147.8 322.0
0.073 492.8 16.0 < 0.05 (0.10) < 0.05 (0.10) 221.5 > 30
0.037 492.8 8.0 < 0.03 (0.08) < 0.04 (0.08) 498.0 > 45
TCDP 23C 2MC 240 C Yes 784.9 124.0 322.0
0.053 492.8 16.0 < 0.05 (0.10) < 0.04 (0.10) 424.0 > 40
1 TCDP Series has been replaced by TCDP PLUS series. Please check our website 4 At the borders of the field depth the image can be still used for measurement but,
for the list of replaced products. to get a very sharp image, only half of the nominal field depth should
2 Working F-number (wF/#): the real F/# of a lens when used as a macro. be considered. Pixel size used for calculation is 5.5 µm.
3 Maximum slope of principal rays inside the lens: when converted to milliradians, 5 Indicates the availability of an integrated camera phase adjustment feature.
it gives the maximum measurement error for any millimiter of object displacement.
41
TCCX2M series
Telecentric lenses with built-in coaxial illumination for detectors up to 1″

Part Mag. Image Max 1/3’’ 1/2.5’’ 1/2” 1/1.8” 2/3” - 5 MP KAI-04050 WD wF/# Distortion Field Nominal Mount Phase Length Diam.
number circle detector wxh wxh wxh wxh wxh 16 mm diag depth resolving adj.
size 4.80 x 3.60 5.70 x 4.28 6.4 x 4.8 7.13 x 5.37 8.45 x 7.07 wxh power
12.8 x 9.6
(x) Ø (mm) (mm x mm) (mm x mm) (mm x mm) (mm x mm) (mm x mm) (mm x mm) (mm) (%) (mm) (µm) (mm) (mm)
1 2
RT-MP-4F-65 4.00 16 1″ 1.2 x 0.9 1.4 x 1.1 1.6 x 1.2 1.8 x 1.3 2.1 x 1.8 3.2 x 2.4 65.00 16.7 0.23 0.04 2.80 C Yes 165.5 29
RT-MP-2F-65 2.00 16 1″ 2.4 x 1.8 2.9 x 2.1 3.2 x 2.4 3.6 x 2.7 4.2 x 3.5 6.4 x 4.8 65.00 10 0.40 0.10 3.40 C Yes 127.0 29
RT-MP-1.5F-65 1.50 16 1″ 3.2 x 2.4 3.8 x 2.9 4.3 x 3.2 4.8 x 3.6 5.6 x 4.7 8.5 x 6.4 65.00 7.5 0.50 0.11 3.40 C Yes 114.6 29
RT-MP-1F-65 1.00 16 1″ 4.8 x 3.6 5.7 x 4.3 6.4 x 4.8 7.1 x 5.4 8.5 x 7.1 12.8 x 9.6 65.50 8 -0.10 0.28 5.40 C Yes 133.1 32
RT-TCL0750-FU 0.75 16 1″ 6.4 x 4.8 7.6 x 5.7 8.5 x 6.4 9.5 x 7.2 11.3 x 9.4 17.1 x 12.8 60.70 12 - 60 -0.03 0.80 11.00 C 206.4 38
RT-TCL0600-FU 0.60 16 1″ 8.0 x 6.0 9.5 x 7.1 10.7 x 8.0 11.9 x 9.0 14.1 x 11.8 21.3 x 16.0 78.50 12 - 60 -0.02 1.30 13.50 C 228.5 44
RT-TCL0450-FU 0.45 16 1″ 10.7 x 8.0 12.7 x 9.5 14.2 x 10.7 15.8 x 11.9 18.8 x 15.7 28.4 x 21.3 108.20 12 - 60 0.01 2.20 18.00 C 265.4 49
RT-TCL0300-FU 0.30 16 1″ 16.0 x 12.0 19.0 x 14.3 21.3 x 16.0 23.8 x 17.9 28.2 x 23.6 42.7 x 32.0 167.00 12 - 60 0.01 5.00 27.00 C 338.2 68
1 Working F-number (wF/#): the real F-number of a lens when used as a macro. FULL RANGE OF COMPATIBLE LED SOURCES
LDSC series p. 229
FULL RANGE OF COMPATIBLE POWER SUPPLIES
RT-PSP-12122-LV-xx power supply p. 227
42
43
TELECENTRIC LENSES VERY LARGE & LINESCAN SENSORS
TC16M series
Telecentric lenses for 35 mm and 4 k / 8 k pixel line detectors
TC16M series telecentric lenses have been specifically designed to KEY ADVANTAGES
fit 35 mm format (36 x 24 mm) detectors with very high resolution,
such as 11, 16 or 29 Mpix. Wide image circle for large detectors up to 43.3 mm.
This combination is the typical choice for extremely accurate
measurement of large items such as engine parts, glass or metal Excellent resolution and low distortion.
sheets, PCBs and electronic components, LCDs, etc.
Simple and robust design for industrial environments.
TC16M lenses are also perfectly suitable for 4 kpx and 8 kpx linescan
cameras and can be successfully used to measure the diameter of Detailed test report with measured optical parameters.
cylindrical objects: for example shafts, turned metal parts, machine
tools, etc.
Besides the standard F and M58x0.75 mount options, any other
mechanical interface can be supplied upon request.
FULL RANGE OF COMPATIBLE CLAMPING MECHANICS
CMHO series p. 200
FULL RANGE OF COMPATIBLE CLAMPING MECHANICS
CMMR series 45° mirrors p. 206
DO YOU KNOW?
Why Opto Engineering® telecentric lenses

don’t integrate an iris?
Check the answer to this and other
FAQ directly on our web page at:
www.opto-engineering.com/faqs
Mount F Mount Q = M58x0.75
44
Line Line Full frame Line Full frame
2 kpx 4 kpx APS-C 8 kpx 35 mm
Part Mag. Image 2 k x 10 μm 4 k x 7 μm wxh 8 k x 5 μm wxh WD wF/# Telecentricity Distortion Field CTF Mount Phase Length Diam.
number circle 20.5 28.7 23.6 x 15.7 41.0 36.0 x 24.0 typical (max) typical (max) Depth @50lp/mm adj.
(x) Ø (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm x mm) (mm) (deg) (%) (mm) (%) (mm) (mm)
1 2 3 4 5 6 8 7
Object field of view (mm)

TC16M 009 4.000 43.3 5.12 7.17 5.90 x 3.93 10.2 9.00 x 6.00 57.8 22 < 0.03 (0.05) < 0.03 (0.05) 0.15 > 20 F 487.9 64
TC16M 009-Q 4.000 43.3 5.12 7.17 5.90 x 3.93 10.2 9.00 x 6.00 57.8 22 < 0.03 (0.05) < 0.03 (0.05) 0.15 > 20 M58X0.75 FD 6.56 527.9 64
TC16M 012 3.000 43.3 6.83 9.56 7.87 x 5.23 13.7 12.0 x 8.00 57.8 18 < 0.03 (0.05) < 0.03 (0.05) 0.2 > 30 F 378.7 64
TC16M 012-Q 3.000 43.3 6.83 9.56 7.87 x 5.23 13.7 12.0 x 8.00 57.8 18 < 0.03 (0.05) < 0.03 (0.05) 0.2 > 30 M58X0.75 FD 6.56 418.7 64
TC16M 018 2.000 43.3 10.2 14.3 11.8 x 7.85 20.5 18.0 x 12.0 57.8 16 < 0.03 (0.05) < 0.03 (0.05) 0.3 > 40 F 259.6 64
TC16M 018-Q 2.000 43.3 10.2 14.3 11.8 x 7.85 20.5 18.0 x 12.0 57.8 16 < 0.03 (0.05) < 0.03 (0.05) 0.3 > 40 M58X0.75 FD 6.56 299.5 64
TC16M 036 1.000 42.0 20.5 28.7 23.6 x 15.7 41.0 36.0 x 24.0 102.6 16 < 0.03 (0.05) < 0.02 (0.03) 1.0 > 30 F 309.0 64
TC16M 036-Q 1.000 43.3 20.5 28.7 23.6 x 15.7 41.0 36.0 x 24.0 102.6 16 < 0.03 (0.05) < 0.02 (0.03) 1.0 > 30 M58X0.75 FD 6.56 348.9 64
TC16M 048 0.751 43.3 27.3 38.2 31.1 x 20.7 54.6 47.9 x 32.0 125.6 16 < 0.06 (0.10) < 0.05 (0.10) 2.0 > 30 F 315.2 75
TC16M 048-Q 0.750 43.3 27.3 38.2 31.1 x 20.7 54.6 47.9 x 32.0 125.6 16 < 0.06 (0.10) < 0.05 (0.10) 2.0 > 30 M58X0.75 FD 6.56 355.2 75
TC16M 056 0.641 43.3 31.9 44.7 36.8 x 24.5 63.9 56.1 x 37.4 148.6 16 < 0.04 (0.08) < 0.04 (0.10) 2.5 > 40 F 338.5 80
TC16M 056-Q 0.640 43.3 31.9 44.7 36.8 x 24.5 63.9 56.1 x 37.4 148.6 16 < 0.04 (0.08) < 0.04 (0.10) 2.5 > 40 M58X0.75 FD 6.56 378.5 80
TC16M 064 0.561 43.3 36.5 51.1 42.1 x 28.0 73.1 64.2 x 42.8 170.6 16 < 0.04 (0.08) < 0.06 (0.15) 4.0 > 30 F 359.6 100
TC16M 064-Q 0.560 43.3 36.5 51.1 42.1 x 28.0 73.1 64.2 x 42.8 170.6 16 < 0.04 (0.08) < 0.06 (0.15) 4.0 > 30 M58X0.75 FD 6.56 399.6 100
TC16M 080 0.463 43.3 44.2 61.9 50.9 x 33.9 88.4 77.7 x 51.8 197.3 16 < 0.03 (0.08) < 0.09 (0.20) 5.0 > 30 F 406.4 116
TC16M 080-Q 0.460 43.3 44.2 61.9 50.9 x 33.9 88.4 77.7 x 51.8 197.3 16 < 0.03 (0.08) < 0.09 (0.20) 5.0 > 30 M58X0.75 FD 6.56 446.4 116
TC16M 096 0.380 43.3 53.9 75.4 61.2 x 41.3 107.7 94.7 x 63.1 262.3 16 < 0.06 (0.08) < 0.07 (0.15) 9.0 > 40 F 449.2 143
TC16M 096-Q 0.380 43.3 53.9 75.4 61.2 x 41.3 107.7 94.7 x 63.1 262.3 16 < 0.06 (0.08) < 0.07 (0.15) 9.0 > 40 M58X0.75 FD 6.56 489.1 143
TC16M 120 0.289 43.3 70.9 99.3 81.8 x 54.4 141.9 124.7 x 83.1 331.6 16 < 0.05 (0.08) < 0.05 (0.10) 15.0 > 40 F 538.1 180
TC16M 120-Q 0.290 43.3 70.9 99.3 81.8 x 54.4 141.9 124.7 x 83.1 331.6 16 < 0.05 (0.08) < 0.05 (0.10) 15.0 > 40 M58X0.75 FD 6.56 578.1 180
TC16M 144 0.245 43.3 83.6 117.0 96.3 x 64.1 167.1 146.9 x 97.9 397.4 16 < 0.05 (0.08) < 0.08 (0.20) 19.0 > 40 F 597.8 200
TC16M 144-Q 0.250 43.3 83.6 117.0 96.3 x 64.1 167.1 146.9 x 97.9 397.4 16 < 0.05 (0.08) < 0.08 (0.20) 19.0 > 40 M58X0.75 FD 6.56 637.7 200
TC16M 192 0.187 43.3 109.5 153.3 126.0 x 83.8 219.0 192.0 x 128.0 457.5 16 < 0.06 (0.08) < 0.05 (0.10) 33.0 > 40 F Yes 742.0 260
TC16M 192-Q 0.190 43.3 109.5 153.3 126.0 x 83.8 219.0 192.0 x 128.0 457.5 16 < 0.06 (0.08) < 0.05 (0.10) 33.0 > 40 M58X0.75 FD 6.56 Yes 781.5 260
TC16M 240 0.150 43.3 136.5 191.1 157.8 x 105 273.1 240.0 x 160.0 542.8 16 < 0.06 (0.08) < 0.08 (0.15) 52.0 > 40 F Yes 899.0 322
TC16M 240-Q 0.150 43.3 136.5 191.1 157.8 x 105 273.1 240.0 x 160.0 542.8 16 < 0.06 (0.08) < 0.08 (0.15) 52.0 > 40 M58X0.75 FD 6.56 Yes 938.7 322
1 Working distance: distance between the front end of the mechanics and the object. 5 At the borders of the field depth the image can be still used for measurement but,
Set this distance within +/- 3% of the nominal value for maximum resolution to get a very sharp image, only half of the nominal field depth should be considered.
and minimum distortion. Pixel size used for calculation is 4.8 μm.
2 Working F/#: the real F/# of a lens when used as a macro. Lenses with smaller 6 FD stands for Flange Distance (in mm), defined as the distance from the mounting
apertures can be supplied on request. flange (the “metal ring” in rear part of the lens) to the camera detector plane.
45
TC4K series
Flat telecentric lenses for 4 k pixel linescan cameras
KEY ADVANTAGES
Compact design
“Flat” shape for easy integration.
Easy rotational phase and focus adjustment

Robust and precise tuning of FOV phase angle and best focus position.
Compatible LTCL4K telecentric illuminators

with matching flat design.
Dedicated CMMR4K mirrors

90° right angle attachment for easy integration in tight spaces.
TC4K series telecentric lenses have been designed for

measurement applications using linescan cameras with detectors
up to 28.7 mm (e.g. 4096 pixels with pixel size 7 μm).
Dimensional constraints are often a major issue when designing
line scan systems where the sample or the camera itself must
be moved: TC4K series is the Opto Engineering ® solution for
applications and machines with tight dimensional constraints.
Compatible LTCL4K illuminators with matching flat design and
dedicated accessories allow for optical combinations that fit most
geometrical measurement configurations.
TC4K series feature standard F or M42 mount to fit common
linescan camera interfaces; additional mounts are available upon Mount F Mount N = M42x1
request. Moreover, the lens-camera interface provides both fine
detector phase adjustment and a precise focusing mechanism.
Detector phase adjustment allows the user to precisely position the
linear FOV at 90° from the object movement direction. FULL RANGE OF COMPATIBLE ILLUMINATORS
LTCL4K series p. 114
LTBRDC series p. 141
Application examples FULL RANGE OF COMPATIBLE MIRRORS
CMMR4K series p. 208
Engine shaft measurement performed with TC4K lens coupled to LTCL4K telecentric
illuminator by means of two CMMR4K deflecting mirrors.
46
Cell count in a Petri dish
performed with TC4K lens
used in combination with
CMMR4K deflecting mirror
and a back light.
Metal sheet measurement

performed by TC4K lens
and diffused backlight
illumination.

Line - 2 kpx Line - 4 kpx
Part Mag. Image 2k x 10 µm 4k x 7 µm WD wF/# Telecentricity Distortion Field CTF Phase Flange Length Width Height
number width 20.5 28.7 typical (max) typical (max) depth @50lp/mm adj. distance
(x) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (deg) (%) (mm) (%) (mm) (mm) (mm)
1 2 3 4 5 7 6
Object field of view (mm) F N F N F N F N
TC4K 060-x 0.48 28.7 42.8 60.0 174.0 16 0.06 (0.10) 0.05 (0.08) 7.3 > 30 Yes 46.5 10.6 319.2 355.2 83 83 64 52
TC4K 090-x 0.32 28.7 64.3 90.0 174.0 16 0.05 (0.10) 0.05 (0.08) 16.4 > 30 Yes 46.5 10.6 360.7 396.6 114 114 64 52
TC4K 120-x 0.24 28.7 85.4 119.6 174.0 16 0.10 (0.12) 0.08 (0.10) 29.2 > 25 Yes 46.5 10.6 337.3 373.2 114 114 64 52
TC4K 180-x 0.16 28.7 128.6 180.0 254.0 16 0.08 (0.10) 0.08 (0.10) 65.6 > 30 Yes 46.5 10.6 522.4 558.4 208 208 64 52
and minimum distortion. 5 At the borders of the field depth the image can be still used
2 Working F-number (wF/#): the real F-number of a lens when used as a macro. for measurement but, to get a perfectly sharp image, only half of the nominal
Lenses with smaller apertures can be supplied on request. field depth should be considered. Pixel size used for calculation is 7 μm.
it gives the maximum measurement error for any millimeter of object 7 Indicates the availability of an integrated camera phase adjustment feature.
displacement. Typical (average production) values and maximum (guaranteed)
values are listed.
It’s easy to select the right lens for your application: our part numbers are coded as TC4K yyy -x where yyy refers to the field of view (FOV) in millimeters
and -x refers to the mount option:
- F for F-mount
- N for M42x1 mount (flange distance FD 10.56 mm).
E.g. TC4K060-N for a TC4K060 with M42x1 mount.
47
TC12K series
Telecentric lenses for 12 k and 16 k pixel linescan cameras
TC12K series telecentric lenses are designed to fit very large FULL RANGE OF COMPATIBLE ILLUMINATORS
line detector cameras. An image circle diameter larger than 62 mm
combined with very high resolution makes the TC12K series ideal for LTBRDC series p. 141
12 k and 16 k resolution cameras.
Flat panel display, solar cell and electronic board inspection are
among the most common applications of these optics in the LTCLHP CORE series p. 110
electronics industry; at the same time the optical specifications make

FULL RANGE OF CLAMPING MECHANICS
them perfectly suitable to accurately measure large mechanical parts.
In addition to the standard M72x0.75 mount, TC12K lenses can be
CMHOTC12K series p. 200
equipped with other camera mounts at no additional cost ensuring
wide compatibility with most common linescan cameras.
File Edit Zoom Select File Edit Zoom Select File Edit Zoom Select
Flat panel inspection Large mechanical parts Electronic board inspection
48
Wide image circle
TC12K is optimized for line scan sensor sizes up to 62.4 mm.
SENSOR SIZE UP TO 62.4 mm
2048 px x 10 µm 2048 px x 14 µm 4096 px x 7 µm 4096 px x 10 µm 7450 px x 4.7 µm 6144 px x 7 µm 8192 px x 7 µm 12288 px x 5 µm
20.5 mm 28.6 mm 28.6 mm 35 mm 41 mm 43 mm 57.3 mm 62 mm
TC12K
Phase adjustment
Adjusting the phase of the camera mounted on TC12K telecentric
lenses is easy: simply loosen the three set screws and rotate the
camera mount until you achieve the desired angular alignment.

Line - 8 kpx Line - 16 kpx Line - 12 kpx Line - 12 kpx
Part Mag. Image 8 k x 7 μm 16 k x 3.5 μm 12 k x 5 μm 12 k x 5.2 μm WD wF/# Telecentricity Distortion Field CTF Mount Phase Length Diam.
number circle 57.3 57.3 61.4 62.4 typical (max) typical (max) depth @50lp/mm adj.
(x) Ø (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (deg) (%) (mm) (%) (mm) (mm)
1 2 3 4 5 7 8 6
Object field of view (mm)
TC12K 064 0.960 62.4 59.7 59.7 64.0 65.0 162.8 16 < 0.06 (0.08) < 0.08 (0.10) 1.3 > 35 M72 x 0.75 - FD 6.56 Yes 566.7 100
TC12K 080 0.698 62.4 82.2 82.2 88.1 89.5 157.4 16 < 0.06 (0.08) < 0.08 (0.10) 2.5 > 35 M72 x 0.75 - FD 6.56 Yes 541.9 116
TC12K 120 0.529 62.4 108.4 108.4 116.1 117.9 254.0 16 < 0.06 (0.08) < 0.06 (0.08) 4.3 > 40 M72 x 0.75 - FD 6.56 Yes 722.1 180
TC12K 144 0.439 62.4 130.6 130.6 140.0 142.2 237.9 16 < 0.06 (0.08) < 0.07 (0.10) 6.2 > 40 M72 x 0.75 - FD 6.56 Yes 743.3 200
TC12K 192 0.320 62.4 179.4 179.4 192.3 195.3 265.5 16 < 0.06 (0.08) < 0.08 (0.10) 11.7 > 35 M72 x 0.75 - FD 6.56 Yes 857.5 260
TC12K 240 0.260 62.4 220.5 220.5 236.3 240.0 492.8 16 < 0.06 (0.08) < 0.08 (0.10) 17.8 > 35 M72 x 0.75 - FD 6.56 Yes 1072.8 322
Set this distance within +/- 3% of the nominal value for maximum resolution but, to get a perfectly sharp image, only half of the nominal field depth
and minimum distortion. should be considered. Pixel size used for calculation is 5 μm.
Lenses with smaller apertures can be supplied on request. 7 FD stands for Flange Distance (in mm), defined as the distance
3 Maximum slope of chief rays inside the lens: when converted to milliradians, from the mounting flange (the “metal ring” in rear part of the lens)
it gives the maximum measurement error for any millimeter of object displacement. to the camera detector plane.
4 Percent deviation of the real image compared to an ideal, undistorted image: 8 Indicates the availability of an integrated camera phase adjustment feature.
49
360° VIEW OPTICS
The perfect solution

for your machine vision
inspection challenges.
One of the most recurring needs in the machine vision industry

is to be able to fully inspect an object with as few cameras as possible.
This request is becoming more and more common in a variety of markets,
like the beverage, pharmaceutical and automotive industries.
Opto Engineering® designed a line of incredible 360° optics where one image
is enough to view the top and side of an object or the inside of a cavity.
Most of these special optics are unique designs patented by Opto Engineering®,
with exceptional build quality and unmatched optical performance.
REACH
COMPLIANT
RoHS
50
50
51
51
360° VIEW OPTICS
PC series
Pericentric lenses for 360° top and lateral view with just one camera
KEY ADVANTAGES
Just one camera

No need for multiple cameras placed around and over the object.
Fast image analysis

No image matching software is needed as the picture
is not segmented.
Single point of view

No perspective effects typical of multi-image systems.
Smooth on-line integration

Inspected parts pass unobstructed in the free space below the lens.
PC pericentric lenses are unique optics designed to perform The term pericentric comes from the specific path of the light rays:
complete inspection of objects up to 60 mm in diameter, quickly the lateral surface of the object appears to be wrapped around the
and reliably. top face, making the PC series ideal for cylindrical objects which are
very common in the beverage and pharmaceutical industry.
The innovative design allows one camera to see the top and
lateral surfaces of an object in perfect focus all in one image. This Typical applications include bottleneck thread inspection, and data
allows you to greatly simplify the layout of the vision system, with no matrix reading - the code will always be properly imaged regardless
need for multiple cameras, lenses or mirrors. of its position.

Sample images taken with PC optics
DEDICATED COMPATIBLE OBLIQUE RINGLIGHTS

LTRN 210x20 for PC xx030XS
p. 122-124
LTRN 245x25 for PC xx030HP
DEDICATED CLAMPING MECHANICS FOR PCxx030XS
CMHO080 p. 200
SETUP
Please refer to our website for setup instructions.

52
PC optics are designed to work with 1/3”, 1/2” and 2/3”
detectors. These detectors ensure the most appropriate optical
magnification factor to achieve the field depth required by high
resolution 3D pericentric imaging.
The image of the top of the object and its sides are inscribed into
the short side of the camera detector.
WD
The smaller the object diameter, the larger the object height
which can be inspected, while short objects can be inspected
over a larger diameter.
Diameter
diameter
Max 24°
The tables below show possible combinations of object
Height
diameters and heights along with the appropriate working

distance and recommended F-number; the “r” parameter for
each configuration is also listed.
The “r” parameter is the ratio between the side view height (the
circular crown thickness) and the detector short side.
It provides information about side view resolution. The higher the
“r” value, the higher the resolution that can be achieved in the
side view.
Detector short side
Diameter
Height
Side view height (px)

r (%) = 100
Detector short side (px) *
Unwrapped image
53
360° VIEW OPTICS
PC series
Pericentric lenses for 360° top and lateral view with just one camera
EXTENDED RANGE
Compact PC xx030XS
lenses for inspection
of objects with diameter
down to 7.5 mm.
Part number PC 13030HP PC 12030HP PC 13030XS PC 12030XS PC 23030XS

Detector type 1/3” 1/2” 1/3” 1/2” 2/3”
Image circle Ø (mm) 3.6 4.8 3.6 4.8 6.6
Field of view (diam x height)
Min (mm x mm) 20 x 60 20 x 60 7.5 x 5 10 x 5 15 x 5
Typical (mm x mm) 30 x 30 30 x 30 30 x 30 30 x 30 30 x 30
Max (mm x mm) 60 x 20 60 x 20 55 x 20 55 x 15 55 x 12
Optical specifications
Wavelength range (nm) 450 .. 650 450 .. 650 450 .. 650 450 .. 650 450 .. 650
Working distance (mm) 20 .. 80 20 .. 80 20 .. 85 20 .. 80 20 .. 80
CTF @ 50 lp/mm (%) > 30 > 25 > 40 > 30 > 25
F/# 4-16 4-16 4-16 4-16 4-16
Mechanical specifications
Diameter (max) (mm) 197 197 116 116 116
Length (mm) 448 448 378 378 378
Weight (g) 6800 6800 2950 2950 2950
Mount C C C C C
54
Field of view selection chart
PC 13030HP field of view

Diam. Height WD F/# r Height WD F/# r Height WD F/# r Height WD F/# r Height WD F/# r Height WD F/# r
(mm) (mm) (mm) (%) (mm) (mm) (%) (mm) (mm) (%) (mm) (mm) (%) (mm) (mm) (%) (mm) (mm) (%)
20 7 79 16 10 13 79 8 20 20 65 16 26 30 61 12 30 40 55 14 34 60 25 16 37
25 8 71 4 17 17 63 12 21 25 55 16 26 38 40 14 30 50 30 16 30
30 10 65 4 13 20 55 8 19 30 42 12 25 45 35 12 29
40 13 52 6 12 27 43 12 20 40 27 12 25
50 17 36 6 13 33 20 8 15
60 20 23 4 11
PC 12030HP field of view

mm (mm) (mm) (%) (mm) (mm) (%) (mm) (mm) (%) (mm) (mm) (%) (mm) (mm) (%) (mm) (mm) (%)
20 7 76 16 10 13 70 24 15 20 65 24 28 30 55 16 32 40 45 24 32 60 27 24 35
25 8 72 12 11 17 63 12 18 25 54 16 28 38 40 16 32 50 29 16 32
30 10 66 12 11 20 56 12 19 30 45 16 25 45 30 16 35
40 13 54 6 11 27 36 16 20 40 27 24 23
50 17 32 12 13 33 20 16 18
60 20 22 12 11
PC 13030XS field of view

(mm) (mm) (mm) (%) (mm) (mm) (%) (mm) (mm) (%) (mm) (mm) (%) (mm) (mm) (%) (mm) (mm) (%)
7.5 5 85 16 19
10 5 84 16 14 10 77 16 20
15 5 75 6 10 10 70 8 15 15 65 16 20 20 60 16 22 25 54 16 24 32 45 16 28
20 10 62 8 12 20 52 14 18 30 42 14 22 40 32 16 26
25 5 62 6 6 15 52 12 15 25 42 12 19 35 32 12 24 45 22 12 27
30 10 52 4 9 20 42 8 17 30 32 8 20 40 22 16 23 50 12 16 27
35 5 48 4 7 15 38 4 12 25 28 8 16 35 18 8 20 42 10 12 22
40 10 38 4 9 20 28 4 13 30 20 8 16 37 10 16 19
45 5 34 6 7 15 30 6 9 25 20 8 12 35 10 16 15
50 5 25 4 8 15 20 6 9 25 10 8 13
55 10 20 6 6 20 10 8 10

Diam. Height WD F/# r Height WD F/# r Height WD F/# r Height WD F/# r
mm (mm) (mm) (%) (mm) (mm) (%) (mm) (mm) (%) (mm) (mm) (%)
10 5 82 18 18
15 5 73 16 14 15 63 16 23
20 5 66 16 9 10 61 16 14 20 51 16 22
25 10 56 12 10 20 46 16 18 30 36 16 23
30 10 48 8 10 20 38 16 15 30 28 16 20 40 18 16 24
35 5 48 12 5 15 38 12 12 25 28 12 17 35 18 16 21
40 10 37 14 8 20 27 16 13 30 17 16 17
45 10 32 8 7 20 22 8 12 30 12 16 16
50 10 25 10 7 20 15 16 12
55 5 23 16 5 15 13 16 10

Diam. Height WD F/# r Height WD F/# r Height WD F/# r Height WD F/# r
mm (mm) (mm) (%) (mm) (mm) (%) (mm) (mm) (%) (mm) (mm) (%)
15 5 78 8 12 15 68 16 19
20 10 62 16 12 20 52 16 18
25 10 57 8 10 20 47 12 16 30 37 16 21
30 15 45 8 12 25 35 12 17 35 25 16 20 45 13 16 23
35 10 45 16 8 15 40 16 11 25 30 16 15
40 10 38 12 8 20 30 12 13 30 20 16 17
45 10 33 16 7 20 23 16 11
50 10 25 16 5 20 15 16 11
55 12 12 16 6
55
360° VIEW OPTICS
PCCD series
Catadioptric lenses for 360° top and lateral view with just one camera
KEY ADVANTAGES
360° imaging of small objects

Parts down to 7.5 mm in diameter can be imaged.
Extra wide lateral view angle

Object sides are viewed at an angle approaching 45°.
Compactness
The lens can be easily integrated in any system.
Perfect chromatic correction

For RGB camera applications and color inspection.
ACCESSORY
PCCDLFAT Field of view extender for inspection

of objects with diameter > 25 mm.
PCCD series are catadioptric lenses exclusively developed and The compactness and high resolution of these lenses make them
manufactured by Opto Engineering® to enable the 360° side ideal to inspect components like pharmaceutical containers, plastic
view of small objects. Their innovative optical design, based on caps, pre-forms, bottlenecks, screws and other threaded objects.
a catadioptric system, makes it possible to image objects with PCCD series can work either with 1/2”, 1/3” and 2/3” detectors.
diameters as small as 7 mm. The sides of the object being inspected are observed over a wide
The sides of the object are imaged through the catadioptric system, view angle, approaching 45° at its maximum; this feature makes it
while the top surface is directly imaged onto the center of the possible to inspect complex object geometries from a convenient
detector. perspective.
Part number PCCD 013 PCCD 012 PCCD 023

Detector type 1/3” 1/2” 2/3” Sample images taken with PCCD optics
Image circle Ø (mm) 3.6 4.8 6.6
Field of view (diam x height)
Min (mm x mm) 7.5 x 5 7.5 x 5 7.5 x 5
Typical (mm x mm) 15 x 10 15 x 10 15 x 10
Max (mm x mm) 25 x 17 25 x 17 25 x 17
Extended with PCCDLFAT (mm x mm) 35 x 26 35 x 26 35 x 25
Wavelength range (nm) 450 .. 650 450 .. 650 450 .. 650
Working distance (mm) 28 .. 53 28 .. 53 24 .. 47
Working distance with PCCDLFAT (mm) 5 .. 11 5 .. 11 5 .. 11
CTF @ 50 lp/mm (%) > 35 > 30 > 30
F/# 6 - 24 8 - 32 8 - 24
Diameter (mm) 143 143 143
Length (mm) 110.5 110.5 110.5
Weight (g) 980 990 990
Mount C C C
56
DEDICATED COMPATIBLE RINGLIGHTS
LTRN165x45, LTRN245x35 p. 124
DEDICATED CLAMPING MECHANICS
CMHO PCCD p. 200
FIELD OF VIEW EXTENDER ACCESSORY
PCCDLFAT p. 215
Min 18°
WD
The image of the external walls of the object, captured through the
Height
Max
35° catadioptric system, is inscribed into the short side of the camera
detector within a circular crown. On the other hand, the top of the
object is directly imaged onto the central part of the detector area:
both the lateral and top view of the object are in perfect focus at
the same time.
Diameter
The tables show possible combinations of object diameters

and heights along with the appropriate working distance and
recommended F-number; the “c” parameter for each configuration
is also listed.
Detector short side
The “c” parameter describes the dimension of the top view image: it
Diameter
is calculated as the ratio between the central top view diameter and
the short side of the detector. The typical ratio between the object
igh
t height and its diameter is 2/3 which means that, for a given object
He
diameter (i.e. 15 mm), the recommended inspection height will be
around 67% of the diameter (10 mm). However, this parameter
can be modified to accommodate for different aspect ratios (up to
100%) by adjusting the lens working distance, focus and F-number.
Top view diameter (px)
c (%) = 100
Unwrapped image
Field of view selection chart PCCD accessories
PCCD 013 field of view

PCCDLFAT is an accessory designed
Diameter Height WD F/# c
to extend the FOV of PCCD optics
(mm) (mm) (mm) (%)
and inspect objects with even larger
7.5 5.0 53 24 11
diameters (beyond 25 mm).
10 6.7 49 16 15
This accessory can be easily
15 10.0 42 12 22
mounted on PCCD optics by the user:
20 13.3 35 8 30
simply remove the pre-assembled
25 16.7 28 6 37 protective window and replace
Extended FOV with PCCDLFAT it with PCCDLFAT.
30 22 11 8 36
35 26 5 8 37
PCCD 012 field of view

(mm) (mm) (mm) (%)
7.5 5.0 53 32 13
10 6.7 49 24 17
15 10.0 42 16 25
20 13.3 34 12 33
25 16.7 28 8 42 PCCD optics are complemented
Extended FOV with PCCDLFAT by a full set of accessories, including
30 22 11 8 37 CMHO PCCD: dedicated clamping
35 26 5 8 37 mechanics designed to securely
hold catadioptric lenses.
PCCD 023 field of view LTRN series: specific LED ring
Diameter Height WD F/# c illuminators.
(mm) (mm) (mm) (%)
7.5 5.0 47 24 12
10 6.7 45 24 16
15 10.0 38 16 24
20 13.3 30 12 32
25 16.7 24 8 40
Extended FOV with PCCDLFAT
30 22 14 8 37
35 25 10 8 45
57
360° VIEW OPTICS
PCHI series
Hole inspection optics for 360° inside view in perfect focus
KEY ADVANTAGES
Perfect focusing of holed objects

Both the walls and the bottom of cavities are imaged in high
resolution.
Inside inspection from the outside

No need to put an optical probe into the hole.
Very high field depth

Objects featuring different shapes and dimensions can be imaged
by the same lens.
Wide view angle

Sample surfaces are acquired by the lens under a convenient
perspective to clearly display their features.
PCHI optics have been developed by Opto Engineering® to easily FULL RANGE OF COMPATIBLE ILLUMINATORS
inspect holes, cavities and containers. Unlike common optics or so
called “pinhole lenses” which can only image flat fields of view, hole LTLAB2-x p. 120
inspection optics are specifically designed to image both the bottom
of a hole and its vertical walls.
LTRN 075 W45 p. 124
Thanks to the large view angle (>82°) and innovative optical design,
these lenses are compatible with a wide range of object diameters
FULL RANGE OF COMPATIBLE STROBE CONTROLLERS
and thicknesses. Hole inspection optics are the perfect solution to
inspect a variety of different object shapes such as cylinders, cones, LTDV series p. 222
holes, bottles or threaded objects.
Common lens Hole inspection optics

Sample images taken with PCHI optics
Perfect focusing
is maintained
throughout
the entire depth
of a hole.
Conical
cavity inspection
is possible
from both sides.
Flat FOV
Square, polygonal
Cavity vertical wall
or irregular cross
section objects
can be inspected.
Cavity bottom
58
Part number PCHI 013 PCHI 012 PCHI 023
Detector type 1/3” 1/2” 2/3"
Field of view 1 (diam x height)
Min (mm x mm) 10 x 10 10 x 10 10 x 10
Max (mm x mm) 120 x 190 120 x 190 120 x 190
82°
WD

CTF @ 50 lp/mm (%) > 40 > 40 > 30
Diameter
wF/# 2 4.7 5.8 8.3
Height
Diameter (mm) 28.0 28.0 28.0

Length (mm) 102.0 104.0 108.5
Weight (g) 250 250 250
Mount C C C
1 Cameras with CS- to C-mount adapters, filters or protective windows in front

of the sensor or other mechanical constraints in the C-mount can limit
the focus range of PCHI0xx lenses. Contact us to check compatibility
Height
with your specific camera.

2 Working F-number (wF/#): the real F-number of a lens when used as a macro.
Detector short side
Diameter
Side view height (px)

r (%) = 100
Unwrapped image
Field of view selection chart
PCHI 013, PCHI 012 and PCHI 023 field of view

High res. imaging Normal res. imaging PCHI optics can image cavities whose diameters and thicknesses
Hole Cavity r Cavity r WD span over a wide range of values.
diameter height height
(mm) (mm) (%) (mm) (%) (mm) For a given hole diameter, the table on the left lists the maximum
10 6 23.5 10 28 5 cavity height allowed for both high resolution imaging (small pixel
15 8.5 22.5 14.5 29 6.5 sizes) and normal resolution imaging (>5 micron pixels) applications;
20 13 26.5 22 32.5 9 the “r” ratio indicates how much of the detector area gets covered
25 18 26 31 33 11 by the image of the hole inner walls.
30 22 26 37 32 14
40 31 26.5 53 32 18 The listed working distance values ensure that the object image is
50 40 27 68 32 23 exactly inscribed into the short side of the detector, thus maximizing
60 50 28.5 85 32.5 29 “r” ratio and image resolution.
70 60 28 102 33 35
80 75 29.5 120 34 41
100 97 30 155 34.5 52
120 120 31 190 35 62
59
360° VIEW OPTICS
PCBP series
Boroscopic probes for panoramic cavity imaging and measurement from inside
KEY ADVANTAGES
Inspection of cavities from inside

Hidden internal features and defects are clearly viewed.
High resolution
The catadioptric design enables the detection of tiny defects
over a very wide view angle.
Flaw detection
Coarse deformations revealed using direct illumination.
Surface defect enhancement

Mixing direct and indirect illumination makes it possible
to emphasize tiny and scarcely visible defects.
PCBP probes are used to inspect holed objects such as engine complete 360° inner view of the entire cavity. Boroscopic probes are
parts, containers and tubes whose hidden features can only be intended to be handled by a robot arm or S.C.A.R.A. in order to scan
controlled by introducing a probe into the cavity. even the deepest cavities. Built-in illumination keeps the device very
The catadioptric (refracting + reflecting) optical design ensures compact and makes it suitable for simple 3D applications by means
much higher resolution than fiber-based probes and enables the of panoramic triangulation techniques.
Sample images taken with a PCBP optics
Inspection
of holed parts
of an engine.
Tube scanning for

integrity inspection.
Defect and impurities

detection inside
containers.
60
PCBP probes can image cavities whose diameter ranges from 25 mm
to 100 mm and over: the table below shows the inspection range
allowed.
Inspection area
ø 21 mm Diameter Height
Specular/3D
area (mm) (mm)
25 9
+37.5°
Max Height 53 mm
30 12
40 18
50 23
Min
Height 60 29
0°
9 mm
80 41
100 53
-22.5°
Min ø 25 mm
Max ø 100 mm
An integrated LED source illuminates the cavity both diffusely and

directly (specular illumination). The diagram on the left shows the
different illumination areas. Diffused illumination is used for defect
detection and component inspection.
Direct/specular illumination can be efficiently used to check for

surface deformation on metal and highly reflective objects as well as
to measure the hole diameter.
The image of the cavity covers around 50% of the detector height;
the continuous red line indicates the bottom view of the cavity
(-22.5°), the dashed line shows the upper view (+37.5°) while the
dash-dotted line refers to the lateral view (0°).
Unwrapped image
Part number PCBP 013 PCBP 012

Detector type 1/3” 1/2”
Image circle Ø (mm) 3.6 4.8 The LED illumination device
Field of view (diam x height) is integrated into the unit.
The optical tip of the probe
Min (mm x mm) 25 x 9 25 x 9
PCBPTIP can be easily replaced
Max (mm x mm) 100 x 53 100 x 53 in case of damage.
Wavelength range (nm) 450 .. 650 450 .. 650
Viewing angle (deg) 60 60
CTF @ 50 lp/mm (%) > 25 > 20
F/# 14 16
The best focus is achieved by means
of a lockable focusing mechanism.
Diameter (mm) 21 21
Power supply cables exit
Length (mm) 167 137 the device nearby the C-mount.
Weight (g) 113 92
Mount C C
LED Voltage (V) 16 .. 24 16 .. 24
LED Power (W) < 2.0 < 2.0
61
360° VIEW OPTICS
PCPW series
Polyview optics for multiple side views in one image
KEY ADVANTAGES
Just one camera

No need for multiple cameras placed around and over the object.
Wide viewing angles

45° side view makes otherwise hidden features visible.
Complete surface inspection

Both inner and outer object surfaces can be imaged in one shot.
Very high resolution

Even the tiniest defects can be detected.
DEDICATED COMPATIBLE OBLIQUE RINGLIGHTS
LTRN 050 x45 p. 124
LTRN 245 x45 p. 124
PCPW optics provide eight different views of the side and top Sample images taken with PCPW optics
surfaces of an object.
The wide view angle (45°) enables the inspection of the side features
of an object (for example the threads of a screw or a nut) otherwise
impossible to acquire with a single camera.
Both the external walls of an object and its top can be imaged
at the same time, while internal surfaces of holed objects can be
completely inspected from the outside. A combined view of the
internal and external surfaces is possible and an image displaying
both the inner walls and the bottom of a cavity can be obtained.
In addition to these unique features, PCPW optics also ensures
excellent image resolution and image brightness.
Part number PCPW 013 PCPW 012 PCPW 023

Detector type 1/3” 1/2” 2/3”
Max object diameter for SIDE inspection
Height 20 mm (mm) 30 30 30
Height 5 mm (mm) 50 50 50
Max object diameter for SIDE + TOP inspection

Height 10 mm (mm) 30 30 30
CTF @ 50 lp/mm (%) > 60 > 50 > 40
F/# 4-12 6-16 8-16
Diameter (mm) 140 140 140
Length (mm) 224 224 224
Weight (g) 990 990 990
Mount C C C
62
IMAGE ON CAMERA DETECTOR The diagram shows how
PCPW optics image a
cylindrical object. The object
is observed at 45° from eight
different points of view. Eight
different trapezoidal fields
of view are obtained: all the
object features included
in such a trapezoid will be
imaged on the corresponding
image portion. The 45° view
Min WD 20 mm
angle allows both the sides

and the top of a cylindrical
object to be imaged. If the
object is a hollow cylinder
(hole or cavity), the inner wall
45 14 mm
° of the cavity will be imaged
Max WD 44 mm
instead of the top, thus

Object enabling both outer and inner
22 mm
height side inspection.

Object
height
33 mm
Object diameter Field of view Object diameter
ø 30 mm
Maximum field of view
ø 50 mm
In order to perform a
complete 360° inspection,
ø 30 mm
each of the eight image
portions should image at least
1/6 of the cylindrical surface;
h = 20 mm
h = 5 mm
this condition ensures a good

overlapping between two
h = 10 mm
different lateral views, since

part of the object features will
be shared by two neighboring
image portions.
When the object height Up to 50 mm diameter Combined view of both the inner
is maximum (20 mm) up objects can be inspected, sides and the bottom of a cavity is
to 30 mm diameter objects provided their thickness possible when objects are up to
can be inspected. doesn’t exceed 5 mm. 30 mm diameter and 10 mm height.
Part number LTRN 050 W 45 LTRN 050 W 45 is a small LED

Light color white, 6300 K ring illuminator compatible
Dimensions with different products
Outer diameter (mm) 54.0 and suitable for a variety of
Inner diameter (mm) 15.2 inspections. This illuminator
Height (mm) 18.0 is also perfectly suitable for
Weight (g) 30.0 illuminating the inner sides of
Mount threaded retaining ring a cavity imaged by a Polyview
Voltage (V, DC) 24 lens; the illuminator flange is
Power (W) 3 threaded to fit PCPW series
Compatible PC lenses PCPW 0xx, PCHI 0xx
inner mounting interface.
Other compatible lenses TC 23 00x, MC3-03X
63
360° VIEW OPTICS
PCMP series
Micro-polyview optics for 3D measurement and imaging of small parts
KEY ADVANTAGES
Small parts lateral imaging

Inspection of objects whose size ranges from 1 to 10 mm.
Measurement capability
The top and the lateral views show the same magnification.
High field depth

The top and the lateral views are imaged without
significant defocusing.
PCMP optics are 3D, multi-image lenses designed to completely

CUSTOM FEATURES
measure and inspect objects whose dimensions range from 1 to
10 mm, such as electronic components, solder paste and micro-
mechanical components. Six different lateral views are provided by
an array of mirrors interfaced to a bi-telecentric lens; the top of the - different number of views
object is directly imaged at the center of the field of view. - different view angles
The lateral views feature exactly the same magnification and the
- asymmetric or special mirror arrays
images remain in perfect focus even when the object is displaced
from its nominal position. All the views can be used to precisely can be supplied upon request.
measure the dimension of components from different angles.
The PCMP series integrates LED illumination optimized for this
specific assembly.
Part number PCMP 012 PCMP 023

Detector type 1/2” 2/3” The suggested working distance ranges from 1.5 to 5 mm. The best
Image circle Ø (mm) 4.8 6.6 focus can be achieved by adjusting the number of spacers in the
Max object inspection height C-mount interface or by vertically positioning the illuminator+mirror
With diameter 2.5 mm 6 6 assembly.
With diameter 5 mm 4.5 4.5 The image orientation can be adjusted by simply rotating the mirror
With diameter 7.5 mm 3 3 cage or the whole assembly.
With diameter 10 mm 1 1
The top and side views show exactly the same magnification;
however the side views appear to be compressed because of the
Wavelength range (nm) 450 .. 650 450 .. 650
perspective angle. Thanks to telecentric imaging such compression
Working distance (mm) 1.5 .. 5 1.5 .. 5
is purely linear and therefore very easy to calibrate.
CTF @ 50 lp/mm (%) > 40 > 40
wF/# 1 8 8
Diameter (mm) 119 119
Length (mm) 262 262
Weight (g) 980 980
Mount C C
Illuminator voltage (V, DC) 24 24
Illuminator power (W) 18 18 FULL RANGE OF COMPATIBLE CAMERAS
Camera phase adjustment feature is available upon request. Area scan cameras p. 180 -185
64
18 .5°
Side view
Side view
Side view
Side view
Top view Top view
10.0 7.5
Mechanical
components inspection
1.0
3.0
Thread integrity, pitch and diameter
can be verified and measured.
Sid Sid
ev ev
iew iew
s s
Top view Top view
6.5 12.0 6.5 12.0
Sid Sid
ev 5.0 ev 5.0
iew
iew
s s SMD components inspection
Integrated circuit position,
IMAGE ON CAMERA DETECTOR IMAGE ON CAMERA DETECTOR
rotation, pin integrity and bonding
can be checked.
Side view
Side view
Side view
Side view
Top view Top view
5.0 2.5
4.5
6.0
Electronic connector check

Presence/absence, alignment
Sid Sid and length of pins can be precisely
ev ev
iew iew
s s measured.
Top view Top view
6.5 12.0 6.5 12.0
Sid Sid
ev 5.0 ev 5.0
iew iew
s s
IMAGE ON CAMERA DETECTOR IMAGE ON CAMERA DETECTOR
65
360° VIEW OPTICS
TCCAGE series
Bi-telecentric system for multiple side imaging and measurement at 90°
KEY ADVANTAGES
90° lateral imaging

The four orthonormal views allow you to see object features that are
hidden from the top.
Long and thin object inspection

The characteristic aspects ratio of the four image segments perfectly
fits long and thin objects.
Built-in illumination
The device also incorporates two different light sources, for back
and direct illumination.
Suitable for measurement

Telecentric optics makes this module perfect for any multiple-
measurement application.
TCCAGE is an integrated optomechanical system designed to Two different illumination devices are built into the system to
fully inspect and measure parts from the side without any need of provide either backlight or direct part illumination.
rotation. Four orthonormal views of an object are provided by a bi-
telecentric lens through an array of mirrors.
Each view is exactly at 90° with respect to the neighboring views;
this optical layout ensures complete coverage of the object lateral
surface.
Furthermore, telecentric imaging makes the system insensitive NEW
to off-centered parts and therefore suitable for measurement
applications.
TCCAGE is the perfect solution for inspecting parts whose features Camera phase adjustment feature added for easy
would be hidden when looked at from the top and for all those and hassle-free integration.
applications where an object must be inspected or measured from
different sides.
Part number TCCAGE 12048 TCCAGE 23048 TCCAGE 12096 TCCAGE 23096
Detector type 1/2” 2/3” 1/2” 2/3”
Image circle Ø (mm) 4.8 6.6 4.8 6.6
Max object diameter (mm) 8 8 16 16
Max object height (mm) 32 32 68 68
Wavelength range (mm) 450 .. 650 450 .. 650 450 .. 650 450 .. 650
CTF @ 50 lp/mm (%) > 40 > 40 > 40 > 40
wF/# 1 8 8 8 8
Width (mm) 111 111 179 179
Length (mm) 192.8 192.8 347 347
Height (mm) 248 248 405 424
Weight (g) 2700 2700 9111 9154
Mount C C C C
Camera phase regulation 2 Yes Yes Yes Yes
Ring illumination voltage (V, DC) 24 24 24 24
Ring illumination power (W) 3 3 3 3
Back illumination voltage (V, DC) 24 24 24 24
Back illumination power (W) 9 9 15 15
66
d Sample images taken with TCCAGE
Working principle
A bi-telecentric lens observes the object from four different
positions through a mirror assembly, ensuring that the optical path
is the same for all four view points.
The four views are equally spaced by 90° and partially overlapped,
obtaining complete coverage of the object lateral surfaces.
The system can thus tolerate off-centered components without
any significant decay of the image quality thanks to the telecentric
optics, which ensures that magnification is maintained in each image
segment. The system is designed so as to allow components to pass
unobstructed through the mirror cage, for in-line applications.
When TCCAGE system is used for in-line inspection, consider the

following minimum distance “d” between two consecutive objects in
order to avoid image overlapping
TCCAGE xx048 d (mm) ≅ 25 + ∅ object /2

TCCAGE xx096 d (mm) ≅ 50 + ∅ object /2
Illumination geometry
TCCAGE series integrates both direct and backlight illumination.
Direct illumination (yellow cone in the drawing) is provided by a
ring illuminator placed on the top of the part that can be used to
enhance surface defects.
Back lighting (indicated by the yellow arrow) is obtained by means
of a diffuse source which illuminates the object through the mirror
system; this type of illumination is suggested for measurement
purposes or to inspect transparent objects.
Additional port
TCCAGE is provided with an extra port placed right above the
object. This port can be used to inspect the top of the part using
an additional lens and camera system (for example a PCHI hole
inspection lens, a macro or TC lens). The port can also accomodate
other types of illuminators.
67
MACRO LENSES
70 - 81 1/3” TO 2/3” SENSORS
84 - 88 VERY LARGE & LINESCAN SENSORS
A complete array
of products dedicated
to close-range inspection.
Macro lenses are the Opto Engineering® answer

to the need for accurate close-up imaging.
These lenses can perform close–range inspection tasks

very effectively with impressive optical performance in terms
of resolution and distortion.
Like all our products, these optics are built to be deployed

in industrial environments: their compact form factor,
optical capabilities and excellent value make the Opto Engineering®
macro lenses the ideal solution for a wide range
of machine vision systems.
REACH
COMPLIANT
RoHS
68
68
69
69
MACRO LENSES 1/3” TO 2/3” SENSORS
MC series
Zero distortion macro lenses
KEY ADVANTAGES
Zero distortion
MC series are suitable for any measurement application where
telecentricity is not required.
High resolution
MC series has been specifically designed to work in macro
configuration.
Compactness
Small outer diameter (15 mm), fitting applications with limited space
for optical components.
MC series macro lenses are designed to capture images of small FOR HIGHER MAGNIFICATION TELECENTRIC LENSES SEE ALSO
objects when both very good resolution and nearly zero distortion
are needed. Small object fields of view are often observed by means TCHM series p. 30
of long focal length lenses equipped with an additional spacer, used
to adjust the working distance. FULL RANGE OF COMPATIBLE ILLUMINATORS
Ringlights LTLA, LTRNST, LTRNOB series p. 120-125

Unfortunately, this approach leads to several problems like high
image distortion, resolution loss (especially at the corners), poor
depth of field and chromatic effects, thus making this method Backlights LTBP, LTBC, LTBFC series p. 134-140
not suitable for good imaging neither compatible with accurate
measurement requirements.
All of these problems can be overcome by using MC series,

specifically designed for macro imaging. MC series lenses are
compact and cost-effective optics providing very high image
resolution. A very low optical distortion makes these lenses perfectly
suitable for precise dimensional measurement applications.
70
1/3’’ 1/2.5’’ 1/2’’ 1/1.8” 2/3” - 5 Mpx
Part Mag. Image wxh wxh wxh wxh wxh WD Focal F/# Distortion Field Mount Length Height Diam.
number circle 4.80 x 3.60 5.70 x 4.28 6.40 x 4.80 7.13 x 5.37 8.45 x 7.07 length (wF/#) depth
(x) Ø (mm) (mm x mm) (mm x mm) (mm x mm) (mm x mm) (mm x mm) (mm) (mm) (%) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
1 2 3
MC 300X 3.00 11.0 1.60 x 1.20 1.90 x 1.43 2.13 x 1.60 2.38 x 1.79 2.82 x 2.36 29 28.2 5.0 (20) < 0.01 0.09 C 106.5 30.0 15
MC 200X 2.00 11.0 2.40 x 1.80 2.85 x 2.14 3.20 x 2.40 3.56 x 2.68 4.22 x 3.53 33 28.2 5.3 (16) < 0.01 0.16 C 78.1 30.0 15
MC 150X 1.50 11.0 3.20 x 2.40 3.80 x 2.85 4.27 x 3.20 4.75 x 3.58 5.63 x 4.71 38 28.2 5.2 (13) < 0.01 0.23 C 63.9 30.0 15
MC 100X 1.00 11.0 4.80 x 3.60 5.70 x 4.28 6.40 x 4.80 7.13 x 5.37 8.45 x 7.07 47 28.2 5.0 (10) < 0.01 0.40 C 49.9 30.0 15
MC 075X 0.75 11.0 6.40 x 4.80 7.60 x 5.70 8.53 x 6.40 9.50 x 7.16 11.3 x 9.42 58 28.2 5.1 (9) < 0.02 0.63 C 42.8 30.0 15
MC 050X 0.50 11.0 9.60 x 7.20 11.4 x 8.55 12.8 x 9.60 14.3 x 10.7 16.9 x 14.1 75 28.2 5.3 (8) < 0.02 1.27 C 35.7 30.0 15
MC 033X 0.33 11.0 14.4 x 10.8 17.1 x 12.8 19.2 x 14.4 21.4 x 16.1 25.4 x 21.2 102 28.2 5.3 (7) < 0.05 2.50 C 31.0 30.0 15
1 F/# = F-number, wF/# = Working F-number, the real F-number of a lens when used as a macro.
2 Measured from the front end of the mechanics to the camera flange.
3 At the borders of the field depth the image can be still used fo r measurement but,
to get a very sharp image, only half of the nominal field depth should be considered.
Pixel size used for calculation is 3.45 μm.
71
MC3-03X macro
Zero distortion multi-configuration macro lens
KEY ADVANTAGES
Wide range of magnifications

MC3-03X is suitable for the inspection of many different object sizes
with different detector options.
Nearly zero distortion

Less than 0.05% distortion, at any magnification, makes this lens the
perfect choice for measurement applications.
Perfect optical parameters mix

Changing the magnification also changes the lens working F-number
in such a way that resolution and distortion are always optimized.
MC3-03X is a multi-configuration macro lens suitable for the machine vision applications requiring flexibility. Since the working
inspection of objects whose size varies from a few millimeters F-number increases with magnification, the optimum combination
to some centimeters. Magnification and focus can be tuned by of field depth, image resolution and brightness is maintained in any
adjusting a lockable rotating knob. lens configuration.
The lens magnification range can be selected by means of a set Moreover, the optical distortion approaches zero at any
of extension tubes, included in the product package; this feature magnification, making this lens perfectly suitable for measurement
makes this component ideal for prototyping purposes and for applications.
72
FOR HIGHER MAGNIFICATION TELECENTRIC LENSES SEE ALSO
TCHM series p. 30
Ringlights LTLA, LTRNST, LTRNOB series p. 120-124
MC3-03X macro FOV and WD selection chart
Detector type Dimensions

Number Mag. Image WD F/# (wF/#) Field 1/3’’ 1/2.5’’ 1/2’’ 1/1.8” 2/3” - 5 Mpx Mount Length Diam.
of spacers circle depth wxh wxh wxh wxh wxh
4.80 x 3.60 5.70 x 4.28 6.40 x 4.80 7.13 x 5.37 8.45 x 7.07
(x) Ø (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm x mm) (mm x mm) (mm x mm) (mm x mm) (mm x mm) (mm) (mm)
1 2
0.1 11.0 275 5.5 (6) 23.8 48.0 x 36.0 57.0 x 42.8 64.0 x 48.0 71.3 x 53.7 84.5 x 70.7
0.2 11.0 136 5.0 (6) 5.95 24.0 x 18.0 28.5 x 21.4 32.0 x 24.0 35.6 x 26.8 42.2 x 35.3
0.3 11.0 92 5.4 (7) 3.09 16.0 x 12.0 19.0 x 14.3 21.3 x 16.0 23.8 x 17.9 28.2 x 23.6
0.4 11.0 71 5.0 (7) 1.74 12.0 x 9.00 14.3 x 10.7 16.0 x 12.0 17.8 x 13.4 21.1 x 17.7
0.5 11.0 60 5.3 (8) 1.27 9.60 x 7.20 11.4 x 8.56 12.8 x 9.60 14.3 x 10.7 16.9 x 14.1
0 C 50.5 28
0.6 11.0 54 5.6 (9) 0.99 8.00 x 6.00 9.50 x 7.13 10.7 x 8.00 11.9 x 8.95 14.1 x 11.8
0.7 11.0 50 5.3 (9) 0.73 6.86 x 5.14 8.14 x 6.11 9.14 x 6.86 10.2 x 7.67 12.1 x 10.1
0.8 11.0 47 5.6 (10) 0.62 6.00 x 4.50 7.13 x 5.35 8.00 x 6.00 8.91 x 6.71 10.6 x 8.83
0.9 11.0 46 5.3 (10) 0.49 5.33 x 4.00 6.33 x 4.76 7.11 x 5.33 7.92 x 5.96 9.38 x 7.85
1.0 11.0 46 5.5 (11) 0.44 4.80 x 3.60 5.70 x 4.28 6.40 x 4.80 7.13 x 5.37 8.45 x 7.07
0.7 11.0 31 5.3 (9) 0.73 6.86 x 5.14 8.14 x 6.11 9.14 x 6.86 10.2 x 7.67 12.1 x 10.1
0.8 11.0 29 5.6 (10) 0.62 6.00 x 4.50 7.13 x 5.35 8.00 x 6.00 8.91 x 6.71 10.6 x 8.83
0.9 11.0 28 5.3 (10) 0.49 5.33 x 4.00 6.33 x 4.76 7.11 x 5.33 7.92 x 5.96 9.38 x 7.85
1.0 11.0 27 5.5 (11) 0.44 4.80 x 3.60 5.70 x 4.28 6.40 x 4.80 7.13 x 5.37 8.45 x 7.07
1.1 11.0 28 5.2 (11) 0.36 4.36 x 3.27 5.18 x 3.89 5.82 x 4.36 6.48 x 4.88 7.68 x 6.42
1 C 69.0 28
1.2 11.0 28 5.5 (12) 0.33 4.00 x 3.00 4.75 x 3.57 5.33 x 4.00 5.94 x 4.47 7.04 x 5.89
1.3 11.0 29 5.2 (12) 0.28 3.69 x 2.77 4.38 x 3.29 4.92 x 3.69 5.48 x 4.13 6.50 x 5.44
1.4 11.0 31 5.4 (13) 0.26 3.43 x 2.57 4.07 x 3.06 4.57 x 3.43 5.09 x 3.83 6.03 x 5.05
1.5 11.0 32 5.2 (13) 0.23 3.20 x 2.40 3.80 x 2.85 4.27 x 3.20 4.75 x 3.58 5.63 x 4.71
1.6 11.0 34 5.4 (14) 0.22 3.00 x 2.25 3.56 x 2.68 4.00 x 3.00 4.46 x 3.36 5.28 x 4.42
1.4 11.0 12 5.4 (13) 0.26 3.43 x 2.57 4.07 x 3.06 4.57 x 3.43 5.09 x 3.83 6.03 x 5.05
1.5 11.0 14 5.2 (13) 0.23 3.20 x 2.40 3.80 x 2.85 4.27 x 3.20 4.75 x 3.58 5.63 x 4.71
1.6 11.0 15 5.4 (14) 0.22 3.00 x 2.25 3.56 x 2.68 4.00 x 3.00 4.46 x 3.36 5.28 x 4.42
1.7 11.0 17 5.2 (14) 0.19 2.82 x 2.12 3.35 x 2.52 3.76 x 2.82 4.19 x 3.16 4.97 x 4.16
1.8 11.0 19 5.4 (15) 0.18 2.67 x 2.00 3.17 x 2.38 3.56 x 2.67 3.96 x 2.98 4.69 x 3.93
2 C 87.5 28
1.9 11.0 21 5.2 (15) 0.16 2.53 x 1.89 3.00 x 2.25 3.37 x 2.53 3.75 x 2.83 4.45 x 3.72
2.0 11.0 23 5.3 (16) 0.16 2.40 x 1.80 2.85 x 2.14 3.20 x 2.40 3.56 x 2.68 4.22 x 3.53
2.1 11.0 25 5.2 (16) 0.14 2.29 x 1.71 2.71 x 2.04 3.05 x 2.29 3.39 x 2.56 4.02 x 3.36
2.2 11.0 27 5.3 (17) 0.14 2.18 x 1.64 2.59 x 1.95 2.91 x 2.18 3.24 x 2.44 3.84 x 3.21
2.3 11.0 30 5.5 (18) 0.14 2.09 x 1.57 2.48 x 1.86 2.78 x 2.09 3.10 x 2.33 3.67 x 3.07
2.1 11.0 7 5.2 (16) 0.14 2.29 x 1.71 2.71 x 2.04 3.05 x 2.29 3.39 x 2.56 4.02 x 3.36
2.2 11.0 9 5.3 (17) 0.14 2.18 x 1.64 2.59 x 1.95 2.91 x 2.18 3.24 x 2.44 3.84 x 3.21
2.3 11.0 11 5.5 (18) 0.14 2.09 x 1.57 2.48 x 1.86 2.78 x 2.09 3.10 x 2.33 3.67 x 3.07
2.4 11.0 14 5.3 (18) 0.12 2.00 x 1.50 2.38 x 1.78 2.67 x 2.00 2.97 x 2.24 3.52 x 2.94
2.5 11.0 16 5.4 (19) 0.12 1.92 x 1.44 2.28 x 1.71 2.56 x 1.92 2.85 x 2.15 3.38 x 2.83
3 C 106.0 28
2.6 11.0 18 5.3 (19) 0.11 1.85 x 1.38 2.19 x 1.65 2.46 x 1.85 2.74 x 2.06 3.25 x 2.72
2.7 11.0 21 5.4 (20) 0.11 1.78 x 1.33 2.11 x 1.59 2.37 x 1.78 2.64 x 1.99 3.13 x 2.62
2.8 11.0 23 5.3 (20) 0.10 1.71 x 1.29 2.04 x 1.53 2.29 x 1.71 2.55 x 1.92 3.02 x 2.52
2.9 11.0 26 5.4 (21) 0.10 1.66 x 1.24 1.97 x 1.48 2.21 x 1.66 2.46 x 1.85 2.91 x 2.44
3.0 11.0 28 5.3 (21) 0.09 1.60 x 1.20 1.90 x 1.43 2.13 x 1.60 2.38 x 1.79 2.82 x 2.36
2 At the borders of the field depth the image can be still used for measurement but,
to get a very sharp image, only half of the nominal field depth should be considered.
Pixel size used for calculation is 3.45 µm
73
MCSM1-01X
Variable macro lens with Scheimpflug adjustment
KEY ADVANTAGES
Precision Scheimpflug mount

Image focus is maintained across any tilted plane.
Compatible with any C-mount camera

The back focal length meets the C-mount standard.
Application flexibility
Supports a wide range of magnification factors and viewing angles.
MCSM1-01X is a variable macro lens expressly designed for 3D with any structured light source to build up extremely accurate 3D
measurement and imaging applications where the object plane is imaging systems. Image sharpness is maintained even when the
not perpendicular to the optical axis. A precise built-in adjustment lens is tilted by a wide angle, since the Scheimpflug adjustment tilts
mechanism allows the lens to accurately meet the Scheimpflug around the horizontal axis of the detector plane. The tiltable mount
condition and to image tilted planes in perfect focus. This lens offers is compatible with any C-mount camera.
a wide range of magnifications and view angles. It can be interface
Examples of 3D imaging configuration
MCSM1-01X imaging a sample from an angled point of view. Without tilt adjustment, the object At the Scheimpflug angle, the image
MCSM1-01X combined with a LTPRSMHP3W-R Without tilt adjustment, At the Scheimplflug angle, the image
Scheimplfug pattern projector at 90°. the image of the surface is sharp over the entire surface where
is not homogeneously focused. the paste has been deposited.
74
FOR TELECENTRIC LENSES WITH SCHEIMPFLUG ADJUSTMENT SEE ALSO
TCSM series p. 16
FULL RANGE OF COMPATIBLE PRODUCTS FOR 3D APPLICATIONS
LED pattern projectors p. 146
MCSM1-01X combined with LTPRHP3W-R. Without tilt adjustment, the image At the Scheimplflug angle, the entire
is out of focus. surface becomes focused.
FOV and WD selection chart
Long detector side horizontal Long detector side vertical

1/3" 1/2" 2/3" 1/3" 1/2" 2/3"
Mag. F/# (wF/#) Object Mount WD wxh wxh wxh wxh wxh wxh
tilt tilt 4.80 x 3.60 6.40 x 4.80 8.80 x 6.60 3.60 x 4.80 4.80 x 6.40 6.60 x 8.80
(x) 1 (deg) (deg) (mm) (mm x mm) (mm x mm) (mm x mm) (mm x mm) (mm x mm) (mm x mm)
Field of view - w (W) x h - (mm x mm) Field of view - w (W) x h - (mm x mm)
W
W h
h
w
w
0.0 0.0 46.0 4.80 (4.80) x 3.60 6.40 (6.40) x 4.80 8.80 (8.80) x 6.60 3.60 (3.60) x 4.80 4.80 (4.80) x 6.40 6.60 (6.60) x 8.80
5.0 5.0 46.0 4.75 (4.85) x 3.61 6.33 (6.47) x 4.81 8.71 (8.89) x 6.61 3.55 (3.65) x 4.81 4.73 (4.87) x 6.41 6.51 (6.69) x 8.81
1 6.3 (12.5)
10.0 10.0 46.0 4.70 (4.90) x 3.60 6.27 (6.53) x 4.80 8.62 (8.98) x 6.60 3.51 (3.70) x 4.81 4.68 (4.93) x 6.41 6.43 (6.78) x 8.81
15.0 15.0 46.0 4.64 (4.95) x 3.61 6.18 (6.60) x 4.81 8.50 (9.08) x 6.61 3.46 (3.75) x 4.81 4.61 (5.00) x 6.41 6.34 (6.88) x 8.81
0.0 0.0 47.8 6.43 (6.43) x 4.82 8.57 (8.57) x 6.42 11.8 (11.8) x 8.83 4.82 (4.82) x 6.43 6.42 (6.42) x 8.57 8.83 (8.83) x 11.8
7.5 5.7 47.8 6.33 (6.52) x 4.84 8.44 (8.70) x 6.45 11.6 (12.0) x 8.87 4.72 (4.92) x 6.45 6.29 (6.56) x 8.60 8.65 (9.02) x 11.8
0.75 6.2 (10.9)
15.0 11.4 47.8 6.23 (6.63) x 4.89 8.31 (8.84) x 6.52 11.4 (12.2) x 8.97 4.63 (5.02) x 6.53 6.17 (6.70) x 8.71 8.48 (9.21) x 12.0
20.0 15.3 47.8 6.17 (6.70) x 4.95 8.23 (8.93) x 6.60 11.3 (12.3) x 9.08 4.57 (1.83) x 6.61 6.09 (2.44) x 8.81 8.37 (3.35) x 12.1
0.0 0.0 59.6 9.63 (9.63) x 7.23 12.8 (12.8) x 9.64 17.7 (17.7) x 13.3 7.23 (7.23) x 9.63 9.64 (9.64) x12.8 13.3 (13.3) x 17.7
10.0 5.0 59.6 9.44 (9.83) x 7.31 12.6 (13.1) x 9.75 17.3 (18.0) x 13.4 7.03 (7.43) x 9.74 9.37 (9.91) x 13.0 12.9 (13.6) x 17.9
0.5 6.3 (9.4)
20.0 10.4 59.6 9.25 (10.1) x 7.58 12.3 (13.4) x 10.1 17.0 (18.4) x 13.9 6.84 (7.65) x 10.1 9.12 (10.2) x 13.5 12.6 (14.0) x 18.6
30.0 16.1 59.6 9.04 (10.3) x 8.05 12.1 (13.7) x 10.7 16.6 (18.9) x 14.8 6.65 (7.91) x 10.8 8.87 (10.5) x 14.4 12.2 (14.5) x 19.7
0.0 0.0 83.8 14.6 (14.6) x 10.9 19.4 (19.4) x 14.6 26.7 (26.7) x 20.1 10.9 (10.9) x 14.5 14.6 (14.6) x 19.4 20.1 (20.1) x 26.6
15.0 5.1 83.8 14.1 (14.9) x 11.3 18.9 (19.9) x 15.1 25.9 (27.4) x 20.7 10.5 (11.4) x 15.1 14.0 (15.2) x 20.1 19.3 (20.9) x 27.6
0.33 6.2 (8.3)
30.0 10.8 83.8 13.7 (15.6) x 12.5 18.2 (20.8) x 16.6 25.1 (28.6) x 22.8 10.0 (12.0) x 16.7 13.4 (16.0) x 22.2 18.4 (22.0) x 30.6
45.0 18.3 83.8 13.1 (16.4) x 14.9 17.5 (21.9) x 19.8 24.1 (30.1) x 27.3 9.52 (12.9) x 20.0 12.7 (17.1) x 26.7 17.5 (23.6) x 36.7
0.0 0.0 135.3 24.0 (24.0) x 18.0 32.0 (32.0) x 24.0 44.0 (44.0) x 33.0 18.0 (18.0) x 24.0 24.0 (24.0) x 32.0 33.0 (33.0) x 44.0
15.0 3.1 135.3 23.3 (24.8) x 18.6 31.0 (33.0) x 24.8 42.7 (45.4) x 34.2 17.3 (18.8) x 24.9 23.0 (25.1) x 33.1 31.7 (34.5) x 45.6
0.2 6.3 (7.5)
30.0 6.6 135.3 22.5 (25.7) x 20.7 30.0 (34.3) x 27.7 41.2 (47.2) x 38.0 16.5 (19.8) x 27.8 22.0 (26.4) x 37.0 30.3 (36.3) x 50.9
45.0 11.4 135.3 21.5 (27.1) x 25.3 28.7 (36.2) x 33.7 39.5 (49.7) x 46.4 15.6 (21.3) x 34.1 20.8 (28.4) x 45.4 28.6 (39.0) x 62.5
0.0 0.0 271.0 47.6 (47.6) x 35.7 63.5 (63.5) x 47.6 87.3 (87.3) x 65.5 35.7 (35.7) x 47.7 47.6 (47.6) x 63.6 65.5 (65.5) x 87.4
15.0 1.6 271.0 46.2 (49.2) x 37.0 61.6 (65.6) x 49.4 84.7 (90.2) x 67.9 34.3 (37.3) x 49.4 45.7 (49.7) x 65.9 62.9 (68.4) x 90.6
0.1 6.3 (6.9)
30.0 3.4 271.0 44.6 (51.1) x 41.4 59.5 (68.1) x 55.2 81.8 (93.7) x 75.8 32.8 (39.3) x 55.4 43.7 (52.4) x 73.8 60.1 (72.0) x 101.5
45.0 5.8 271.0 42.7 (53.9) x 51.0 56.9 (71.9) x 68.0 78.2 (98.9) x 93.4 30.9 (42.3) x 68.7 41.2 (56.4) x 91.6 56.7 (77.6) x 125.9
75
MCZR series
4x macro revolver with motorized control
KEY ADVANTAGES
Perfect magnification costancy

No need of re-calibration after zooming.
Perfect parfocality
No need of refocusing when changing magnification.
Excellent image center stability

Each magnification maintains its FOV center.
Full motorized control

Zoom magnification can be set either manually or via software.
MANUAL AND SETUP
Please refer to our website for the updated

MCZR manual and for a complete technical
documentation of the setup process.
MCZR series are multiple-magnification optical systems which The device can be both automatically and manually set to one of the
combine high resolution imaging with the flexibility of having four available magnifications; this optomechanical solution ensures
multiple fields of view available in one lens. that both magnification and image centering are maintained when
Unlike conventional zoom systems, MCZR have been specifically returning to a specific configuration.
designed to work as macro lenses, while the optical system All of these features make these optical products perfect for all
ensures the same optical performance of very high-resolution fixed those on-line applications requiring frequent changes of format and
focal lenses. high quality images all in one lens.
Quality inspection of different sized objects Quality inspection o-ring/gaskets Package inspection
76
FOR TELECENTRIC MULTI-MAGNIFICATION OPTICS SEE ALSO
TCZR series p. 24
DEDICATED COMPATIBLE RINGLIGHT
LTRN 036xx p. 122
Envelope barcode identification. Gasket inspection.
Detector type Optical specifications Dimensions

1/3’’ 1/2.5’’ 1/2’’ 1/1.8” 2/3” - 5 Mpx
Part Mag. Image wxh wxh wxh wxh wxh WD F/# (wF/#) Distortion Field CTF Mount Length Width
number circle 4.80 x 3.60 5.70 x 4.28 6.40 x 4.80 7.13 x 5.37 8.45 x 7.07 depth @50lp/mm x Height
(x) Ø (mm) (mm x mm) (mm x mm) (mm x mm) (mm x mm) (mm x mm) (mm) (%) (mm) (%) (mm) (mm x mm)
1 2 3
0.083 57.7 x 43.3 68.6 x 51.4 77.0 x 57.7 85.7 x 64.6 101.6 x 85.0 4.6 (5) < 0.2 18 > 40
0.167 28.8 x 21.6 34.2 x 25.7 38.4 x 28.8 42.8 x 32.2 50.7 x 42.4 4.3 (5) < 0.1 4.5 > 50
MCZR 033-008 11.0 208.4 C 146.4 98.1 x 91.9
0.250 19.2 x 14.4 22.8 x 17.1 25.6 x 19.2 28.5 x 21.5 33.8 x 28.3 4.0 (5) < 0.05 2 > 60
0.333 14.4 x 10.8 17.1 x 12.8 19.2 x 14.4 21.4 x 16.1 25.4 x 21.2 3.8 (5) < 0.05 1.1 > 60
0.063 76.7 x 57.5 91.1 x 68.3 102.3 x 76.7 113.9 x 85.8 134.9 x 112.9 4.7 (5) < 0.2 30 > 50
0.125 38.3 x 28.7 45.5 x 34.1 51.0 x 38.3 56.8 x 42.8 67.3 x 56.3 4.4 (5) < 0.1 8 > 50
MCZR 025-006 10.0 275.9 C 149.9 98.1 x 91.9
0.188 25.5 x 19.2 30.3 x 22.8 34.1 x 25.5 37.9 x 28.6 44.9 x 37.6 4.2 (5) < 0.05 3.5 > 60
0.251 19.1 x 14.4 22.7 x 17.1 25.5 x 19.1 28.4 x 21.4 33.7 x 28.2 4.0 (5) < 0.05 1.9 > 50
0.047 102.3 x 76.7 121.5 x 91.1 136.4 x 102.3 151.9 x 114.4 179.9 x 150.5 4.8 (5) <1 55 > 40
0.094 51.0 x 38.3 60.6 x 45.5 68.1 x 51.0 75.8 x 57.1 89.8 x 75.1 4.6 (5) < 0.2 14 > 40
MCZR 018-004 10.0 384.8 C 154.5 98.1 x 91.9
0.141 34.1 x 25.5 40.5 x 30.3 45.4 x 34.1 50.6 x 38.1 59.9 x 50.1 4.4 (5) < 0.1 6 > 60
0.188 25.5 x 19.1 30.3 x 22.7 34.0 x 25.5 37.9 x 28.6 44.9 x 37.6 4.2 (5) < 0.05 3.5 > 60
0.035 137.5 x 103.1 163.4 x 122.5 183.4 x 137.5 204.2 x 153.8 242.0 x 202.4 4.8 (5) <1 100 > 40
0.070 68.6 x 51.5 81.5 x 61.2 91.5 x 68.6 101.9 x 76.8 120.8 x 101.0 4.7 (5) < 0.2 25 > 40
MCZR 014-003 10.0 532.3 C 154.7 98.1 x 91.9
0.105 45.8 x 34.4 54.4 x 40.8 61.1 x 45.8 68.0 x 51.2 80.6 x 67.4 4.5 (5) < 0.1 11 > 60
0.140 34.3 x 25.8 40.8 x 30.6 45.8 x 34.3 51.0 x 38.4 60.4 x 50.5 4.4 (5) < 0.05 6 > 60
1 F/# = F-number, wF/# = Working F-number, the real F-number of a lens 3 Measured from the front end of the mechanics to the camera flange.
when used as a macro.
2 At the borders of the field depth the image can be still used for measurement
but, to get a perfectly sharp image, only half of the nominal field depth should
be considered.
77
MZMT12X series
12X continuous macro zoom lenses with motorized control
KEY ADVANTAGES
Independent motorized zoom and focus control.
Compact and robust design.
High resolution macro imaging.
Compatible MTDV controller

designed to drive MZMT12X stepper motors via Modbus RTU / USB
or manual interface.
DEDICATED COMPATIBLE RINGLIGHT
LTRN024NW p. 122
COMPATIBLE STEPPER MOTOR CONTROLLER
MTDV p. 224
MZMT12X motorized macro zoom lenses for 2/3” cameras deliver Electrical specifications
superb optical performance in a compact and robust housing. Coaxial light Optional
The Opto Engineering® motorized design features two bipolar Iris Fixed 1
stepper motors that respectively control zoom and focus with fine Focusing
Motorized
increments, ensuring extremely accurate and repeatable results Zoom
throughout the entire 12x zoom range. Connector Circular standard DIN 12Pos Male
MZMT12X lenses are available with or without coaxial illumination Motor
and are complemented by the MTDV motion controller, available Number 2
separately. All of these features make MCMT12X lenses perfect for Type Stepper - bipolar
close-up imaging applications requiring high quality images and Supply voltage (V, DC ) 3,9
flexible zoom capabilities. Amps/phase (A) 0,6
Resistance/phase 2 (Ω) 6.5 ± 15%
Inductance/phase 3 (mH) 1.7 ± 20%
Holding Torque (N·m) 0,018
Ratio 1:1
Product combinations * Step angle (°) 1,8
Step accuracy ± 5%
Rotor inertia (Kg/m2) 2.0 x 10-7
Temperature rise (°C) 80
Ambient temperature (°C) -10 ÷ 50
Insulation resistance (MΩ) 100
Insulation class B - 130 °C
Dielectric strength 4 (V AC) 500
Ambient humidity max 85% (no condensation)
Compatibility 5
MZMT23A12X-C-x MZMT23A12X-C
Stepper motors controller MTDV3CH-00A1
with coaxial illumination without coaxial illumination
CBMT001 (circular standard DIN 12Pos Female
Cable 6
to DB15M connector cable, 2 m)
LED illuminators LTRN024xx
1 Fixed value at a specific magnification.

F/# changes when magnification is changed.
2 At 25 °C.
3 At 1 KHz.
4 For 1 min between the motor coils and the motor case.
CBMT001 cable + MTDV controller 5 All compatible products must be ordered separately.
6 Cable is required to connect MZMT12X series to MTDV3CH-00A1 controller
* To be ordered separately and must be ordered separately.
78
MZMTCX23A12X-C-W lens MZMT23A12X-C lens

with white coaxial illumination in combination with LTRN024NW MZMT23A12X-C lens
inspecting integrated ring illuminator inspecting in combination with LTRN024N
circuits assemblies. precision gears. ring illuminator inspecting PCBs.

back. pulsed mode.
When bypassed, the built-in
electronics behaves as an open circuit
allowing direct control of the LED
source.

min max typ. max
(V) (V) (W) (mA) (V) (V) (mA)
1 2 3 4
MZMTCX23A12X-C-G green, 520 nm 12 24 < 2.5 350 3.3 4.00 2000
MZMTCX23A12X-C-W white 12 24 < 2.5 350 2.78 n.a. 2000
Detector type Optical specifications Electrical specs Mechanical specs

Part Mag. Image 1/3’’ 1/2.5’’ 1/2’’ 1/1.8” 2/3” - 5 Mpx WD wF/# Dist. Field CTF Coaxial light Mount Length Width Height
number circle wxh wxh wxh wxh wxh depth
4.80 x 3.60 5.70 x 4.28 6.40 x 4.80 7.13 x 5.37 8.47 x 7.07 typ (max) min
Ø (mm) (mm x mm) (mm x mm) (mm x mm) (mm x mm) (mm x mm) (mm) (%) (mm) (%) (mm) (mm)
Object field of view (mm x mm) 1 2 3 4 5 6
max 7.3 11.0 0.70 x 0.50 0.80 x 0.60 0.90 x 0.70 1.00 x 0.70 1.20 x 1.00 31 < 0.25 (0.3) 0.02 > 25% @20lp/mm
MZMT 23A12X-C mid 1.1 11.0 4.50 x 3.30 5.30 x 4.00 5.90 x 4.50 6.60 x 5.00 7.90 x 6.60 81.2 12.8 < 0.05 (0.1) 0.44 > 40% @50lp/mm no C 300 70 73.6
min 0.6 11.0 8.00 x 6.00 9.50 x 7.10 10.7 x 8.00 11.9 x 9.00 14.1 x 11.8 12 < 0.2 (0.25) 1.30 > 30% @50lp/mm
max 7.3 11.0 0.70 x 0.50 0.80 x 0.60 0.90 x 0.70 1.00 x 0.70 1.20 x 1.00 31 < 0.25 (0.3) 0.02 > 25% @20lp/mm
MZMTCX 23A12X-C-W mid 1.1 11.0 4.50 x 3.30 5.30 x 4.00 5.90 x 4.50 6.60 x 5.00 7.90 x 6.60 81.2 12.8 < 0.05 (0.1) 0.44 > 40% @50lp/mm white C 300 70 124.1
min 0.6 11.0 8.00 x 6.00 9.50 x 7.10 10.7 x 8.00 11.9 x 9.00 14.1 x 11.8 12 < 0.2 (0.25) 1.30 > 30% @50lp/mm
max 7.3 11.0 0.70 x 0.50 0.80 x 0.60 0.90 x 0.70 1.00 x 0.70 1.20 x 1.00 31 < 0.25 (0.3) 0.02 > 25% @20lp/mm
MZMTCX 23A12X-C-G mid 1.1 11.0 4.50 x 3.30 5.30 x 4.00 5.90 x 4.50 6.60 x 5.00 7.90 x 6.60 81.2 12.8 < 0.05 (0.1) 0.44 > 40% @50lp/mm green, 520 nm C 300 70 124.1
min 0.6 11.0 8.00 x 6.00 9.50 x 7.10 10.7 x 8.00 11.9 x 9.00 14.1 x 11.8 12 < 0.2 (0.25) 1.30 > 30% @50lp/mm
1 For the fields with the indication “Ø =”, the image of a circular object of such 4 Percent deviation of the real image compared to an ideal, undistorted image.
diameter is fully inscribed into the detector. Absolute values are listed.
2 Working distance: distance between the front end of the mechanics 5 At the borders of the field depth the image can be still used for measurement
and the object. Set this distance within +/- 3% of the nominal value but, to get a very sharp image, only half of the nominal field depth should be
for maximumresolution and minimum distortion. considered. Pixel size used for calculation is 5.5 μm.
wF/# is fixed at a specific magnification. wF/# changes when magnification is changed.
79
80
MCZM series
Macro zoom lenses
Optical specifications Dimensions

Part Focal length Magnification Image circle WD f/# Back focal Distortion Length Diam. Mass
number length
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (%) (mm) (mm) (g)
RT-MLM-3XMP - 0.3 - 1.0 11 89.9 4.5 20.4 1.8 36.5 79.5 150
RT-MLH-10X-C - 0.084 - 0.84 8 152 - 457 5.6 23.3 - 48.0 98.5 260
RT-TEC-M55 55 0.486 - 0.011 11 140 - 5000 2.8 29.8 0.6 53.0 92.9 320
Dome lights LTDM series p. 116
81
MACRO LENSES UP TO 4/3” SENSORS
MZMT5X series
5X continuous macro zoom lenses with motorized control
KEY ADVANTAGES
Motorized zoom, focus and aperture.
High resolution macro imaging.

designed to drive MZMT5X stepper motors via Modbus RTU / USB
Suitable for high speed applications.
MZMT10 and MZMT43 motorized macro zoom lenses have been All of these features make these zoom lenses perfect for all those
designed for inline and offline applications where items of various on-line applications requiring changes of format and high quality
sizes must be inspected with high resolution macro imaging. images.
Unlike many zoom lenses, MZMT10/43 working f-number is

constant when magnification is changed, thus ensuring high optical
throughput even at high magnifications. MZMT10/43 models feature
Iris
a total continuous magnification range of 5x and fit detectors up
Focusing motorized
4/3”, making them a very flexible solution to be used in many diverse
Zoom
applications.
Connector circular standard DIN 12Pos Male
The Opto Engineering® motorized design features three bipolar Motor
stepper motors that respectively control zoom, focus and iris with Number 3
fine increments, ensuring extremely accurate and repeatable results Type Stepper - bipolar
throughout the entire 5x zoom range. Supply voltage (V, DC ) 5 - 24

Amps/phase (A) 0.5
MZMT5X moving parts are conveniently shielded and integrated Resistance/phase 1 (Ω) 10 ± 7%
within the lens barrel providing a zoom system that is both compact Inductance/phase 2 (mH) 2.3 ± 20%
and robust. MZMT5X macro zoom lenses are complemented Holding Torque (N·m) 0.135
by dedicated stepper motor controller MTDV to be purchased Ratio 1:50
separately. Step angle (°) 18/50

Step accuracy ± 7%
Rotor inertia (Kg/m2) 1,0 x 10-7
Ambient temperature (°C) 0 ÷ 50
Insulation class E - 120 °C
Product combinations *
Compatibility 4
Cable 5
1 At 25 °C.
2 At 1 KHz.
MZMT5X lens + CBMT001 cable + MTDV controller
4 All compatible products must be ordered separately.
5 Cable is required to connect MZMT5X series to MTDV3CH-00A1 controller
82
DEDICATED COMPATIBLE RINGLIGHTS
LTRN 064 xx p. 122
MTDV p. 224
Inspection of different sized metal containers Inspection of different sized caps and closures Inspection of different sized food packaging

Part Mag. Image 1/3’’ 1/2.5’’ 1/2’’ 1/1.8” 2/3” - 5 Mpx 1’’ 1.2’’ 4/3’’ WD wF/# Dist. Field CTF Mount Length Diam.
number circle wxh wxh wxh wxh wxh wxh wxh wxh depth @50lp/mm
4.80 x 3.60 5.70 x 4.28 6.40 x 4.80 7.13 x 5.37 8.47 x 7.07 12.80 x 9.60 15.20 x 15.20 18.10 x 13.60 min max min max
Ø (mm) (mm x mm) (mm x mm) (mm x mm) (mm x mm) (mm x mm) (mm x mm) (mm x mm) (mm x mm) (mm) (%) (mm) (%) (mm) (mm)
2 3 4 5 6

max 0.327 16.0 14.7 x 11.0 17.4 x 13.1 19.6 x 14.7 21.8 x 16.4 25.9 x 21.6 39.2 x 29.4 Ø = 49.0 n.a. < 2.0 1.8 13.2 50 @wF/# 5.6
MZMT 10A5X-C 0.147 16.0 32.7 x 24.5 38.9 x 29.2 43.6 x 32.7 48.6 x 36.6 57.8 x 48.2 87.3 x 65.5 Ø = 109.1 n.a. 250.4 4.3 32 < 2.5 8.8 65.5 50 @wF/# 5.6 C 175 124
min 0.069 16.0 69.9 x 52.4 83.0 x 62.3 93.2 x 69.9 103.8 x 78.2 123.3 x 103.0 186.4 x 139.8 Ø = 233.0 n.a. < 3.5 32.8 298.6 65 @wF/# 5.6
max 0.463 22.7 10.4 x 7.8 12.3 x 9.3 13.8 x 10.4 15.4 x 11.6 18.3 x 15.3 27.7 x 20.8 32.9 x 32.9 39.1 x 29.4 < 2.0 1.6 6.6 50 @wF/# 8
MZMT 43A5X-C 0.310 22.7 15.5 x 11.6 18.4 x 13.8 20.7 x 15.5 23.0 x 17.3 27.3 x 22.8 41.3 x 31.0 49.1 x 49.1 58.4 x 43.9 250.4 8.0 32 < 2.0 3.7 14.7 60 @wF/# 8 C 188 124
min 0.097 22.7 49.4 x 37.0 58.6 x 44.0 65.8 x 49.4 73.4 x 55.2 87.1 x 72.7 131.7 x 98.8 156.4 x 156.4 186.2 x 139.9 < 3.5 37.3 121.9 40 @wF/# 8
max 0.463 22.7 10.4 x 7.8 12.3 x 9.3 13.8 x 10.4 15.4 x 11.6 18.3 x 15.3 27.7 x 20.8 32.9 x 32.9 39.1 x 29.4 < 2.0 1.3 6.6 50 @wF/# 8
MZMT 43A5X-F 0.310 22.7 15.5 x 11.6 18.4 x 13.8 20.7 x 15.5 23.0 x 17.3 27.3 x 22.8 41.3 x 31.0 49.1 x 49.1 58.4 x 43.9 250.4 8.0 32 < 2.0 3.7 14.7 60 @wF/# 8 F 182 124
min 0.097 22.7 49.4 x 37.0 58.6 x 44.0 65.8 x 49.4 73.4 x 55.2 87.1 x 72.7 131.7 x 98.8 156.4 x 156.4 186.2 x 139.9 < 3.5 37.3 149.0 40 @wF/# 8
max 0.463 22.7 10.4 x 7.8 12.3 x 9.3 13.8 x 10.4 15.4 x 11.6 18.3 x 15.3 27.7 x 20.8 32.9 x 32.9 39.1 x 29.4 < 2.0 1.6 6.6 50 @wF/# 8
M42x1
MZMT 43A5X-J 0.310 22.7 15.5 x 11.6 18.4 x 13.8 20.7 x 15.5 23.0 x 17.3 27.3 x 22.8 41.3 x 31.0 49.1 x 49.1 58.4 x 43.9 250.4 8.0 32 < 2.0 3.7 14.7 60 @wF/# 8 193 124
FD12
min 0.097 22.7 49.4 x 37.0 58.6 x 44.0 65.8 x 49.4 73.4 x 55.2 87.1 x 72.7 131.7 x 98.8 156.4 x 156.4 186.2 x 139.9 < 3.5 37.3 149.0 40 @wF/# 8
1 For the fields with the indication “Ø =”, the image of a circular object of such 4 Percent deviation of the real image compared to an ideal, undistorted image.
diameter is fully inscribed into the detector. Absolute values are listed.
2 Working distance: distance between the front end of the mechanics 5 At the borders of the field depth the image can be still used for measurement
and the object. Set this distance within +/- 3% of the nominal value but, to get a very sharp image, only half of the nominal field depth should be
for maximumresolution and minimum distortion. considered. Pixel size used for calculation is 5.5 μm.
83
MACRO LENSES VERY LARGE & LINESCAN SENSORS
MC4K series
Macro lenses for 4 k pixel linescan cameras
KEY ADVANTAGES
Macro design
Achieve unmatched resolution in critical applications: these lenses
consistently deliver superior image quality than standard fixed focal
length lenses used with extension tubes.
Exceptional low distortion

Perform measurement tasks with a high degree of accuracy
and reliability.
Optimized aperture
For each magnification, the F/# is optimized to ensure the best field
depth and image resolution.
Easy front filter insertion

Thanks to the front M30.5x0.5 thread.
MC4K series is a collection of macro lenses fitting both 4 K linescan

cameras and matrix detector cameras over 4/3″.
These lenses are specifically designed for macro imaging, as

opposed to infinite conjugate lenses with added spacers, a common
alternative unable to deliver the same optical performance.
MC4K lenses feature fixed aperture to ensure optimal field depth,

image resolution and brightness for each magnification range,
while meeting the typical needs of machine vision applications. The
absence of an iris adjustment mechanism leads to more robust
build quality, granting extra durability and precision. Mount F Mount N = M42x1
Machine integration is made easy thanks to the precise focusing FULL RANGE OF COMPATIBLE ILLUMINATORS
mechanism and the possibility to choose from an F or M42x1 mount
(-N). MC4K series additionally features a front M30.5x0.5 thread for Line lights, LTLNC series p. 142
the insertion of an optional filter as well as easy phase adjustment.
Bar lights LTBRDC series p. 141
Solar cell inspection Print and web inspection Identification: data-matrix and barcode reading
84
Phase adjustment
Adjusting the phase of the camera mounted on MC4K macro lenses
is easy: simply loosen the three set screws and rotate the camera
mount until you achieve the desired angular alignment.

KAI-04050 line 2 k KAI4022/4021 KAI-08050 APS-C line 4 k
16 mm diag 21.5 mm diag 22.6 mm diag 28.35 mm
Part Focusing Mag. wxh 2k x 10 µm wxh wxh wxh 4 k x 7 µm WD Focal F/# Distortion Field CTF Image Object Length Diam.
number 12.8 x 9.6 20.5 15.2 x 15.2 18.1 x 13.6 23.6 x 15.7 28.67 length (wF/#) typical (max) depth @50lp/mm side NA side NA
(x) (mm x mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (%) (mm) (%) (mm) (mm)
1 2 3 4 5
Object field of view (mm x mm) F N F N
near 0.295 43.4 x 32.5 69.4 51.5 x 51.5 61.4 x 46.1 80.0 x 53.2 97.2 298.5
MC4K 025X-x nominal 0.250 51.2 x 38.4 81.9 60.8 x 60.8 72.4 x 54.4 94.4 x 62.8 114.7 346.1 88.0 6.4 (8) < 0.08 (0.1) 6.8 >60 0.063 0.018 80.0 115.9 64.0 52.0
far 0.205 62.4 x 46.8 99.9 74.1 x 74.1 88.3 x 66.3 115.1 x 64.9 139.9 414.3
near 0.545 23.5 x 17.6 37.6 27.9 x 27.9 33.2 x 25.0 43.3 x 28.8 52.6 177.0
MC4K 050X-x nominal 0.500 25.6 x 19.2 41.0 30.4 x 30.4 36.2 x 27.2 47.2 x 31.4 57.3 189.9 88.0 6.7 (10) < 0.04 (0.08) 2.5 > 50 0.050 0.027 99.5 135.4 64.0 52.0
far 0.455 28.1 x 21.1 45.0 33.4 x 33.4 39.8 x 29.9 51.9 x 31.6 63.0 205.2
near 0.795 16.1 x 12.1 25.8 19.1 x 19.1 22.8 x 17.1 29.7 x 19.7 36.1 131.4
far 0.704 18.2 x 13.6 29.1 21.6 x 21.6 25.7 x 19.3 33.5 x 21.0 40.7 143.9
near 1.045 12.2 x 9.19 19.6 14.5 x 14.5 17.3 x 13.0 22.5 x 15.0 27.4 108.2
far 0.954 13.4 x 10.1 21.5 15.9 x 15.9 19.0 x 14.3 24.7 x 15.7 30.1 115.2
near 1.295 9.88 x 7.41 15.8 11.7 x 11.7 14.0 x 10.5 18.2 x 12.2 22.1 94.0
far 1.204 10.6 x 7.97 17.0 12.6 x 12.6 15.0 x 11.3 19.5 x 12.6 23.8 98.5
near 1.543 8.30 x 6.22 13.3 9.85 x 9.85 11.7 x 8.81 15.3 x 10.2 18.6 89.9
far 1.455 8.80 x 6.60 14.1 10.4 x 10.4 12.4 x 9.35 16.2 x 10.6 19.7 93.0
near 1.793 7.14 x 5.35 11.4 8.48 x 8.48 10.1 x 7.59 13.2 x 8.8 16.0 82.7
far 1.705 7.51 x 5.63 12.0 8.91 x 8.91 10.6 x 7.98 13.8 x 9.0 16.8 85.0
near 2.042 6.27 x 4.70 10.0 7.44 x 7.44 8.86 x 6.66 11.6 x 7.7 14.0 77.3
far 1.955 6.55 x 4.91 10.5 7.77 x 7.77 9.26 x 6.96 12.1 x 7.9 14.7 79.0
1 Maximum and minimum magnification changes when focusing. 4 At the borders of the field depth the image can be still used for measurement
2 F/# = F-number, wF/# = Working F-number, the real F-number of a lens but to get a perfectly sharp image only half of the nominal field depth should
when used as a macro. be taken into account.
3 Percent deviation of the real image compared to an ideal, undistorted image: 5 Measured from the front end of the mechanics to the camera flange;
typical (average production) values and maximum (guaranteed) values are listed. take into account a +/- 2.5 mm tolerance due to the focussing mechanism.
It’s easy to select the right lens for your application: our part numbers are coded as MC4K yyyX -x where yyy refers to the magnification and -x refers to the mount option:
- F for F-mount
- N for M42x1 mount (flange distance FD 10.56 mm).
E.g. MC4K100X-N for a MC4K100X with M42x1 mount.
85
MC12K series
Macro lenses for 12 k and 16 k pixel linescan cameras
Mount F Mount I = M58x0.75 Mount R = M72x0.75
MC12K series are macro lenses specifically optimized to work with KEY ADVANTAGES
high resolution line scan cameras with sensor size up to 62 mm.
Infinite conjugate lenses, like photographic optics, will offer poor Macro design
performance when used to observe objects from up close: MC12K Achieve unmatched resolution in critical applications.
series are macro by design, enabling unmatched and uniform
optical performance at short working distances. Exceptional low distortion
Perform measurement tasks with a high degree of accuracy and reliability.
MC12K series lenses are the ideal choice for industrial applications
where maximum image resolution is required: solar cells and Optimized for high resolution linescan cameras
printed sheets inspection, web inspection or high speed product MC12K feature a large image circle ensuring wide compatibility with
sorting are just a few examples. line scan sensors (up to 62.4 mm).
In addition to the standard M72x0.75 mount, MC12K lenses can Color correction
be easily equipped with any camera mount at no additional cost MC12K can distinguish the finest tonal gradations and are the ideal
ensuring wide compatibility with most common linescan cameras. solution for demanding applications where color consistency is required.
Industrial design for factory automation

MC12K feature precise manual focusing mechanism to achieve the
best possible image sharpness.
Wide image circle

MC12K is optimized to cover the line scan sensor sizes up to 62.4 mm.
SENSOR SIZE UP TO 62.4 mm
MC12K
Solar cell inspection Print and web inspection High speed sorting of tablets
86
Full frame Line Line Line
35 mm 16 kpx 2 kpx 12 kpx
Part Focusing Mag. wxh 16 k x 3.5 µm 12 k x 5 µm 12 k x 5.2 µm WD Focal F/# Distortion Field CTF Image Object Mount Length Diam.
number 36.0 x 24.0 57.3 61.4 62.4 length (wF/#) typical (max) depth @50lp/mm side NA side NA
(x) (mm x mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (%) (mm) (%) (mm) (mm)
1 2 3 4 6 5
near 2.017 17.8 x 11.9 n.a. n.a. n.a. 93.6 F
MC12K 200X-F nominal 2.000 18.0 x 12.0 n.a. n.a. n.a. 94.0 88.2 6.0 (18) < 0.01 (0.02) 0.15 > 30 0.028 0.056 242.2 76
far 1.983 18.2 x 12.1 n.a. n.a. n.a. 94.4
near 2.017 17.8 x 11.9 28.7 n.a. n.a. 93.6 M58 x 0.75
MC12K 200X-I nominal 2.000 18.0 x 12.0 28.7 n.a. n.a. 94.0 88.2 6.0 (18) < 0.01 (0.02) 0.15 > 30 0.028 0.056 FD 11.48 276.7 76
far 1.983 18.2 x 12.1 29.2 n.a. n.a. 94.4
near 2.017 17.8 x 11.9 28.7 30.5 30.7 93.6 M72 x 0.75
MC12K 200X-R nominal 2.000 18.0 x 12.0 28.7 30.7 31.2 94.0 88.2 6.0 (18) < 0.01 (0.02) 0.15 > 30 0.028 0.056 FD 6.56 281.8 76
far 1.983 18.2 x 12.1 29.2 31.0 31.3 94.4
near 1.517 23.7 x 15.8 38.2 n.a. n.a. 109.3 F
MC12K 150X-F nominal 1.500 24.0 x 16.0 38.2 n.a. n.a. 110.0 89.9 6.0 (15) < 0.01 (0.02) 0.2 > 40 0.033 0.05 202.8 76
far 1.484 24.3 x 16.2 39.0 n.a. n.a. 110.7
near 1.517 23.7 x 15.8 38.2 n.a. n.a. 109.3 M58 x 0.75
MC12K 150X-I nominal 1.500 24.0 x 16.0 38.2 n.a. n.a. 110.0 89.9 6.0 (15) < 0.01 (0.02) 0.2 > 40 0.033 0.05 FD11.48 237.4 76
far 1.484 24.3 x 16.2 39.0 n.a. n.a. 110.7
near 1.517 23.7 x 15.8 38.2 40.5 40.9 109.3 M72 x 0.75
far 1.484 24.3 x 16.2 39.0 41.4 41.8 110.7
near 1.018 35.4 x 23.6 56.9 n.a. n.a. 134.0 F
far 0.984 36.6 x 24.4 58.9 n.a. n.a. 137.0
near 1.018 35.4 x 23.6 56.9 n.a. n.a. 134.0 M58 x 0.75
MC12K 100X-I nominal 1.000 36.0 x 24.0 57.3 n.a. n.a. 135.5 88.3 6.0 (12) < 0.01 (0.02) 0.3 > 50 0.042 0.042 FD11.48 189.9 76
far 0.984 36.6 x 24.4 58.9 n.a. n.a. 137.0
near 1.018 35.4 x 23.6 56.9 60.4 61.0 134.0 M72 x 0.75
far 0.984 36.6 x 24.4 58.9 62.5 63.1 137.0
near 0.684 52.7 x 35.1 84.7 n.a. n.a. 179.7 F
far 0.650 55.4 x 36.9 88.2 n.a. n.a. 186.4
near 0.684 52.7 x 35.1 84.7 n.a. n.a. 179.7 M58 x 0.75
far 0.650 55.4 x 36.9 88.2 n.a. n.a. 186.4
near 0.684 52.7 x 35.1 84.7 89.9 90.7 179.7 M72 x 0.75
far 0.650 55.4 x 36.9 88.2 94.5 96.0 186.4
near 0.517 69.6 x 46.4 111.9 n.a. n.a. 217.1 F
far 0.483 74.5 x 49.6 119.7 n.a. n.a. 229.1
near 0.517 69.6 x 46.4 111.9 n.a. n.a. 217.1 M58 x 0.75
far 0.483 74.5 x 49.6 119.7 n.a. n.a. 229.1
near 0.517 69.6 x 46.4 111.9 118.8 119.9 217.1 M72 x 0.75
far 0.483 74.5 x 49.6 119.7 127.1 128.3 229.1
near 0.266 135.3 x 90.2 217.6 n.a. n.a. 393.6 F
far 0.234 154.2 x 102.8 247.9 n.a. n.a. 393.6
near 0.266 135.3 x 90.2 217.6 n.a. n.a. 393.6 M58 x 0.75
far 0.234 154.2 x 102.8 247.9 n.a. n.a. 393.6
near 0.266 135.3 x 90.2 217.6 231.1 233.2 393.6 M72 x 0.75
far 0.234 154.2 x 102.8 247.9 263.2 265.6 393.6
near 0.142 254.4 x 169.6 409.1 n.a. n.a. 678.5 M58 x 0.75
MC12K 012X-I nominal 0.125 287.0 x 192.0 458.4 n.a. n.a. 762.0 89.8 6.2 (7) < 0.05 (0.1) 11 > 50 0.071 0.009 FD 11.48 120.2 76
far 0.108 332.5 x 221.7 534.5 n.a. n.a. 873.2
near 0.142 254.4 x 169.6 409.1 434.4 438.3 678.5 M72 x 0.75
MC12K 012X-R nominal 0.125 287.0 x 192.0 458.4 491.1 498.8 762.0 89.8 6.2 (7) < 0.05 (0.1) 11 > 50 0.071 0.009 FD 6.56 125.3 76
far 0.108 332.5 x 221.7 534.5 567.5 572.6 873.2
near 0.100 359.2 x 239.5 577.7 n.a. n.a. 924.1 M58 x 0.75
MC12K 008X-I nominal 0.083 432.0 x 288.0 687.3 n.a. n.a. 1102.5 88.5 6.5 (7) < 0.05 (0.1) 15 > 50 0.071 0.006 FD 11.48 115.9 76
far 0.067 541.1 x 360.7 869.9 n.a. n.a. 1370.9
near 0.100 359.2 x 239.5 577.7 613.5 619.1 924.1 M72 x 0.75
MC12K 008X-R nominal 0.083 432.0 x 288.0 687.3 736.4 747.9 1102.5 88.5 6.5 (7) < 0.05 (0.1) 15 > 50 0.071 0.006 FD 6.56 121.0 76
far 0.067 541.1 x 360.7 869.9 923.6 932.0 1370.9
1 Maximum and minimum magnification changes when focusing. 6 FD stands for Flange Distance (in mm), defined as the distance from
2 F/# = F-number, wF/# = Working F-number, the real F-number of a lens the mounting flange (the “metal ring” in rear part of the lens)
when used as a macro. to the camera detector plane.
3 Percent deviation of the real image compared to an ideal, undistorted image: F Mount (-F) may cause vignetting with sensor diagonal > 50 mm.
typical (average production) values and maximum (guaranteed) values are listed. For such sensor size we suggest mount M72x0.75, FD 6.56 (-R).
4 At the borders of the field depth the image can be still used for measurement Mount M58x0.75 (-I) may cause vignetting with sensor diagonal > 52 mm.
but to get a perfectly sharp image only half of the nominal field depth should For such sensor size we suggest mount M72x0.75, FD 6.56 (-R).
be taken into account.
5 Measured from the front end of the mechanics to the camera flange;
take into account a +/- 2.5 mm tolerance due to the focussing mechanism.
It’s easy to select the right lens for your application: our part numbers are coded as MC12K yyyX-x where yyy refers to the magnification and -x refers to the mount option:
- R for M72x0.75 mount (flange distance FD 6.56 mm)
- F for F-mount
- I for M58x0.75 mount (flange distance FD 11.48 mm).
E.g. MC12K100X-I for a MC12K100X with M58x0.75 mount.
FULL RANGE OF COMPATIBLE ILLUMINATORS FULL RANGE OF COMPATIBLE CLAMPING MECHANICS
Line lights, LTLNC series p. 142 CMHOMC12Kxxx p. 200
87
MC16K series
Macro Lenses for up to 82 mm line detectors
Detector type Optical specifications Dimension

Part Focal Mag. Image 35 mm Line - 8k Line - 16k Line - 12k Line - 12k Line - 16k WD wF/# Back Distort. Mount Length Diam.
number length circle wxh 8k x 7µm 16k x 3.5µm 12k x 5µm 12k x 5.2µm 16k x 5µm focal
36.0 x 24.0 57.3 57.3 61.4 62.4 81.9 length
(mm) Ø (mm) (mm x mm) (mm x mm) (mm x mm) (mm x mm) (mm x mm) (mm) (mm) (%) (mm) (mm)
Object field of view
RT-OPKE16-050M95 116 0.5 82 70.0 114.7 114.7 122.9 124.8 162.6 296 ± 5 3.8 10 0.01 M95X1 496 ± 9 47
RT-OPKE16-070M95 116 0.7 82 50.0 81.9 81.9 87.8 89.1 116.1 221.9 ± 5 3.8 10 0.01 M95X1 447.9 ± 9 47
RT-OPKE16-100M95 116 1 82 35.0 57.3 57.3 61.4 62.4 81.3 182.9 ± 5 3.8 10 0.01 M95X1 439.4 ± 8 47
RT-OPKE16-150M95 116 1.5 82 23.3 38.2 38.2 41.0 41.6 54.2 143.9 ± 5 3.8 10 0.01 M95X1 453.7 ± 9 47
RT-OPKE16-200M95 116 2 82 17.5 28.7 28.7 30.7 31.2 40.6 127.1 ± 5 3.8 10 0.01 M95X1 496 ± 9 47
RT-OPKE16-300M95 116 3 82 11.7 19.1 19.1 20.5 20.8 27.1 111.4 ± 3 4.2 10 0.01 M95X1 591.4 ± 8 47
Line lights, LTLNC series p. 142
88
FIXED FOCAL LENSES
90 - 93 1/3” TO 2/3” SENSORS
94 VERY LARGE & LINESCAN SENSORS
A wide range of solutions

for every machine vision challenge.
Opto Engineering® family of fixed focal lenses

comprises many optics with special features,
in addition to the most common types of optics
used in machine vision: we offer a wide variety
of fixed focal lenses for small, medium
and large detectors, including very
high resolution and UV imaging options.
At Opto Engineering® we are constantly working to provide

added-value products to our customers and this family
is no exception: in fact, in addition to common fixed focal lenses,
you will find a whole new line-up of optics featuring stepper-motorized
iris and focus that can be easily controlled with an open protocol
controller.
REACH
COMPLIANT
RoHS

89
89
FIXED FOCAL LENSES 1/3” TO 2/3” SENSORS
ENMT series
Fixed focal length lenses with motorized focus and aperture control
KEY ADVANTAGES
Motorized focus and aperture

for fine and repeatable tuning of image focus and F-number setting.
Fully automated installations with remote

operation possibility.
High optical resolution.

designed to drive ENMT stepper motors via Modbus RTU / USB
ENMT series are high resolution fixed focal length lenses with ENMT series integrate high resolution optics featuring minimum
automated adjustment of focus and aperture. distortion and 11 mm image circle for 5 Megapixel detectors up to
These motorized lenses guarantee precise and repeatable 2/3”.
adjustment of both the aperture and focus to realize fully
automated systems. This feature is ideal for installations where
remote operation is necessary (e.g. in clean rooms where an
operator cannot manually adjust the optical parameters), besides Electrical specifications
those requiring possibility to change format, lighting conditions,
Iris
working distance or even inspection task. Additionally, different motorized
Focusing
machines can be set with the exact same aperture/focus setting by
Connector circular standard DIN 13Pos Male
automatically loading a pre-set configuration.
Motor
Thanks to ENMT precise motorized design, the user can fully exploit
Number 2
the high resolution of ENMT fixed focal length optics.
Type Stepper - bipolar
In fact, when compared to coarse manual operation, motorized
Supply voltage (V, DC) 5 - 24
adjustment allows for very fine and repeatable tuning of both the
Amps/phase (A) 0.5
image focus and F-number setting.
Resistance/phase 1 (Ω) 10 ± 7%
Opto Engineering® motorization design integrates two bipolar
Inductance/phase 2 (mH) 2.3 ± 20%
stepper motors that respectively control focusing and aperture with
Holding Torque (N·m) 0.135
fine incremental movements and accurate repeatable positioning.
Ratio 1:50
ENMT moving parts are conveniently shielded and integrated within
Step angle (°) 18/50
a compact and robust enclosure.
Step accuracy ± 7%
Focus and aperture can be adjusted by means of dedicated MTDV
Rotor inertia (Kg/m2) 1.0 x 10-7
controller (available separately) specifically designed to drive up to
three bi-polar stepper motors via Modbus RTU/USB or manually.
Ambient temperature (°C) 0 ÷ 50
Insulation class E - 120 °C
Product combinations *
Compatibility 4
Cable 5
1 At 25 °C.
2 At 1 KHz.
ENMT lens + CBMT001 cable + MTDV controller
4 All compatible products must be ordered separately.
5 Cable is required to connect ENMT series to MTDV3CH-00A1 controller
90
FOR MOTORIZED MACRO ZOOM LENSES SEE ALSO
MZMT12X series p. 78
MZMT5X series p. 82
Dome lights LTDM series p. 116
MTDV p. 224

Part Focal Mag. Image Max WD F/# Back Distortion Mount Length Width Height
number length circle detector size focal length
(mm) Ø (mm) (mm) (mm) (%) (mm) (mm) (mm)
ENMT-M1224-MPW2-MM 12 0.100 - 0 11 2/3″ 100 - ∞ 2.4 - 16 14.4 0.35 C 81.5 41.3 70
ENMT-M1620-MPW2-MM 16 0.075 - 0 11 2/3″ 200 - ∞ 2.0 - 16 14.7 0.1 C 81.5 41.3 70
ENMT-M2518-MPW2-MM 25 0.081 - 0 11 2/3″ 300 - ∞ 1.8 - 16 13.8 0.03 C 81.5 41.3 70
ENMT-M3520-MPW2-MM 35 0.190 - 0 11 2/3″ 200 - ∞ 2.0 - 22 18.0 0.01 C 81.5 41.3 70
ENMT-M5028-MPW2-MM 50 0.138 - 0 11 2/3″ 400 - ∞ 2.8 - 32 27.7 0.027 C 81.5 52.3 70
Pharmaceutical carton inspection Blister inspection
91
ENMP series
Megapixel C-mount lenses for detectors up to 2/3″

Part Focal length Magnification Image Max detector WD F/# Back focal Distortion Mount Length Diameter Filter
number circle size length thread
(mm) (x) Ø (mm) (mm) (mm) (%) (mm) (mm)
RT-H0514-MP2 5 0.044 - 0 8 1/2″ 100 - ∞ 1.4 - 16C 10.8 0.5 C 45.5 44.5 M43 x 0.75
RT-M0814-MP2 8 0.075 - 0 11 2/3″ 100 - ∞ 1.4 - 16C 13.1 0.1 C 28.2 33.5 M30.5 x 0.5
RT-M1214-MP2 12 0.074 - 0 11 2/3″ 150 - ∞ 1.4 - 16C 13.1 0.1 C 28.2 33.5 M30.5 x 0.5
RT-M1614-MP2 16 0.052 - 0 11 2/3″ 300 - ∞ 1.4 - 16C 13.1 0.1 C 28.2 33.5 M30.5 x 0.5
RT-M2514-MP2 25 0.084 - 0 11 2/3″ 300 - ∞ 1.4 - 16C 13.1 0.3 C 36.0 33.5 M30.5 x 0.5
RT-M3514-MP 35 0.110 - 0 11 2/3″ 300 - ∞ 1.4 - 16C 17.1 0.8 C 38.2 33.5 M30.5 x 0.5
RT-M5018-MP2 50 0.100 - 0 11 2/3″ 500 - ∞ 1.8 - 16C 13.1 0.3 C 38.2 33.5 M30.5 x 0.5
RT-M7528-MP 75 0.214 - 0 11 2/3″ 300 - ∞ 2.8 - 16C 21.5 0.4 C 57.8 35.0 M30.5 x 0.5
FULL RANGE OF COMPATIBLE PRODUCTS FULL RANGE OF COMPATIBLE PRODUCTS
Area scan cameras p. 180-185 LTRNDC LED direct ringlights p. 128
ENHR series
5 Megapixel C-mount lenses for detectors up to 2/3″

Part Focal Magnification Image Max detector WD F/# Back focal Distortion Mount Length Diameter Filter
number length circle size length thread
(mm) (x) Ø (mm) (mm) (mm) (%) (mm) (mm)
RT-M0824-MPW2 8 0.100 - 0 11 2/3″ 50 - ∞ 2.4 - 16 13.7 1.87 C 45.7 32.0 M32 x 0.5
RT-M1224-MPW2 12 0.100 - 0 11 2/3″ 100 - ∞ 2.4 - 16 14.4 0.35 C 42.7 29.0 M27 x 0.5
RT-M1620-MPW2 16 0.075 - 0 11 2/3″ 200 - ∞ 2.0 - 16 14.7 0.1 C 33.5 29.0 M27 x 0.5
RT-M2518-MPW2 25 0.081 - 0 11 2/3″ 300 - ∞ 1.8 - 16 13.8 0.03 C 36.3 29.0 M27 x 0.5
RT-M3520-MPW2 35 0.190 - 0 11 2/3″ 200 - ∞ 2.0 - 22 18.0 0.01 C 37.3 29.0 M27 x 0.5
RT-M5028-MPW2 50 0.138 - 0 11 2/3″ 400 - ∞ 2.8 - 32 27.7 0.027 C 45.3 29.0 M27 x 0.5

HIGH RESOLUTION ENHR SERIES MATCH SMALL PIXEL SIZE DETECTORS:
In order to effectively create a high resolution image

a lens must be capable of resolving the detector pixel size.
Take full advantage of high resolution detectors
with ENHR series featuring MTFs in excess of 120 lp/mm!
For further details about how to match optics and sensor LTRNDC LED direct ringlights p. 128
resolution see section “Optics and sensor resolution”
in pag. XIII of our Optics Basics section.
92
ENVF series
Vari-focal lenses for detectors up to 2/3″

Part Focal length Magnification Image Max detector WD F/# Back focal Distortion Mount Length Diameter Filter
(mm) (x) Ø (mm) (mm) (mm) (%) (mm) (mm)
RT-M3Z1228C-MP 12 - 36 ~ 11 2/3″ 200-∞ (tele) / 50-∞<(wide) 2.8 - 16C 29.8 3.5 C 53.0 41.6 M35 x 0.5
LTRNDC LED direct ringlights p. 128
FIXED FOCAL LENSES UP TO 4/3” SENSORS
EN2M series
Megapixel C-mount lenses for up to 1″ detectors

Part Focal length Image Max detector WD F/# Back focal Distortion Mount Length Diameter Filter
(mm) Ø (mm) (mm) (mm) (%) (mm) (mm)
RT-VHF8MK 8 16 1″ 100 - ∞ 1.4 11.2 -1.20 C 38 57 M55 x 0.75
RT-VHF12-5MK 12.5 16 1″ 300 - ∞ 1.4 12.6 -1.58 C 44 42 M35.5 x 0.5
RT-VHF16MK 16 16 1″ 300 - ∞ 1.4 12.6 -1.00 C 46 42 M35.5 x 0.5
RT-FL-BC2518-9M 25 16 1″ 100 - ∞ 1.8 - 16 14.1 n.a. C 57.5 42 M40.5 x 0.5
RT-FL-BC3518-9M 35 16 1″ 150 - ∞ 1.8 - 22 16.8 n.a. C 60.0 42 M40.5 x 0.5
RT-FL-BC5024-9M 50 16 1″ 200 - ∞ 2.4 - 22 18.8 n.a. C 69.0 42 M40.5 x 0.5
RT-FL-BC7528-9M 75 16 1″ 250 - ∞ 2.8 - 32 21.3 n.a. C 81.0 42 M40.5 x 0.5
LTRNDC LED direct ringlights p. 128
93
ENUV2M series
UV C-mount lenses for up to 1” detectors

Part number Focal Magnification Image Max detector WD F/# Back focal Distortion Mount Length Diameter Filter
length circle size length thread
(mm) (x) Ø (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
RT-FL-BC2528-VGUV 25 0.10 - 0 16 1″ 230 - ∞ 2.8-16 22.1 - C 58.7 60.0 M25 x 0.5
RT-FL-BC7838-VGUV 78 0.15 - 0 16 1″ 440 - ∞ 3.8-16 71.3 - C 109.3 62.5 M49 x 0.75
EN43 series
5 Megapixel C-mount lenses for up to 4/3” detectors

Part number Focal Magnification Image Max detector WD F/# Back focal Distortion Nominal resolving Mount Length Diameter Filter
length circle size length power thread
(mm) (x) Ø (mm) (mm) (mm) (%) (lp/mm) (mm) (mm)
RT-A-1224MX5M 12 0.040 - 0 22 4/3 300 - ∞ 2.4 - 32 21.88 < 3.7 100 C 104.41 80 M77 × 0.75
RT-A-1620MX5M 16 0.160 - 0 22 4/3 100 - ∞ 2.0 - 32 21.6 < -0.6 150 C 102.41 76 M72 × 0.75
RT-A-2520MX5M 25 0.166 - 0 22 4/3 150 - ∞ 2.0 - 32 22.55 < 0.2 150 C 103.43 38.5 M35.5 x 0.5
RT-A-3520MX5M 35 0.175 - 0 22 4/3 200 - ∞ 2.0 - 22 35.29 <1 120 C 103.37 42 M37.5 x 0.5
FIXED FOCAL LENSES VERY LARGE & LINESCAN SENSORS
EN4K series
Line scan lenses for FF full frame detectors and up to 43-45 mm image circle

Part number Focal Magnification Image Max detector WD F/# Back focal Distortion Nominal resolving Mount Length Diameter Filter
length circle size length power thread
(mm) (x) Ø (mm) (mm) (mm) (%) (lp/mm) (mm) (mm)
RT-A-2428MF 24 0.16 - 0 43 Full frame - 35 mm 150 - ∞ 2.8 - 22 36.0 < -4 30 F 40.21 60 M52x 0.75
RT-A-2428MT 24 0.16 - 0 43 Full frame - 35 mm 150 - ∞ 2.8 - 22 36.0 < -4 30 M42x1 FD 46.5 40.21 60 M52x 0.75
RT-A-2828MF 28 0.09 - 0 43 Full frame - 35 mm 300 - ∞ 2.8 - 22 35.7 < -3 30 F 34.17 60 M52x 0.75
RT-A-2828MT 28 0.09 - 0 43 Full frame - 35 mm 300 - ∞ 2.8 - 22 35.7 < -3 30 M42x1 FD 46.5 34.17 60 M52x 0.75
RT-A-3525MF 35 0.11 - 0 43 Full frame - 35 mm 300 - ∞ 2.5 - 22 34.35 -3 30 F 43.73 60 M52x 0.75
RT-A-3525MT 35 0.11 - 0 43 Full frame - 35 mm 300 - ∞ 2.5 - 22 34.35 -3 30 M42x1 FD 46.5 43.73 60 M52x 0.75
RT-FL-YFL3528 35 0.18 - 0 45 Full frame - 35 mm 190 - ∞ 2.8 - 22 33.22 n.a. 85 F 56.8 72 M62X0.75
RT-A-5018MF 50 0.12 - 0 43 Full frame - 35 mm 400 - ∞ 1.8 - 22 36.33 <1 30 F 39.04 60 M52x 0.75
RT-A-5018MT 50 0.12 - 0 43 Full frame - 35 mm 400 - ∞ 1.8 - 22 36.33 <1 30 M42x1 FD 46.5 39.04 60 M52x 0.75
RT-FL-YFL5028A-02 50 0.23 - 0.15 45 Full frame - 35 mm 242 - 361 2.8 - 22 30.43 - 34.54 n.a. 85 F 63.6 60 M52X0.75
RT-FL-YFL5028A-035 50 0.4 - 0.28 45 Full frame - 35 mm 146 - 201 2.8 - 22 37.16 - 43.29 n.a. 85 F 70.4 60 M52X0.75
RT-FL-YFL5028 50 0.2 - 0 45 Full frame - 35 mm 250 - ∞ 2.8 - 22 36.99 n.a. 85 F 56.8 72 M62X0.75
94
INFRARED OPTICS
96 - 97 SHORT WAVE INFRARED
98 MEDIUM WAVE INFRARED
99 LONG WAVE INFRARED
Beyond the visible range,

for advanced optical applications.
Opto Engineering® offers a wide variety of high resolution IR optics

for both cooled and uncooled IR cameras spanning all IR spectral bands.
Our IR optics feature large field of view and low distortion
and can be equipped with custom mount interfaces.
MWIR and LWIR thermal series also include HCAR coating
for use in harsh environments.
IR optics are used in a wide variety of sectors including defense,

security/surveillance, industrial, medical and R&D.
Applications include tracking/targeting systems,
predictive maintenance, monitoring of high temperature
industrial processes, thermography, flame detection,
quality control /inspection.
REACH
COMPLIANT
RoHS

95
95
INFRARED OPTICS SHORT WAVE INFRARED
SWIR series
Short-wave infrared lenses
KEY ADVANTAGES
High resolution
Designed for high resolution detectors up to 15 μm pixel pitch
and 21 mm diameter.
Custom mount interface

Can be provided upon request.
Large field of view and low distortion

Superior optical performance.
SWIR series is a range of short-wave infrared lenses specifically In the design of the lenses, great importance was attached to a good
designed to operate in the 0.9-1.7 µm wavelenght region. This serie image quality and a large aperture (small F-number).
has been specifically designed to match the new 15 µm format These lenses, mounted on a SWIR camera, are the perfect choice for
InGaAs FPA Focal Plane Arrays. a variety of applications, including solar cell inspection, night vision
These lenses offer an industry standard C-mount threaded style imaging of outdoors scenes without additional illumination (security
interface or, alternatively, they can be equipped with a custom applications), detecting bruises on fruit, imaging through silicon,
mount interface. biomedical imaging and many other infrared applications.
VIS SWIR VIS SWIR
Solar cell inspection Liquid level inspection Fruit sorting

Part Focal F/# Wave Average Circular WD Image Distortion CTF Image Mount Focus Locking Back focal Length Diam. Mass
number length length trans. FOV Diagonal @ 30lp/mm side type screw length
NA
(mm) (µm) (%) (deg) (mm) (mm) (%) (%) (mm) (mm) (mm) (g)
1 2 3 4 5 6
SW03520 35.00 2.0 0.9-1.7 90 33.4 350 - ∞ 21.0 -0.50 39.09 0.243 C Manual Yes 12.16 49.34 71 340
SW05020 50.00 2.0 0.9-1.7 90 23.7 500 - ∞ 21.0 0.41 43.09 0.243 C Manual Yes 14.07 71.00 71 400
SW07520 75.00 2.0 0.9-1.7 90 15.9 750 - ∞ 21.0 0.50 30.19 0.243 C Manual Yes 14.10 101.20 71 540
1 Based on the listed image diagonal. 4 Any custom mount is available at no additional cost.
2 Maximum value at central wavelength. 5 Measured from the front end of the mechanics to the camera flange.
3 Mean value at all the different fields. 6 Given with no mount attached. See layout drawings.
96
INFRARED OPTICS SHORT WAVE INFRARED
ENSWIRMP series
SWIR C-mount lenses for up to 2/3” detectors

Part Focal length Magnification Image Max detector WD F/# Back focal length Distortion Mount Length Diameter
number circle size
(mm) Ø (mm) (mm) (mm) (%) (mm) (mm)
RT-M1614-SW 16 0.05 - 0 12.3 2/3” 300 - ∞ 1.4 - 16 13.3 0.5 C 28.2 33.5
RT-M2514-SW 25 0.08 - 0 12.3 2/3” 300 - ∞ 1.4 - 16 14.6 0.5 C 36.0 33.5
RT-M3514-SW 35 0.10 - 0 12.3 2/3” 300 - ∞ 1.4 - 16 14.6 0.1 C 38.2 33.5
RT-M5018-SW 50 0.15 - 0 12.3 2/3” 300 - ∞ 1.4 - 16 13.3 0.5 C 28.2 33.5
97
INFRARED OPTICS MEDIUM WAVE INFRARED
MWIR series
Medium-wave infrared lenses
KEY ADVANTAGES
High resolution
and 21 mm diameter.

Can be equipped with any custom mount interface.

HCAR coating
For applications exposing optical elements to harsh environments.
MWIR series is a range of medium-wave infrared lenses These lenses, mounted on a MWIR camera, are the perfect choice
specifically designed to operate in the 3-5 μm wavelenght region for a variety of applications, including imaging through fog, high-
with InSb Focal Plane Arrays (FPA). The lenses offer a standard speed thermal imaging, thermography, R&D (MWIR range), non-
Bayonet interface or, alternatively, they can be equipped with a destructive testing.
custom mount interface.
In the design of the lenses, great importance was attached to a good
image quality and a large aperture (small F-number).
Electronic boards inspection Thermal imaging Automotive

NA
1 2 3 4 5 6
MW03523 35.00 2.3 3.0-5.0 90 33.4 350 - ∞ 21.0 -0.20 39.68 0.212 Bayonet Manual Yes 32.45 57.69 71 263
98
INFRARED OPTICS LONG WAVE INFRARED
LWIR series
Long-wave infrared lenses
KEY ADVANTAGES
High resolution
and 21 mm diameter.

Can be equipped with any custom mount interface.

HCAR coating
For applications exposing optical elements to harsh environments.
LWIR series is a range of long-wave infrared lenses specifically These lenses, mounted on an uncooled LWIR camera are the
designed to operate in the 8-14 μm wavelenght region with uncooled perfect choice for a variety of applications spanning from industrial
detectors (a-Si, VOx, …). to military, including temperature measurement for process quality
In the design of the lenses great importance was assigned to high control and monitoring, predictive maintenance, imaging through
image quality and large aperture (small F-number). These lenses can smoke and fog, medical imaging.
also be equipped with custom mount interfaces.
Electronic boards inspection Thermal imaging Automotive

NA
1 2 3 4 5 6
LW03514 35.00 1.4 8.0-14.0 90 33.4 350 - ∞ 21.0 0.20 44.99 0.336 M46X1 Manual Yes 11.88 57.62 71 300
LW05014 50.00 1.4 8.0-14.0 90 23.7 500 - ∞ 21.0 0.20 40.70 0.336 M46X1 Manual Yes 18.00 51.50 71 300
LW07514 75.00 1.4 8.0-14.0 90 15.9 750 - ∞ 21.0 0.20 38.43 0.336 M46X1 Manual Yes 14.63 106.41 85 850
99
ADAPTIVE OPTICS
A new technology to play

with light and to make images
better than ever.
Recent advances in imaging and laser processing techniques

are more and more requiring optical systems whose characteristics
can be tuned in accordance with the specific configuration in which
optics are operating.
Defocus adjustment, aberration correction, light shaping are just some
of the many tasks that traditional optics are not able to achieve with
the desired accuracy and at the speed necessary for many applications.
For this reason, Opto Engineering® has launched its development

program for adaptive optics based on the most advanced techniques
in multiple piezoelectric actuation.
In order to help customers in experiencing by these new techniques,

Opto Engineering® has created a kit of components,
ready to be combined and used together.
REACH
COMPLIANT
RoHS
100
101
ADAPTIVE OPTICS
ADKIT case
Adaptive optics kit, for aberrations compensation and irregular surface focusing

MAAL10 Multi-actuators adaptive lens 10 mm aperture
EDAL18 Electronic driver 18 channels for adaptive lens control
n.a. Power supply
n.a. USB 2.0 cable
n.a. Multi-wire cable
n.a. USB key with manual and software suite include
ADKIT
MCAL200X-C 2x macro lens for adaptive lens
n.a. Spacer for adaptive lens substitution inside macro
RT-M1620-MPW2 16 mm C-mount lens
n.a. Adaptor from C-mount lens to adaptive lens
n.a. Adaptors for RMS microscopy thread
RT-mvBF3-2051aG 5.1 Mpix CMOS 2/3” camera
n.a. USB 3.0 cable
This kit is particularly indicated for performing experiments and building systems for:
• Machine Vision • Microscopy
• Imaging of irregular surfaces • imaging of convex samples
• Defocus correction • imaging of inhomogeneous

biologic specimens
• Specific aberration management
• two-photons imaging
• confocal imaging
• 3D reconstruction imaging • Ophthalmology
The adaptive lens can be combined with the Macro Lens supplied
within the KIT in order to create a macro-adaptive optical system;
alternatively you can connect it to a standard C-mount lens for wider
field of view imaging experiments.
Moreover you can integrate the adaptive element into a microscope

system, by means of its specific adaptors, in order to work at very
high magnifications.
102
The adaptive lens is operated through its specific electronic driver, which is controlled by PC via USB 2.0.
The software suite includes a demo application, which will make extremely easy to modify the lens’ surfaces,
in order either to obtain some specific type of aberration patterns or to create user specific aberration
figures.
By means of a second application of the software suite, which includes advanced adaptive optimization
algorithms, you can easily build an image-based or an open-loop system.
The software grabs an image from the camera, analyzes it, calculates all the aberration coefficients, and
modifies the driver parameters until the adaptive lens deformation is such that an almost complete
aberration correction is achieved.
All of these software functions are made available for further integration, by means of a specific .dll library.
The combination of the adaptive elements, software and driver with different types of imaging optics,
makes possible to achieve fine autofocus and aberration correction and to enhance the image quality
in non-standard configurations. Besides correcting aberrations, these systems can fit curved or toroidal
fields of view and image highly 3D and asymmetric samples.
Adaptive lens
Part number Trasmittance Flatness Clear aperture Diameter Heigth
(%) (RMS waves at λ=633 nm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
90 < 0.05 10 56 17.5
Zernike terms strokes (RMS waves at λ= 633 nm) 1

MAAL10 Oblique Defocus Vertical Vertical Vertical Horizontal Oblique Oblique Oblique Primary Vertical Vertical
astigmatism astigmatism trefoil coma coma trefoil quadrifoil secondary spherical secondary quadrifoil
astigmatism astigmatism
2.25 1.75 2.25 0.75 0.60 0.60 0.75 0.20 0.25 0.15 0.25 0.20
Electronic driver
Electrical specifications Dimensions
Part number Output channels Supply voltage Comunication port Length Width Heigth
(V) (mm) (mm) (mm)
4
EDAL18 18 12 USB 2.0 Type B 117 79 32
Macro lens
Part number Focusing Mag. Object field of view WD F/# (wF/#) Distortion Field depth CTF 50 lp/mm Image side N.A. Object side N.A. Mount Length Diam
(mm x mm) (mm) (%) (mm) (%) (mm) (mm)
2 3 4
Near 2.045 2.75 x 2.75 81.5 15 <0.01 0.3 >45 0.034 0.068 C 248.7 72
MCAL200X-C Nominal 2.000 2.81 x 2.81 82.4 15 <0.01 0.3 >45 0.034 0.068 C 248.7 72
Far 1.983 2.88 x 2.88 82.8 15 <0.01 0.3 >45 0.034 0.068 C 248.7 72
C-Mount lens
Part number Adaptive Focal Mag. Image Max detector WD F/# Back focal Distortion Mount Length Diam
lens lenght circle size length
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (%) (mm) (mm)
4
NO 16 0.075 - 0 11 2/3" 200 - ∞ 2.0 - 16 14.7 0.1 C 29.0 72
RT-M1620-MPW2
YES 16 0.075 - 0 6 1/3" 200 - ∞ 2.0 - 16 14.7 0.1 C 29.0 72
Camera
Sensor specifications Functions Comunications Dimensions
Part number Size Type Color Resolution Pixel Shutter Scan Operational Interface Mount Length Width Heigth
size type rate mode
5 (pixel) (um) (fps) (mm) (mm) (mm)
Free-run,
RT-mvBF3-2051aG 2/3" CMOS Monochrome 2464 x 2056 3.45 global 35 edge-preset trigger, USB 3.0 micro B C 49.8 39.8 39.8
pulse width trigger
1 Measured in closed loop with Shack-Hartmann wavefront sensor. 4 Percent deviation of the real image compared to an ideal, undistorted image.
2 Maximum and minimum magnification changes when focusing. 5 SONY, IMX264.
3 Working F-number: the real F-number of a lens when used as a macro.
103
Lighting
104
LED ILLUMINATORS 106
LED PATTERN PROJECTORS 146
Lighting is one of the most critical elements in a vision system

and is in fact key to achieve stable and repeatable results.
Incorrect illumination may result in extensive and time consuming
image processing or, in the worst case, in crucial information loss.
Opto Engineering® lighting solutions, from standard to custom

products, are the result of our optical knowledge and are designed
with our guiding principle in mind: “simple works better”.
We design and manufacture both lighting and optics. Many of our lighting
solutions are conceived to perfectly match our lenses or even to be directly
integrated into our optical systems: this approach allows to make the most
out of our lighting products and greatly simplifies vision system integration,
since our products are truly optimized both optically and mechanically.
Opto Engineering® machine vision lighting products include both LED illuminators
and pattern projectors, designed to meet the needs of the most demanding
industrial environments. Our innovative products enable reliable inspections in
many applications thanks to their flexibility, robustness and ease of use.
105
105
LED ILLUMINATORS
108 - 115 TELECENTRIC LIGHTS
116 - 118 DOME LIGHTS
120 - 128 RINGLIGHTS
130 - 133 COMBINED LIGHTS
134 - 140 BACKLIGHTS
141 BAR LIGHTS
142 - 143 LINE LIGHTS
144 TUNNEL LIGHTS
145 COAXIAL LIGHTS
Advanced lighting solutions.
llumination is a critical part of every machine vision setup:

proper choice of lighting color and geometry can effectively suppress
or reveal specific features of an object, leading to simple and accurate
image processing.
Opto Engineering® offers a wide range of illumination solutions

including ringlights, dome illuminators and a unique space-saving
lighting system complemented by specific high power/strobe controllers.
The Opto Engineering® illuminators family provides innovative
and robust lighting units, designed to deal with fast-moving objects
of various sizes and surface finishes, such as highly reflective
or curved samples.
REACH
COMPLIANT
RoHS

106
106
107
107
LED ILLUMINATORS TELECENTRIC LIGHTS
LTCLHP series
Telecentric high-performance illuminators
KEY ADVANTAGES
Complete light coupling

All the light emitted by a LTCLHP source is collected by a telecentric
lens and transferred to the camera detector, ensuring very high
signal-to-noise ratio.
Border effects removal

Diffused back-illuminators often make objects seem smaller than
their actual size because of light reflections on the object sides,
while collimated rays are typically much less reflected.
Field depth and telecentricity improvement

Collimated illumination geometry increases a telecentric lens natural
field depth and telecentricity far beyond its nominal specs.
Homogeneity test report with measured values.
LTCLHP series are high-performance telecentric illuminators

FEATURES
specifically designed to back illuminate objects imaged by telecentric
lenses.
- Excellent illumination stability with no light
LTCLHP telecentric illuminators offer higher edge contrast when
flickering over time even at low currents.
compared to diffused back light illuminators and therefore higher
measurement accuracy.
- Precise light intensity tuning thanks to the
leadscrew multi-turn trimmer positioned in the back.
This type of illumination is especially recommended for high
accuracy measurement of round or cylindrical parts, where diffuse
- Easy LED source replacement and alignment
back lighting would offer poor performance due to reflections off
for all the LED colors offered by Opto Engineering®.
the edges of the object under inspection.
Available colours Optical specs Mechanical specs Compatibility

Part Beam R G B W Working Length Outer
number (*) diameter distance range diameter
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)

1 2
LTCLHP 023-x 16 x x x x 45 ~ 90 96.8 28 TC2300y, TC23012, TC4M00y-x,
LTCLHP 016-x 20 x x x x 35 ~ 70 99.9 38 TCxx016, TC4MHR016-x, TC2MHR016-x, TCLWD series
LTCLHP 024-x 30 x x x x 45 ~ 90 124.7 44 TCxx024, TCxMHR024-x, TC16M009-x, TC16M012-x, TC16M018-x
LTCLHP 036-x 45 x x x x 70 ~ 140 152.1 61 TCxx036, TCxMHR036-x, TC16M036-x
LTCLHP 048-x 60 x x x x 90 ~ 180 187.2 75 TCxx048, TCCRxx048, TCxMHR048-x, TC16M048-x
LTCLHP 056-x 70 x x x x 100 ~ 200 210.5 80 TCxx056, TCCRxx056, TCxMHR056-x, TC16M056-x
LTCLHP 064-x 80 x x x x 120 ~ 240 231.6 100 TCxx064, TCCRxx064, TCxMHR064-x, TC16M064-x, TC12K064
LTCLHP 080-x 100 x x x x 150 ~ 300 277.2 116 TC23072, TCxx080, TCCRxx080, TCxMHR080-x, TC16M080-x, TC12K080
LTCLHP 096-x 120 x x x x 200 ~ 350 322.2 143 TC23085, TCxx096, TCCRxx096, TCxMHR096-x, TC16M096-x
LTCLHP 120-x 150 x x x 220 ~ 440 408.2 180 TC23110, TCxx120, TCxMHR120-x, TC16M120-x, TC12K120
LTCLHP 144-x 180 x x 270 ~ 540 467.2 200 TC23130, TCxx144, TCxMHR144-x, TC16M144-x, TC12K144
LTCLHP 192-x 250 x x x 350 ~ 700 608.2 260 TC23172, TCxx192, TCxMHR192-x, TC12K192
LTCLHP 240-x 300 x x 350 ~ 700 769.2 322 TC23200, TC23240, TCxMHR240-x
(*) The last digit of the part number “-x” defines the source colour.
1 Opto Engineering ® recommends green light 2 Nominal value, with no spacers in place.
for high precision measurement applications.
108
SEE ALSO
TCBENCH Series p. 26
CMHO series p. 200

back. pulsed mode.
When bypassed, the built-in
electronics behaves as an open circuit
allowing for direct control of the LED
source.
Easy and precise alignment

with bi-telecentric lenses
Create the perfect optical bench for
precision measurement applications
by interfacing our bi-telecentric lenses
and LTCLHP collimated illuminators
using Opto Engineering® precision
clamping mechanics CMHO series.
Typical emission spectrum of white LEDs Typical emission spectrum of R,G,B LEDs
0.8
Relative spectral power distribution
0.8
0.6 0.6
0.4 0.4
0.2 0.2
0.0 0.0
300 400 500 600 700 800 400 500 600 700
Wavelength (nm) Wavelength (nm)
Wide selection of different colors

min max typical max
(V) (V) (W) (mA) (V) (V) (mA)
1 2 3 4
LTCLHP xxx-R red, 630 nm 12 24 < 2.5 350 2.4 3.00 2000
LTCLHP xxx-G green, 520 nm 12 24 < 2.5 350 3.3 4.00 2000
LTCLHP xxx-B blue, 460 nm 12 24 < 2.5 350 3.3 4.00 2000
LTCLHP xxx-W white 12 24 < 2.5 350 2.78 n.a. 2000
109
LTCLHP CORE series

Ultra compact telecentric illuminators
KEY ADVANTAGES
Deliver excellent performance

LTCLHP CORE telecentric illuminators deliver exactly the same
excellent optical performance as other Opto Engineering®
telecentric illuminators.
Downsize your vision system

LTCLHP CORE telecentric illuminators are up to 60% smaller than
other telecentric illuminators on the market.
Easily fit into existing systems

LTCLHP CORE illuminators can be mounted
in different directions in your machine.
Improve your system performance

LTCLHP CORE illuminators may be used
instead of flat backlights to improve your system.
Help to spare and sell

A smaller system means less expenses and less space and is
LTCLHP CORE Series are ultra compact telecentric illuminators. A smaller system means lower manufacturing, shipping and storage
They are up to 60% more compact than other collimated illuminators costs, as well as less use of factory space and is the solution
on the market. preferred by the industry.
The ultra compact size allows you to greatly reduce the size of LTCLHP CORE illuminators can be used both with classic telecentric
your machine and to easily integrate true collimated illumination lenses and with ultra compact telecentric lenses from CORE family
instead of common flat backlights, thus improving your system’s like TC CORE, TC2MHR CORE and TC4MHR CORE series.
performance.
The smart design also makes them easy to retrofit into existing
systems. They can easily be mounted in different directions using
any of their 4 sides, with or without clamps.
SEE ALSO
TC series p. 8
Mounting mechanics CMHO CR

p. 203
and CMPT CR series
LTCLHP CORE telecentric illuminators are up to 60% shorter than other telecentric
illuminators on the market.
110
intensity level thanks to the leadscrew bypassed in order to drive the
multi-turn trimmer positioned in the LED directly for use in continuous
back. or pulsed mode. When bypassed,
the built-in electronics behaves as
an open circuit allowing for direct
control of the LED source.

min max typical max
(V) (V) (W) (mA) (V) (V) (mA)
1 2 3 4
LTCLCR xxx-R red, 630 nm 12 24 < 2.5 350 2.4 3.00 2000
LTCLCR xxx-G green, 520 nm 12 24 < 2.5 350 3.3 4.00 2000
LTCLCR xxx-W white 12 24 < 2.5 350 2.78 n.a. 2000
111
LTCLHP CORE series

Ultra compact telecentric illuminators
LTCLHP CORE - True collimated illumination in very limited space
Limited space
A standard collimated illuminator

is impossible to use due to lack
of space.
Telecentric lens and collimated illuminator.
Classic solution with diffuse

backlight: less precise measurements
due to surface eflections
and uncertain edge position.
“Classic” telecentric lens and flat backlight.
Smart solution with LTCLHP CORE

telecentric illuminator:
no edge uncertainty for excellent
measurement results.
“Classic” telecentric lens and LTCLHP CORE

collimated illuminator.
The smartest solution

with TC CORE telecentric lens
and LTCLHP CORE telecentric
illuminator: excellent measurement
results in a super compact space.
TC CORE telecentric lens and LTCLHP CORE

collimated illuminator.
112
LTCLHP CORE illuminator dimensions (A, B, C): Minimum beam shape dimensions:
A x
Ø
B
C
x
Optical specifications Dimensions Compatibility

Part number Light color, Minimum beam Working
wavelength shape distance
peak dimensions range
(mm) (mm) (mm)
1 A B C 2
LTCLCR 048-R red, 630 nm Ø = 56; x = 50 90 - 180 77 106 162
TCCRxx048, CMHOCR048, CMPTCR048, TCCR2M048-x, TCCR4M048-x,
LTCLCR 048-G green, 520 nm Ø = 56; x = 50 90 - 180 77 106 162
TCxx048, TCxMHR048-x, TC16M048, TC16M048-Q
LTCLCR 048-W white Ø = 56; x = 50 90 - 180 77 106 162
LTCLCR 056-R red, 630 nm Ø = 74; x = 66 100 - 200 94 110 172
TCxx056, TCxMHR056-x, TC16M056, TC16M056-Q
LTCLCR 056-W white Ø = 74; x = 66 100 - 200 94 110 172
LTCLCR 064-R red, 630 nm Ø = 86; x = 67 120 - 240 101 122 179
TCxx064, TCxMHR0564-x, TC16M064, TC16M064-Q, TC12K064
LTCLCR 064-W white Ø = 86; x = 67 120 - 240 101 122 179
LTCLCR 080-R red, 630 nm Ø = 98; x = 90 150 - 300 119 145 198
TCxx080, TCxMHR080x, TC16M080, TC16M080-Q, TC12K080, TCZR072
LTCLCR 080-W white Ø = 98; x = 90 150 - 300 119 145 198
LTCLCR 096-R red, 630 nm Ø = 120; x = 99 200 - 350 139 172 223
TCxx096, TCxMHR096x, TC16M096, TC16M096-Q, TC12K096
LTCLCR 096-W white Ø = 120; x = 99 200 - 350 139 172 223
1 Opto Engineering ® recommends green light 2 Nominal value, with no spacers in place.
for high precision measurement applications.
113
LTCL4K series
Flat telecentric illuminators for linescan cameras
KEY ADVANTAGES
Compact design
“Flat” shape for easy integration.
High optical throughput and enhanced field depth

When coupled with compatible TC4K telecentric lenses.
Dedicated CMMR4K mirrors

Right-angle deflection of the light path for usage in tight spaces.
LTCL4K telecentric illuminators are specifically designed to be intensity tuning and easy replacement of the LED source. The unique
paired with TC4K telecentric lenses, in order to provide the high “slim” form factor allows these units to be used in constrained
optical throughput needed for high-speed linescan measurement spaces, often a critical factor in many industrial environments.
applications involving for instance steering components, gear and Also, CMMR4K right angle mirror attachments can be integrated to
cam shafts, grinding and turning parts. quickly assemble different illumination geometries, compatible with
These illuminators are equipped with state-of-the-art LED driving most types of inspection configurations.
electronics, providing exceptional illumination stability, precise light
A LTCL4K back-illuminating
a mechanical component
and interfaced to a TC4K
telecentric lens.
A LTCL4K directly illuminating

a sample and serving as a linear
telecentric illuminator.
114
FULL RANGE OF COMPATIBLE IMAGING TELECENTRIC LENSES
TC4K series p. 46
CMMR4K series p. 208
A LTCL4K illuminator coupled

with a TC4K lens using
a CMMR4K deflecting mirrors
to scan samples on a glass
surface.

intensity level thanks to the leadscrew bypassed in order to drive the
multi-turn trimmer positioned in the LED directly for use in continuous
back. or pulsed mode. When bypassed,
the built-in electronics behaves as
an open circuit allowing for direct
control of the LED source.

min max typical max
(V) (V) (W) (mA) (V) (V) (mA)
1 2 3 4
LTCL4K xxx-G green, 520 nm 12 24 < 2.5 350 3.3 4.00 2000
LTCL4K xxx-W white 12 24 < 2.5 350 2.78 n.a. 2000
Optical specifications Mechanical specifications Compatibility

Part Light color, Beam width Beam height Working distance Length Width Height Compatible TC4K
number wavelength peak range
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
LTCL4K 060-G green, 520 nm 71 10 90 - 300 218.3 83 38.5 TC4K060-x
LTCL4K 060-W white 71 10 90 - 300 218.3 83 38.5 TC4K060-x
115
LED ILLUMINATORS DOME LIGHTS
LTDM series
High-power strobe LED domes
KEY ADVANTAGES
Ultra-high power light output and strobe mode only operation

For the inspection of fast moving objects and extended LED lifetime.
Rugged industrial design with built-in industrial connector

For easy integration into any machine vision system.
Wide selection
Available in three sizes, three colors and two power intensities.
Compatible LTDV strobe controllers available

For easy and appropriate power, control and synchronization of the
illuminator.
LTDM series are high power diffuse LED strobe dome illuminators
designed to provide non-directional diffused light and to effectively
eliminate glare and shadows. Lighting structure
LTDM series provides ultra-high power light output and can be used
to illuminate complex shapes with curved and shiny surfaces.
LTDM dome illuminators can be exclusively operated in strobe
mode, making them the perfect choice to illuminate very fast
moving objects while ensuring extended LED lifetime since no heat
is generated.
LTDM series can be easily powered, controlled and synchronized by

compatible LTDV strobe controllers and is available in:
• three sizes: small, medium and large, respectively with illumination
area of 40 mm, 60 mm and 100 mm in diameter;
• two power intensities: medium power with driving current up to
7.5 A and high power with driving current up to 17 A;
• three different colors: white, red and green.
LTDM series feature industry standard connection (M8 or M12

four poles connector) and resizable aperture that can be drilled to
increase the diameter and accommodate the optics field of view.
Additionally they can be easily integrated into any machine vision
system by means of M6 screws.
LTDV series p. 222
FULL RANGE OF FIXED FOCAL LENGTH LENSES

DESIGNED FOR OEM APPLICATIONS
Megapixel and 5 Megapixel lenses ENMP
p. 92
and ENHR series
FULL RANGE OF INDUSTRIAL CAMERAS Compatible LTDV strobe controllers available to easily
power, control and synchronize LED illuminators.
116
Part number LTDMA1-W LTDMA1-G LTDMA1-R LTDMB2-W LTDMB2-G LTDMB2-R LTDMC1-W LTDMC2-W LTDMC2-G LTDMC2-R
Number of LEDs 15 15 15 40 40 40 40 80 80 80
white, green, red, white, green, red, white, green, red,
Light colour white
6000 K 525 nm 625 nm 6500K 528 nm 625 nm 6500K 528 nm 625 nm
Spectral FWHM (nm) n.a. 50 25 n.a. 35 20 n.a. n.a. 35 20
Illumination area
(mm) 40 40 40 60 60 60 100 100 100 100
diameter
Suggested
(mm) 5 - 50 5 - 50 5 - 50 5 - 50 5 - 50 5 - 50 5 - 50 5 - 50 5 - 50 5 - 50
working distance WD
At driving
(klux) 100 70 40 50 45 35 25 50 45 35
current = 3.5 A
Min estimated At driving
(klux) 175 125 70 90 80 65 50 100 90 70
illumination 1 current = 7.5 A
At driving
(klux) n.a. n.a. n.a. 160 145 115 n.a. 140 125 100
current = 17.0 A
Aperture range (mm) 38 (fixed) 38 (fixed) 38 (fixed) 10 - 50 10 - 50 10 - 50 10 - 60 10 - 60 10 - 60 10 - 60
Power supply mode strobe only, constant current driving strobe only, constant current driving strobe only, constant current driving
Min (A) 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5
Driving current
Max (A) 7.5 7.5 7.5 17.0 17.0 17.0 7.5 17.0 17.0 17.0
Pulse width 2 (ms) ≤1 ≤1 ≤1 ≤1 ≤1 ≤1 ≤1 ≤1 ≤1 ≤1
Connection Type 3 M8 industrial male connector M12 industrial male connector M12 industrial male connector
Estimated MTBF 4 (hours) > 50000 > 50000 > 50000 > 50000 > 50000 > 50000 > 50000 > 50000 > 50000 > 50000
Length (mm) 107 107 107 166.5 166.5 166.5 206 206 206 206
Dimensions Width (mm) 84 84 84 133 133 133 206 206 206 206
Height (mm) 53 53 53 90 90 90 128 128 128 128
Materials black anodized aluminum body black anodized aluminum body black anodized aluminum body / painted steel reflector
Clamping system 4 threaded holes for M6 screw 4 holes for M6 screw 4 threaded holes for M6 screw
Compatibility
LTDV1CH-7,
Strobe controllers LTDV1CH-7, LTDV6CH LTDV1CH-17, LTDV6CH LTDV1CH-17, LTDV6CH
LTDV6CH
TC23007, TC23009, TCLWD series,
Lenses TCLWD series, MC033X TCLWD series, MC4K050X-x, MC4K075X-x
MC050X, MC033X
1 At max Working Distance WD

2 At 25°C. At max pulse width (1 ms), max pulse frequency = 15 Hz.
3 5 m cable with straight female connector included. Optional cable with right angled
connector is also available and must be ordered separately (refer to our website
for further info and ordering codes).
4 At 25°C.
It’s easy to select the right illuminator for your application: our part numbers are coded as LTDM xy-z, where x defines the illuminator size (A = small, B = medium, C = large),
y refers to the power intensity (1 = medium, 2 = high) and z refers to color (W = white, R = red, G = green).
For instance LTDM B2-R is a diffuse strobe dome illuminator - medium size high power red.
117
LED ILLUMINATORS DOME LIGHTS
LTDMC series
Continuous LED domes
Lighting structure
LTDMC series consists of LED dome illuminators designed to COMPATIBLE STROBE CONTROLLER
provide uniform illumination of complex surfaces.
Light comes from all angles effectively eliminating glares and LTDV1CH-17V strobe controller p. 222
shadows. Suggested usage is continuous mode.

COMPATIBLE LIGHT INTENSITY CONTROLLER
RT-SD-1000-D1-PS-xx light intensity controller p. 227
Optical specifications Electrical specifications Dimensions

Continuous mode Pulsed mode
Part Light colour, Illumination area Supply Current Power Supply Max pulse Outer Aperture Height
number wavelength peak diam. voltage cons. voltage current diam.
(mm) (V) (mA) (W) (V) (mA) (mm) (mm) (mm)
1 2
RT-IDS4-00-150-2-W-24V-FL white, 6300K 113 24 240 5.76 36 720 185 40 89.8
RT-IDS4-00-150-2-R-24V-FL red, 630nm 113 24 252 6.05 36 750 185 40 89.8
RT-IDS4-00-150-2-G-24V-FL green, 525nm 113 24 240 5.76 36 720 185 40 89.8
RT-IDS4-00-150-2-B-24V-FL blue, 470nm 113 24 240 5.76 36 720 185 40 89.8
RT-IDS4-00-200-2-R-24V-FL red, 630nm 160 24 378 9.07 36 1134 232 50 112.8
RT-IDS4-00-250-2-R-24V-FL red, 630nm 212 24 476 11.42 36 1428 284 50 139.4
1 With constant driving voltage (36V recommended, 48V max). Duty cycle = 0-10 %.
Max pulse width = 10 ms.
2 With constant driving current. Duty cycle = 0-10 %. Max pulse width = 10 ms.
118
119
LED ILLUMINATORS RINGLIGHTS
LTLA series
High-power strobe LED low angle diffused ringlights
KEY ADVANTAGES

For the inspection of fast moving object and extended LED lifetime.

Wide selection
Available in two sizes, three colors and two power intensities.

illuminator.
Low angle beam shaping diffuser

Highly diffusive material avoids hot spots and ensures uniform light
intensity.
LTLA series are high power diffuse LED strobe low-angle ring light Lighting structure
illuminators designed to provide darkfield lightning and to effectively
enhance minute surface features or textures.
LTLA series features ultra-high power light output and can be used
to cast shadows that emphasize surface irregularities, scratches or
special characteristics (such as bar codes) from a close distance.
LTLA low angle ring illuminators can be exclusively operated in
strobe mode, making them the perfect choice to illuminate very fast
moving objects while ensuring extended LED lifetime since no heat
is generated.
LTLA series can be easily powered, controlled and synchronized by

compatible LTDV strobe controllers and is available in:
• two sizes: medium and large, respectively with illumination area
of 60 mm and 100 mm in diameter;
• two power intensities: medium power with driving current up
to 7.5 A and high power with driving current up to 17 A;
• three different colors: white, red and green.
60°
LTLA series feature industry standard connection (M12 four poles 0°

connector) and can be easily integrated into any machine vision
system by means of M6 screws.
LTDV series p. 222

p. 92
and ENHR series
COMPATIBLE HOLE INSPECTION OPTICS Compatible LTDV strobe controllers available to easily
PCHI series p. 58
120
Part number LTLAB2-W LTLAB2-G LTLAB2-R LTLAC1-W LTLAC2-W LTLAC2-G LTLAC2-R
Number of LEDs 40 40 40 40 80 80 80
Light colour white, 6000 K green, 525 nm red, 625 nm white, 6500 K white, 6500 K green, 528 nm red, 625 nm
Spectral FWHM (nm) n.a. 35 20 n.a. n.a. 35 20
Diffusive ring yes yes yes yes yes yes yes
Illumination area diameter (mm) 60 60 60 100 100 100 100
Suggested working distance WD (mm) 5 - 50 5 - 50 5 - 50 5 - 50 5 - 50 5 - 50 5 - 50
Emission angle α (deg) 60 60 60 60 60 60 60
At driving
(klux) 55 50 40 35 70 60 45
current = 3.5 A
Min estimated At driving
(klux) 105 90 70 70 140 120 90
illumination 1 current = 7.5 A
At driving
(klux) 210 180 150 125 250 220 170
current = 17.0 A
Aperture range (mm) 64 (fixed) 64 (fixed) 64 (fixed) 102 (fixed) 102 (fixed) 102 (fixed) 102 (fixed)
Power supply mode strobe only, constant current driving strobe only, constant current driving
Min (A) 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5
Driving current
Max (A) 17.0 17.0 17.0 7.5 17.0 17.0 17.0
Pulse width 2 (ms) ≤1 ≤1 ≤1 ≤1 ≤1 ≤1 ≤1
Connection Type 3 M12 industrial male connector M12 industrial male connector
Estimated MTBF 4 (hours) > 50000 > 50000 > 50000 > 50000 > 50000 > 50000 > 50000
Length (mm) 166.5 166.5 166.5 206 206 206 206
Dimensions Width (mm) 133 133 133 206 206 206 206
Height (mm) 38 38 38 76 76 76 76
Materials black anodized aluminum body black anodized aluminum body
Clamping system 4 holes for M6 screw 8 threaded holes for M6 screw
Compatibility
LTDV1CH-7,
Strobe controllers LTDV1CH-17, LTDV6CH LTDV1CH-17, LTDV6CH
LTDV6CH
TC2300y, TC23012, TC12016, TC23016, TC12024,
TCxx036, TCxx048, TC12056, TC23056, TC13064,
TC23024, TCxx036, TC2MHR016-x, TC2MHR024-x,
TCxx064, TC2MHR036-x, TC2MHR048-x, TC2MHR056-x,
TC2MHR036-x, TC4M004-x, TC4M007-x, TC4M009-x,
TC2MHR064-x, TC4MHR036-x, TC4MHR048-x, TC4MHR056-x,
TC4MHR016-x, TC4MHR024-x, TC4MHR036-x,
TC4MHR064-x, TC16M036-x, TC16M048-x, TC16M056-x,
TC16M009-x, TC16M012-x, TC16M018-x, TC16M036-x,
Lenses TC16M064-x, TC12K064, TCLW series, TC4K060-x,
TCLWD series, TCZR036, MCZR033-008,
TCZR072, MCZR025-006, MCZR018-004, MCZR014-003,
MCZR025-006, MCZR018-004, MCZR014-003,
MC033X, MC12K200X-x, MC12K150X-x, MC12K100X-x,
MC150X, MC100X, MC075X, MC050X, MC033X,
MC12K067X-x, MC4K050X-x, MC4K075X-x,
MC4K050X-x, MC4K075X-x, MC4K100X-x, MC4K125X-x,
MC4K100X-x, MC4K125X-x, MC4K150X-x
MC4K150X-x, PCHI0xx
1 At max Working Distance WD.

3 5 m cable with straight female connector included. Optional cable with right angled
connector is also available and must be ordered separately (refer to our website
for further info and ordering codes).
4 At 25°C.
It’s easy to select the right illuminator for your application: our part numbers are coded as LTLA xy-z, where x defines the illuminator size (B = medium, C = large),
y refers to the power intensity (1 = medium, 2 = high) and z refers to color (W = white, R = red, G = green).
For instance LTLA B2-R is a diffuse strobe low angle ring light illuminator - medium size high power red.
121
LTRNST series
LED ring illuminators - straight type
KEY ADVANTAGES
Mechanically fitting Opto Engineering ® optics

Each lens integrates specific mechanical interfaces.
Specific illumination geometry

Illumination path matches Opto Engineering® lenses
viewing angle and numerical aperture.
High performance to price ratio

Cost-effective, without quality compromises.
Telecentric lenses p. 6-49
COMPATIBLE STROBE CONTROLLER
RT-SD-1000-D1-PS-xx-TB light intensity controller p. 227
LTRNST series are LED ring illuminators specifically designed for

a wide range of Opto Engineering ® products.
Especially the straight type models perfectly fit Opto Engineering ®
telecentric lenses.
Every illuminator is equipped with a mechanical interface which

makes it very easy to mount it on different lens types.
These products enable the optimal illumination geometry for the
most common applications of their matching lens. LTRN illuminator coupled with TCZR series.
Lighting structure Product overview
LTRN 016 NW
LTRNST - Ringlights / straight illumination LTRN 120 NW
122
Optical specifications Electrical specifications Dimensions Compatibility
Continuous mode 1 Pulsed mode
Part Light colour, Optimal Lighting area Supply Current Power Supply Max pulse Outer Inner Height Compatible OE products
number peak WD diam. voltage cons. voltage current diam. diam.
wavelength inner outer
(mm) (mm) (mm) (V) (mA) (W) (V) (mA) (mm) (mm) (mm)
2 3
Straight illumination
LTRN 023 RD red, 630 nm 55-85 32 90 24 200 4.8 24 - 48 600 104 28 40 TC2300y, TC23012, TC4M00y-x, MC3-03X
LTRN 023 GR green, 525 nm 55-85 32 90 24 220 5.28 24 - 48 660 104 28 40 TC2300y, TC23012, TC4M00y-x, MC3-03X
LTRN 023 BL blue, 470 nm 55-85 32 90 24 220 5.28 24 - 48 660 104 28 40 TC2300y, TC23012, TC4M00y-x, MC3-03X
LTRN 023 NW white, 6300 K 55-85 32 90 24 480 11.52 24 - 48 1440 104 28 40 TC2300y, TC23012, TC4M00y-x, MC3-03X
TCxx016, TCxMHR016-x, TCSM016,

LTRN 016 RD red, 630 nm 85-150 48 107 24 300 7.2 24 - 48 900 120.6 37.7 40
TCLWD series
LTRN 016 GR green, 525 nm 85-150 48 107 24 275 6.6 24 - 48 825 120.6 37.7 40
TCLWD series
LTRN 016 BL blue, 470 nm 85-150 48 107 24 315 7.56 24 - 48 945 120.6 37.7 40
TCLWD series
LTRN 016 NW white, 6300 K 85-150 48 107 24 650 15.6 24 - 48 1950 120.6 37.7 40
TCLWD series
LTRN 024 RD red, 630 nm 85-150 48 107 24 300 7.2 24 - 48 900 120.6 44 40 TCxx024, TCxMHR024-x, TCSM024
LTRN 024 GR green, 525 nm 85-150 48 107 24 275 6.6 24 - 48 825 120.6 44 40 TCxx024, TCxMHR024-x, TCSM024
LTRN 024 BL blue, 470 nm 85-150 48 107 24 315 7.56 24 - 48 945 120.6 44 40 TCxx024, TCxMHR024-x, TCSM024
LTRN 024 NW white, 6300 K 85-150 48 107 24 650 15.6 24 - 48 1950 120.6 44 40 TCxx024, TCxMHR024-x, TCSM024
LTRN 032 RD red, 630 nm 65-240 84 143 24 400 9.6 24 - 48 1200 157 56 40 TCZR036
LTRN 032 GR green, 525 nm 65-240 84 143 24 385 9.24 24 - 48 1155 157 56 40 TCZR036
LTRN 032 BL blue, 470 nm 65-240 84 143 24 434 10.416 24 - 48 1302 157 56 40 TCZR036
LTRN 032 NW white, 6300 K 65-240 84 143 24 840 20.16 24 - 48 2000 157 56 40 TCZR036
TCxx036, TCxMHR036-x, TC16M036-x,

LTRN 036 RD red, 630 nm 65-240 84 143 24 400 9.6 24 - 48 1200 157 61 40
TCSM036, MCZRxxx-yyy
LTRN 036 GR green, 525 nm 65-240 84 143 24 385 9.24 24 - 48 1155 157 61 40
LTRN 036 BL blue, 470 nm 65-240 84 143 24 434 10.416 24 - 48 1302 157 61 40
LTRN 036 NW white, 6300 K 65-240 84 143 24 840 20.16 24 - 48 2000 157 61 40
TCxx048, TCCRxx048, TCxMHR048-x,
LTRN 048 RD red, 630 nm 65-240 84 143 24 400 9.6 24 - 48 1200 157 75 40
TC16M048-x, TCSM048
LTRN 048 GR green, 525 nm 65-240 84 143 24 385 9.24 24 - 48 1155 157 75 40
TC16M048-x, TCSM048
LTRN 048 BL blue, 470 nm 65-240 84 143 24 434 10.416 24 - 48 1302 157 75 40
TC16M048-x, TCSM048
LTRN 048 NW white, 6300 K 65-240 84 143 24 840 20.16 24 - 48 2000 157 75 40
TC16M048-x, TCSM048
LTRN 056 RD red, 630 nm 65-240 84 143 24 400 9.6 24 - 48 1200 157 80 40
TC16M056-x, TCSM056
LTRN 056 GR green, 525 nm 65-240 84 143 24 385 9.24 24 - 48 1155 157 80 40
TC16M056-x, TCSM056
LTRN 056 BL blue, 470 nm 65-240 84 143 24 434 10.416 24 - 48 1302 157 80 40
TC16M056-x, TCSM056
LTRN 056 NW white, 6300K 65-240 84 143 24 840 20.16 24 - 48 2000 157 80 40
TC16M056-x, TCSM056
TCxx064 , TCCRxx064, TCxMHR064-x,
LTRN 064 RD red, 630 nm 280-365 120 178 24 500 12 24 - 48 1500 192 100 40
TC16M064-x,TC12K064, TCSM064, TCZR072
LTRN 064 GR green, 525 nm 280-365 120 178 24 522 12.528 24 - 48 1566 192 100 40
LTRN 064 BL blue, 470 nm 280-365 120 178 24 567 13.608 24 - 48 1701 192 100 40
LTRN 064 NW white, 6300 K 280-365 120 178 24 960 23.04 24 - 48 2000 192 100 40
TCxx080, TC23072, TCxMHR080-x,
LTRN 080 RD red, 630 nm 280-365 120 178 24 500 12 24 - 48 1500 192 116 40
TC16M080-x, TC12K080, TCSM080
TCxx080, TCCRxx080, TC23072, TCxMHR080-x,
LTRN 080 GR green, 525 nm 280-365 120 178 24 522 12.528 24 - 48 1566 192 116 40
TC16M080-x, TC12K080, TCSM080
LTRN 080 BL blue, 470 nm 280-365 120 178 24 567 13.608 24 - 48 1701 192 116 40
TC16M080-x, TC12K080, TCSM080
LTRN 080 NW white, 6300 K 280-365 120 178 24 1170 28.08 24 - 48 2000 192 116 40
TC16M080-x, TC12K080, TCSM080
LTRN 096 RD red, 630 nm 350-450 148 207 24 600 14.4 24 - 48 1800 221 143 40
TC16M096-x, TCSM096
LTRN 096 GR green, 525 nm 350-450 148 207 24 550 13.2 24 - 48 1650 221 143 40
TC16M096-x, TCSM096
LTRN 096 BL blue, 470 nm 350-450 148 207 24 650 15.6 24 - 48 1950 221 143 40
TC16M096-x, TCSM096
LTRN 096 NW white, 6300 K 350-450 148 207 24 1200 28.8 24 - 48 2000 221 143 40
TC16M096-x, TCSM096
LTRN 120 RD red, 630 nm 450-580 204 276 24 875 21 24 - 48 2000 290 180 40
TC16M120-x, TC12K120
LTRN 120 GR green, 525 nm 450-580 204 276 24 1118 26.832 24 - 48 2000 290 180 40
TC16M120-x, TC12K120
LTRN 120 BL blue, 470 nm 450-580 204 276 24 1118 26.832 24 - 48 2000 290 180 40
TC16M120-x, TC12K120
LTRN 120 NW white, 6300 K 450-580 204 276 24 1690 40.56 24 - 48 2000 290 180 40
TC16M120-x, TC12K120
LTRN 144 RD red, 630 nm 450-580 204 276 24 875 21 24 - 48 2000 290 200 40
TC16M144-x, TC12K144
LTRN 144 GR green, 525 nm 450-580 204 276 24 1118 26.832 24 - 48 2000 290 200 40
C16M144-x, TC12K144
LTRN 144 BL blue, 470 nm 450-580 204 276 24 1118 26.832 24 - 48 2000 290 200 40
TC16M144-x, TC12K144
LTRN 144 NW white, 6300 K 450-580 204 276 24 1690 40.56 24-48 2000 290 200 40
TC16M144-x, TC12K144
1 Lifespan: 20.000 hours (drop to 50% intensity) at 25 °C.

2 With constant driving voltage (36V recommended, 48V max). Duty cycle = 0-10 %. Max pulse width = 10 ms.
123
LTRNOB series
LED ring illuminators - oblique type
KEY ADVANTAGES
Mechanically fitting Opto Engineering ® optics

Each lens integrates specific mechanical interfaces.
Specific illumination geometry

Illumination path matches Opto Engineering® lenses
viewing angle and numerical aperture.
High performance to price ratio

Cost-effective, without quality compromises.
LTRNOB series are LED ring illuminators specifically designed

for a wide range of Opto Engineering ® products. Especially the
oblique type models perfectly fit Opto Engineering 360° view
optics.
Every illuminator is equipped with a mechanical interface which

makes it very easy to mount it on different lens types.
These products enable the optimal illumination geometry for the

most common applications of their matching lens. LTRN 050 W 45 mounted on PCPW series.
Lighting structure Product overview
LTRN 050 W45
LTRNOB - Ringlights / oblique illumination LTRN 245 W45
124
360° view optics p. 50-67

Continuous mode 1 Pulsed mode
Part Light colour, Optimal Lighting area Supply Current Power Supply Max pulse Outer Inner Height Compatible OE products
number peak WD diam. voltage cons. voltage current diam. diam.
wavelength inner outer
2 3
Oblique illumination
LTRN 050 R45 red, 630 nm 20-80 19 49 24 60 1.44 24-48 180 53.5 15.2 22 PCPW0xx, MCxxxX, TCCAGExx048
LTRN 050 G45 green, 525 nm 20-80 19 49 24 70 1.68 24-48 210 53.5 15.2 22 PCPW0xx, MCxxxX, TCCAGExx048
LTRN 050 B45 blue, 470 nm 20-80 19 49 24 105 2.52 24-48 315 53.5 15.2 22 PCPW0xx, MCxxxX, TCCAGExx048
LTRN 050 W45 white, 6300 K 20-80 19 49 24 105 2.52 24-48 700 53.5 15.2 22 PCPW0xx, MCxxxX, TCCAGExx048
TC2300y, TC23012, TC4M00y-x,
LTRN 075 R45 red, 630 nm 20-50 43.8 65.4 24 75 1.8 24-48 225 75.4 28 32
PCHI0xx, TCCAGExx096, MC3-03X
TC2300y, TC23012, TC4M00y-x,
LTRN 075 G45 green, 525 nm 20-50 43.8 65.4 24 60 1.44 24-48 180 75.4 28 32
TC2300y, TC23012, TC4M00y-x,
LTRN 075 B45 blue, 470 nm 20-50 43.8 65.4 24 60 1.44 24-48 180 75.4 28 32
TC2300y, TC23012, TC4M00y-x,
LTRN 075 W45 white, 6300 K 20-50 43.8 65.4 24 90 2.16 24-48 270 75.4 28 32
LTRN 165 R45 red, 630 nm 30-50 134.5 164.5 24 500 12 24-48 1500 175 132.5 36.5 PCCD0xx
LTRN 165 G45 green, 525 nm 30-50 134.5 164.5 24 400 9.6 24-48 1200 175 132.5 36.5 PCCD0xx
LTRN 165 B45 blue, 470 nm 30-50 134.5 164.5 24 480 11.52 24-48 1440 175 132.5 36.5 PCCD0xx
LTRN 165 W45 white, 6300 K 30-50 134.5 164.5 24 800 19.2 24-48 2400 175 132 36.5 PCCD0xx
LTRN 210 R20 red, 630 nm 55-95 195.6 116.5 24 600 14.4 24-48 1800 210 116.5 40 PCxx030XS
LTRN 210 G20 green, 525 nm 55-95 195.6 116.5 24 560 13.44 24-48 1580 210 116.5 40 PCxx030XS
LTRN 210 B20 blue, 470 nm 55-95 195.6 116.5 24 630 15.12 24-48 1890 210 116.5 40 PCxx030XS
LTRN 210 W20 white, 6300 K 55-95 195.6 116.5 24 840 20.16 24-48 2000 210 116.5 40 PCxx030XS
LTRN 245 R25 red, 630 nm 20-80 160 225 24 750 18 24-48 2000 245 157 48 PCxx030HP
LTRN 245 G25 green, 525 nm 20-80 160 225 24 850 20.4 24-48 2000 245 157 48 PCxx030HP
LTRN 245 B25 blue, 470 nm 20-80 160 225 24 650 15.6 24-48 1950 245 157 48 PCxx030HP
LTRN 245 W25 white, 6300 K 20-80 160 225 24 1120 26.88 24-48 2000 245 157 48 PCxx030HP
LTRN 245 R35 red, 630 nm 20-80 160 225 24 750 18 24-48 2000 245 143 48 PCCD0xx
LTRN 245 G35 green, 525 nm 20-80 160 225 24 850 20.4 24-48 2000 245 143 48 PCCD0xx
LTRN 245 B35 blue, 470 nm 20-80 160 225 24 650 15.6 24-48 1950 245 143 48 PCCD0xx
LTRN 245 W35 white, 6300 K 20-80 160 225 24 1120 26.88 24-48 2000 245 143 48 PCCD0xx
LTRN 245 R45 red, 630 nm 20-80 160 225 24 750 18 24-48 2000 245 117 48 PCPW0xx
LTRN 245 G45 green, 525 nm 20-80 160 225 24 850 20.4 24-48 2000 245 117 48 PCPW0xx
LTRN 245 B45 blue, 470 nm 20-80 160 225 24 650 15.6 24-48 1950 245 117 48 PCPW0xx
LTRN 245 W45 white, 6300 K 20-80 160 225 24 1120 26.88 24-48 2000 245 117 48 PCPW0xx
1 Lifespan: 20.000 hours (drop to 50% intensity) at 25 °C.

2 With constant driving voltage (36V recommended, 48V max). Duty cycle = 0-10 %. Max pulse width = 10 ms.
125
LTLAIC series
Continuous LED low angle diffused ringlights
Lighting structure
0°

LTLAIC series consists of LED low angle diffused ringlights that
provide diffused even illumination, effectively preventing glare LTDV1CH-17V strobe controller p. 222
when inspecting shiny surfaces. Suggested use is continuous
mode.

p. 92
and ENHR series

Part Light colour, Optimal Lighting area Emission Supply Current Power Supply Max pulse Outer Inner Height
number wavelength peak WD inner outer angle α voltage cons. voltage current diam. diam.
diam. diam.
(mm) (mm) (mm) (deg) (V) (mA) (W) (V) (mA) (mm) (mm) (mm)
1 2
RT-DLR2-60-050-2-W-24V-FL white, 6300 K 5 - 15 18 42.1 60 24 75 1.80 36 225 51 18 42
RT-DLR2-60-050-2-R-24V-FL red, 630 nm 5 - 15 18 42.1 60 24 60 1.44 36 180 51 18 42
RT-DLR2-60-050-2-G-24V-FL green, 525 nm 5 - 15 18 42.1 60 24 75 1.80 36 225 51 18 42
RT-DLR2-60-050-2-B-24V-FL blue, 470 nm 5 - 15 18 42.1 60 24 75 1.80 36 225 51 18 42
RT-DLR2-60-070-2-W-24V-FL white, 6300 K 5 - 15 43 67.1 60 24 150 3.60 36 450 76 43 42
RT-DLR2-60-070-2-R-24V-FL red, 630 nm 5 - 15 43 67.1 60 24 120 2.88 36 360 76 43 42
RT-DLR2-60-070-2-G-24V-FL green, 525 nm 5 - 15 43 67.1 60 24 150 3.60 36 450 76 43 42
RT-DLR2-60-070-2-B-24V-FL blue, 470 nm 5 - 15 43 67.1 60 24 150 3.60 36 450 76 43 42
RT-DLR2-60-100-2-W-24V-FL white, 6300 K 13 68 91.1 60 24 195 4.68 36 585 100 68 42
RT-DLR2-60-100-2-R-24V-FL red, 630 nm 13 68 91.1 60 24 150 3.60 36 450 100 68 42
RT-DLR2-60-100-2-G-24V-FL green, 525 nm 13 68 91.1 60 24 195 4.68 36 585 100 68 42
RT-DLR2-60-100-2-B-24V-FL blue, 470 nm 13 68 91.1 60 24 195 4.68 36 585 100 68 42
RT-DLR2-60-120-2-W-24V-FL white, 6300 K 20 93 117.4 60 24 255 6.12 36 765 126.5 93 42
RT-DLR2-60-120-2-R-24V-FL red, 630 nm 20 93 117.4 60 24 195 4.68 36 585 126.5 93 42
RT-DLR2-60-120-2-G-24V-FL green, 525 nm 20 93 117.4 60 24 255 6.12 36 765 126.5 93 42
RT-DLR2-60-120-2-B-24V-FL blue, 470 nm 20 93 117.4 60 24 255 6.12 36 765 126.5 93 42
126
LTLADC series
Continuous LED low angle direct ringlights
Lighting structure
0°
LTLADC series consists of low angle direct ringlights that provide COMPATIBLE STROBE CONTROLLER
direct side illumination to emphasize the surface features of

the workpiece, such as scratches or texture. Suggested use is
continuous mode.

p. 92
and ENHR series

diam. diam.
1 2
RT-LLA-75-130-3-W-24V-FL white, 6300 K 5 - 15 111 126 75 24 540 12.96 36 225 131 94 24.5
RT-LLA-75-130-3-R-24V-FL red, 630 nm 5 - 15 111 126 75 24 420 10.08 36 180 131 94 24.5
RT-LLA-75-130-3-G-24V-FL green, 525 nm 5 - 15 111 126 75 24 540 12.96 36 225 131 94 24.5
RT-LLA-75-130-3-B-24V-FL blue, 470 nm 5 - 15 111 126 75 24 540 12.96 36 225 131 94 24.5
RT-LLA-75-170-3-W-24V-FL white, 6300 K 5 - 15 154 170 75 24 735 17.64 36 450 175 136 24.5
RT-LLA-75-170-3-R-24V-FL red, 630 nm 5 - 15 154 170 75 24 570 13.68 36 360 175 136 24.5
RT-LLA-75-170-3-G-24V-FL green, 525 nm 5 - 15 154 170 75 24 735 17.64 36 450 175 136 24.5
RT-LLA-75-170-3-B-24V-FL blue, 470 nm 5 - 15 154 170 75 24 735 17.64 36 450 175 136 24.5
127
LTRNDC series
Continuous LED direct ringlights
Lighting structure
0°

LTRNDC series consists of LED direct ringlights that provide
direct side illumination from different angles. LTDV1CH-17V strobe controller p. 222
These ringlights reduce shadows and can effectively illuminate COMPATIBLE STROBE CONTROLLER
non-reflective objects. Suggested use is continuous mode.

p. 92
and ENHR series

diam. diam.
1 2
RT-LSW-15-050-2-W-24V-FL white, 6300 K 64 30 49.6 15 24 105 2.52 36 315 50 28 16
RT-LSW-15-050-2-R-24V-FL red, 630 nm 64 30 49.6 15 24 90 2.16 36 270 50 28 16
RT-LSW-15-050-2-G-24V-FL green, 525 nm 64 30 49.6 15 24 105 2.52 36 315 50 28 16
RT-LSW-15-050-2-B-24V-FL blue, 470 nm 64 30 49.6 15 24 105 2.52 36 315 50 28 16
RT-LSW-15-070-3-W-24V-FL white, 6300 K 85 37 67 15 24 240 5.76 36 720 70 32 20.5
RT-LSW-15-070-3-R-24V-FL red, 630 nm 85 37 67 15 24 180 4.32 36 540 70 32 20.5
RT-LSW-15-070-3-G-24V-FL green, 525 nm 85 37 67 15 24 240 5.76 36 720 70 32 20.5
RT-LSW-15-070-3-B-24V-FL blue, 470 nm 85 37 67 15 24 240 5.76 36 720 70 32 20.5
RT-LSW-15-100-5-W-24V-FL white, 6300 K 128 53 99 15 24 570 13.68 36 1710 103 48 24
RT-LSW-15-100-5-R-24V-FL red, 630 nm 128 53 99 15 24 450 10.80 36 1350 103 48 24
RT-LSW-15-100-5-G-24V-FL green, 525 nm 128 53 99 15 24 570 13.68 36 1710 103 48 24
RT-LSW-15-100-5-B-24V-FL blue, 470 nm 128 53 99 15 24 570 13.68 36 1710 103 48 24
RT-LSW-45-070-3-W-24V-FL white, 6300 K 18 40.5 62.5 45 24 240 5.76 36 720 70 35 21
RT-LSW-45-070-3-R-24V-FL red, 630 nm 18 40.5 62.5 45 24 195 4.68 36 585 70 35 21
RT-LSW-45-070-3-G-24V-FL green, 525 nm 18 40.5 62.5 45 24 240 5.76 36 720 70 35 21
RT-LSW-45-070-3-B-24V-FL blue, 470 nm 18 40.5 62.5 45 24 240 5.76 36 720 70 35 21
RT-LSW-45-100-5-W-24V-FL white, 6300 K 24 58 95 45 24 600 14.40 36 1800 100 48 30
RT-LSW-45-100-5-R-24V-FL red, 630 nm 24 58 95 45 24 465 11.16 36 1395 100 48 30
RT-LSW-45-100-5-G-24V-FL green, 525 nm 24 58 95 45 24 600 14.40 36 1800 100 48 30
RT-LSW-45-100-5-B-24V-FL blue, 470 nm 24 58 95 45 24 600 14.40 36 1800 100 48 30
1 With constant driving voltage (36V recommended, 48V max). Duty cycle = 0-10 %. 2 With constant driving current. Duty cycle = 0-10 %. Max pulse width = 10 ms.
128
129
LED ILLUMINATORS COMBINED LIGHTS
LTDMLA series
High power strobe dome + low angle illumination systems
KEY ADVANTAGES
Two independent illumination units in one solution

Dome unit for homogeneous illuminations and low angle unit for
dark field lightning can be independently operated.


Multiple configurations
Available in two sizes and two power intensities.

illuminator.
LTDMLA series are ultra-high power diffuse LED strobe illuminators Lighting structure
combining a dome light and a low angle ring light.
This solution provides two different illumination types in a single,

compact, easy-to-integrate system: the dome unit provides non-
directional diffused light that can be used to homogeneously
illuminate complex shapes with curved and shiny surfaces,
effectively eliminating glare and shadows. The low angle ring light
unit provides darkfield lightning that can be used to cast shadows,
greatly emphasizing surface irregularities, scratches and other
details.
LTDMLA illuminators operate exclusively in strobe mode: the

reduced heat generation guarantees extended LED lifetime and
makes LTDMLA the perfect choice to illuminate very fast moving
objects.
The two illumination units can be operated independently and easily

powered, controlled and synchronized by compatible LTDV strobe
controllers. LTDMLA series is available in:
• two sizes: medium and large, respectively with illumination area
of 60 mm and 100 mm in diameter;
• two power intensities: medium power with driving current up to 60°
7.5 A and high power with driving current up to 17 A. 0°
LTDMLA series features industry standard connection (M12 four

poles connector), resizable aperture for the dome unit that can be
drilled to increase the diameter and accommodate the optics field
of view and effective diffuser for the ring light unit to avoid hot spots
formation. Additionally LTDMLA series can be easily mounted and
integrated into any machine vision system by means of M6 screws.
Compatible LTDV strobe controllers available to easily

130
LTDV series p. 222

p. 92
and ENHR series
Part number LTDMLAB2-WW LTDMLAC1-WW LTDMLAC2-WW

Dome unit
Number of LEDs 40 40 80
Light colour white, 6500 K white white, 6500 K
Spectral FWHM (nm) n.a. n.a. n.a.
Illumination area diameter (mm) 60 100 100
Suggested
(mm) 5 - 50 5 - 50 5 - 50
working distance WD
At driving current = 3.5 A (klux) 50 15 35
Min estimated
illumination 1
Aperture range (mm) 10 - 50 10 - 60 10 - 60
Low angle ringlight unit
Number of LEDs 40 40 80
Light colour white, 6000 K white, 6500 K white, 6500 K
Spectral FWHM (nm) n.a. n.a. n.a.
Diffuse ring yes yes yes
Illumination area diameter (mm) 60 100 100
Suggested
(mm) 5 - 50 5 - 50 5 - 50
working distance WD
Min estimated
illumination 1
Power supply mode strobe only, constant current driving strobe only, constant current driving
Min (A) 3.5 3.5 3.5
Driving current
Max (A) 17.0 7.5 17.0
Pulse width 2 (ms) ≤1 ≤1 ≤1
Connection Type 3 M12 industrial male connector M12 industrial male connector
Estimated MTBF 4 (hours) > 50000 > 50000 > 50000
Length (mm) 166.5 206 206
Dimensions Width (mm) 133 206 206
Height (mm) 104 147 147
Materials black anodized aluminum body black anodized aluminum body / Painted steel reflector
Clamping system 4 holes for M6 screw 8 threaded holes for M6 screw
Compatibility
Strobe controllers LTDV1CH-17 (2 units), LTDV6CH LTDV1CH-7 (2 units), LTDV6CH LTDV1CH-17 (2 units), LTDV6CH
Lenses TCLWD series MC4K050X
1 At max Working Distance WD.

3 PIN 1 and PIN 2 for the dome unit, PIN 3 and PIN 4 for the ringlight unit.
5 m cable with straight female connector included. Optional cable with right
angled connector is also available and must be ordered separately
(refer to our website for further info and ordering codes).
4 At 25 °C.
It’s easy to select the right illuminator for your application: our part numbers are coded as LTDMLA xy-WW where x defines the illuminator size (B = medium, C = large),
y refers to the power intensity (1 = medium, 2 = high). For instance LTDMLA B2-WW is a diffuse strobe dome + low angle illumination system - medium size,
high power, dome white, ringlight white.
131
LED ILLUMINATORS COMBINED LIGHTS
View-through system
Space saving illumination system for double-side object inspection
KEY ADVANTAGES
Compact space-saving solution for inspection

of fast moving object
Illuminates two sides of an object almost simultaneously.


For easy integration with any machine vision system.
Modular configuration.
The View-through system is a unique space-saving illumination Lighting structure

solution designed to illuminate two sides of an object. It consists of
two symmetrical modules, each one made of two illumination units:
• A diffuse strobe dome illuminator (white color)
• A special active “view-through” backlight unit (white color)
View-through system is designed to create very compact inline
inspection solutions that illuminate and image both sides of fast-
moving objects. While one camera acquires the image of one side of
an object, the corresponding dome and special backlight units emit
light simultaneously so that one side of the object can be inspected.
Subsequently, the dome and the backlight units are turned off so
that the second camera can acquire the image of the other side of
the object while its corresponding dome and special backlight units
are now switched on.
Such innovative approach can be achieved thanks to the special
backlight units which act either as transparent windows (when
turned off) or as backlights (when turned on), enabling to quickly
and accurately inspect fast-moving objects almost simultaneously,
in a very compact solution.
The View-through system can be used for many different
inspections, especially for identification of surface defects/features
in applications spanning from automotive to pharmaceutical.
The View-through system is available as LTVTA1-W, which consists
of two dome units and two active backlight “view-through” units
(white color) or as LTVTBENCH, a complete bench solution which
additionally includes a base plate with two right-angle brackets, the
LTDV6CH compatible strobe controller (programmable) and the
ADPT001 RS485-USB adapter.
Compatible LTDV6CH strobe controllers available

to easily power, control and synchronize
the View-through system.
DIL socket, bottom side DIL socket, top side
132
FULL RANGE OF COMPATIBLE TELECENTRIC LENSES
TCLWD series p. 18

p. 92
and ENHR series
COMPATIBLE STROBE CONTROLLER AVAILABLE
LTDV6CH p. 222
Part number LTVTA1-W LTVTBENCH

Dome unit
Number of LEDs 15
Light colour white, 6000 K
Spectral FWHM (nm) n.a.
Illumination area diameter (mm) 40
Suggested working distance WD (mm) 5 - 25
At driving current = 3.5 A (klux) 290
Min estimated illumination 1
At driving current = 7.5 A (klux) 490
Aperture range (mm) 48 (fixed)
Active backlight view-through unit
Number of LEDs 18
Light colour white, 6000 K
Spectral FWHM (nm) n.a.
Diffusive material yes
Illumination area diameter (mm) 40
Suggested working distance WD (mm) n.a.
Min estimated illumination 1 At driving current = 17.0 A (klux) 5

Power supply mode strobe only, constant current driving
Pulse width 2 (ms) ≤1
Connection Type 3 M8 industrial male connector
Dome unit
Driving current Min - Max (A) 3.5 - 7.5
Active backlight view-through unit
Driving current Min - Max (A) 3.5 - 17.0
Estimated MTBF 4 (hours) > 50000
Length (mm) 107 600
Dimensions Width (mm) 84 100
Height (mm) 125 155.5
Materials black anodized aluminum body
Clamping system 4 threaded holes for M6 screw
Compatibility
Lenses TCLWD series
Items included LTVTA1-W LTVTBENCH

Description Qty Description Qty
Dome unit 5 2 Dome unit 5 2
Active backlight view-through unit 5 2 Active backlight view-through unit 5 2
Base plate with two right-angle brackets 1
LTDV6CH strobe controller 1
ADPT001 adapter RS485-USB 1
1 At max Working Distance WD. 4 At 25 °C.

2 At 25°C. At max pulse width (1 ms), max pulse frequency = 15 Hz. 5 Cables included.
3 PIN 1 and PIN 2 for the dome unit, PIN 3 and PIN 4 for the ringlight unit.
133
LED ILLUMINATORS BACKLIGHTS
LTBP series
High-power strobe LED backlights
KEY ADVANTAGES
Excellent uniformity (down to ±10 %).
Ultra high-power light output and strobe mode operation

For inspection and measurement of fast moving objects and an
extended LED lifetime.
Suitable for frequent cleaning

Thanks to the optical grade and scratch resistant protective cover.
Wide selection and modular design

Size options range from 48 x 36 to 288 x 216 mm available in red,
white, green and blue.
Compact design with reduced thickness (26 mm).
Special continuous alignment mode.
Compatible LTDV1CH-17V strobe controller.
LTBP series are high power LED backlights designed to provide

exceptional illumination performance and excellent uniformity.
Their special design provides both powerful and homogeneous
lighting that perfectly fits confined spaces thanks to a special
beam shaping diffuser, new high efficiency LEDs and reduced Lighting structure
thickness.
LTBP series innovative optical layout has been designed to emit

directional light beams and achieve accurate results even when
used in combination with telecentric lenses for measurement
applications.
When positioned behind the objects to be inspected, LTBP series

highlight the silhouette of the objects providing excellent image
contrast and high illuminance for the most demanding high speed
applications (down to exposure times of tens of μs).
These backlights work in strobe mode only but they also feature
a special continuous mode to be used for alignment/setting
purpose (when used with LTDV1CH-17V controller).
Their robust and modular design featuring M8/M12 connectors

and scratch resistant protective cover is conceived for demanding
industrial automation environments and to provide you with a
great choice of sizes, colors and aspect ratios for many diverse
applications (from 4:3 to 16:9 and bar lights).
Furthermore, LTBP series can be easily installed into any machine

vision system thanks to the lateral M6 threads and their slick 26 mm
design, suitable for environments with space constrains.
134
Available light colours red, green, blue, white
Pulse width 1 (ms) ≤1

width yyy (mm)
Estimated MTBF 2 (h) > 50000
Mechanical specification
Materials Black&Blue anodized Aluminum

2 At 25°C.
length xxx (mm)
Optical specifications Electrical specifications Mechanical specifications

Part Number Lighting area dim. Max Driving Current Connection Dimensions Clamping system
number 1 Modules of LEDs Length Width -R (red) -G (green) -B (blue) -W (white) type Length Width Thickness
xxx yyy
(mm) (mm) (A) 2 (mm) (mm) (mm)
LTBP048036-z 1x1 48 48 36 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 M8 60 56 26 4x M6 threaded holes
LTBP240036-z 5x1 240 240 36 9 9 9 9 M8 252 56 26 8x M6 threaded holes
LTBP048180-z 1x5 240 48 180 9 9 9 9 M8 60 200 26 4x M6 threaded holes
LTBP240180-z 3 5x5 1200 240 180 10.5 + 10.5 10.5 + 10.5 12.2 12 M12 252 200 26 8x M6 threaded holes
LTBP288180-z 3 6x5 1440 288 180 12.6 + 12.6 12.6 + 12.6 14.6 14.4 M12 300 200 26 8x M6 threaded holes
LTBP240216-z 3 5x6 1440 240 216 12.6 + 12.6 12.6 +12.6 14.6 14.4 M12 252 236 26 8x M6 threaded holes
LTBP288216-z 3 6x6 1728 288 216 15.1 + 15.1 15.1 + 15.1 17.5 17.3 M12 300 236 26 8x M6 threaded holes
1 The last digit of the part number (-z) refers to the color 3 Red and Green versions of these models feature 2 separate channels.
(R = red, G = green, B = blue, W = white).
2 5 m cable with straight female connector included. Optional cable
with right angled connector is also available and must be ordered separately
Our part numbers are coded as LTBP xxx yyy - z, where xxx defines the illumination area length (in mm), yyy defines the illumination area width (in mm) and z refers to the color
(W = white, R = red, G = green, B = blue). For instance LTBP048036-R is a high power strobe LED backlight, 48 x 36 mm lighting area, red.
135
LTBP series
High-power strobe LED backlights
LTDV series p. 222
FULL RANGE OF COMPATIBLE TELECENTRIC LENSES
Telecentric lenses p. 6- 49

p. 92
and ENHR series
LTBP096072-W LTBP048036-G
Light colour -R (red) -G (green) -B (blue) -W (white)

LED Type
A 620 522 465 cool white, > 4500 K
Wavelength (nm)
B 625 525 470 cool white, > 4500 K
A 20 30 20 cool white, > 4500 K
Spectral FWHM (nm)
B 20 30 25 cool white, > 4500 K
Min estimated A 1 70 150 30 200
(klux)
illumination B 2 n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a.
1 At max driving current, on emitting surface.

2 Available upon request.
Typical emission spectrum of type A LEDs (R, G, B)

Part number Module LED type
LTBP 048036-z 1x1 A
LTBP 096036-z 2x1 A
0.8
LTBP 144036-z 3x1 A

LTBP 192036-z 4x1 A
LTBP 240036-z 5x1 A
0.6
LTBP 288036-z 6x1 A
LTBP 048072-z 1x2 A
LTBP 096072-z 2x2 A 0.4
LTBP 144072-z 3x2 A
LTBP 192072-z 4x2 A
LTBP 240072-z 5x2 B 0.2
LTBP 288072-z 6x2 B
LTBP 048108-z 1x3 A
LTBP 096108-z 2x3 A 0.0
LTBP 144108-z 3x3 A 400 500 600 700

LTBP192108-z 4x3 B
Wavelength (nm)
LTBP 240108-z 5x3 B
LTBP 288108-z 6x3 B
LTBP 048144-z 1x4 A Typical emission spectrum of type B LEDs (R, G, B)
LTBP 096144-z 2x4 A
LTBP 144144-z 3x4 B
LTBP 192144-z 4x4 B
0.8
LTBP 240144-z 5x4 B

LTBP 288144-z 6x4 B
LTBP 048180-z 1x5 A 0.6
LTBP 096180-z 2x5 B
LTBP 144180-z 3x5 B
LTBP 192180-z 4x5 B 0.4
LTBP 240180-z 5x5 B
LTBP 288180-z 6x5 B
LTBP 048216-z 1x6 A 0.2
LTBP 096216-z 2x6 B
LTBP 144216-z 3x6 B
0.0
LTBP 192216-z 4x6 B
LTBP 240216-z 5x6 B 400 500 600 700
LTBP 288216-z 6x6 B
Wavelength (nm)
136
Fill level of glass Nut dimensional Sealing/gasket

ampoules / vials measurement dimensional measurement
137
LTBC series
Continuous LED backlights
KEY ADVANTAGES
Cost-effective homogeneous illumination

Densely packed LED arrays with matte diffuser eliminating hot spots
and glare.
Robust industrial Design

M8 connector for easy connection to power supplies.
Easy integration
M6 nut channels for easy mounting.
LTBC series are LED backlights designed to be employed in a COMPATIBLE STROBE CONTROLLER
wide variety of applications such as shape and size inspection of
workpieces. LTDV1CH-17V strobe controller p. 222
These backlights are a cost-effective solution with no compromise COMPATIBLE LIGHT INTENSITY CONTROLLER
on quality: they feature a robust design and provide diffuse even

illumination without hotspots.
LTBC series backlights effectively emphasize the silhouette of a

workpiece, providing excellent optical contrast in combination
with many different lenses.
Lighting structure Application examples
Shape inspection
Detection of patterns / holes
138
LTBC054054 with M6 threaded hole
LTBC114114-G for easy mounting.

Part Colour, peak Lighting area Continuous mode Pulsed mode Optics
number wavelength Lenght Width Supply Current Power Supply Max pulse Length Width Height
Voltage cons. Voltage Current
(mm) (mm) (V) (mA) (W) (V) (mA) (mm) (mm) (mm)
1 2
TC2300y, TC23012, TCxx016,
TCxx024, TCxx036, TCLWD series,
LTBC 054 054-W white, 6300 K 54.5 54.5 24 54 1.30 36 162 99 99 35.6 TCxMHR016-x,TCxMHR024-x,
TCxMHR036-x, TC4M00y-x,
TC16M009-x, TC16M012-x,
TC16M018-x, TC16M036-x,
TCZR036, MC series, MC4K050X-x,
MC4K100X-x, MC4K125X-x,
LTBC 054 054-G green, 525 nm 54.5 54.5 24 54 1.30 36 162 99 99 35.6 MC4K150X-x, MC4K175X-x,
MC4K200X-x, MC12K200X-x,
MC12K150X-x, MC12K100X-x
LTBC 114 114-W white, 6300 K 114.5 114.5 24 216 5.18 36 648 159 159 35.6 TCxx048, TCxx056, TCxx085,
TCxMHR048-x, TCxMHR056-x,
TCxMHR064-x, TCxMHR080-x,
TC16M048-x, TC16M056-x,
TC16M064-x, TC16M080-x,
TCZR072, MC4K025X-x,
LTBC 114 114-G green, 525 nm 114.5 114.5 24 216 5.18 36 648 159 159 35.6 MC12K067X-x,MC12K050X-x
LTBC 174 174-W white, 6300 K 174.5 174.5 24 486 11.66 36 1458 219 219 35.6
TCxx096, TCxx130,
TCxMHR096-x,TCxMHR120-x,
TC16M096-x, TC16M0120-x,
TCDPxX096, TCDPxX120,
MCZR033-008, MC12K025X-x
LTBC 174 174-G green, 525 nm 174.5 174.5 24 486 11.66 36 1458 219 219 35.6
LTBC 234 234-W white, 6300 K 234.5 234.5 24 864 20.74 36 2592 279 279 35.6
TCxx144, TC23172,
TCxMHR144-x, TC16M144-x,
TC16M192-x, TCDPxX144,
MCZR025-006, MCZR018-004
LTBC 234 234-G green, 525 nm 234.5 234.5 24 864 20.74 36 2592 279 279 35.6
1 With constant driving voltage (36V recommended, 48V max). Duty cycle = 0-10 %. 2 With constant driving current. Duty cycle = 0-10 %. Max pulse width = 10 ms.
139
LTBFC series
Continuous flat side-emitting LED backlights
Lighting structure
LTBFC series consists of flat side-emitting LED backlights: two COMPATIBLE STROBE CONTROLLER
types are available either with four borders or with three borders
and one side flush. Suggested use is continuous mode. LTDV1CH-17V strobe controller p. 222

Part Light colour, Lighting area Sides type Supply Current Power Supply Max pulse Length Width Height
number wavelength peak Width Length voltage cons. voltage current
1 2
RT-BHD-00-070-1-W-24V-FL white, 6300 K 70 70 4 borders 24 120 2.88 36 360 98.5 98.5 5.30
RT-BHD-00-070-1-R-24V-FL red, 630 nm 70 70 4 borders 24 120 2.88 36 360 98.5 98.5 5.30
RT-BHD-00-070-1-G-24V-FL green, 525 nm 70 70 4 borders 24 120 2.88 36 360 98.5 98.5 5.30
RT-BHD-00-070-1-B-24V-FL blue, 470 nm 70 70 4 borders 24 120 2.88 36 360 98.5 98.5 5.30
RT-BHD-00-100-1-W-24V-FL white, 6300 K 100 100 4 borders 24 160 3.84 36 480 128.5 128.5 5.30
RT-BHD-00-100-1-R-24V-FL red, 630 nm 100 100 4 borders 24 180 4.32 36 540 128.5 128.5 5.30
RT-BHD-00-100-1-G-24V-FL green, 525 nm 100 100 4 borders 24 160 3.84 36 480 128.5 128.5 5.30
RT-BHD-00-100-1-B-24V-FL blue, 470 nm 100 100 4 borders 24 160 3.84 36 480 128.5 128.5 5.30
RT-BHDS-25X36-1-W-24V-FL white, 6300 K 25 36 3 borders and 1 edge to edge 24 20 0.48 36 60 38.5 43.5 5.30
RT-BHDS-25X36-1-R-24V-FL red, 630 nm 25 36 3 borders and 1 edge to edge 24 15 0.36 36 45 38.5 43.5 5.30
RT-BHDS-25X36-1-G-24V-FL green, 525 nm 25 36 3 borders and 1 edge to edge 24 20 0.48 36 60 38.5 43.5 5.30
RT-BHDS-25X36-1-B-24V-FL blue, 470 nm 25 36 3 borders and 1 edge to edge 24 20 0.48 36 60 38.5 43.5 5.30
RT-BHDS-31X58-1-W-24V-FL white, 6300 K 31 58 3 borders and 1 edge to edge 24 30 0.72 36 90 60 43.5 5.30
RT-BHDS-31X58-1-R-24V-FL red, 630 nm 31 58 3 borders and 1 edge to edge 24 30 0.72 36 90 60 43.5 5.30
RT-BHDS-31X58-1-G-24V-FL green, 525 nm 31 58 3 borders and 1 edge to edge 24 30 0.72 36 90 60 43.5 5.30
RT-BHDS-31X58-1-B-24V-FL blue, 470 nm 31 58 3 borders and 1 edge to edge 24 30 0.72 36 90 60 43.5 5.30
RT-BHDS-00-070-1-W-24V-FL white, 6300 K 70 70 3 borders and 1 edge to edge 24 90 2.16 36 270 98.5 84.5 4.30
RT-BHDS-00-070-1-R-24V-FL red, 630 nm 70 70 3 borders and 1 edge to edge 24 90 2.16 36 270 98.5 84.5 4.30
RT-BHDS-00-070-1-G-24V-FL green, 525 nm 70 70 3 borders and 1 edge to edge 24 90 2.16 36 270 98.5 84.5 4.30
RT-BHDS-00-070-1-B-24V-FL blue, 470 nm 70 70 3 borders and 1 edge to edge 24 90 2.16 36 270 98.5 84.5 4.30
140
LED ILLUMINATORS BAR LIGHTS
LTBRDC series
Continuous LED bar lights
Lighting structure
LTBRDC series LTBRDC series consists of LED bar lights that can COMPATIBLE STROBE CONTROLLER
be used in a wide variety of applications such as text reading on
flat surfaces. LTDV1CH-17V strobe controller p. 222
They provide rectangular illumination on the workpiece and the
installation angle can be set freely. Suggested use is continuous COMPATIBLE LIGHT INTENSITY CONTROLLER
mode.

Part Light colour, Lighting area Supply Current Power Supply Max pulse Length Width Height
number wavelength peak Width Length voltage cons. voltage current
1 2
RT-LBRX-00-040-6-W-24V-FL white, 6300 K 26.3 40 24 72 1.73 36 216 52 31.5 22
RT-LBRX-00-040-6-R-24V-FL red, 630 nm 26.3 40 24 78 1.87 36 234 52 31.5 22
RT-LBRX-00-040-6-G-24V-FL green, 525 nm 26.3 40 24 72 1.73 36 216 52 31.5 22
RT-LBRX-00-040-6-B-24V-FL blue, 470 nm 26.3 40 24 72 1.73 36 216 52 31.5 22
141
LED ILLUMINATORS LINE LIGHTS
LTLNC series
Continuous LED line lights
KEY ADVANTAGES
Ultra high power.
Color matched white models.
Condenser lens for a perfectly focused beam of light.
Rugged industrial design with built in industrial connector

for easy integration into any machine vision system.
Air cooling option.
LTLNC series are ultra-high power LED line illuminators designed SEE ALSO FULL RANGE OF LINESCAN LENSES
for linescan applications. Their special design provides both a
powerful and homogeneous beam of light that is sharply focused MC4K, MC12K series p. 84 - 87
onto the object that must be inspected by means of a condenser
lens.
TC4K, TC12K series p. 46 - 49
LTLNC series can efficiently dissipate the generated heat thanks

to the fins machined in the aluminum housing and the air cooling
ports designed to inject compressed air into the illuminator.
Furthermore LTLNC series features industrial M8 connectors and

can be easily installed into any machine vision system thanks to
the four M4 threads in the rear part of the aluminum housing.
Lighting structure
142
Print inspection Metal film inspection Web inspection
Part number LTLNC100-W LTLNC150-W

Number of LEDs 21 28
Light color white, 6500 K white, 6500 K
Spectral FWHM (nm) n.a. n.a.
Illumination area (mm) 100 x 15 150 x 15
Suggested working distance WD (mm) 20 - 100 20 - 100
Continuous mode
Supply voltage (V) 24 ± 2% 24 ± 2%
Continuous driving current, max (mA) 1050 1400
Power consumption (W) 25 32
Connection type 1 M8 industrial male connector
Estimated MTBF 2 (hours) >20000 >20000
Length (mm) 150 200
Width (mm) 32 32
Height (mm) 60 60
Material black anodized aluminum body
Cooling method air compressed cooling or passive (attached to machine frame for better heat dissipation)
Clamping system 4 threaded holes for M3 screw
Compatibility
TC4K060-x TC4K090-x TC4K120-x, TC12K064, TC12K080, TC12K120, TC12K144, MC4K series,
Lenses
MC12K200X-x, MC12K150X-x, MC12K100X-x, MC12K067X-x, MC12K050-x
Cable CBLT003, CBLT004
1 5 m cable with straight female connector included. Optional cable

with right angled connector is also available and must be ordered separately
2 Drop to 50% intensity @ 25°C.
143
LED ILLUMINATORS TUNNEL LIGHTS
LTTNC series
Continuous LED tunnel lights
Lighting structure
LTTNC series consists of LED tunnel lights designed to provide COMPATIBLE STROBE CONTROLLER
even illumination on long cylindrical surfaces or shafts. Suggested
use is continuous mode. LTDV1CH-17V strobe controller p. 222

p. 92
and ENHR series

Part Light colour, Optimal Lighting area Supply Current Power Supply Max pulse Width x lenght Aperture Height
number wavelength peak WD inner Width voltage cons. voltage current
diam.
1 2
RT-IDT2-00-150-1-W-24V-FL white, 6300 K 40 - 60 90 183 24 400 9.60 36 1200 36 25 96
RT-IDT2-00-150-1-R-24V-FL red, 630 nm 40 - 60 90 183 24 400 9.60 36 1200 36 25 96
RT-IDT2-00-150-1-G-24V-FL green, 525 nm 40 - 60 90 183 24 400 9.60 36 1200 36 25 96
RT-IDT2-00-150-1-B-24V-FL blue, 470 nm 40 - 60 90 183 24 400 9.60 36 1200 36 25 96
RT-IDT2-00-200-1-W-24V-FL white, 6300 K 40 - 60 126 183 24 400 9.60 36 1200 36 25 121
RT-IDT2-00-200-1-R-24V-FL red, 630 nm 40 - 60 126 183 24 400 9.60 36 1200 36 25 121
RT-IDT2-00-200-1-G-24V-FL green, 525 nm 40 - 60 126 183 24 400 9.60 36 1200 36 25 121
RT-IDT2-00-200-1-B-24V-FL blue, 470 nm 40 - 60 126 183 24 400 9.60 36 1200 36 25 121
144
LED ILLUMINATORS COAXIAL LIGHTS
LTCXC series
Continuous LED coaxial lights
Lighting structure
LTCXC series consists of LED coaxial lights that provide coaxial COMPATIBLE STROBE CONTROLLER
illumination ideal for inspection of scratches/dents on glossy
surfaces or pattern inspection on PCB to be used in combination LTDV1CH-17V strobe controller p. 222
with telecentric lenses.
Light is reflected by a 45° beam splitter so that it is projected on COMPATIBLE LIGHT INTENSITY CONTROLLER
the same axis as the camera. Suggested use is continuous mode.


Part Light colour, Lighting area Supply Current Power Supply Max pulse Lenght Width Height
number wavelength peak Width Lenght voltage cons. voltage current
1 2
RT-CAS2-00-025-X-W-24V-FL white, 6300 K 27 27 24 160 3,84 36 480 54 33 33
RT-CAS2-00-025-X-R-24V-FL red, 630 nm 27 27 24 150 3,60 36 450 54 33 33
RT-CAS2-00-025-X-G-24V-FL green, 525 nm 27 27 24 160 3,84 36 480 54 33 33
RT-CAS2-00-025-X-B-24V-FL blue, 470 nm 27 27 24 160 3,84 36 480 54 33 33
RT-CAS2-00-040-X-W-24V-FL white, 6300 K 48 48 24 350 8,40 36 1050 107.5 60 66
RT-CAS2-00-040-X-R-24V-FL red, 630 nm 48 48 24 146 3,50 36 438 107.5 60 66
RT-CAS2-00-040-X-G-24V-FL green, 525 nm 48 48 24 350 8,40 36 1050 107.5 60 66
RT-CAS2-00-040-X-B-24V-FL blue, 470 nm 48 48 24 350 8,40 36 1050 107.5 60 66
RT-CAS2-00-070-X-W-24V-FL white, 6300 K 70 70 24 560 13,44 36 1680 139.6 89 95
RT-CAS2-00-070-X-R-24V-FL red, 630 nm 70 70 24 525 12,60 36 1575 139.6 89 95
RT-CAS2-00-070-X-G-24V-FL green, 525 nm 70 70 24 560 13,44 36 1680 139.6 89 95
RT-CAS2-00-070-X-B-24V-FL blue, 470 nm 70 70 24 560 13,44 36 1680 139.6 89 95
RT-CAS2-00-100-X-W-24V-FL white, 6300 K 100 100 24 781 18,74 36 2000 166.5 120 123.8
RT-CAS2-00-100-X-R-24V-FL red, 630 nm 100 100 24 450 10,80 36 1350 166.5 120 123.8
RT-CAS2-00-100-X-G-24V-FL green, 525 nm 100 100 24 781 18,74 36 2000 166.5 120 123.8
RT-CAS2-00-100-X-B-24V-FL blue, 470 nm 100 100 24 781 18,74 36 2000 166.5 120 123.8
145
LED PATTERN PROJECTORS
Advanced structured lighting.
Opto Engineering® LED pattern projectors have been designed

for 3D profiling/reconstruction and for the measurement of objects
with complex structures or inclined planes.
They are successfully used in a variety of applications like quality control in food and packaging
to check for correct volume, reverse engineering, dimensional measurement of electronic components,
planarity control of products, robot guidance for pick and place and alignment applications.
When compared to laser emitters, LED technology ensures more homogeneous illumination
in addition to sharp edges and no speckle effect.
Many 3D machine vision applications require structured light to be projected onto inclined surfaces,
i.e. at a certain angle from the vertical axis. In such cases, the focus is maintained only within a small
area close to the center of the field of view and the rest of the image shows relevant defocusing,
thus making 3D measurement inaccurate.
For this reason, our family of pattern projectors includes special projectors equipped with a high-
precision tilting mechanism that allows the pattern of the light source to meet the Scheimpflug
condition so that the projected light is properly and evenly focused across the entire sample surface.
All Opto Engineering® LED projectors feature a wide selection of interchangeable patterns.
Furthermore, the size of the projection area can be easily modified by interchanging different 2/3’’
C-mount lenses. To achieve the best results we suggest to use bi-telecentric lenses or zero distortion
macro lenses.
REACH
COMPLIANT
RoHS
146
146
147
147
LTPRHP3W series
3W LED pattern projectors
KEY ADVANTAGES
Perfectly sharp edges

LTPR series ensures thinner lines, sharper edges and more
homogeneous illumination than lasers.
With laser emitters the illumination decays both across the line
cross section and along the line width.
Laser emitters lines are thicker and show blurred edges; diffraction
and speckle effects are also present.
LTPRHP3W series are advanced and efficient devices for

LIGHT SOURCE
pattern projection and structured light applications, such as 3D
reconstruction.
Unlike laser sources, which typically show poor line sharpness and - Higher efficiency
power distribution as well as scattering and diffraction effects, LTPR - Precise light intensity adjustment
pattern projectors overcome all of these problems by integrating
LED sources and precisely engraved masks. Any kind of pattern - Easy LED source replacement
shape can be easily supplied, integrated and projected.
Different colors are available and the size of the projection area can
be easily modified by interchanging different 2/3” C-mount lenses.
3D reconstruction Mechanical alignment Visualization & mapping Telecentric pattern projection
148
Every kind of shape can be projected
Standard patterns Custom patterns
Stripe 0.5 mm line thickness Edge
Grid 0.05 mm line thickness Line 0.5 mm line thickness
Electrical features
These LED devices integrate built-in switching electronics that
control the current flow through the LED and which can be easily
tuned by the user. This ensures both light stability and longer
lifetime of the product.
The inner circuitry can be bypassed in order to directly drive the
LED. Simply connect the black and blue wires to your power supply
instead of the black and brown ones, ensuring that the maximum
rates are not exceeded.
0.8
0.8
0.6 0.6
0.4 0.4
0.2 0.2
0.0 0.0
300 400 500 600 700 800 400 500 600 700

Part Light color, DC Voltage Power Max LED forward Forward voltage Max pulse
number wavelength peak consumption current current
Minimum Maximum Typical Maximum
(V) (V) (W) (mA) (V) (V) (mA)
1 2 3,4 5
LTPRHP3W-R red, 630 nm 12 24 < 4.5 720 2.4 3.00 2000
LTPRHP3W-G green, 520 nm 12 24 < 4.5 720 3.3 4.00 2000
LTPRHP3W-B blue, 460 nm 12 24 < 4.5 720 3.3 4.00 2000
LTPRHP3W-W white 12 24 < 4.5 720 2.78 n.a. 2000
1 Tolerance ± 10% . 4 Tolerance is ±0.06V on forward voltage measurements.

2 Used in continuous (not pulsed) mode. 5 At pulse width <= 10 ms, duty cycle <= 10% condition.
3 At max forward current. Built-in electronics board must be bypassed (see tech info online).
149
LTPRHP3W series
Product insight
Custom-made pattern
Custom-made patterns can be supplied on request.
A drawing with accurate geometrical information must
be submitted (please refer to the instructions here below).
active area Fill-in the opaque features
m m
11
pattern Ø=
C-mount adapter
gla
s
Ø = s sub
21 s Keep white the
- 0. t rate
1/- light-transmitting
0. 3
mm features
retaming ring
thickness:
min: 1 mm
max: 2.5 mm
Pattern selection The projection pattern can be easily integrated into the LTPR
projection unit by unscrewing the retaining ring that holds the
active area
pattern.
line thickness
This simple procedure makes it easy to interchange different
patterns. The pattern outer diameter is 21 mm, while the active
11 mm
projection area is a circle of Ø 11 mm: all the significant features of

line gap the pattern are drawn inside this circle.
The projection area will have the same aspect ratio as the pattern.
The projection accuracy depends both on the pattern manufacturing
accuracy and lens distortion. The edge sharpness of the projected
pattern depends on both the lens resolution and the engraving
technique: laser-engraved patterns (part numbers ending in “L”) or
photolithography-engraved patterns (part numbers ending in “P”)
Photolithography patterns Laser engraved patterns can be chosen depending on the type of application.
PT 0000 0100 P PT 0000 0100 L

format: line format: line Pattern specifications
line thickness 0.05 mm line thickness 0.5 mm
Photolithography patterns
Substrate Soda lime grass
Coating Chrome
Geometrical accuracy 2 μm
PT 0000 0200 P PT 0000 0200 L Edge sharpness 1.4 μm
format: cross format: cross
Laser engraved patterns
Substrate Borofloat glass
Coating Dichroic mirror
PT 0000 0300 P PT 0000 0300 L
format: stripe format: stripe
line gap 0.95 mm line gap 0.5 mm Edge sharpness 50 μm
line length 7.78 mm line length 7.78 mm
FULL RANGE OF COMPATIBLE PROJECTION OPTICS
PT 0000 0400 P PT 0000 0400 L

ENHR series p. 92
format: grid format: grid
line gap 0.95 mm line gap 0.8 mm
line thickness 0.05 mm line thickness 0.2 mm FULL RANGE OF PROJECTION PATTERNS
PTPR series p. 218
PT 0000 0500 P PT 0000 0500 L FULL RANGE OF COMPATIBLE POWER SUPPLIES

format: edge format: edge
PS power supplies p. 226
150
Projection lens selection
The pattern drawing which has to be projected must be inscribed Unless the projection optics introduces significant distortion, the
in a 11 mm diameter circle, the same diagonal of a 2/3” detector. shape of the projected pattern will preserve the features and aspect
For example, the pattern drawing could cover the entire 11 mm ratio of the engraved pattern. The projected area dimensions will
diameter area or be like a 8.8 x 6.6 mm rectangle or, again, be a be “M” times the original dimensions of the pattern, where M is the
square whose sides are 7.78 mm. optical magnification of the selected projection lens.
Pattern drawing and projection area

Circle type 4:3 (2/3”) type Square type
m
m
11
Pattern active area size
7.78 mm
6.6 mm
8.8 mm 7.78 mm
P.d. (Projection distance)
D
Projection area size h L
W L
D (Projection diameter)
LTPR series can integrate most types of high resolution lenses: any C-mount lenses and telecentric optics can be connected to the unit
high resolution C-mount lens for 2/3” detectors (11 mm image by means of the C-mount adaptor included in the product package.
diagonal) can be used, such as the ones included in our ENHR series. Here is a list of the projection diameters and the recommended
Telecentric lenses for 2/3” detectors can also be interfaced, thus projection distances with different types of optics.
providing telecentric projection of the pattern and enabling
unparalleled performance in 3D measurement applications.
Telecentric lenses
TC 23 004 TC 23 007 TC 23 009 TC 23 016 TC 23 024 TC 23 036
P.d. (mm) 57.1 61.2 63.3 45.3 69.2 103.5
D (mm) 5.5 8.3 11.0 20.8 31.4 45.2
TC 23 048 TC 23 056 TC 23 064 TC 23 072 TC 23 080 TC 23 096
P.d. (mm) 134.6 159.3 182.3 227.7 227.7 279.6
D (mm) 59.8 70.0 80.0 89.9 99.7 117.8
Bi-telecentric lenses
2 / 3” C-mount lenses
P.d. @50 @75 @100 @150 @200 @250 @300 @400 @500
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
Focal D (Projection diameter)
length (mm)
6 mm 81 127 172 264
8 mm 58 (*) 92 127 195 264 333
12 mm 35 (*) 58 (*) 81 127 172 218 264 Standard C-mount lenses
16 mm 41 (*) 58 (*) 92 (*) 127 161 195 264 333
25 mm 55 (*) 77 (*) 99 (*) 121 (*) 165 209 (*)
35 mm 68 (*) 83 (*) 115 146
(*) = spacers may be needed to compensate back focal length
151
LTPRSMHP3W series
3W tilting LED pattern projectors
KEY ADVANTAGES
Scheimpflug tilt adjustment compatible with C-mount optics

Focus is maintained even when the pattern is tilted.
Light condenser focusing mechanism

For excellent optical coupling and light throughput.
Enhanced optical power

High numerical aperture condenser lens.
LTPRSMHP3W series are LED pattern projectors specifically LTPRSMHP3W pattern projectors integrate a precision tilting
designed for the most demanding 3D profiling and measurement mechanism based on the Scheimpflug condition. This ensures that
applications. Triangulation techniques require that structured light focus is maintained across the entire part, and reconstruction of the
is directed onto a sample at a considerable angle from vertical. 3d surface is as accurate as possible. Moreover, the internal focus
Tilting the light source pattern becomes essential to ensure that the mechanism offers the maximum optical throughput.
patterned light is properly focused across the entire sample surface.
Examples of setup and applications
Configuration with zero distortion macro lenses. Configuration with bi-telecentric lenses.
LTPRSM pattern projector with a standard C-mount lens. Scheimpflug telecentric optics for both projection and imaging at 90°.
152
LIGHT SOURCE
- Higher efficiency
- Precise light intensity adjustment
- Easy LED source replacement
Without tilt adjustment the pattern features are only partly focused. With the Scheimpflug adjustment focus is maintained across the entire plane.
Electrical features
These LED devices integrate built-in switching electronics that
control the current flow through the LED and which can be easily
tuned by the user. This ensures both light stability and longer
lifetime of the product.
The inner circuitry can be bypassed to directly drive the LED. Simply
connect the black and blue wires to your power supply instead of
the black and brown ones, ensuring that maximum rates are not
exceeded.
0.8
0.8
0.6 0.6
0.4 0.4
0.2 0.2
0.0 0.0
300 400 500 600 700 800 400 500 600 700

Part Light color, DC Voltage Power Max LED forward Forward voltage Max pulse
number wavelength peak consumption current current
(V) (V) (W) (mA) (V) (V) (mA)
1 2 3, 4 5
LTPRSMHP 3W-R red, 630 nm 12 24 < 4.5 720 2.4 3.00 2000
LTPRSMHP 3W-G green, 520 nm 12 24 < 4.5 720 3.3 4.00 2000
LTPRSMHP 3W-B blue, 460 nm 12 24 < 4.5 720 3.3 4.00 2000
LTPRSMHP 3W-W white 12 24 < 4.5 720 2.78 n.a. 2000
1 Tolerance ± 10% . 4 Tolerance is ±0.06V on forward voltage measurements.

2 Used in continuous (not pulsed) mode. 5 At pulse width <= 10 ms, duty cycle <= 10% condition.
3 At max forward current. Built-in electronics board must be bypassed (see tech info online).
153
LTPRSMHP3W series
Product insight
C-mount
pattern
retaining ring
Pattern selection The projection pattern placed inside the unit can be changed with
ease: just remove the C-mount adaptor by loosening the set-screws
active area
and fix the pattern by securing the retaining ring.
line thickness
Different types of stripe and grid patterns are available; the chart
8 mm
shows the line thickness (0.05 mm) and the gap between neighboring
line gap lines for each pattern type.
When these features are projected, they become 1/M times larger,
8 mm with “M” being the magnification of the projection lens. The number
of lines mentioned after each part number indicates the number of
features on the active area of the pattern.
Photolithography stripe patterns Photolithography grid patterns

Pattern specifications
PT 0000 0300 P PT 0000 0400 P
8 lines in projection area 8 x 8 lines in projection area Substrate Soda lime glass
line gap 0.95 mm line gap 0.95 mm Coating Chrome
Edge sharpness 1.4 μm
PTST 050 450 P PTGR 050 450 P

16 lines in projection area 16 x 16 lines in projection area

PTST 050 200 P PTGR 050 200 P

PTST 050 100 P PTGR 050 100 P

53 lines in projection area 53 x 53 lines in projection area TC series p. 8
MC series p. 70
PTST 050 050 P PTGR 050 050 P FULL RANGE OF PROJECTION PATTERNS
line gap 0.05 mm line gap 0.05 mm PTPR series p. 218
154
LTPRSMHP3W series units can be interfaced with any type of
optics, but the best results are achieved with bi-telecentric lenses.
The projection area is undistorted since tilting the pattern causes a
linear extension along only one direction.
ϑ’
Excellent results can also be obtained with zero distortion macro

lenses; here, the magnification changes along both axes, but image
resolution and distortion still easily allows for 3D reconstruction.
P.
d
.(
Pr
oj
With non bi-telecentric lenses, a square pattern becomes a
ec
tio
trapezoid in the projection plane, whose parallel sides are indicated
n
di
st
as “w” and “W” in the drawings below.
an
ce
ϑ
)
The projection area shown in the chart are also a good approximation
for standard C-mount lenses used as macro lenses.
h h h
W W w W
Original Projection area Projection area

pattern features with a bi-telecentric lens with a macro lens
Projection area with bi-telecentric lenses (TC series)
ϑ = 0° ϑ = 15° ϑ = 30° ϑ = 45°

Part Projection Projection Pattern Projection Pattern Projection Pattern Projection Pattern
number distance area tilt area tilt area tilt area tilt
P.d. Wxh ϑ’ Wxh ϑ’ Wxh ϑ’ Wxh ϑ’
(mm) (mm x mm) (deg) (mm x mm) (deg) (mm x mm) (deg) (mm x mm) (deg)
TC 23 009 63.3 8.0 x 8.0 0 8.0 x 8.0 15.0 8.0 x 8.0 30.0 8.0 x 8.0 45.0
TC 23 016 45.3 15.2 x 15.2 0 15.2 x 15.4 8.1 15.2 x 16.8 17.0 15.2 x 20.0 27.8 Bi-telecentric lenses
TC 23 024 69.2 22.9 x 22.9 0 22.9 x 23.6 5.4 22.9 x 26.0 11.4 22.9 x 30.5 19.3
TC 23 036 103.5 32.9 x 32.9 0 32.9 x 34.0 3.7 32.9 x 37.7 8.0 32.9 x 45.3 13.6
TC 23 048 134.6 43.3 x 43.3 0 43.3 x 44.7 2.8 43.3 x 49.8 6.1 43.3 x 60.3 10.5
TC 23 056 159.3 51.0 x 51.0 0 51.0 x 52.8 2.4 51.0 x 58.6 5.1 51.0 x 71.3 8.8
TC 23 064 182.0 58.2 x 58.2 0 58.2 x 60.3 2.1 58.2 x 67.1 4.5 58.2 x 81.7 7.8
TC 23 080 227.0 72.7 x 72.7 0 72.7 x 73.8 1.7 72.7 x 83.6 3.6 72.7 x 102.0 6.3
TC 23 096 279.0 85.6 x 85.6 0 85.6 x 88.6 1.4 85.6 x 98.7 3.1 85.6 x 120.9 5.3
Projection area with macro (MC3-03x and MC series) and standard lenses
ϑ = 0° ϑ = 15° ϑ = 30° ϑ = 45°

Mag. Projection Projection Pattern Projection Pattern Projection Pattern Projection Pattern
distance area tilt area tilt area tilt area tilt
P.d. w (W) x h ϑ’ w (W) x h ϑ’ w (W) x h ϑ’ w (W) x h ϑ’ Standard C-mount lenses
(x) (mm) (mm) (mm x mm) (deg) (mm) (mm x mm) (deg) (mm) (mm x mm) (deg) (mm) (mm x mm) (deg)
1 46.0 8.0 (8.0) x 8.0 0 7.7 (8.3) x 8.0 15.0 7.5 (8.6) x 8.1 30.0 7.3 (8.9) x 8.1 45.0
0.75 48.0 10.7 (10.7) x 10.7 0 10.3 (11.1) x 10.9 11.4 10.0 (11.6) x 11.4 23.5 9.6 (12.1) x 12.3 37.0
0.5 60.0 16.1 (16.1) x 16.1 0 15.5 (16.7) x 16.5 7.6 14.9 (17.5) x 17.9 16.2 14.3 (18.4) x 20.7 26.7
0.33 92.0 24.3 (24.3) x 24.3 0 23.4 (25.3) x 25.1 5.1 22.5 (26.5) x 27.8 10.8 21.4 (28.1) x 33.3 18.3
0.2 136.0 40.1 (40.1) x 40.1 0 38.6 (41.6) x 42.1 3.1 37.0 (43.6) x 46.2 6.6 35.1 (46.6) x 56.8 11.4
0.1 275.0 79.5 (79.5) x 79.5 0 76.6 (82.6) x 82.4 1.6 73.5 (86.6) x 92.3 3.4 69.6 (92.6) x 114.2 5.8 Macro lenses
155
LTPRXP series
10W continuous LED pattern projectors
KEY ADVANTAGES
Superior optical throughput

For illumination of large targets and fast 3D scanning, with minimal
sensitivity to ambient light.
Perfectly sharp edges

LTPR series ensures thinner lines, sharper edges and more
homogeneous illumination than lasers.
With laser emitters the illumination decays both across the line
cross section and along the line width.
Laser emitters lines are thicker and show blurred edges; diffraction
and speckle effects are also present.
Easy LED source replacement.
LTPRXP series extends the working range of the projector series by

further increasing the LED light output, making these products the
solution of choice for 3D measurement of large objects.
These projectors are powerful enough to rival lasers on large work

areas in high speed, online, and line scan applications.
The high power can also be used in order to decrease system

sensitivity to ambient light, for example, to perform 3D mapping
of objects with illumination levels found in typical working
environments.
Examples of setup and applications
3D reconstruction Visualization & mapping
156
Every kind of shape can be projected
Standard patterns Custom patterns
Stripe 0.5 mm line thickness Edge
Grid 0.05 mm line thickness Line 0.5 mm line thickness
Electrical features
These LED projectors integrate built-in switching electronics that
control the current flow though the LED source.
The large heat sink ensures long lifetime at the highest power rates
for the LED module and driving electronics.
0.8
0.8
0.6 0.6
0.4 0.4
0.2 0.2
0.0 0.0
300 400 500 600 700 800 400 500 600 700
Light Device power ratings Compatible products

Part Light color, DC Voltage Power Illuminance
number wavelength peak consumption
(V) (W) (kLux)
1
LTPRXP-R red, 630 nm 24 < 13 40 ENHR series
LTPRXP-G green, 520 nm 24 < 13 68 ENHR series
LTPRXP-B blue, 460 nm 24 < 13 9 ENHR series
LTPRXP-W white 24 < 13 85 ENHR series
1 With a 35 mm lens, F/# 1.4 at 100 mm working distance without projection pattern.
157
LTPRXP series
Product insight
Custom-made pattern
m m
11
Ø=
gla
s
C-mount adapter Ø = s sub
pattern 21 s Keep white the
- 0. t rate
0. 3
mm features
thickness:
retaining ring min: 1 mm
max: 2.5 mm
Pattern selection
The projection pattern can be easily integrated into the LTPR
active area
line thickness
pattern itself.
11 mm
patterns on the same projection unit. The pattern outer diameter

line gap is 21 mm, while the active projection area is a circle of Ø 11 mm: all
the significant features of the pattern are drawn inside this circle.
Photolithography patterns Laser engraved patterns photolithography-engraved patterns (part numbers ending in “P”)
can be chosen depending on the type of application.
PT 0000 0100 P PT 0000 0100 L

format: line format: line
Coating Chrome
PT 0000 0200 P PT 0000 0200 L Geometrical accuracy 2 μm
line thickness 0.05 mm line thickness 0.5 mm Edge sharpness 1.4 μm

PT 0000 0300 P PT 0000 0300 L
line gap 0.95 mm line gap 0.5 mm Geometrical accuracy 50 μm
line thickness 0.05 mm line thickness 0.5 mm Edge sharpness 50 μm
PT 0000 0400 P PT 0000 0400 L

line thickness 0.05 mm line thickness 0.2 mm FULL RANGE OF COMPATIBLE PROJECTION OPTICS
ENHR series p. 92
PT 0000 0500 P PT 0000 0500 L FULL RANGE OF PROJECTION PATTERNS

PTPR series p. 218
158
The pattern drawing must be inscribed in a 11 mm diameter circle, The projected area size will be equal to 1/M, where “M” is the lens
same diagonal of a 2/3” detector. For example, the pattern drawing magnification.
could cover the entire 11 mm diameter area or be shaped as a 8.8 x LTPRXP series can integrate high resolution C-mount lenses for
6.6 mm rectangle or also a square of 7.78 mm side length. 2/3” detectors (11 mm image diagonal), using the mount adaptor
included in the product package. Here is a list of the projection
Unless the projection optics introduces significant distortion, the diameters and the recommended projection distances with
shape of the projected pattern will preserve the features and aspect different types of optics.
ratio of the engraved pattern.

m
m
11
7.78 mm
6.6 mm
8.8 mm 7.78 mm
D
Projection area size
h L
W L
P.d. @50 @75 @100 @150 @200 @250 @300 @400 @500
length (mm)
6 mm 81 127 172 264
8 mm 58 (*) 92 127 195 264 333
12 mm 35 (*) 58 (*) 81 127 172 218 264
16 mm 41 (*) 58 (*) 92 (*) 127 161 195 264 333
25 mm 55 (*) 77 (*) 99 (*) 121 (*) 165 209 (*)
35 mm 68 (*) 83 (*) 115 146
(*) = spacers may be needed to compensate back focal length Standard C-mount lenses
159
LTPRUP series
90W strobe LED pattern projectors
KEY ADVANTAGES
Ultra high-power light output and strobe mode only operation

Low sensitivity to ambient light for the inspection of fast moving
objects and an extended LED lifetime.
LED technology
Thinner lines, sharper edges and more even illumination than lasers.
Repeatable results with dedicated strobe controllers

Compatible LTDV series ensures very stable illumination intensity.
Wide selection of projection patterns available

Chrome-on-glass patterns with geometrical accuracy down to 2 μm.
Compatible with any C-mount optics.
LTPRUP series are the most powerful LED pattern projectors This minimizes illumination intensity variations down to ± 1%,
designed for fast image acquisition in high speed applications where leading to accurate and repeatable results when compared to
camera exposure time must be set to the minimum, including models offered by major competitors.
planarity control of opaque products, robot guidance for fast pick Additionally, rise and fall time are kept to the minimum: this ensures
and place and 3D profiling. repeatable results specifically in applications where light intensity is
LTPRUP projectors are strobe only and provide ultra-high intensity controlled through time-dimming.
while ensuring extended LED lifetime and reduced heat generation. Multiple interchangeable patterns, either stripe or grid styles, are
LTPRUP series are current driven and can be precisely controlled available along with optional custom patterns. LTPRUP is easily
using compatible LTDV strobe controllers series. integrated into any system thanks to its compact design, multiple
LTDV controllers are designed to drive the LED of LTPRUP pattern threaded holes positioned in the rear part, and compatibility with
projectors with perfectly constant current, ensuring repeatable CMHO016 clamping mechanics. Additionally the phase-adjustment
results even in applications where low exposure time is required. design allows for easy pattern alignment.
Planarity control of black products Robot guidance for fast pick and place Pharmaceutical blister volume vision control
160
ENHR series p. 92
Projection patterns PTPR series p. 218
Strobe controllers LTDV series p. 222
LTPRUP-x + CMHO016 Three M4 and one M6 threads Clamping mechanics CMHO016 p. 200
clamping mechanics. for additional fixing options.
0.8
0.8
0.6 0.6
0.4 0.4
0.2 0.2
0.0 0.0
300 400 500 600 700 800 400 500 600 700
Part Number LTPRUP-W LTPRUP-R LTPRUP-G LTPRUP-B
Light color White Red, 618 nm Green, 525 nm Blue, 460 nm
Spectral FWHM (nm) n.a. 20 40 30
Illuminance 1 (klux) 170 65 220 20
Driving current, max (A) 17 17 17 17
Pulse width 2 (ms) <= 1 <= 1 <= 1 <= 1
Connection Type 3 M12 industrial male connector
Estimated MTBF 4 (h) > 50000 > 50000 > 50000 > 50000
Strobe peak LED source power (W) 90 90 90 90
Length 5 (mm) 108,9 108,9 108,9 108,9
Width (mm) 46 46 46 46
Height (mm) 93 93 93 93
Materials anodized aluminum body
Clamping system 3 Holes for M4 screw or 37.7 mm diameter clamp
Compatibility
Strobe controllers LTDV1CH-17, LTDV1CH-17V, LTDV6CH
Lenses ENMP series, ENHR series, ENVF series, TC series, TCLWD series, TCHM series
Cable CBLT001, CBLT002
Clamping mechanics CMHO016
Projection patterns PTPR series
1 With a 35 mm lens, F/N 1.4 at 100 mm working distance without projection pattern 3 5 m cable with straight female connector included. Optional cable with right angled
at driving current = 17A. Estimated value. connector is also available and must be ordered separately (refer to our website
2 At 25°C. At max pulse width (1 ms), max pulse frequency = 15 Hz. for further info and ordering codes.
Contact us to check other allowed combinations of duty 4 At 25° C.
cycle-frequency-temperature. 5 Including connector.
161
LTPRUP series
Product insight
Custom-made pattern
m m
11
Ø=
pattern C-mount adapter
gla
s
Ø = s sub
21 s Keep white the
- 0. t rate
0. 3
mm features
retaining ring
thickness:
min: 1 mm
max: 2.5 mm
Pattern selection The projection pattern can be easily integrated into the LTPR
active area
pattern itself.
line thickness
patterns on the same projection unit. The pattern outer diameter
11 mm
is 21 mm, while the active projection area is a circle of Ø 11 mm: all

line gap the significant features of the pattern are drawn inside this circle.
photolithography-engraved patterns (part numbers ending in “P”)
Photolithography patterns Laser engraved patterns can be chosen depending on the type of application.
PT 0000 0100 P PT 0000 0100 L

PT 0000 0200 P PT 0000 0200 L

PT 0000 0300 P PT 0000 0300 L

PT 0000 0400 P PT 0000 0400 L
format: grid format: grid Coating Chrome
line length 7.78 mm line length 7.78 mm Edge sharpness 1.4 μm

PT 0000 0500 P PT 0000 0500 L
format: edge format: edge Coating Dichroic mirror
Edge sharpness 50 μm
162
The pattern drawing which has to be projected must be inscribed in LTPR series can integrate most types of high resolution lenses: any
a 11 mm diameter circle, same diagonal of a 2/3” detector. high resolution C-mount lens for 2/3” detectors (11 mm image
For example, the pattern drawing could cover the entire 11 mm diagonal) can be used such as the ones included in our ENHR series.
diameter area or be like a 8.8 x 6.6 mm rectangle or, again, be a Telecentric lenses for 2/3” detectors can also be interfaced, thus
square whose side is 7.78 mm. providing telecentric projection of the pattern and enabling
Unless the projection optics introduces significant distortion, the unparalleled performance in 3D measurement applications.
shape of the projected pattern will preserve the features and aspect C-mount lenses and telecentric optics can be connected to the unit
ratio of the engraved pattern. The projected area dimensions will by means of the mount adaptor included in the product package.
be “M” times the original dimensions of the pattern, where M is Here is a list of the projection diameters and the recommended
the optical magnification at which the selected projection lens is projection distances with different types of optics.
operating.

m
m
11
7.78 mm
6.6 mm
8.8 mm 7.78 mm
D
Projection area size
h L
W L
Telecentric lenses
TC 23 004 TC 23 007 TC 23 009 TC 23 016 TC 23 024 TC 23 036
P.d. (mm) 57.1 61.2 63.3 45.3 69.2 103.5
D (mm) 5.5 8.3 11.0 20.8 31.4 45.2
TC 23 048 TC 23 056 TC 23 064 TC 23 072 TC 23 080 TC 23 096
P.d. (mm) 134.6 159.3 182.3 227.7 227.7 279.6
D (mm) 59.8 70.0 80.0 89.9 99.7 117.8 LTPRUP+TC
P.d. @50 @75 @100 @150 @200 @250 @300 @400 @500
length (mm)
6 mm 81 127 172 264
8 mm 58 (*) 92 127 195 264 333
12 mm 35 (*) 58 (*) 81 127 172 218 264
16 mm 41 (*) 58 (*) 92 (*) 127 161 195 264 333
25 mm 55 (*) 77 (*) 99 (*) 121 (*) 165 209 (*)
35 mm 68 (*) 83 (*) 115 146 LTPRUP+C Mount Standard
(*) = spacers may be needed to compensate back focal length
163
LTPKIT
LTPKIT case
High power lighting kit
The LTPKIT is a selection of some of the Opto Engineering ® This versatile and portable light kit is ideal for system integrators
high-power LED lighting solutions, including three different strobe dealing with machine vision applications that require high power
illuminators and an ultra-bright strobe LED pattern projector. strobe illumination. The LTPKIT also benefits from our special
The case also includes a 6 channel strobe controller, designed to educational price: you should seriously consider buying one for your
precisely control the lights and easily manage the trigger signals, in laboratory to discover the advantages of our strobe lights!
addition to a DIN rail industrial power supply.
LTLAB2-W Diffuse strobe low angle ring light illuminator - medium size high power white
LTDMLAB2-W Diffuse strobe dome + low angle illumination system - medium size high power white
LTBP096072-W High power strobe LED backlight, 96 x 72 mm lighting area, white
LTPKIT LTPRUP-W 90W strobe LED pattern projector white
LTDV6CH Strobe controller 6 channels
RT-SDR-120-24 24VDC DIN rail power supply
ADPT001 Adapter RS485-USB + cable with 3 elements for LTDV6CH connection
164
165
Cameras
SMART CAMERAS 168
AREA SCAN CAMERAS 180
The quality of an industrial camera defines the

stability and reliability of a vision system.
Opto Engineering® manufactures and selects high

quality cameras based on its expertise in optical imaging
technologies in order to provide a complete product
bundle to customers.
The technology of industrial cameras has greatly improved in

recent years and having access to a reliable and robust high resolution
camera with good quality/price ratio is very easy nowadays. With such a
vast selection available on the market, choosing the RIGHT camera for
an application becomes a critical decision while designing and building
a vision system.
By leveraging our expertise in optics, illumination and camera

technology, we can assist in building a fast, reliable and cost
effective system.
167
SMART CAMERAS
Smart cameras for VIS

and IR imaging.
Opto Engineering® expands its offering of

optical imaging technologies with new families
of proprietary smart cameras for VIS and IR
imaging.
CLOE optical cameras offer a new approach to

machine vision applications. Camera, optics and image
pre-processing hardware are packaged in a pre-assembled
and pre-calibrated unit to deliver the best possible digital image
right out of the box. The embedded image pre-processing functions
greatly simplify software programming for image analysis, thus making
CLOE cameras ready for use even with vision softwares and systems
that have limited image correction tools.
Opto Engineering® smart thermal camera is designed for automatic

recognition of thermal anomalies in the inspected area. It sends output
signals that can be used to activate alarms and, based on the chosen
configuration, to even automatically stop a malfunctioning machine.
It may be used to monitor the industrial process, high value machinery
and server farms, helping to prevent expensive damage and downtime
and contributing to the reduction of the insurance costs.
REACH
COMPLIANT
RoHS
168
168
169
169
SMART CAMERAS
CLOE-CORE series
Optical cameras for 2D precision metrology
KEY ADVANTAGES
Perfect for precision measurement applications

Camera, optics and image pre-processing hardware packaged in a
pre-assembled and pre-calibrated unit.
Onboard distortion correction

CLOE-CORE cameras are corrected for distortion at production
level, ensuring minimal distortion right out of the box.
Constant magnification and FOV for every model

Every optical camera model provides the same FOV, magnification
and working distance.
Edge recognition and pre-processing

Object’s edges are analyzed and pre-processed onboard according
to standard calibration models.
CLOE-CORE series offers a new approach to metrology applications. CLOE-CORE prevents camera-lens alignment issues and can be
This optical camera contains pre-aligned imaging components and used without additional optical calibration and fine-tuning.
a pre-processing unit that deliver “the best possible digital image”,
where distortion has already been corrected and the object’s edges The embedded image pre-processing functions greatly simplify
have been pre-processed to facilitate accurate edge detection. software programming for image analysis, thus making CLOE-CORE
Every CLOE-CORE model is characterized by the same magnification cameras ready for use with vision systems that have few software
and working distance, ensuring excellent consistency between units calibration tools.
and making them easy to swap out.
Common measurement system integration CLOE-CORE integration
TO DO LIST
- Make sure the sensor

or lens does not limit
the system resolution
- Check and adjust
back flange distance
- Calibrate image
distortion
- Write and/or apply
image processing
algorithms
to optimally analyze
the object’s edges TO DO LIST
REPEAT X TIMES
FOR EVERY SYSTEM Ready to use!
170
Edge recognition and pre-processing Onboard distortion correction
edge edge
edge edge
Pincushion distortion Keystone distortion Barrel distortion
edge edge
Raw image: objects with complex Pre-processed image: different types

geometry contain different types of edges are processed according
of edge profiles. to a standard sigmoidal edge
transition profile.
Corrected image
Different types of edges are pre-processed by CLOE-CORE The residual distortion of a bi-telecentric lens in CLOE-CORE
cameras according to a standard sigmoidal edge transition optical cameras is calibrated on-board coherently with the factory
profile. calibration data.
An improved image is generated for further processing by an CLOE-CORE cameras are corrected for distortion at production
external measurement software. level, ensuring minimal distortion right out of the box (when
All edges can be correctly analyzed using standard algorithms, imaging a certified calibrated pattern illuminated with a green
ensuring consistent measurement results. diffuse backlight).
Constant magnification and FOV for every unit Excellent camera to camera consistency
Field Field
of of
WD
WD
view view
CLOE-CORE optical cameras deliver consistent unit to unit

Magnification, FOV and working distance of each particular unit performance, since all the components are adjusted mechanically
are always the same, ensuring a hassle-free integration of multiple and the possible residual variations are corrected on-board.
camera systems and consistent batch-to-batch measurement If required, one CLOE-CORE metrology camera can be swapped out
machines. with no additional adjustment needed.
171
SMART CAMERAS
CLOE-CORE series
Optical cameras for 2D precision metrology
A key factor influencing the performance of a machine vision system is the quality of the image projected onto the camera, and how well machine
vision software is able to process it. This is especially critical for precision measurement applications, where even a slight variation in the optical
output has a direct impact on the measurement accuracy.
CLOE-CORE components have been carefully selected and engineered together to prevent typical integration issues, caused by inaccurate
hardware and pitfalls in the vision system set-up.
Resolution limited by detector or lens Perfectly matched lens to sensor resolution
Example of a resolution Example of a resolution

limited by detector. limited by lens. Example of a balanced resolution.
Choosing suitable components for a precision measurement system CLOE-CORE cameras maximize optical performance thanks to the
requires a study aimed at matching camera and lens resolutions. latest CMOS sensor technology and CORE bi-telecentric lenses,
Pixels that are too small or too large will not only influence the whose resolution is perfectly matched to the sensor pixel size.
overall resolution of the system, but also the overall depth of field.
The lens aperture and CTF should also be optimized for the camera
sensor resolution, in order to avoid degraded image quality and
poor system efficiency.
Sensor is decentered or rotated Correct sensor alignment
Image sensor is decentered.
Image sensor is correctly aligned.
CLOE-CORE optical cameras integrate an extremely precise

mechanism developed to correctly mount the sensor inside the
camera assembly, thus preventing sensor rotation or decentering.
Image sensor is rotated. This ensures that the image quality of the optical system is optimal
and not affected by the last link in the chain - the sensor.
The accuracy in mounting a sensor impacts image quality. If the
sensor is decentered or rotated, a part of the image may not be
usable. However the user will notice it only after mounting the lens
and taking an image.
Moreover, the sensor position may vary from camera to camera,
which would require extra work to verify that all cameras produce
the same result.
172
Back flange distance is not respected Correct back flange distance
Lens Camera Lens Camera Lens Camera
Sensor Sensor Sensor

image image image
plane plane plane
Back flange distance Back flange distance Back flange distance

> 17.52 mm < 17.52 mm = 17.52 mm
While C-mount lenses are designed with a flange-focal length of CLOE-CORE optical camera components are precisely aligned in
17.52 mm, many cameras do not accurately meet this industrial production, ensuring that the back focal distance is correctly set.
standard. When the back focal distance is not correct, the best As a result, you can simply mount the CLOE-CORE camera in your
focus plane of the lens will be shifted from the nominal working system and put the sample at the nominal working distance to get
distance value. The bigger the difference, the more the optical optimal results.
performance will be affected. In order to reach the best possible No further verification or adjustments is needed, making the
lens performance, it is necessary to calculate and manually adjust integration of CLOE-CORE cameras extremely fast.
the back focal distance.
CLOE-CORE is a pre-assembled and pre-calibrated system consisting of a camera, a bi-telecentric lens and image pre-processing hardware,
all bundled together. Optimal alignment of the imaging components along with pre-processing hardware delivers an optimized digital image,
calibrated to eliminate distortion and pre-processed to facilitate accurate edge detection. This optimized digital image can be conveniently
analyzed by any imaging algorithm, providing consistent measurement results.
Embedded powerful FPGAs and dedicated

parallel processing hardware ensures
the best performance
Isolated power supply
for reliable operation in industrial
environment
CORE series
bi-telecentric lens
Internal thermal
management system
USB 3.0 interface
Hirose 12 pin
I/O connector
Preset detector holder
High performance and back flange distance
CMOS sensor adjustment system
Compatible illumination FULL RANGE OF COMPATIBLE PRODUCTS

CLOE-CORE metrology cameras are calibrated for use with green
Green backlight LTBC series p. 138
diffuse backlight illumination, positioned at a specific working
distance from the object. CBUSB3001 Passive USB 3.0 cable
This type of illumination allows the system to achieve consistent p. 228
CBGPIO001 I/O cable, HIROSE 12 pin
results with the widest variety of objects. Also, green is the most
suitable wavelength to enhance the optical quality of the integrated RT-SDR-120-24 24VDC DIN rail power supply p. 226
bi-telecentric lens.

Part FOV Resolution WD DOF µm/pixel Residual error Interface DC Voltage Power I/O Width Length Height
number ratio Max (SD) consumption connector
(mm x mm) (h x v) (mm) (mm) (µm) (µm) (V) (W) (mm) (mm) (mm)
1 2 3 4 5 6
CLCR048 44.3 x 36.9 2400 x 2000 132.9 12.5 18.47 < 3.8 (0.7) USB 3.0 12 - 24 < 40 Hirose 12 pin 185 135 88
1 Number of pixels of the pre-processed image (horizontal and vertical). 4 Size of a pixel projected in the object space.
2 Measured from the mechanical housing of the lens to the surface of the object. 5 Residual error after automatic on-board distortion and magnification
3 At the borders of the field depth the image can be still used for measurement but, correction. Maximum values and standard deviations are listed.
to get a perfectly sharp image, only half of the nominal field depth should 6 Standard industrial circular connector, for I/O and power connections.
All product specifications and data are subject to change without notice to improve reliability, functionality, design or other. Check our website for the most up-to-date information.
173
SMART CAMERAS
CLOE-360°OUT series
Optical cameras for 360°pericentric imaging
KEY ADVANTAGES
The perfect device for pericentric imaging

Camera, optics and image pre-processing hardware bundled in a
single pre-assembled and pre-calibrated unit.
360° top and side inspection with just one camera

No need for multiple cameras around and over the object.
Automatic image unwrapping

Embedded software instantly performs automatic image
unwrapping.
Off-axis distortion correction

CLOE-360°OUT corrects off-axis distortion also when samples are
slightly off-centered.
Constant FOV for every model

Every camera model can image objects within a specific range of
diameters and heights, with excellent consistency between units.
This makes them easy to swap out or to integrate in multiple
production lines.
CLOE-360°OUT is a family of optical cameras designed for 360° The camera’s pre-processing firmware incorporates the optical
outer surface inspection. The image of the object produced by the model of the lens and determines how the light rays in 3D space are
optical camera is an “unwrapped” representation of the top and side mapped onto the 2D image. This allows the camera to unwrap the
walls of the object. object’s image even if the object is slightly off-centered.
The embedded image pre-processing functions greatly simplify
Image unwrapping is instantly performed by the camera’s pre- software programming for image analysis, thus making CLOE-
processing firmware on the basis of factory calibration data, which 360°OUT cameras ready for use even with vision softwares and
determines the most suitable type of image transformation. systems that have limited image correction tools.
Raw image: object is well centered under the lens Raw image: object is slightly decentered under the lens
Height
Height
WD
WD
Diameter
Diameter
Height
Height
Diameter Diameter
Unwrapped image: a single continuous image of the top and lateral surfaces of the object is automatically generated
The optical camera’s firmware automatically corrects

distortion and unwraps the image even when the object
is slightly off-centered. The lateral and top surfaces
of the objects are captured within the same image.
174
TRADITIONAL VISION SYSTEM WITH MULTIPLE CAMERAS VISION SYSTEM WITH A CLOE-360°OUT OPTICAL CAMERA
Since the position of the surface defect is unknown, a traditional

CLOE-360°OUT produces a single complete 360° image thus the defects
machine vision system usually requires up to 5 cameras NUMBER OF MV
or features of interest will always be visible regardless of their location.
(4 on the side and 1 on top) to inspect cylindrical objects. COMPONENTS EMPLOYED
A single illumination set is usually sufficient.
Each camera may require a dedicated illumination set.
The multi-camera system produces 5 separate images for each object. CLOE-360°OUT produces a unwrapped continuous image of the top
COMPLEXITY OF IMAGE
A complex synchronization and alignment of the cameras is required, and lateral surfaces of the object in a single camera shot, which is easy
PROCESSING
along with intensive data processing. to process with common machine vision software.
Every camera and lighting set has to be individually adjusted, DIFFICULTY LEVEL Easy setup and configuration of just one camera-lighting set makes
making the set-up procedure very time-consuming. OF INTEGRATION the integration job fast and hassle-free.
Every model images objects within a specific range of diameters

With several production lines the same configuration and time efforts REPEATEABILITY
and heights with excellent consistency between units, making them easy
are multiplied by the number of vision stations to be installed. AND REPRODUCIBILITY
to swap out or to be integrated into multiple production lines.
Compatible illumination FULL RANGE OF COMPATIBLE PRODUCTS
CLOE-360°OUT optical cameras for pericentric imaging are LTRN210W20 p. 124

calibrated to be used with a diffused ringlight illumination.
This type of illumination allows the system to achieve consistent CBUSB3001 Passive USB 3.0 cable
p. 228
results with the widest variety of objects. CBGPIO001 I/O cable, HIROSE 12 pin
CMHO080 p. 200
RT-SDR-120-24 24VDC DIN rail power supply p. 226

Part FOV F/# Resolution Resolution WD Interface DC Voltage Power I/O Width Length Height
number (raw image) (unwrapped image) consumption connector
(diam. x height) (h x v) (h x v) (mm) (V) (W) (mm) (mm) (mm)
1 2 3 4 5 6
CLT-015-015 15 x 15 16 2400 x 2000 2800 x 1000 68 USB 3.0 12 - 24 < 40 Hirose 12 pin 100 100 430
1 Each part number of CLOE-360°OUT includes the FOV of the object that can be 3 Number of pixels of the raw unprocessed image (horizontal and vertical).
inspected : “CLT-[D]-[H]”. For example CLT-015-015 stands for = CLOE-360°OUT, 4 Number of pixels of the processed unwrapped image (horizontal and vertica).
D = 15 mm, H = 15 mm 5 Measured from the mechanical housing of the lens to the top surface of the object.
2 FOV is given as diameter and height of the outer surface of a convex cylindrical 6 Standard industrial circular connector, for I/O and power connections.
object imaged in focus.
175
SMART CAMERAS
CLOE-360°IN series
Optical cameras for 360° inner surface inspection
KEY ADVANTAGES
The perfect device for inner surface inspection

Camera, optics and image pre-processing hardware bundled in a
single pre-assembled and pre-calibrated unit.
Inner surfaces imaged in perfect focus in a single image

No need to rotate the part or to use multi-camera systems to
perform your inspection.
Embedded firmware delivers automatic image unwrapping

The undistorted image makes additional software processing easy.
Distortion correction of slightly off-centered images

Slight variations in the object’s position are compensated
by CLOE-360°IN pre-processing algorithms.
Constant FOV for every model

Every camera model is pre-set for a specific range of diameters
and heights, allowing for quick and easy integration with consistent
results.
CLOE-360°IN is a family of optical cameras designed for 360° inner Although the object’s position on the conveyer belt may not always
inspection of concave objects. The optical camera automatically be accurate, CLOE-360°IN cameras are programmed to successfully
produces an “unwrapped” and perfectly focused image of the inside pre-process the image of an object even when it is slightly off-
of an object with a single image. centered.
CLOE-360°IN optical cameras make the inspection of concave parts The pre-processed image can be further analyzed with any type
quick and easy compared to traditional methods, such as rotating of vision software, making CLOE-360°IN cameras ready for use
and line scanning the object or using multi-camera systems. even with vision softwares and systems that have limited image
Factory calibration data, including information about the lens design correction tools.
and light path, are stored in the camera in order to determine the
most suitable type of tranformation fo each image.
Raw image: bottle cap is well centered under the lens Raw image: bottle cap is slightly decentered under the lens
Height
Height
Diameter
Diameter
WD
WD
Height
Height
Diameter Diameter
Unwrapped image: a single continuous image of the side walls and bottom of the object is automatically generated
CLOE-360°IN camera is programmed to pre-process

and generate unwrapped images of both centered
and slightly decentered objects.
The inner and bottom surfaces of the part are imaged
in focus within the same image.
176
TRADITIONAL VISION SYSTEM WITH MULTIPLE CAMERAS VISION SYSTEM WITH CLOE-360°IN OPTICAL CAMERA
Vision inspection of side walls and bottom of the object is typically CLOE-360°IN automatically produces an «unwrapped» image of inner
QUANTITY
performed using 4 cameras: 1 top and 3 side cameras positioned at an walls and bottom of the object in perfect focus in a single image.
OF VISION COMPONENTS
inclined angle. Each camera may require a dedicated illumination set. This setup usually requires a single llumination set.
The multi-camera system produces 4 separate images for each object.

CLOE-360°IN produces a unwrapped continuous image of the bottom
In case of small objects, side images may present defocusing. COMPLEXITY
and lateral surfaces of the object, which is easy to process with common
A complex synchronization and alignment the cameras is required, OF SOFTWARE PROCESSING
machine vision software.
along with intensive data processing.
Set-up proceduce is time consuming since every camera and lighting set INTEGRATION Just one camera-lighting set has to be integrated, making the job fast
required individual adjustment. DIFFICULTY LEVEL and easy.
With multiple production lines the same configuration and time efforts REPEATEABILITY Thanks to excellent consistency between CLOE-360°IN units, they are easy
are multiplied by the number of vision stations to be installed. AND REPRODUCIBILITY to swap out or to be integrated into multiple production lines.

Compatible illumination
CLOE-360°IN optical cameras for concave objects are calibrated to LTRN075W45 p. 124
be used with diffuse circular illumination.
This type of illumination allows the system to achieve consistent
LTLAB2-W p. 120
results with the widest variety of objects.
CBUSB3001 Passive USB 3.0 cable
p. 228
CBGPIO001 I/O cable, HIROSE 12 pin
RT-SDR-120-24 24VDC DIN rail power supply p. 226

Part FOV wF/# Resolution Resolution WD Interface DC Voltage Power I/O Width Length Height
number (raw image) (unwrapped image) consumption connector
(diam. x height) (h x v) (h x v) (mm) (V) (W) (mm) (mm) (mm)
1 2 3 4 5 6
CLN-010-010 10 x 10 8.3 2400 x 2000 2800 x 1000 5 USB 3.0 12 - 24 < 40 Hirose 12 pin 100 100 160
1 For each part number of CLOE-360°IN includes the FOV of the object 4 Number of pixels of the processed unwrapped image (horizontal and vertical).
that can be inspected : “CLN-[D]-[H]”. For example CLN-030-040 stands 5 Measured from the mechanical housing of the lens to the top surface
for = CLOE-360°IN, D = 30 mm, H = 40 mm of the object.
2 FOV is given as diameter and height of the inner surface of a concave 6 Standard industrial circular connector, for I/O and power connections.
cylindrical object imaged in focus.
3 Number of pixels of a raw unprocessed image (horizontal and vertical).
177
SMART CAMERAS
ymIR
Smart uncooled LWIR camera
KEY ADVANTAGES
Real time smart thermal image analysis and action.
Motion detection on IR wavelength.
Totally configurable.
Easy integration.
Wide range of available optics.
ymIR is designed for automatic recognition of thermal anomalies Camera specifications

in the observed scene. The camera can register the thermal scene Resolution 384 x 288 pixels
under normal conditions and then start monitoring. Frame rate 9-30 Hz
Detector pitch 17 µm
During the monitoring phase, when an object in the thermal scene Minimum in focus distance 20x Focal length
starts to have an abnormal heating situation, the camera can react Focal Plane Array (FPA) Uncooled a-Si Microbolometer
by sending output signals, thus activating alarms or stopping the Spectral Range 8-14 µm
machine based the chosen configuration. It can also record videos Detector time constant Typical 10 ms
and take pictures based on the configuration. Accuracy ± 5 °C o ± 5% of reading
Size (without lenses) 114 mm x 87 mm x 52 mm
ymIR can be used in a wide variety of applications, including IT Inputs 2
systems surveillance, predictive maintenance, flame detection,
Outputs 4
monitoring of high value machines and server farms, in order to
Connection Ethernet
prevent high cost damage and downtime or detect intrusions.
Thanks to the plug and play design, the camera operates live by
just connecting the power and ethernet cables. At any moment, it is
possible to view the streaming video coming from the camera.
The user interface of this smart LWIR camera is all-graphic and

intuitive, thus shortening system integration time.
The configuration of ymIR can be exported and imported from one
camera to another, which can accelerate large system integration.
Wide range of lens systems are available to fit your application need.
178
Thermal analysis of PCBs Identification of overheat in automated work processes
Man and car DRI (detection/recognition/identification) distance
Optical specifications Man (1.8 x 0.5) Car (1.8 x 4.0)

Focal length Focus type FOV (°) Detection Recognition Identification Detection Recognition Identification
(m) (m) (m) (m) (m) (m)
8 mm Fixed 44.3 x 34.0 235 59 29 722 180 90
10 mm Manual 36.1 x 27.5 294 74 37 902 225 113
15 mm Manual 24.5 x 18.5 441 110 55 1353 338 169
35 mm Manual 10.6 x 8.0 1029 257 129 3157 789 395
50 mm Manual (electric optional) 7.40 x 5.60 1471 368 184 4510 1127 564
75 mm Manual (electric optional) 4.90 x 3.70 2206 551 276 6765 1691 846
Other type of lenses will be available on request.
179
AREA SCAN CAMERAS
High quality
image cameras
with smart features.
Area scan cameras are the most

commonly used cameras in machine
vision. They are ideal for fast inspection
applications.
With many years of experience in

the machine vision industry, Opto
Engineering® selected a series of high
performance cameras to answer your
needs.
Thanks to the improvement of camera technologies

in the recent years, various types of cameras are now available in the market to
answer different challenges.
Following our principles, we have selected robust, compact, high image quality
cameras for industrial applications including measurement, high-speed inspection,
security and much more. The right camera features can make your vision system
smarter, simpler and more efficient.
REACH
COMPLIANT
RoHS
180
180
AREA SCAN CAMERAS
mvBlueFOX3-2 series
USB3 Vision camera with Sony Pregius CMOS sensors
KEY ADVANTAGES
High quality sensors

New SONY Pregius CMOS Global shutter sensors provide high
quality images.
Frame Rate up to 164 Hz

High frame rate ideal for high speed applications.
256 MB RAM
Internal memory up to 256 MB guarantees no image loss.
Large FPGA on board

Reduces CPU load and allows more features to be added.
Full GenICam compliance

User friendly GenICam compliant SDK package provides more
flexibility to Vision Systems.
mvBlueFOX3-2 series includes USB3 Vision cameras equipped features. Extra features like Burst Mode, Counter/Timers, and
with the latest SONY Pregius Global Shutter CMOS Sensors, which Color Processing can simplify your multi-function vision system
deliver high resolution, high frame rate, low noise and excellent configuration in a snap!
Price / Quality Ratio.
The fully GenICam compliant mvIMPACT SDK allows the vision
Opto Engineering® selected a set of cameras that are tailored for system to be more flexible. Complete documentation of the SDK
industrial applications, based on high image quality, compactness, gives you access to many special camera features that could simplify
robustness and ease of use. Large RAM and FPGA on board provide your vision system development. The driver of the mvBlueFOX3-w
quick and reliable image data processing without overloading your cameras is supported by a wide range of third-party software
CPU, also giving you the opportunity to easily implement custom packages, e.g. Halcon, Matlab, Labview, etc.
Sensor specifications Camera specifications Sensor details Compatibility

Part Sensor size Resolution Mpixel Pixel size Frame rate Interface Shutter type Sensor name Sensor type Compatible product series
number pixel µm Hz 3
RT-mvBF3-2032aG 1/1.8" 2064 x 1544 3.2 3.45 55 USB 3.0 Global Shutter IMX265 CMOS TC, TCCR, TCSM, TCLWD,
TCCX, TCCXQ, TCZR, TCBENCH,
RT-mvBF3-2032G 1/1.8" 2064 x 1544 3.2 3.45 123.5 / 119 2 USB 3.0 Global Shutter IMX252 CMOS TCCRBENCH, TCEDGEVIS, PC,
PCCD, PCHI, PCBP, PCPW, PCMP,
RT-mvBF3-2051aG 2/3" 2464 x 2056 5.1 3.45 36 USB 3.0 Global Shutter IMX264 CMOS TCCAGE, MC, MC3-03X, MCSM,
MCZR, MZMT12X, ENMT, ENMP,
RT-mvBF3-2051G 2/3" 2464 x 2056 5.1 3.45 80.5 / 75 2 USB 3.0 Global Shutter IMX250 CMOS ENHR, ENVF
RT-mvBF3-2024aG 1/1.2" 1936 x 1216 2.4 5.86 41 USB 3.0 Global Shutter IMX249 CMOS
RT-mvBF3-2024G 1/1.2" 1936 x 1216 2.4 5.86 164 / 161 2 USB 3.0 Global Shutter IMX174 CMOS
RT-mvBF3-2089aG 1 1” 4112 x 2176 8.9 3.45 32.2 USB 3.0 Global Shutter IMX267 CMOS TC2MHR, TC4MHR, TCCR2M,
TCCR4M, TCDP Plus, TCCX2M,
RT-mvBF3-2089G 1 1" 4112 x 2176 8.9 3.45 47.5 / 42 2 USB 3.0 Global Shutter IMX255 CMOS MZMT5X, EN2M, ENUV2M, EN4K
RT-mvBF3-2124aG 1 1.1” 4112 x 3008 12.4 3.45 23.4 USB 3.0 Global Shutter IMX304 CMOS
RT-mvBF3-2124G 1 1.1" 4112 x 3008 12.4 3.45 34.6 / 30 2 USB 3.0 Global Shutter IMX253 CMOS
1 Available in Q1/2017.
2 Burst mode / streaming. Burst mode buffers the acquired images and decouples the acqusition
from the image output. That way, you can use the sensor’s maximum frame rate independently
of the available bandwidth.
3 EMVA1288 measurement data of gray scale version.
• All cameras are available in monochrome or color version at no extra cost.
• IR cut filter integrated by default. Other filters can be integrated on request at no extra cost.
• I/O port available on request.
• Cameras are available in OEM board version.
181
AREA SCAN CAMERAS
mvBlueFOX3-2 series
USB3 Vision camera with Sony Pregius CMOS sensors
Suitable filters for your lighting situation or environmental Large camera FPGA reduces CPU load of your host system.
condition. Extra FPGA space allows more features and modifications to be
Choose between daylight cut (Cold Mirror), IR cut (Hot Mirror) or implemented. Custom features can also be supplied.
glass (without filter).
For counting and triggering events, counters are a handy With the internal image memory, no image will be lost again.
feature for many applications. The internal memory buffers images and enables useful features
The counter allows you to generate variable output signals, control like Record / Playback, Pre-trigger as well as sequence recordings.
illumination systems, synchronize multiple cameras, and a lot more.
Dimension (mm) 39.8 x 39.8 x 37.7 SPECIAL FEATURES

Weight (g) 94
Mount C
- Burst mode
- On board color processing
Interface USB 3.0 (5 GB/s)

- Additional information via data stream
USB 3.0 Micro-B, lockable - Sequence recording using parameter sets
Connectors
Hirose Type 12 Pin, lockable (optional) - Event notifications
RAM 256 MB
2 inputs (opto-isolated) 3-24V +/-1V

I/O interface (optional)
4 outputs (opto-isolated) up to 24V, 7mA FULL RANGE OF COMPATIBLE ACCESSORIES
Power consumption (W) < 4.5
CBUSB3001
p. 228
Operating temperature (°C) 0 to 45 CBGPIO001
Operating humidity (%RH) 30 to 80 FULL RANGE OF FIXED FOCAL LENGTH LENSES
Storage temperature (°C) -20 to 60 Megapixel and 5 Megapixel lenses ENMP
p. 92
Storage humidity (%RH) 20 to 90 and ENHR series
182
AREA SCAN CAMERAS
mvBlueCOUGAR series
GigE & Dual GigE Vision cameras
mvBlueCOUGAR series includes Gigabit Ethernet cameras, KEY ADVANTAGES

compliant to the GigE Vision ® and GenICam ® image processing
standards. The latest building blocks are used in one of the smallest, High quality sensors available
yet rock solid housing in the industry. New SONY Pregius CMOS Global shutter sensors are available for
GigE vision cameras.
These cameras are optimized for machine vision applications, relying
on high frame rates combined with low latency image transport. High speed performance up to 164 Hz
Also, the images can be precisely optimized for viewing applications High frame rate ideal for high speed inspection.
in the life science and medical industries, where it is required to
have the utmost realistic images in terms of gray scale shades and RAM up to 256 MB
color fidelity, combined with optimum sensitivity and signal-to-noise Internal memory guarantees no image loss.
ratio, are required.
Large FPGA on board
Opto Engineering® selected a number of cameras that are Reduces CPU load and allows more features to be added.
tailored for industrial applications, based on high image quality,
compactness, robustness and ease of use. GenICam fully compliance
User friendly GenICam compliant SDK package provides more
A large FPGA and extra RAM on board provide quick and reliable flexibility to Vision System.
image data processing without overloading your CPU, also giving
you the opportunity to easily implement custom features.
Extra features like Burst Mode, Counter/Timers and Color Processing
can simplify your vision system configuration.
The fully GenICam compliant SDK package, mvIMPACT SDK, allows

the vision system to be more flexible.
Complete documentation of the SDK gives you access to many

special camera features that can simplify your life when developing
your vision system development. The driver of mvBlueCOUGAR is
supported by a wide range of third-party softwares, e.g. Halcon,
COGNEX, Matlab, Labview…etc.
183
AREA SCAN CAMERAS
mvBlueCOUGAR series
GigE & Dual GigE Vision cameras
Suitable filters for your lighting situation or environmental Large camera FPGA reduces CPU load of your host system.
condition. Extra FPGA space allows more features and modifications to be
Choose between daylight cut (Cold Mirror), IR cut (Hot Mirror) or implemented. Custom features can also be supplied.
glass (without filter).
For counting and triggering events, counters are a handy With the internal image memory, no image will be lost again.
feature for many applications. The internal memory buffers images and enables useful features
The counter allows you to generate variable output signals, control like Record / Playback, Pre-trigger as well as sequence recordings.
illumination systems, synchronize multiple cameras, and a lot more.
Sensor specifications Camera specifications Sensor details Compatibility

Part Sensor size Resolution Mpixel Pixel size Frame rate Interface Shutter type Sensor name Sensor type Compatible product series
number pixel µm Hz 3
RT-mvBC-X120aG 1/3" 640 x 480 0.3 7.4 104 GigE Global Shutter ICX424AL/AQ CCD
RT-mvBC-X122G 1/3" 1280 x 960 1.2 3.75 31 GigE Global Shutter ICX445AL/AQ CCD
RT-mvBC-X102eG 1/1.8" 1280 x 1024 1.3 5.3 60 Hz GigE Pipelined / Global EV76C560 CMOS
TC, TCCR, TCSM, TCLWD,
RT-mvBC-X104eG 1/1.8" 1600 x 1200 1.9 4.5 41 GigE Pipelined / Global EV76C570 CMOS
TCCX, TCCXQ, TCZR, TCBENCH,
RT-mvBC-X104iG 1/1.8" 2064 x 1544 3.2 3.45 52 / 37 2 GigE Global Shutter IMX265 CMOS TCCRBENCH, TCEDGEVIS, PC,
PCCD, PCHI, PCBP, PCPW, PCMP,
RT-mvBC-XD104hG 1/1.8" 2064 x 1544 3.2 3.45 123 / 75 2 Dual GigE Global Shutter IMX252 CMOS TCCAGE, MC, MC3-03X, MCSM,
MCZR, MZMT12X, ENMT, ENMP,
RT-mvBC-X125aG 2/3" 2448 x 2050 5.1 3.45 10 GigE Global Shutter ICX655AL/AQ CCD
ENHR, ENVF
RT-mvBC-X225G 2/3" 2448 x 2050 5.1 3.45 16 GigE Global Shutter ICX625AL/AQ CCD
RT-mvBC-X105bG 2/3" 2464 x 2056 5.1 3.45 35.6 / 23.5 2 GigE Global Shutter IMX264 CMOS
RT-mvBC-XD105aG 2/3" 2464 x 2056 5.1 3.45 80 / 46 2 Dual GigE Global Shutter IMX250 CMOS
RT-mvBC-X104fG 1/1.2" 1936 x 1216 2.4 5.86 41 GigE Global Shutter IMX249 CMOS
RT-mvBC-XD104dG 1/1.2" 1936 x 1216 2.4 5.86 164 / 105 2 Dual GigE Global Shutter IMX174 CMOS
RT-mvBC-XD129aG 1" 3384 x 2712 9.2 3.7 9.5 Dual GigE Global Shutter ICX815ALG CCD
TC2MHR, TC4MHR, TCCR2M,
RT-mvBC-X109b 1 1” 4112 x 2176 8.9 3.45 20.8 / 13.2 2 GigE Global Shutter IMX267 CMOS TCCR4M, TCDP Plus, TCCX2M,
MZMT5X, EN2M, ENUV2M, EN4K
RT-mvBC-XD109b 1 1" 4112 x 2176 8.9 3.45 32.2 / 26.5 2 Dual GigE Global Shutter IMX267 CMOS
RT-mvBC-X1012b 1 1.1” 4112 x 3008 12.4 3.45 15.1 / 9.6 2 GigE Global Shutter IMX304 CMOS
RT-mvBC-XD1012b 1 1.1" 4112 x 3008 12.4 3.45 23.4 / 19.2 2 Dual GigE Global Shutter IMX304 CMOS
1 Available in Q1/2017.
2 Burst mode / streaming. Burst mode buffers the acquired images and decouples
the acquisition from the image output. That way you can use the sensor’s maximum
frame rate independently of the available bandwidth.
3 EMVA1288 measurement data of gray scale version are available.
• All cameras are available in Monochrome or Color Version at no extra cost. • Extended Temperature range -40°C to +65°C optional
IR cut filter integrated by default. Other filters can be integrated on request • Industrial connection concept (POE-I) is supported.
at no extra cost. • PLC inputs available.
• Cameras are available in OEM board version. • WiFi function optional.
• Most cameras are also available in GigE POE version.
184
SPECIAL FEATURES MORE FEATURES AVAILABLE FOR MVBLUECOUGAR-XD CAMERAS
- Electronic mirror functionality: - Burst mode

horizontal / vertical (available for CMOS sensor)
- Storable user configurations (5 config.)
- Internal readable temperature sensor and user parameters (512 bytes on EEPROM)
with programmable alarm threshold
- Enhanced color and I/O functionality
- Frame Average
CBETH003
p. 228
- Binning CBGPIO001
- Pre-trigger recording RT-MV-DC1201-BCSXIO-REV2 p. 228
- Trigger Overlap FULL RANGE OF FIXED FOCAL LENGTH LENSES

p. 92
and ENHR series
mvBlueCOUGAR-X series mvBlueCOUGAR-XD series
Dimension (mm) 39.8 x 39.8 x 35 50 x 50 x 32
Weight (g) 110 200
Adjustable C-mount Adjustable C-mount
Lens Mount CS-mount (optional) CS-mount (optional)
S-mount (optional)
Electronical specifications
mvBlueCOUGAR-X series mvBlueCOUGAR-XD series
Interface Gigabit Ethernet Dual Gigabit Ethernet
RAM 64 MB 256 MB
Connectors RJ-45 | Gigabit Ethernet, lockable 2x RJ-45 | Gigabit Ethernet, lockable
Hirose type 12-pin, lockabe 2x Hirose type 12-pin, lockable
I/O interface 2 inputs (opto-isolated) 3-24V +/-1V 4 inputs (opto-isolated) 3-24V +/-1V
4 outputs (high-side) 10-24V, 700 mA 4 outputs (high-side) 10-24V, 700 mA
POE (optional) / POE-I (optional)
Power Supply (VDC) 12 – 24 12 – 24
Power comsumption (W) < 5.5 < 8.5
Operating temperature (°C) 0 to 45 0 to 45
Operating humidity (%RH) 30 to 80 30 to 80
Storage temperature (°C) -20 to 60 -20 to 60°C
Storage humidity (%RH) 20 to 90 20 to 90
185
Software
Software is a fundamental tool to design, build and operate a

vision system.
During the initial design process, software can support

mechanical modeling and simulate the expected behavior of
optics and lighting, allowing you to identify potential flaws in
the system at an early development stage. In the installation
phase, software verifies that all imaging components work
smoothly together, also enabling perfect sync with other parts
of the system such as conveyers, robotic arms and motion
devices. Lastly, software is essential to correct, process and
analyze images, ensuring that the output of the vision system
satisfies the inspection requirements.
Opto Engineering® products are the foundational elements of

any vision systems and software is the final piece of the puzzle,
making all parts of the system work together cohesively,
reliably and efficiently.
186
186
COMPETENCE 188
SOFTWARE 192
LIBRARY 197
187
187
COMPETENCE
Machine vision software competence

Software skills of the Opto Engineering® group for machine vision product design
KEY ADVANTAGES
Multiple software competencies in one group

Extensive know how in imaging components and vision system
design for manufacturability.
Innovator’s mindset
Out of the box mentality to create and offer groundbreaking
technologies and solutions.
Simple works better

User friendly products that require little
or no effort to install and use.
Nowadays, a wide range of design activities are done or supported

by task-specific software.
Mechanical engineers use CAD software, optical designers use Optical
optical modeling software and so do many other engineers with design
different specialties.
GUI Mechanical
When talking about software in the machine vision industry, the development design
first thought goes to image processing software.
However, solving machine vision applications requires multiple
software competencies as well as skilled professionals capable INDUSTRIAL
of developing products and solutions with the aid of dedicated APPLICATIONS
software tools. Embedded
From optical and mechanical design to FPGA or driver Computer
system
programming, going through image processing libraries and vision
programming
GUI development, rarely has a single organization had all these
competencies internally.
Image
processing
Our software competencies for machine vision product design are:

• Optical Design: we are able to design and optimize many types of lenses for industrial use, with accurate manufacturing tolerance analysis
and specific test protocols.
• Mechanical Design: we can do to the full mechanical design of any machine vision component such as optics, illuminators, cameras,
and even of complete vision systems.
• Embedded system programming: our team can program different types of FPGAs and microcontrollers and develop specific firmware
and drivers for custom electronic boards.
• Image Processing: we are competent in traditional image processing techniques and we utilize the most current computer
science/mathematical technologies to highlight the features of interest in an image.
• Computer Vision: we can develop algorithms to train a machine to understand what it sees through one or more cameras,
converting features extracted from an image into output information - I.e. the compliance of a product.
• GUI Development: we are able to develop standalone graphic interfaces, web-based programs and entire HMI packages
for machine vision systems.
188
OUR PRODUCTS INCLUDES:
A vision system is a computer based system that can see and

provide analytical feedback on what it sees. To be able to do that, it
Optical
requires the most various types of software.
design
Opto Engineering® ALBERT is a self-learning machine that learns GUI Mechanical

the characteristics of a product directly from the production line development design
and autonomously determines its quality for sorting purposes.
This advanced system was developed thanks to our group’s VISION
multidisciplinary expertise in optomechanical design, embedded SYSTEMS
system programming, artificial intelligence, computer vision, image Embedded
processing and GUI development. Computer system
vision programming
Image
processing
The design of a motorized optical system needs to consider the

harsh industrial environment where the product may be deployed
as well as customers’ expectations for long service life. Many Optical
zoom lenses on the market integrate motion mechanisms that fail design
prematurely or end up being inaccurate after a number of cycles.
In order to make robust and repeatable zoom systems with easy

to use functions, we gathered our experts in optical modeling,
mechanical design, driver development. The result is our TCZR, MOTION
MCZR, MZMT5X, MZMT12X, ENMT motorized zoom lens series
which guarantee very stable, flexible and precise performance. Embedded
system Mechanical
programming design
CLOE, the advanced camera-lens system designed by Opto

Engineering®, focuses not only on the performance of the
camera but, most important, on the performance of the camera-
lens assembly as a whole product. With smart features and self Optical Mechanical
correction functions on board, no adjustments are needed after design design
plugging in the camera-lens system.
Conceiving and realizing this idea required extensive know-how CAMERA

in opto-mechanical design, FPGA programming as well as image DEVELOPMENT
processing and image calibration tools.
Embedded
Image
system
processing
programming
The list of software we use and we are proficient in includes:
189
Improving is
a never-ending process
and a continuous path
towards excellence
190
191
SOFTWARE
Vision system designer

Software for planning and evaluation of vision system applications
KEY ADVANTAGES
Digital engineering
Perfect for early planning, creating proposals and system
documentation.
Virtual machine vision laboratory

Experiment with virtual components from the catalog.
Overcome limitations with demo unit availability.
Work with models of large and expensive lenses.
Machine vision system documentation

Ideal for creating reports and easy to understand 3D system
previews with annotations and relevant dimensions.
Performance analysis
Visualize and optimize key system performance parameters.
Increase your design accuracy and reduce project risk.
The Vision system designer software is a user friendly virtual

imaging laboratory for modeling machine vision applications in Design
a 3D framework. Users can select imaging components from a and
catalog or model sensors, lenses and lights. plan projects
The software can simulate sensor images and is designed for early
and accurate project planning, evaluation, optimization, verification
Create
and for documenting and presenting imaging applications. Service
and training VISION and present
Modeling brings design ideas to life where hardware costs and SYSTEM proposals
required time prevent a fast test. Early modeling and planning DESIGNER
reduces project risk and saves valuable time when creating SOFTWARE
proposals and documentation.
Support Performance
The simulation helps identifying suitable imaging components and installation analysis
balancing conflicting requirements. and verification and
Automatic performance analysis increases planning accuracy for optimization
each system configuration.
The 3D visualizations and system reports can be used to
communicate designs choices and to convince customers to buy in!
Additional service for modeling required components is available.
Machine vision project life cycle
System requirements
Software platform Windows XP, Vista and 7, 8, 10
Graphic card Medium graphic card with 1GB RAM is recommended
Memory Recommended is 1 GB disk space and at least 6 GB RAM
.Net 3.5, DirectX 9.0c (DirectX is included

Dependencies
in the Vision system designer software installation)
Language English
192
DON’T RISK TO LOSE MACHINE VISION PROJECTS BECAUSE:
No time to bring
your idea to life?
- it is difficult to conceptualize and plan out your solution

Worried to spend too
- creating a better proposal takes too much time much time and money
on the proposal?
- you don’t explore a potentially better design because you are missing a sensor,
lens or light in the lab
No laboratory to test
- your customer is not confident about the vision system but needs to make and evaluate system
a quick buy decision performance?
- validation is difficult because access to the target hardware is restricted
Missing vision
- there is not enough time to prepare detailed documentation and do components cause delay
a thorough performance analysis. in the evaluation?
In just 4 steps, you can build and test your system and convince your customer!
MODE L A MACHIN E VISION SYSTEM IN 4 STEPS
Reduce planning uncertainties, identify suitable components and visualize your solutions.
1 - Specify and model the inspection application 2 - Select imaging components

Import a 3D model of your target object and the relevant data Start with a default sensor configuration or, select cameras, lenses
about the working environment. Select diffuse and specular surface and lights for the requested application. Place machine vision
reflectance properties of your object. Then specify requirements for components in the 3D scene and activate the camera to view
the inspection task. images.
3 - Optimize parameters 4 - Documentation and evaluation

Based on simulated images and system performance analysis After defining the system configuration, Vision system designer
provided by the software, you can adjust and optimize parameters software provides the opportunity to select view points for creating
such as working distance, view angles, focus, aperture, integration the system documentation.
time, lighting level in order to find the best set up, balancing A PDF report includes 3D views, a list of vision components used,
conflicting requirements for your application. the simulated image acquired by the camera, system performance
characteristics and component parameters.
193
SOFTWARE

Virtual 3D imaging laboratory
Many different machine vision components are available in the

ADVANTAGES
Vision system designer.
Generic cameras and optics are also available to support building
and evaluating the system set up. The Vision system designer
provides access to expensive or special vision components so that - a virtual vision laboratory allows you to run
users can build applications even when limited resources prevent experiments anywhere
a fast test. - demonstrate system to get customer buy in
Up to 6 vision components (camera, lenses, illuminators) can be
modeled for your projects on request for free. - Increase planning accuracy
- quickly identify inadequate system configurations
- use image simulation and motion
- do a thorough system performance analysis
- resolve spatial integration conflicts at
an early design stage
A wide range of lenses, lights and cameras is accessible for system planning.
Simulate image sequences:
Use 3D dimensions and annotations

to visualize the imaging geometry.
194
Project documentation
Document your vision system design with 3D views

and detailed PDF report.
The PDF report includes:

• What setup was used
• The fundamental imaging parameters
• Relevant dimensions and annotations
• The simulated image
• System performance characteristics
• List of parts and parameters
ADVANTAGES
- create comprehensive project documentation

with a few mouse clicks
- document and compare alternative configurations

in a short time
- present your proposal professionally
- demonstrate systems to get customers to buy in
Dimensional measurement
Specify and plan dimensional measurement applications and predict measurement errors.
B Example: Evaluate dimensional measurement errors at WD
ADVANTAGES A - Normal lenses

Measurement error breakdown
B - Telecentric lens
A
TC12024 0.15
- identify the required lens Normal lens
Error in (mm)
type, camera configuration 0.1

and lighting for your
application 0.05
- predict dimensional
measurement errors 0
and compare alternative 0.15

design configurations Telecentric lens
Error in (mm)
TC12024
0.1
- plan your system
with expensive or large
telecentric lens models
0.05
from the catalog B: +- 0.103% error at WD

Maximum = +- 35.5 μm 0
Ca
Ed
Ob
Ob
Im
Im
Ax
Dis
- document your designs

is t
ge
lib
ag
ag
jec
jec
tor
and create PDF reports

rat
es
et
ilt
dir
ts
t ti
tio
ilt
hif
ion
hif
ec
lt
A: +- 1.13% error at WD
n
t
tio
Maximum = +- 369 μm
n
Error sources
195
SOFTWARE

Quality inspection
Ideal for system integration when a CAD model of the target

machine is available.
ADVANTAGES
- generic vision components help to identify

the required lens, camera and lighting to fulfill
the application requirements
- simulation images can predict whether the defect
can be detected
- try and compare alternative designs to optimized
system capacity
- optimize space conflicts in restricted work cells
Laser triangulation sensor (LTS)
Plan and simulate your next laser triangulation application with the
Vision system designer software. ADVANTAGES
Evaluate the feasibility of using a 3D line scanner and identify the

optimal sensor requirements. - identify the required LTS sensor configuration
• Create simulated depth images
• Modify the sensor geometry and sensor parameters in the - create simulated depth images without hardware
simulation Increase your design and planning accuracy
• Identify sensitivity, measurement range and self occlusion - reduce risk early by identifying sensor
• Verify the sensor placement using CAD models from the host performance from the simulation
machine
- spend less time preparing proposals
- document and share your designs
196
LIBRARY
CVTOOLS
Software library for machine vision
KEY ADVANTAGES
Specific calibration tools for telecentric measurement systems.
Correction of residual lens distortion.
Fast subpixel edge detection and labelling.
Image processing for 360° lens images and 3D applications.
CVTOOLS is a C++ computer vision library designed for metrology, 360° lens image processing
special 360° inspection and 3D applications. It provides many A new library for 360° lens image processing is also available. It
functionalities to: offers some basic functions to define the ROI and warp images
• Calibrate optical system for Polyview lens systems. The library is optimized with internally
• Retrieve object position computed look-up tables.
• Perform accurate measurements
3D lens image processing
Telecentric lens calibration CVTOOLS includes software tools to calibrate and use a 3D
The distortion of Telecentric Lenses is usually very low, but can still profilometer system based on a light plane (such as a laser or a LED
cause measurement errors. projector - i.e. the LTPRHP3W line pattern projector).
CVTOOLS implements algorithms for extremely accurate calibration
of the system by minimizing residual distortion, thus making the
most demanding applications possible. Application examples
Fixed focal length lens calibration

CVTOOLS provides the tools to calibrate a fixed-focal length lens
based system, in order to compensate for aberrations and correct
measurement and image data. A working plane can also be
calibrated in order to get undistorted and warped images of it.
Image processing
The software library has some very useful images processing
functions:
• Edge detection with sub-pixel precision, essential for high-
The pattern matching library can learn the model geometry
accuracy measurement applications. and recognize the model position in the following images.
• Sub-pixel precision chessboard corner location and detection
functions, for calibration purposes.
Basic image processing functions, such as image filtering,
• Morphological operations in order to preprocess noisy images. Basic Function CVIP morphological operations, edge detection, blob analysis,
• Labeling of connected components, for image blob analysis. image transformations, etc.
• These functions have been optimized, so that their execution is CVTC Telecentric calibration and diagnostic functions.
remarkably fast.
Fixed-focal length lens calibration functions.
CVPH
Working plane calibration functions.
Measurement Pattern-matching functions, including edge-based
CVPM
In CVTOOLS you can find functions for Advance and gray levels.
• Robust fitting of geometrical models (lines, circles, ellipses). Functions
CVMETRIC
Functions for fitting of geometrical models
(lines, circles, ellipses) on edges, model intersections, etc.
• Matrix operations
• Model intersections CV360 Functions for polyview and micro-polyview image rectification.
• These functions provide the necessary tools for reliable
Functions for calibration of light plane + camera systems
measurement. CV3D
(es. laser profilometers) and 3d points computation.
Pattern matching Ordering information

The software package can be personalized based on your needs. Multiple functions
The software library contains several pattern matching tools, such can be ordered.
as edge-based pattern matching and grayscale pattern matching, The CVIP basic function is included in all packages. i.e. When ordering the CVTC
designed for ease of use. module, the CVIP module is also included.
197
Accessories
REACH
COMPLIANT
RoHS

198
MOUNTING MECHANICS 200
ACCESSORIES FOR LENSES 204
PATTERNS 217
CONTROLLERS & POWER SUPPLIES 222
CABLES & ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS 228
Although accessories are often considered optional, they

are in fact essential in many applications to efficiently use
a product or even to enhance its performance.
Opto Engineering® extensive range of accessories has

been designed and selected to ensure hassle-free and quick
integration of our imaging components into your vision system.
Our accessories perfectly complement our product range and

have been specifically tested in combination with our products to
maximize performance.
Our selection includes mounting mechanics, filters, protective windows,

first surface mirrors and beam splitters, calibration patterns, projection
patterns, in addition to strobe controllers and stepper motor controllers.
Please check our website to view the entire range and get the most updated
information.
199
199
MOUNTING MECHANICS
CMHO series
Clamping mechanics
The accurate alignment of optical components is crucial to the

accuracy of a measurement system. In addition to the stability of
the optical components, the system mechanical design must ensure
that the optical axis is orthonormal to the measurement plane.
For this purpose Opto Engineering® supplies CMHO series

clamping mechanics, compatible with our telecentric lenses and
collimated illuminators.
Three-point mounting grants very precise and stable alignment of

the optical components, also making the assembly process quick
and simple.
Assembling a TC lens on a CMHO clamping support
200
Compatibility Mechanical specifications
Part Optics and robotics CMPT Length Width Height Optical axis
number plates height
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
CMHO 023 TC2300y, TC23012, TC4M00y-x, LTCLHP023-x 004-009 20.0 53.0 66.5 40.0
CMHO 016 TCxx016, TCxMHR016-x, LTCLHP016-x, LTPRUP-x, TCLWD series 016-024 20.0 62.5 71.2 40.0
CMHO 024 TCxx024, TCxMHR024-x, LTCLHP024-x 016-024 20.0 62.5 71.2 40.0
CMHO 036 TCxx036, TCxMHR036-x, TC16M036-x, LTCLHP036-x 036 110.0 97.0 125.5 80.0
CMHO 080 TC23072, TCxx080, TCxMHR080-x, TC16M080-x, LTCLHP080-x, PCxx030XS 080 230.0 153.0 152.0 80.0
CMHO 096 TC23085, TCxx096, TCxMHR096-x, TC16M096-x, LTCLHP096-x 096 265.0 179.0 186.5 100.0
CMHO 120 TC23110, TCxx120, TCxMHR120-x, TC16M120-x, LTCLHP120-x - 204.0 220.0 240.0 130.0
CMHO 144 TC23130, TCxx144, TCxMHR144-x, TC16M144-x, LTCLHP144-x - 204.0 232.0 247.0 130.0
CMHO 192 TC23172, TCxx192, TCxMHR192-x, TC16M192-x, TC12K192, LTCLHP192-x - 255.0 330.0 303.1 173.0
CMHO 240 TC23200, TC23240, TCxMHR240-x, TC16M240-x, LTCLHP240-x, TC12K240 - 170.0 410.0 377.2 216.2
TC12K
CMHO TC12K 064 TC12K064 - 486.0 152.0 150.0 85.0
CMHO TC12K 080 TC12K080 - 486.0 152.0 158.0 85.0
TC16M
CMHO TC16M 009 TC16M009-x - 143.0 66.5 81.3 50.0
CMHO TC16M 012 TC16M012-x - 143.0 66.5 81.3 50.0
CMHO TC16M 018 TC16M018-x - 143.0 66.5 81.3 50.0
MC12K
CMHO MC12K 025 MC12K008-025 - 140.0 111.0 132.5 80.0
CMHO MC12K 067 MC12K050-067 - 140.0 111.0 132.5 80.0
CMHO MC12K 200 MC12K100-200 - 140.0 111.0 132.5 80.0
TCZR
CMHO TCZR TCZR036, TCZR072 - 138.0 93.6 113.3 66.5
PCCD
CMHO PCCD PCCDxxx - 139.0 76.0 20.0 92.0
Robotics
CMHO RBCR 048 TCCRxx048, TCCRxM048-x, LTCLCR048-x - 292.0 117.0 160.5 105.0
201
MOUNTING MECHANICS
CMPT series
Mounting plates
CMPT plates are mechanical components designed to build optical

benches for measurement applications.
Most Opto Engineering® telecentric lenses and illuminators can be
mounted on these plates using CMHO clamping mechanics.
For very accurate measurement applications, calibration patterns
can be precisely mounted in front of the lens with the CMPH pattern
holders, enabling perfect calibration of the optical system.

Part Clamping mechanics Pattern holders Length Width Thickness Weight
number CMHO CMPH

(mm) (mm) (mm) (g)
CMPT 004-009 023 004-024 199.6 56.0 10.0 286
CMPT 016-024 016, 024 004-024 226.8 66.5 10.0 385
CMPT 036 036 036-056 477.0 103.0 15.0 1950
CMPT 048 048 036-056 596.0 117.0 15.0 2770
CMPT 056 056 036-056 631.0 122.0 15.0 3060
CMPT 064 064 064-096 783.0 143.0 15.0 4460
CMPT 080 080 064-096 868.0 158.0 15.0 5470
CMPT 096 096 064-096 1005.0 185.0 20.0 9940
CMPH series
Pattern holders
Software calibration is accurate if pattern placement is accurate

too. To achieve that, Opto Engineering® offers specific CMPH
pattern holders to easily and precisely mount each calibration
pattern on its holding mechanics. The pattern is assembled on a
frame held by three magnets: this floating system allows pattern
phase adjustment and proper centering.
FULL RANGE OF COMPATIBLE CALIBRATION PATTERNS
PTTC series p. 217

Part Patterns Width Height Thickness Weight
number PTTC
(mm) (mm) (mm) (g)
CMPH 004-024 004-009, 016-024 45.0 68.5 18.0 78
CMPH 036-056 036-056 81.0 123.1 22.5 257
CMPH 064-096 064-096 129.0 145.5 25.0 611
202
MOUNTING MECHANICS
CMHOCR series
CORE series clamping mechanics
CMHOCR series are special mounting clamps for CORE telecentric

lenses and illuminators. CMHOCR mounting clamps have been
designed to give even more flexibility to the integration of CORE
lenses and illuminators.

Part Opto Engineering® optics Compatible Depth Width Height Optical axis Weight
number Illuminator height
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (g)
CMHOCR 048 TCCR12048, TCCR23048, TCCR2M048-x, TCCR4M048-x, LTCLCR048-x LTRN048-x 80 130.0 195.0 130.0 779
CMPTCR series
CORE series mounting plates
CMPTCR series are mechanical components designed for CORE

Series telecentric lenses and illuminators. The specific design allows
the user to precisely mount CORE series telecentric lenses and
illuminators directly onto the plates without mounting clamps.
Compatible products Mechanical specifications

Part Clamping mechanics Length Width Thickness Weight
number CMHO
(mm) (mm) (mm) (g)
CMPTCR 048 TCCR12048, TCCR23048, TCCR2M048-x, TCCR4M048-x, LTCLCR048-x 352.0 130.0 15.0 1722
203
ACCESSORIES FOR LENSES
CMBS series
45° beam splitter
KEY ADVANTAGES
Ready to use and easy to setup.
Ideal to create coaxial illumination solutions.
50% transmission and 50% reflection.
Easy and secure clamping system.
Compatible with telecentric lenses and illuminators.
CMBS series is a collection of 50/50 plate beam splitter modules

designed to create highly efficient coaxial illumination solutions with
Opto Engineering® telecentric lenses and collimated illuminators.
This particular configuration allows for almost perfect coaxial
illumination of shiny or matte surfaces, with no stray light or hot
spots.
CMBS series is designed for 45° angle of incidence in the 430 - 670
nm waveband: one surface is beam-splitter coated while the other
side features anti-reflective VIS coating.
With the CMBS series, building the perfect coaxial illumination

telecentric setup is extremely easy: simply mount the telecentric
lens and the collimated illuminator into the appropriate ports, then
rotate the knobs to tighten the compression rings and secure the
lenses. Compatible protective windows are also available.
Coaxial illumination is especially useful to illuminate plain reflective

d
objects and effectively highlight flaws or dents, which appear in the
image as dark features. Whenever you are looking for a precise and
easy way to setup a coaxial illumination solution, CMBS series is the
ideal choice.
CMBS object distances (d) in mm

Compatible products TC series TCLWD series TC2MHR-4MHR series TC16M series TC12K series
036 048 056 064 072 080 xxx 036 048 056 064 080 036 048 056 064 080 064 080
CMBS 016 82.8
CMBS 036 20.1 20.1 19.6
CMBS 048 37.0 37.0 29.4
CMBS 056 50.7 50.7 41.4
CMBS 064 63.8 63.8 52.5 44.3
CMBS 080 90.1 90.1 90.1 60.4 19.8
204
Product combinations examples
TC23 036 + CMBS 036 + LTCLHP 036-G TC2MHR 036-F + CMBS 036 + LTCLHP 036-G
SETUP
Refer to the mechanical layouts available online

to check compatibility with CMHO and other
mount systems.
TCLWD 066 + CMBS 016 + LTCLHP 016-G
Optical specifications Mechanical specifications Compatible products

Part Coating Coating Deviation Clamping Clamping Length Width Height Telecentric lenses Telecentric
number (front) (back) angle diameter system illuminators
(deg) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
1 2
VIS Coating: Beam AR Vis Coating: normal reflectance
CMBS 016 90 37.7 lockring 85.8 85.8 64.0 TCLWD series LTCLHP016-x
splitter 50/50 @ 45° <0.5% bandwidth
VIS Coating: Beam AR Vis Coating: normal reflectance TCxx036, TC2MHR036-x, TC4MHR036-x,
CMBS 036 90 61 lockring 104.4 104.4 88.0 LTCLHP036-x
splitter 50/50 @ 45° <0.5% bandwidth TC16M036-x
splitter 50/50 @ 45° <0.5% bandwidth TC16M064-x, TC12K064
VIS Coating: Beam AR Vis Coating: normal reflectance TC23072, TCxx080, TC2MHR080-x,
splitter 50/50 @ 45° <0.5% bandwidth TC4MHR080-x, TC16M08-x, TC12K080
1 Tolerance +/- 5%
2 Bandwidth: 430-670 nm.
205
CMMR series
45° first surface mirrors
KEY ADVANTAGES
Reflect light at 90°.
Ideal for limited spaces.
Easy and secure clamping system.
Compatible with telecentric lenses and illuminators.
Optional protective windows available.
Protective windows WI series p. 210
Production environments often present size constraints, limiting the These right-angle mirrors can also be used together with collimated
choice of optics and causing the user to trade optical performance illuminators, reflecting incident rays coming from the light source at
for size. CMMR series is the Opto Engineering® answer to tight 90° angle.
space integration issues, opening new installation options for your
application. CMMR series features a precise locking knob that allows for easy
and secure clamping. In addition, compatible protective windows
CMMR series is a family of first surface mirrors designed for our are available. Whenever overall system dimension and precision
telecentric lenses and illuminators which enable the lens to image alignment are critical factors for your application, CMMR series is
the sample at 90° with respect to the optical axis. the ideal choice.
d d
CMMR first surface mirror combined with a telecentric lens. CMMR first surface mirror combined with a telecentric illuminator.
CMMR object distances (d) in mm*

Compatible products TC series TC2MHR-4MHR series TC16M series TC12K series
036 048 056 064 072 080 085 13096 xx96 036 048 056 064 080 096 036 048 056 064 080 096 064 080
CMMR 036 20.1 20.1 19.6
CMMR 048 37.0 37.0 29.4
CMMR 056 50.7 50.7 41.4
CMMR 064 63.8 63.8 52.5 44.3
CMMR 080 90.1 90.1 90.1 60.4 19.8
CMMR 096 124.0 124.0 123.0 123.0 106.4
(*) When placing WI0xx protective windows in front of CMMR 45° mirrors, working distance increases of approximately one third of the window thickness (t)
WDnew ≈ WDlens + t/3
206
SETUP
Refer to the mechanical layouts available online

to check compatibility with CMHO and other
mount systems.
Application example
LTCLHP080-x + CMMR080 and TC23080 + CMMR080 imaging

a screw in a collimated setup.
Product combination examples
CMMR080 combined with TC23080 CMMR056 combined with LTCLHP056-G
Optical specifications Mechanical specifications Compatible products Optional accessories

Part Coating Deviation Clamping Clamping Length Width Height Weight Telecentric lenses Telecentric Protective
number angle diameter system illuminators windows
(deg) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (g)
1 2
Aluminum reflective TCxx036, TC2MHR036-x, TC4MHR036-x,
CMMR 036 90 61 lockring 88.0 88.0 107.2 595 LTCLHP036-x WI 036
coating TC16M036-x
coating TC16M048-x
coating TC16M056-x
coating TC16M064-x, TC12K064
Aluminum reflective TC23072, TCxx080, TC2MHR080-x, TC4MHR080-x,
coating TC16M080-x, TC12K080
1 Normal reflectance > 98% - bandwidth: 430-670 nm.

2 To be ordered separately.
207
CMMR series
CMMR4K models
CMMR4K-L CMMR4K-V
CMMR4K are 45° first surface mirrors that produce a right angle FULL RANGE OF COMPATIBLE IMAGING TELECENTRIC LENSES
bend of the light path.
CMMR4K are available in two versions: -V and -L, respectively TC4K series p. 46
bending the light rays vertically (either upwards or downwards) or
laterally (either to the left or the right). FULL RANGE OF COMPATIBLE ILLUMINATORS
Additionally, the design of the CMMR4K series allows the user to

LTCL4K series p. 114
flexibly adjust the distance between the mirror and the front end
of TC4K/LTCL4K optics. Refer to the schematics for further details.
A LTCL4K illuminator coupled

to a TC4K lens with CMMR4K
deflecting mirrors to scan samples
on a glass surface.
Optical specifications Mechanical specifications Compatible products

Part Coating Deviation Clamping Length Width Height Weight Telecentric Telecentric
number angle system lenses illuminators
(deg) (mm) (mm) (mm) (g)
1 2
CMMR4K 060-V Aluminum reflective coating 90 mounting screws 199.0 116.0 72.0 556 TC4K060-x LTCL4K060-x
CMMR4K 060-L Aluminum reflective coating 90 mounting screws 208.2 118.4 72.0 504 TC4K060-x LTCL4K060-x
1 -V stands for Vertical bend, -L stands for Lateral bend.

See drawings for details about deviation axis orientation.
2 Normal reflectance > 98% - bandwidth: 430-670 nm.
208
CMMR4K-V schematics CMMR4K-L schematics
CMMR4K-V bends the light rays vertically. CMMR4K-L bends the light rays laterally.
UPWARD BEND LEFT BEND
Configuration Configuration
clamping side with CMMR4K with CMMR4K
at maximum at minimum
extension. extension.
Configuration with CMMR4K at maximum extension.
133 mm
extension range clamping side
28 mm
Configuration with CMMR4K at minimum extension. extension range
DOWNWARD BEND RIGHT BEND
clamping side Configuration Configuration

with CMMR4K with CMMR4K
at maximum at minimum
extension. extension.
Configuration with CMMR4K at minimum extension.
clamping side
Configuration with CMMR4K at maximum extension.
209
WI series
Protective windows
KEY ADVANTAGES
Protection from dust / debris or other hazardous particles.
No change in optical magnification.
Compatible with telecentric lenses, LTCLHP illuminators

and CMMR mirrors.
WI series is a range of optical windows designed to protect WI series is also compatible with CMMR mirrors, preserving their
telecentric lenses and collimated illuminators. delicate optical surfaces from dust or other hazardous particles.
Material spatter and other hazards such as dust or debris might in
fact damage the lens or degrade the optical performance. Each window is complemented by its own CMWF holder which
features a precise locking knob that allows for easy and secure
These plano-plano windows effectively shield telecentric lenses from clamping. CMWF holders are required to mount WI protective
the outside environment, preserving the quality of your imaging windows in front of telecentric lenses and must be ordered
system without changing the optical magnification. separately.
Product combination examples
WI080 + CMWF080 + TC23080 WI056 + CMWF056 + LTCLHP056-G
210
WI windows Optical specifications Mechanical specifications Compatible products
Part number Transmittance band Substrate Diameter Thickness Telecentric lenses Telecentric CMMR
(nm) (mm) (mm) illuminators
1 1
WI 036 450 - 710 N-BK7 61 3 TCxx036, TC2MHR036-x, TC4MHR036-x, TC16M036-x LTCLHP036-x CMMR036
WI 064 450 - 710 N-BK7 100 3 TCxx064, TC2MHR064-x; TC4MHR064-x, TC16M064-x LTCLHP064-x CMMR064
WI 080 450 - 710 N-BK7 116 3 TC23072, TCxx080; TC2MHR080-x, TC4MHR080-x, TC16M080-x LTCLHP080-x CMMR080
WI 096 450 - 710 N-BK7 143 3 TC23085, TCxx096, TC2MHR096-x, TC4MHR096-x, TC16M096-x LTCLHP096-x CMMR096
1 CMWF0xx mounting mechanics required. When WI0xx is placed in front of a lens,

its working distance increases of approximately 1/3 of the window thickness.
CMWF holders Technical details Optical spec Mechanical specifications Compatibility

Part number Description Active area Clamping Height Weight WI series
diameter diameter
(mm) (mm) (mm) (g)
CMWF 036 Holder for WI series, clamping diameter = 61 mm 51 61 22 108 WI036
When ordering, include the following two items:
- WIxxx protective window
- CMWFxxx holder
For example, if you need a protective window for a TC12036 telecentric lens, you have to order both the following items:
- WI036 protective window
- CMWF036 holder
The CMWF holder is not required when interfacing WI windows with CMMR.
211
Optical filters
Filters for telecentric lenses and fixed focal lenses
Light filtering is a typical need in machine vision applications. KEY ADVANTAGES

Together with LED illuminators, filters can improve image contrast by
blocking unwanted light and increase the accuracy and repeatability High and precise transmission.
of the vision system.
Wide range selection.
Ambient light is very frequently causing errors in imaging systems
due to unwanted reflections off the surface of the parts being Available for fixed focal lenses and telecentric lenses.
measured. In these cases, a band pass or long pass filter that
matches the emission wavelength of the illuminator is usually Increase resolution.
integrated in front of the imaging lens: this way, only the light coming
from the illuminator is collected while the rest of the spectrum is cut Block unwanted light.
out.
Tolerate high temperature environment.
Furthermore, many machine vision applications require
monochrome illumination in order to enhance or suppress
particular object features: under these conditions, only the features
with a certain color are imaged and inspected.
FTBP525 Green filter
PCB Inspection:
The layout of the printed circuit would be difficult to distinguish without the filter. A high transmission green band pass filter
increases contrast and improves system accuracy.
212

p. 92
and ENHR series
Band pass filters for fixed focal lenses
Part number Description Useful wavelength range FWHM Peak transmission Tolerence Compatible LED wavelength
(nm) (nm) (nm) (nm)
1
FTBP470 Blue (470 nm) band pass filter 400 - 490 90 > 90% +/- 10 460, 465, 470
FTBP525 Green (525 nm) band pass filter 500 - 550 50 > 90% +/- 10 520, 525, 530
FTBP635 Red (635 nm) band pass filter 600 - 675 75 > 90% +/- 10 630, 635
FTBP660 Red (660 nm) band pass filter 645 - 700 55 > 90% +/- 10 660, 670
FTBP830 IR (830 nm) band pass filter 805 - 850 45 > 90% +/- 10 830
1 FWHM: Full width at half maximum.
Short pass filters and long pass filters for fixed focal lenses
Part number Description Useful wavelength range Peak transmission Tolerence

(nm) (nm)
FTSP450 Dark blue (450 nm) short pass filter 375 - 450 > 90% +/- 10
FTSP500 Blue (500 nm) short pass filter 370 - 500 > 90% +/- 10
FTSP570 Cyan (570 nm) shortpass filter 330 - 570 > 90% +/- 10
FTSP700 UV + NIR cut off filter 400 - 700 > 90% +/- 10
FTLP510 Yellow (510 nm) longpass filter 510 - 1100 > 90% +/- 10
FTLP550 Orange (550 nm) longpass filter 550 - 1100 > 90% +/- 10
FTLP590 Orange (590 nm) longpass filter 590 - 1100 > 90% +/- 10
FTLP640 Red (640 nm) longpass filter 635 - 1100 > 90% +/- 10
Filter thread compatible to fixed focal lenses
Mount name Description Diameter Aperture

(mm) (MM)
C25.4 C-mount industrial camera 25.4 19,5
M27 Filter thread M27 x P 0.5 30 22.5
M30.5 Filter thread M30.5 x P 0.5 33.5 25.5
M35.5 Filter thread M35.5 x P 0.5 38.5 30.5
M43 Filter thread M43 x P 0.75 46 38
M52 Filter thread M52 x P 0.75 55 47
When ordering a filter for a C-mount fixed focal lens, the part number must include the filter name and the mount name.
For example: if you need a green filter for a lens with M27 x P 0.5 filter thread, the part number would be FTBP525M27:
- FTBP525 - Green (525 nm) bandpass interference filter.
- M27 - Filter thread M27 x P 0.5
- Customized products are available
213
Optical filters
Filters for telecentric lenses and fixed focal lenses
Band pass filters for telecentric lenses (filter mount included) *
Part number Description Useful wavelength range FWHM Peak transmission Tolerence Matching LED wavelength Matching products
(nm) (nm) (nm) (nm) OE Telecentric lenses
Blue (470 nm) band pass

FTBP470TC 400 - 490 90 > 90% +/- 10 460, 465, 470
filter for TC lenses
TC 12yyy,
Green (525 nm) band pass TCCR 12yyy,
FTBP525TC 500 - 550 50 > 90% +/- 10 520, 525, 530
filter for TC lenses TCCR 23yyy
Red (635 nm) band pass
FTBP635TC 600 - 675 75 > 90% +/- 10 630, 635
Red (660 nm) band pass TC 23yyy 2
FTBP660TC 645 - 700 55 > 90% +/- 10 660, 670
IR (830 nm) band pass
FTBP830TC 805 - 850 45 > 90% +/- 10 830
TC2MHRyyy-C,
IR (850 nm) band pass TC4MHRyyy-C, 3
FTBP850TC 820 - 910 160 > 90% +/- 10 840, 850
filter for TC lenses TCCR2Myyy-C,
TCCR4Myyy-C
IR (880 nm) band pass
FTBP880TC 845 - 930 130 > 90% +/- 10 880
1 FWHM: Full width at half maximum. * Filters for TC lens without TC filter mount can be ordered separately on request.
2 Except TC 23 004, TC 23 007, TC 23 009, TC 23 012.
3 Some vignetting may occur, depending on sensor size.
Optical filters for telecentric lenses (filter mount included) *
Part number Description Useful wavelength range Peak transmission Tolerence Matching products
(nm) (nm) OE Telecentric lenses
FTSP450TC Dark Blue (450 nm) short pass filter for TC lenses 375 - 450 > 90% +/- 10
TC 12yyy,
FTSP500TC Blue (500 nm) short pass filter for TC lenses 370 - 500 > 90% +/- 10 TCCR 12yyy,
FTSP570TC Cyan (570 nm) short pass filter for TC lenses 330 - 570 > 90% +/- 10 TCCR 23yyy
FTSP700TC UV + NIR cut off filter 400 - 700 > 90% +/- 10
FTLP510TC Yellow (510 nm) long pass filter for TC lenses 510 - 1100 > 90% +/- 10 TC 23yyy 1
FTLP550TC Orange (550 nm) long pass filter for TC lenses 550 - 1100 > 90% +/- 10
FTLP590TC Orange (590 nm) long pass filter for TC lenses 590 - 1100 > 90% +/- 10
TC2MHRyyy-C,
FTLP640TC Red (640 nm) long pass filter for TC lenses 635 - 1100 > 90% +/- 10 TC4MHRyyy-C, 2
FTLP920TC IR (920 nm) long pass filter for TC lenses 930 - 1100 > 90% +/- 10 TCCR2Myyy-C,
TCCR4Myyy-C
FTPR032TC Linear polarizer for TC lenses
1 Except TC 23 004, TC 23 007, TC 23 009, TC 23 012. * Filters for TC lens without TC filter mount can be ordered separately on request.
2 Some vignetting may occur, depending on sensor size.
214
PCCDLFAT
Interchangeable attachment for extra-wide PCCD field of view
WD
WD
Height
Height
Diameter Diameter
PCCD optics PCCD optics with PCCDFLAT
Schematics showing the FOVs of PCCD Optics with and without PCCDLFAT.
PCCDLFAT extends the central field of view of PCCD optics to image objects with
even larger diameters (beyond 25 mm).
PCCDLFAT is an accessory designed to increase the central field of Field of view selection chart
view of PCCD optics.
PCCD 013 + PCCDLFAT
By replacing the pre-assembled protective window with the Diameter Height WD F/# c
PCCDLFAT attachment, PCCD optics can inspect the TOP and SIDES (mm) (mm) (mm) (%)
of objects with even larger diameters (beyond 25 mm). 30 22 11 8 36
35 26 5 8 37
PCCD 012 + PCCDLFAT

(mm) (mm) (mm) (%)
30 22 11 8 37
35 26 5 8 37
PCCD 023 + PCCDLFAT

(mm) (mm) (mm) (%)
30 22 14 8 37
35 25 10 8 45
CPDPH01
Diffuser cap for LTCLHP illuminators
In certain cases telecentric illuminators projecting a quasi-

monochromatic light source (such as an LED) can give rise to
diffraction effects.
CPDPH01 is an optional diffuser cap designed to be positioned

in front of LTSCHP1W modules and into any LTCLHP telecentric
illuminator (CPDPH01 is not compatible with LTCLHP023-x) to
effectively minimize such diffraction effects; note that CPDPH01 may
affect the level of LTCLHP illumination homogeneity.
215
EXT series
Extenders and adapters
Description
Part number
RT-VM100 Extension tube kit 40, 20, 10, 5, 1, 0.5 mm
RT-VM400 C- to CS-mount 5 mm adapter ring
RT-EX15CS 1.5X extender for CS-mount
RT-EX15C 1.5X extender for C-mount
RT-EX2CS 2X extender for CS-mount
RT-EX2C 2X extender for C-mount
216
PATTERNS
PTTC series
Calibration patterns
Any machine vision lens (either telecentric or not) shows some For this reason Opto Engineering® offers chrome-on-glass patterns
amount of distortion. In addition to barrel or pincushion distortion, optimized for software calibration, featuring extremely high
changes in the view angle or misaligned components will affect the geometrical accuracy thanks to photolithography techniques.
image symmetry and generate the so-called thin prism or keystone
effect. The range of available chessboard patterns is compatible with most
Opto Engineering® telecentric lenses.
Imaging and metrology applications often require to minimize
distortion, which can be software-corrected by analyzing the image
of a precision pattern whose geometrical features are well known.
FULL RANGE OF COMPATIBLE PATTERN HOLDERS
CMPH series p. 202

Part Telecentric lenses Pattern mounts Dimensions Thickness Active area Squares Dimensional
number CMPH WxH T Wa x Ha Ws accuracy
(Part numbers ending in) (mm x mm) (mm) (mm x mm) (mm) (μm)
PT 004-009 004, 007, 009 004-024 33.0 x 26.0 3.0 15.0 x 13.0 0.20 1.3
PT 016-024 016, 024 004-024 33.0 x 26.0 3.0 31.0 x 24.0 0.60 1.5
PT 036-056 036, 048, 056 036-056 66.0 x 52.0 3.0 64.0 x 51.0 1.35 1.9
PT 064-096 064, 072, 080, 085, 096 064-096 107.0 x 83.0 3.0 105.0 x 79.0 2.20 2.4
PT 120-240 110, 120, 130, 144, 172, 192, 200, 240 n.a. 229.0 x 229.0 3.0 208.0 x 208.0 4.00 3.7
217
PATTERNS
PTPR series Custom-made pattern

Projection patterns for machine vision A drawing with accurate geometrical information must
m m
11
Ø=
gla
s
Ø = s sub
21 s Keep white the
- 0. t rate
0. 3
mm features
thickness:
min: 1 mm
max: 2.5 mm
Opto Engineering supplies a comprehensive range of projection Project aperture

patterns compatible with our LED pattern projectors.
PT projection patterns can be either laser-engraved, with 50 µm Active area
geometrical accuracy, or photolitography-engraved for more
demanding applications (2 µm accuracy).
Custom geometry patterns can also be provided upon request.
Base pattern Pattern mounted Pattern mounted
on projector with on projector with
Coating Chrome
circular aperture square aperture
Edge sharpness 1.4 μm

Edge sharpness 50 μm
With LTPRHP, LTPRXP

With LTPRSMHP projectors
and LTPRUP projectors
(circular aperture) (square aperture)
Part Format Process Substrate Coating Line Thickness Geometrical Edge Active Number Max line Active Number Line
number spacing accuracy sharpness area of lines length area of lines length
(mm) (mm) (µm) (µm) (µm) (µm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
PT 0000 0100 P Line Photolitography Soda lime glass Chrome - 0.05 2 1.4 11 1 11 8x8 1 8
PT 0000 0100 L Line Laser engraving Borofloat glass Dichroic mirror - 0.5 50 50 11 1 11 8x8 1 8
PT 0000 0200 P Line Photolitography Soda lime glass Chrome - 0.05 2 1.4 11 - 11 8x8 - 8
PT 0000 0200 L Line Laser engraving Borofloat glass Dichroic mirror - 0.5 50 50 11 - 11 8x8 - 8
PT 0000 0300 P Stripes Photolitography Soda lime glass Chrome 0.95 0.05 2 1.4 11 8 7.78 8x8 8 7.78
PT 0000 0300 L Stripes Laser engraving Borofloat glass Dichroic mirror 0.5 0.5 50 50 11 8 7.78 8x8 8 7.78
PT 0000 0400 P Grid Photolitography Soda lime glass Chrome 0.95 0.05 2 1.4 11 8x8 7.78 8x8 8x8 7.78
PT 0000 0400 L Grid Laser engraving Borofloat glass Dichroic mirror 0.8 0.2 50 50 11 8x8 7.78 8x8 8x8 7.78
PT 0000 0500 P Edge Photolitography Soda lime glass Chrome - - 2 1.4 11 - - 8x8 - -
PT 0000 0500 L Edge Laser engraving Borofloat glass Dichroic mirror - - 50 50 11 - - 8x8 - -
PTST 050 450 P Stripes Photolitography Soda lime glass Chrome 0.45 0.05 2 1.4 11 22 11 8x8 16 8
PTGR 050 450 P Grid Photolitography Soda lime glass Chrome 0.45 0.05 2 1.4 11 22 x 22 11 8x8 16 x 16 8
218
Patterns suggested for LTPRHP3W, LTPRXP, LTPRUP active area
line thickness
Photolithography patterns Laser engraved patterns
11 mm
line gap
PT 0000 0100 P PT 0000 0100 L

line thickness 0.05 mm line thickness 0.5 mm Active area for LTPRHP3W, LTPRXP, LTPRUP (circular aperture)
PT 0000 0200 P PT 0000 0200 L

PT 0000 0300 P PT 0000 0300 L

PT 0000 0400 P PT 0000 0400 L

PT 0000 0500 P PT 0000 0500 L

Compatible pattern projector for machine vision (LTPRHP3W, LTPRXP, LTPRUP).
Patterns suggested for LTPRSMHP3W active area
line thickness
Photolithography stripe patterns Photolithography grid patterns

8 mm
line gap
PT 0000 0300 P PT 0000 0400 P

8 mm
line length 7.78 mm line length 7.78 mm Active area for LTPRSMHP3W (square aperture)
PTST 050 450 P PTGR 050 450 P


PTST 050 200 P PTGR 050 200 P

PTST 050 100 P PTGR 050 100 P

PTST 050 050 P PTGR 050 050 P

LTPRSMHP3W pattern projector for machine vision.
219
PATTERNS
RC series
Resolution and calibration targets
Part number Description

RT-T-20-P-CG USAF 1951 Resolution test chart
RT-T-21-P-CG USAF 1951 Resolution test chart (inches)
RT-T-50-2-P-TM Star sector test target
RT-T-62-1-P-CG Linear test pattern
RT-AP-D50-P-CG Calibration dot grid
RT-AP-DD100-P-CG Multi-zone calibration dot grid
220
221
LTDV series
Strobe controllers
KEY ADVANTAGES
Compatible with most Opto Engineering® LT series lighting solutions.
6 output channels or 1 output channel.
Max output current up 17.0 A.
Original design
Small, compact unit with DIN rail mounting.
NEW LTDV1CH-17V
Strobe controller 1 channel featuring variable current

range from 5 mA to 17A.
LTDV series are accurate strobe controllers designed to easily Since brightness changes almost linearly with current, using a
power and control LT series illuminators, including LTDM, LTLA, current controller allows for linear adjustment of the light intensity.
LTDMLA, LTPRUP, LTBP series and View-through system.
To get the very best out of Opto Engineering® LED lighting solutions, LTDV series comprises LTDV6CH six channel programmable strobe
in terms of both brightness stability and control, lights should be controllers and LTDV1CH-xx one channel strobe controllers.
driven from a current source, not from a constant voltage supply. Additionally, the LTDV6CH controller can be quickly set up with easy-
This is because small variations in temperature or voltage can cause to-use configuration software downloadable from our website.
a large change in th brightness of an LED.
Wiring examples
LD6 LD5 LD4 LD3 LD2 LD1
0V 0V
+
POWER
SUPPLY -
SAFETY
SWITCH SAFETY
SWITCH
0V 0V
TR1+
TRIGGER TLO+
TR1-
SOURCE 1 - TRG-
TRIGGER
POWER SOURCE
SUPPLY +
TR2+
TRIGGER SH+
TR2- TRIGGER TO
SOURCE 2 SH- CAMERA
SH1+
SH1-
TRIGGER TO
CAMERA 1
SH2+
SH2-
TRIGGER TO
CAMERA 2
Wiring example for LTDV6CH Wiring example for LTDV1CH-xx
222
Easily configure and manage strobe, trigger and camera signals
LTDV6CH
Use LTSW software (included) to configure and set-up any combination of illuminators from LTDM,
LTLA, LTDMLA series and View Through system (up to 6 illuminators) using a single PC.
With LTSW software you can:
• Easily set the output current intensity of each connected illuminator in steps
of 100 mA
• Set the pulse duration and pulse delay of each illuminator in steps of 1µs
• Control the connected illuminators with up to 4 synchronization inputs
• Control up to 2 synchronization outputs (e.g. up to 2 cameras)
• Write and save different configurations depending on your application
PC must have a native RS485 communication interface or a suitable
S485/USB converter must be used (product code ADPT001 can be optionally
purchased and shipped with LTDV6CH strobe controller).
LTDV1CH-xx
Simply set the parameters via DIP switches
Part number LTDV6CH LTDV1CH-17V LTDV1CH-7 LTDV1CH-17

User interface RS485 1 12-way DIP switch 4-way DIP switch 4-way DIP switch
Configuration software LTSW included n.a. n.a. n.a.
6 independent constant
Output channels n° 1 constant current output
current outputs
Low 5 mA - 160 mA (in steps of 5 mA) 9
Output current range (A) 3.5A - 17.0A 2 Medium 100 mA - 3.2 A (in steps of 100 mA) 7.5 (fixed) 17.0 (fixed)
High 1.5 A - 17.0 A (in steps of 500 mA)
Max dissipable thermal power per channel (W) 5 8 8 8
Synchronization inputs n° 4 opto-isolated digital inputs 3 1 opto-isolated digital input
Synchronization outputs n° 2 opto-isolated digital outputs 1 opto-isolated digital output
Pulse delay (μs) 0 - 65535 4 n.a. n.a. n.a.
Pulse width (μs) 10 - 65535 4 n.a. n.a. n.a.
for pulse delay (μs) 0.1 n.a. n.a. n.a.
Timing repeatability
for pulse width (μs) 0.5 n.a. n.a. n.a.
Supply voltage (V, DC) 24 5 24 5 24 - 48
0 - 12 (with step-up disabled) 0 - 12 (with 24V supply)
Output voltage (V) 0 - 36
0 - 36 (with step-up enabled) 0 - 36 (with 48V supply)
Max startup/inrush current (A) 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
length (mm) 205 70 70 70
Dimensions 6 heigth (mm) 84 82 82 82
width (mm) 123 119 119 119
Mounting DIN rail
Accessories ADPT001 7 n.a. n.a. n.a.
LTDMB2-W, LTDMB2-G, LTDMB2-W, LTDMB2-G,
LTDMB2-R, LTDMC2-W, LTDMB2-R, LTDMC2-W,
LTDMC2-G, LTDMC2-R, LTDMC2-G, LTDMC2-R,
LTDM series, LTLA series, LTDMA1-W, LTDMA1-G,
LTLAB2-W, LTLAB2-G, LTLAB2-W, LTLAB2-G,
LTDMLA series, LTDMA1-R, LTDMC1-W,
Compatible products LTLAB2-R, LTLAC2-W, LTLAB2-R, LTLAC2-W,
View through system, LTLAC1-W,
LTLAC2-G, LTLAC2-R, LTLAC2-G, LTLAC2-R,
LTPRUP-x, LTSW LTDMLAC1-WW 8
LTDMLAB2-WW, LTDMLAB2-WW,
LTDMLAC2-WW, LTDMLAC2-WW,
LTPRUP-x 8 LTPRUP-x 8
1 With Modbus RTU slave protocol. 7 To be ordered separately. ADPT001 consists of - one 8 LTDMLA series require two LTDV1CH strobe controllers
2 In steps of 98 mA. RS485-USB adapter and - one cable with 3 elements to power and control both the two integrated illumination
3 Opto Isolated. Operate from 3V to 24V. for connection with LTDV6CH. In order to configure units (dome + ring light).
4 In steps of 1 μs. LTDV6CH via software ADPT001 must be used. 9 Continuous mode option is also available
5 Regulated ± 10%. Refer to our website for further info. for the low current range.
6 Including DIN fixing.
223
MTDV
Motion controller for bipolar stepper motors
KEY ADVANTAGES
Lens control via RS485 / USB or manual interface.
Designed to drive motorized ENMT and MZMT12X/5X series

with specific configuration file for F-number,
focus and/or zoom settings.
Compact aluminum housing with DIN rail mounting.
Demo software included.
MTDV3CH-00A1 is a motion controller for bipolar stepper motors In order to connect MTDV3CH-00A1 to ENMT and MZMT12X/5X
with a winding current of 0.5 A up to 24 V DC. MTDV can drive up to series, CBMT001 cable (from circular standard DIN 12Pos Female to
three stepper motors and has been developed to control aperture, DB15F connector) must be ordered.
focus and zoom of motorized lenses via RS485/USB interface of a
PC/PLC system or manually. MTDV features a solid aluminum housing and can be easily mounted
The controller is compatible with ENMT fixed focal length lenses with on a DIN rail for easy integration in any industrial automation
motorized focus and aperture control and MZMT12X and MZMT5X environment.
series, 12X and 5X continuous macro zoom lenses with motorized
control.
MTDV3CH-00A1 is an open loop controller: motion modes are Product combinations *

operated either manually or via PC/PLC and include relative/
absolute position, move to a specific F-number, magnification or
working distance.
The controller is supplied with a software package including demo

software, dll and code examples to be downloaded from the Opto
Engineering® website.
MTDV controller lets you easily set specific F-number, focus and/
or zoom settings when used in combination with any compatible
lens model from MZMT12X/5X and ENMT series by downloading a
specific configuration file from our website.
Specific configurations can be saved in the controller non-volatile
memory.
DO YOU KNOW?
Download MTDV instruction manual from

ENMT lens + CBMT001 cable + MTDV controller
* To be ordered separately
224
COMPATIBLE MOTORIZED LENSES
MZMT12X series p. 78
MZMT5X series p. 82
ENMT series p. 90
CABLE FOR CONNECTION WITH MZMT AND ENMT
CBMT001 p. 228
Part number MTDV3CH-00A1

Description Motion controller for three bipolar stepper motors, manual, RS485/USB interface
Manual: push buttons, slider
User interface type
PC/PLC: RS485 1 / USB 2
Supply voltage, DC (V, DC) 24
Connector type DB15F
LED indication power, motion, motors limit switch, fault (overtemperature, overcurrent)
Non volatile memory yes
Automatic position saving yes 3
ESD protection, Output overcurrent protection, wrong power polarity protection, Voltage overload protection,
Protections
External power supply current limitation, Thermal shutdown protection
Software Windows demo software, dll, code examples
Manual: CW/CCW constant speed move
Motion modes move relative, move absolute
PC/PLC:
move to F-number, move to magnification, move to working distance WD 4
Control type open loop
Motor parameters
Number of motors up to 3
Supported motor type Bipolar stepper
Winding current (A) 0.5 fixed
Max speed steps/s 1000
Lenght mm 185
Height mm 64.0
Width mm 85.0
Mounting DIN rail
Compatibility 5
Lenses ENMT series, MZMT12X series, MZMT5X series
Cable 6 CBMT001 (circular standard DIN 12Pos Female to DB15M connector cable, 2 m)
Accessories ADPT001 (adapter RS485-USB + cable with 3 elements)
1 With Modbus RTU slave protocol.

2 Mini-B plug.
3 Automatic position saving can be disabled.
4 Download configuration file from Opto Engineering ® website.
5 All compatible products must be ordered separately
6 Cable is required to connect MTDV3CH-00A1 controller to ENMT/MZMT series.
225
PS series
Power supplies and light intensity controllers
Electrical specifications Dimensions Compatibility 2
Part number Input Output Lighting Cameras Vision

systems
LED LED LED
Supply Ch Voltage Max Power Lenght Width Height Controllers 1
illuminators pattern sources/
voltage current projectors modules
(V, AC) (V, DC) (W) (mm) (mm) (mm)
POWER SUPPLIES
LTCLHP,
LTCLHP CORE,
LTCL4K,
TCCX, TCCXQ,
TCBENCH,
RT-SDR-120-24 LDTV1CH-17V, TCBENCH CORE, LTPRHP3W, CLOE-CORE,
88 - 264 1 24 5 120 113.5 40 125.2 LTDV6CH, LTDMC, LTPRSMHP3W, LTSCHP CLOE-360°OUT,
24VDC DIN rail power supply MTDV3CH-00A1 LTRNST, LTPRXP CLOE-360°IN
LTRNOB,
LTLAIC, LTLADC,
LTRNDC, LTBC,
LTBFC, LTBDC,
LTTNC, LTCXC
RT-SDR-240-48 LTDV1CH-7,
88 - 264 1 48 5 240 113.5 63 125.2
48VDC DIN rail power supply LTDV1CH-17
RT-DRP-240-24
85 - 264VAC
48VDC DIN rail power supply 1 24 10 240 125.5 100 125.2 ALBERT-01
120 - 370VDC
RT-DRP-480-24
180 - 264 VAC
DIN rail power supply 240V 1 24 20 480 227 100 125.2 ALBERT-01
250 - 370 VDC
ac - 24V dc 480 W
Three-Phase
RT-DRT-240-24 340 - 550VAC
(Dual phase
DIN rail power supply 400V ac 1 24 10 240 125.5 100 125.2 ALBERT-01
operation
three phase - 24V dc 240 W possible)
480 - 780VDC
RT-DRT-480-24 Three-Phase
DIN rail power supply 400V 340 - 550VAC 1 24 20 240 227 100 125.2 ALBERT-01
ac three phase - 24V dc 480 W 480 - 780VDC
RT-MV-DC1201-BCSXIO-REV2
Power Supply 12V mvBlueCOUGAR-X,
100, 240 1 12 2.5 - - - -
with digital I/O mvBlueCOUGAR-XD
on separate cable
1 Additional wires (not supplied) are required to connect the controllers 2 Do not exceed lighting/controllers maximum ratings specified in the product datasheet.
with the power supply units. Refer to specific product documentation for detailed instructions.
226
Electrical specifications Dimensions Compatibility 3
Part number Input Output Lighting
LED LED LED

Supply Power Ch Voltage Max Power Lenght Width Height Controllers 1
illuminators pattern sources/
voltage cord current projectors modules
(V, AC) (V, DC) (W) (mm) (mm) (mm)
LIGHT INTENSITY CONTROLLERS
DIN RAIL
LTDMC, LTLAIC,
RT-SD-1000-D1-PS-xx 2 included LTLADC, LTRNDC,
Lighting controller unit, 24 (EU, UK 1 24 2 48 55 24 90 LTBC, LTBFC,
power cord, power adaptor 24V plug or US) LTBDC, LTTNC,
LTCXC
RT-SD-1000-D1-PS-xx-TB 2
included
Lighting controller unit, power cord, LTRNST,
24 (EU, UK 1 24 2 48 55 24 90
power adaptor 24V plug, LTRNOB
or US)
EXT-24V-F-3M-TB cable
ANALOG BENCHTOP
RT-ANGX1000CH1-24V-xx-TB 2 LTDMC, LTRNST,

included LTRNOB, LTLAIC,
24VDC analog lighting controller 100 - 240 (EU, UK 1 24 5 120 330 93 123 LTLADC, LTRNDC,
1 channel, power cord, or US) LTBC, LTBFC, LTBDC,
EXT-24V-F-3M-TB cable LTTNC, LTCXC
LTDMC, LTRNST,
LTRNOB, LTLAIC,
RT-ANG2000CH2-24VA1-xx-TB 2 LTLADC, LTRNDC,
included LTBC, LTBFC, LTBDC,
24VDC analog lighting controller 500 mA
100 - 240 (EU, UK 2 24 1 154 91 48 LTTNC, LTCXC
2 channels, power cord, @ 12V
or US)
EXT-24V-F-3M-TB cable LED illuminators
with continuous
current <1 A
RT-PSP-12122-LV-xx 2
included LDSC
12VDC analog power supply 100 - 240 (EU, UK 2 12 1 12 118 83 38 (RT-LVW-00614,
for LVx-00614 LED spot light, or US) RT-LVG-00614)
power cord
1 Additional wires (not supplied) are required to connect the controllers 3 Do not exceed lighting/controllers maximum ratings specified in the product datasheet.
with the power supply units. Refer to specific product documentation for detailed instructions.
2 xx = UK (240VAC) / EU (220VAC) / US (110VAC).
227
CB series - Cables
Part number Description Compatibility
Power cables
Illumination cable, side 1 M12 connector straight, LTDMB2-x, LTDMCX-x, LTLAB2-x, LTLACx-x, LTPRUP-x, LTBP240180-B/W,
CBLT001
side 2 cable end - 5 m - for single stage systems LTBP288180-B/W, LTBP240216-B/W, LTBP288216-B/W
Illumination cable, side 1 M12 connector right angled, LTDMB2-x, LTDMCX-x, LTLAB2-x, LTLACX-x, LTPRUP-x, LTBP240180-B/W,
CBLT002
side 2 cable end - 5 m - for single stage systems LTBP288180-B/W, LTBP240216-B/W, LTBP288216-B/W
Illumination cable, side 1 M8 connector straight,
CBLT003 LTDMA1-x, LTBP series 1, LTLNCxxx-x
side 2 cable end - 5 m - for single stage systems
Illumination cable, side 1 M8 connector right angled,
CBLT004 LTDMA1-x, LTBP series 1, LTLNCxxx-x
side 2 cable end - 5 m - for single stage systems
Illumination cable, side 1 M12 connector straight, LTDMLAB2-WW, LTDMLACx-WW, LTBP240180-R/G, LTBP288180-R/G, LTBP240216-R/G,
CBLT005
side 2 cable end - 5 m - for double stage systems LTBP288216-R/G
Illumination cable, side 1 M12 connector right angled, LTDMLAB2-WW, LTDMLACx-WW, LTBP240180-R/G, LTBP288180-R/G, LTBP240216-R/G,
CBLT006
side 2 cable end - 5 m - for double stage systems LTBP288216-R/G
Power cable, side 1 M8 connector straight, LTCLHP series, LTCLHP CORE series, LTCL4K series, TCCX series, LTPR series,
CB244P1500
side 2 cable end - 2 m - type 1 labels LTPRHP3W series, LTPRSMHP3W series, LTSCHP series
Power cable, side 1 M8 connector angled, LTCLHP series, LTCLHP CORE series, LTCL4K series, TCCX series, LTPR series,
CB244P1500L
side 2 cable end - 2 m - type 1 labels LTPRHP3W series, LTPRSMHP3W series, LTSCHP series
Power cable, side 1 M8 connector straight,
CB244P1501 LTPRXP series, TCCAGExx096
side 2 cable end - 2 m - type 2 labels
Power cable, side 1 M8 connector angled,
CB244P1501L LTPRXP series, TCCAGExx096
side 2 cable end - 2 m - type 2 labels
Power cable, side 1 SM 2 PIN male connector side LTRNST series, LTRNOB series, RT-ANGX1000CH1-24V-xx-TB,
RT-EXT-24V-F-3M-TB
2 terminal blocks connector - 3 m RT-ANG2000CH2-24VA1-xx-TB
Power cable, side 1 SM 2 PIN male connector side RT-SD-1000-D1-PS-xx, LTDMC series, LTLAIC series, LTLADC series, LTRNDC series,
RT-EXT-24V-F-3M
2 flying leads - 3 m LTBFC series, LTBRDC series, LTTNC series, LTCXC series
COCB243P0600 Power cable for TCZR and MCZR products, 0.6 m TCZR series, MCZR series
CBPWALB01 ALBERT power cable, 5 m, IP65 ALBERT-01
Power cord with schuko plug - open end cable, RT-SDR-120-24, RT-SDR-120-48, RT-DRP-240-24, RT-DRP-480-24,
RT-70261132
3 m 10A 250V, single-phase RT-DRT-240-24, RT-DRT-480-24
12 wires PVC grey cable, circular standard DIN 12Pos
CBMT001 MTDV3CH-00A1, ENMT series, MZMT12X series, MZMT5X series
Female to DB15M connector cable, 2 m
USB cables
COCBUSB20 Passive USB 2.0, standard A plug mini-B plug cable, 2 m TCZR series, MCZR series, MTDV3CH-00A1
CBUSB3001 Passive USB 3.0 cable, industrial level, horizontal screw locking, 3 m mvBlueFOX3-2, CLOE-CORE, CLOE-360°OUT, CLOE-360°IN
Ethernet cables
CBETH001 Ethernet cable for Panel PC, 5 m, IP65 ALBERT-01, RT-KWP5170
CBETH002 Ethernet cable, general purpose, 5 m, IP65 ALBERT-01
Ethernet cable, CAT6, industrial level,

CBETH003 mvBlueCOUGAR-X, mvBlueCOUGAR-XD
high flexible cable with screw, 5 m
Cables for control and I/O
CBGPO001 Output cable, 5 m, IP65 ALBERT-01
mvBlueFOX3-2, mvBlueCOUGAR-X, mvBlueCOUGAR-XD, CLOE-CORE,

CBGPIO001 I/O cable, side 1 HIROSE 12 pin, side 2 cable end, 3 m
CLOE-360°OUT, CLOE-360°IN
CBPH001 Photoelectric sensor cable with M12 connector, 5 m, IP65 RT-WTB9-3P2461, ALBERT-01
CBPH002 Photoelectric sensor cable with flying leads, 5 m, IP65 ALBERT-01
CBTL001 Tower light cable with M12 connector, 5 m, IP68 RT-69942075, ALBERT-01
CBTL002 Tower light cable with flying leads, 5 m, IP68 ALBERT-01
Other
Adapter RS485-USB + cable with 3 elements
ADPT001 LTDV6CH, MTDV3CH-00A1
for LTDV6CH connection
1 Except LTBP240180-z, LTBP288180-z, LTBP240216-z, LTBP288216-z
ADPT001
Product combination example
Adapter RS485-USB
LTDV6CH,
ADPT001 + cable with 3 elements
MTDV3CH-00A1
for LTDV6CH connection
LTDV6CH ADPT001
228
LTSCHP series
High-performance replacement LED modules
LTSCHP modules power many series of Opto Engineering ® LED

illuminators and feature excellent current stability.
They are available in four colors (red, green, blue and white) and can
be ordered as replacements: LTSCHP1W modules are compatible
with LTCLHP, LTCL4K, TCCXQ, TCCX, TCBENCH series, TCBENCH
CORE series; LTLCHP CORE and TCBENCH CORE series (only red,
green and white), while LTSCHP3W modules are compatible with
LTPRHP3W and LTPRSMHP3W pattern projectors.
Device power ratings LED power ratings Compatibility

Part Light color, DC voltage 1 Power Max LED forward Forward voltage Max pulse current
number Wavelength peak consumption current

(V) (V) (W) (mA) (V) (V) (mA)

2 3 4 5
1W power sources 6
LTSCHP 1W-R red, 630 nm 12 24 < 2.5 350 2.4 3.00 2000
LTCLHP, LTCLHP CORE,
LTSCHP 1W-G green, 520 nm 12 24 < 2.5 350 3.3 4.00 2000 LTCL4K, TCCX, TCCXQ,
LTSCHP 1W-B blue, 460 nm 12 24 < 2.5 350 3.3 4.00 2000 TCBENCH, TCBENCH CORE,
MZMT12X 7
LTSCHP 1W-W white 12 24 < 2.5 350 2.78 - 2000
3W power sources
LTSCHP 3W-R red, 630 nm 12 24 < 4.5 720 2.4 3.00 2000
LTSCHP 3W-G green, 520 nm 12 24 < 4.5 720 3.3 4.00 2000
LTPRHP3W, LTPRSMHP3W
LTSCHP 3W-B blue, 460 nm 12 24 < 4.5 720 3.3 4.00 2000
LTSCHP 3W-W white 12 24 < 4.5 720 2.78 - 2000
1 Tolerance ± 10%. 6 Shipped not assembled. See LTCLHP instructions manual.

2 Used in continuous (not pulsed) mode. 7 Some part numbers are not available in all color options (-R, -G, -B and -W).
3 At max forward current. See page of each product series for available colors.
4 Tolerance is ±0.06V on forward voltage measurements.
5 At pulse width <= 10 ms, duty cycle <= 10% condition.
Built-in electronics board must be bypassed (see tech info).
LDSC series
LED sources

Light source for Optart telecentric lenses
RT-LVW-00614 RT-PSP-12122-LV-xx TCCXHM series p. 31
with built-in coaxial illumination, white
Light source for Optart telecentric lenses
RT-LVG-00614 RT-PSP-12122-LV-xx
with built-in coaxial illumination, green
TCCXLM series p. 31
TCCX2M series p. 42
229
Vision systems
REACH
COMPLIANT
RoHS

230
230
ALBERT 232
Nowadays vision systems come in all shapes

and sizes in order to suit the largest number of
applications. At their core, all vision systems share
the same building blocks: cameras and optics to
capture images of the object under inspection,
lighting devices to optimally illuminate the part,
specific imaging software and a processing unit.
Through the years, and thanks to its long time

experience in manufacturing and marketing high
quality imaging components, Opto Engineering®
has identified very specific needs concerning
machine vision systems: as a general tendency, many
industries require new vision systems to be adaptive, so that they can
be quickly repurposed to inspect new products. They also have to be
easy to use, so that an experienced engineer is not necessarily needed
for programming and maintenance.
What you will find in the new Opto Engineering® product offering is
unconventional vision solutions that are both smart and easy to use,
based on the same principle that drives the development of all our
products: “simple works better”.
231
231
VISION SYSTEMS
ALBERT
Self-learning vision system based on artificial intelligence
KEY ADVANTAGES
Simple
Learns and assesses the quality of your products directly from the
production line without complicated settings.
Intelligent
Independently decides whether a product can be accepted and
can control it in a more strict or tolerant way according to different
production requirements.
Self-learning
Quickly learns the characteristics of a new product under inspection.
Suitable to identify complex defects

Is capable to understand the quality of products even with complex
features and high variability.
IP65 Rated
APPLICATIONS
Ideal to quality check a variety of baked goods such as croissants

and cookies but also frozen products, chocolates and various
other foods, even when presented in a disorderly manner and with
different orientations.
ALBERT is a complete and independent unit for visual inspection, operator would: ALBERT, on the other hand, interprets the concept
based on the most advanced artificial intelligence techniques. of “quality” just like the fastest and most trained of your quality
control operators. ALBERT is able to adapt to the production
ALBERT learns the characteristics of a product directly from the requirements of the moment since its “severity” level can be
production line and autonomously assesses its quality. ALBERT is increased or decreased at the touch of a button, thus loosening or
very simple to use and does not require complicated programming tightening the product acceptance criteria.
procedures by experienced users, so it is quickly ready to control
new products with different characteristics. Each time, ALBERT chooses autonomously which will be the features
to monitor that best describe the quality of your products. At any
No traditional machine vision system is able to analyze complex time and with a simple click, ALBERT can learn how to sort a new
objects or products with high variability as simply as a human product or adapt to changing production conditions.
File Edit Zoom Select File Edit Zoom Select
Inspection of croissants
232
HOW IT WORKS
Installation
ALBERT is extremely easy to install: just attach it to any The basic settings are extremely simple and fast: the process of
mechanical fixture by means of the four threaded holes on top of adjusting the focus and identifying the product to be inspected is
the unit, making sure to respect the correct working distance from assisted by convenient software tools.
the conveyor belt. The interaction with ALBERT is possible both through the physical
Once connected to a 24V power supply, simply press the “ON” interfaces on the product or by connecting the unit to a tablet or
button and wait less than a minute for ALBERT to be ready for use. industrial PC.
M6 holes for mounting
Working distance
Industrial tablet PC
There are four M6 holes to mount ALBERT on the production line at the correct working distance.
ALBERT can be configured using the buttons on the product or by tablet / PC.
Learning
The learning process is easily performed by presenting some

products on your production line and activating ALBERT in “LEARN” File Edit Zoom Select
mode during normal operation.
Unlike traditional vision systems, ALBERT autonomously learns the

characteristics of your production in a few minutes: it is normally
sufficient to present a few tens or a few hundreds of products
during production to allow ALBERT to learn their characteristics
without complicated settings.
ALBERT is able to tolerate up to 20% defective products

during the learning phase, without affecting its ability to sort
products correctly. ALBERT will be ready to check your production
once the status bar is full.
Moreover, whenever the goods on your production line change

ALBERT in “LEARN” mode.
or anytime you want to adjust your quality control process to new
production parameters, you can just press the “LEARN” button and
ALBERT will adjust itself accordingly.
Even during the learning phase, ALBERT continues to monitor
production, quickly adapting to the new inspection criteria without
having to stop the line: no other vision system is so flexible and easy
to configure.
233
HOW IT WORKS
Sorting
Once the learning process is complete, ALBERT is ready for the ALBERT is able to store images of defective products also
sorting phase or “CHECK” phase: the products deemed inconsistent keeping track of the reasons for rejection: this data can then
with the desired level of quality are reported via an integrated light be analyzed to improve the production process.
bar and can be rejected from the line by interfacing ALBERT with You can also adjust the “severity” level of the control parameters
the most common ejection systems thanks to the preinstalled opto- without having to stop the line: a dedicated slider bar allows the
isolated outputs. user to loosen or tighten the sorting criteria, quickly and easily
adjusting ALBERT to new quality parameters.
File Edit Zoom Select File Edit Zoom Select
ALBERT set to low (left) or high (right) severity level.
Interface
ALBERT communicates its status through a LED bar that turns red If you wish to view the images that ALBERT is acquiring, you can
when defective products are detected. do so wirelessly through an industrial tablet PC without losing IP65
ALBERT is also preset to be interfaced with an industrial tower light rating or by connecting ALBERT to a monitor after removing the
already installed on your production line and reports defective front protection panel. Connecting ALBERT to a monitor / tablet PC
products through appropriate output signals that can trigger up to is also required to adjust the basic settings and to monitor rejection
six eject stations. statistics on an external screen.
Tower light
Front protection panel
PLC / Ejection
Integrated LED bar
Monitor Industrial tablet PC
ALBERT interfaces.
234
APPLICATION EXAMPLES
ALBERT is designed to also control products characterized by a high degree of variability and impossible to parameterize through a traditional
vision system, specifically in the food industry, but not exclusively.
The most typical areas of use are the inspection of baked goods, frozen products, sweets, fish or meat. ALBERT is also ideal for products that
are presented in a disorderly manner or with different orientations (provided there’s some spacing between them), or whose packaging cannot
be represented by a predetermined pattern. In all of these cases, ALBERT makes it possible to control the products avoiding excess scrap or
continued assistance by operators experienced in programming.
ALBERT is suitable for use on food lines thanks to the IP65 protection, the adoption of materials compatible with the food industry and the
engineering solutions adopted.
Bakery products with variations in color, shape or other attributes
ALBERT is the ideal inspection solution for production lines of parameter but is rather a combination of multiple subjective
bakery products, such as biscuits, where traditional vision systems variables.
fail because product acceptance is not determined by a single
ALBERT learns to know your production
Due to continuous and genuine changes in products such as In fact, ALBERT can learn the natural change in color of the
chocolate or shortcrust pastry, no traditional on-line vision system ingredients of a new batch in less than 5 minutes without the need
is able to quickly learn and properly inspect this type of products to adjust complicated parameters each time.
like ALBERT does.
235
APPLICATION EXAMPLES
Frozen products with variations in color, shape or ingredients
The acceptance criterion for frozen products is often a complex such as frozen pizzas, semi-finished meat or fish products, allowing
combination of many parameters. Unlike traditional vision systems, you to loosen or tighten the sorting parameters by simply adjusting
ALBERT is flexible and quickly learns the characteristics of products a dedicated slider bar on the main interface.
236
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
W 33
m 0 mm
m
1
31
L
H 171 mm
32.4°
400 mm
42.5°
m
m
0
26
35 0 m
m
ALBERT’s Field of View at 400 mm working distance.
Model ALBERT-01
Description Self-Learning Vision system based on artificial intelligence
Application In-line inspection
Working distance (mm)
300 400 500 600
Field of View mm x mm 260 x 190 350 x 260 440 x 325 530 x 390
Minimum Working Distance mm 100
Optics 8 mm f1.4-f16 with manual focus adjustment
Lighting system LED diffuse strobe illuminator, 5700 K white
Line speed 1 m/s ≈1
Number of parts per second 2 20
LED indicators Yes (STATUS and SEVERITY LEVEL)
N ° of storable images 3 ≈ 800K
Ports
Input
Synchronization input 1, opto-isolated (on top of the unit)
Output
for tower light 2 lights, 1 siren (on top)
for ejector (s) 6, opto-isolated (on top)
Synchronization output 1, opto-isolated (on top)
Communication
Ethernet 2 (on top)
Wireless Wi-Fi (802.11n)
USB 3.0 4 (front of the unti)
HDMI 1 (front)
DVI 1 (front)
Power Requirements
Voltage V, DC 24 ± 5%
Maximum power consumption W 150
Cable CBPWALB01 length 5 m IP68 (included)
Width W 4 mm 330
Length L mm 311
Height H mm 171
Weight kg 10
Material AISI304 stainless steel, anodized aluminum, scratch resistant polycarbonate (Lexan Margard®)
Mounting 4X M6 holes (optional mounting accessories available)
Environment
Operating temperature °C 10-40
Storage temperature °C 0-50
Humidity 20-85% (with no condensation)
IP class 65
Installation indoor use only
1 Approximate value. Higher speeds are possible. Please contact us to check 3 Estimated value based on 250 Kbytes images stored in 200 GB SSD memory.
compatibility with your production line. 4 Wireless antenna included.
2 Estimated value. The number of inspected parts per second may vary depending
on their size and the speed of the line.
237
ACCESSORIES AND COMPATIBLE PRODUCTS
Communication and visualization
Stainless steel PC Quad Core processor with fanless cooling system full IP65,
RT-KWP5170
1 x GbE, 2 x USB 2.0, 1 x RS-232
CBETH001 Ethernet cable for Panel PC, 5 m, IP65
RT-JD-0700GB-2 USB Keyboard/Mouse desk set
RT-UT10 UniqTablet Elcom UT10, Intel Atom, Touch screen, IP54
Mounting
CMHOALB01 Support plate
Power Supplies
RT-DRP-240-24 DIN rail power supply 240V ac - 24V dc 240 W
RT-DRP-480-24 DIN rail power supply 240V ac - 24V dc 480 W
RT-70261132 Power cord with schuko plug - open end cable, 3 m 10A 250V, single-phase
RT-DRT-240-24 DIN rail power supply 400V ac three-phase - 24V dc 240 W
RT-DRT-480-24 DIN rail power supply 400V ac three-phase - 24V dc 480 W
Sensors and signal
Background suppression sick photoelectric sensor 20 - 350 mm detection range,

RT-WTB9-3P2461
PNP output, block style
RT-69942075 LED signal tower with buzzer, 2 light elements, clear, green/red (LED colour), 24 V ac/dc
Lighting Components
Strobe
LTBP288036-W High-power strobe bar light, 288 x 36 mm illumination area, white
LTBP048216-W High-power strobe bar light, 216 x 48 mm illumination area, white
LTDV6CH 6-channel strobe controller
Continuous
RT-LBL3-00-400-X-W-24V LED bar light, white
RT-SD-1000-D1-PS-EU Light controller with 24V power adapter and Schuko plug
RT-EXT-24V-F-3M Power cord, 2-pin SM male connector on one end, flying leads on other end - 3 m
Cables
CBETH002 Ethernet cable, general purpose, 5 m, IP68
CBGPO001 Output cable, 5 m, IP68
CBPH001 Photoelectric sensor cable with M12 connector, 5 m, IP65
CBPH002 Photoelectric sensor cable with flying leads, 5 m, IP65
CBTL001 Tower light cable with M12 connector, 5 m, IP68
CBTL002 Tower light cable with flying leads, 5 m, IP68
CBPWALB01 ALBERT power cable, 5 m, IP65
Other
RT-10060911 Set of 2 8” x 10 “ white balance/exposure cards - 18% grey and 90% white for color calibration
238
239
240
Opto Engineering®
Basics
Summary
Optics Introduction
Optics basics IV
Image quality VIII
Lens types XVI
Lighting Introduction
Light in machine vision XXVIII
LED illumination XXIX
Illumination geometries and techniques XXXII
Wavelength and optical performance XXXVIII
Structured illumination XL
Illumination safety and class risks of LEDs
according to EN62471 XL
Cameras Introduction
Camera types XLIV
Sensor and camera features XLV
Digital camera interfaces XLVII
Vision Introduction
systems Applications LII
Types of vision systems LIII
How a vision system works LIII
Optics
T he basic purpose of a lens of any kind is to collect the light scattered by an object and recreate
an image of the object on a light-sensitive ‘sensor’ (usually CCD or CMOS based).
A certain number of parameters must be considered when choosing optics, depending on the
area that must be imaged (field of view), the thickness of the object or features of interest (depth
of field), the lens to object distance (working distance), the intensity of light, the optics type
(telecentric/entocentric/pericentric), etc.
The following list includes the fundamental parameters that must be evaluated in optics
• Field of View (FoV): total area that can be viewed by the lens and imaged onto the camera
sensor.
• Working distance (WD): object to lens distance where the image is at its sharpest focus.
• Depth of Field (DoF): maximum range where the object appears to be in acceptable focus.
• Sensor size: size of the camera sensor’s active area. This can be easily calculated
by multiplying the pixel size by the sensor resolution (number of active pixels
in the x and y direction).
• Magnification: ratio between sensor size and FoV.
• Resolution: minimum distance between two points that can still be distinguished as separate
points. Resolution is a complex parameter, which depends primarily on the lens and camera
resolution.
Optics basics
Lens approximations and equations
T he main features of most optical systems can be calculated with a few parameters, provided that some approximation is accepted.
The paraxial approximation requires that only rays entering the optical system at small angles with respect to the optical axis
are taken into account. The thin lens approximation requires the lens thickness to be considerably smaller than the radii of curvature
of the lens surfaces: it is thus possible
to ignore optical effects due to the real
Working distance
thickness of the lenses and to simplify s s’
ray tracing calculations. Furthermore,
assuming that both object and image f f
space are in the same medium (e.g. air),
we get the fundamental equation:
1/s’ – 1/s = 1/f h

Object
where s (s’ ) is the object (image) position
with respect to the lens, customarily h’
designated by a negative (positive) value,
and f is the focal length of the optical
system (cf. Fig. 1). The distance from the
object to the front lens is called working
distance, while the distance from the
rear lens to the sensor is called back
focal distance. Henceforth, we will be
presenting some useful concepts and Fig. 1: Basic parameters of an optical system.
formulas based on this simplified model,
unless otherwise stated.
Camera mounts
D ifferent mechanical mounting systems are used to connect a lens to a camera, ensuring both good focus and image stability.
The mount is defined by the mechanical depth of the mechanics (flange focal distance), along with its diameter and thread pitch
(if present). It’s important that the lens flange focal distance and the camera mount flange distance are exactly the same, or focusing
issues may arise. The presence of a threaded mechanism allows some adjustment to the back focal distance, if needed. For example,
in the Opto Engineering® PCHI series lenses, the backfocal adjustment is needed to adjust the focus for a different field of view.
C-mount is the most common optics mount in the industrial CS-mount is a less popular and 5 mm shorter version of the
market. It is defined by a flange focal distance of 17.526 mm, Cmount, with a flange focal distance of 12.526 mm.
a diameter of 1” (25.4 mm) with 32 threads per inch. A CS-mount camera presents various issues when used together
with C-mount optics, especially if the latter is designed to work
at a precise back focal distance.
C-mount
CS-mount
Sensor
Sensor
17.526 mm
12.526 mm
1” x 32 TPI 1” x 32 TPI
Fig. 2: C-mount mechanical layout Fig. 3: CS-mount mechanical layout
IV www.opto-engineering.com
Optics
F-mount is a bayonet-style mount originally developed Mxx-mount are different types of camera mounts defined by
by Nikon for its 35 mm format cameras, and is still found in their diameter (e.g. M72, M42), thread pitch (e.g. 1 mm, 0.75 mm)
most of its digital SLR cameras. It is commonly used with bigger and flange focal distance. They are a common alternative to the
sensors, e.g. full-frame or line-scan cameras. F-mount for larger sensors.
Lenses can be easily swapped out thanks to the bayonet mount,
but no back focal adjustment is possible. T-mount (T1 = M42x1.0; T2 = M42 x 0.75)
Sensor undefined
M42
F-mount
M58-mount (M58 x 0.75)
Sensor undefined
46.5 mm
M58 x 0.75
M72-mount (M72 x 0.75)
Sensor undefined
44 mm
48 mm M72 x 0.75
Fig. 4: F-mount mechanical layout Fig. 5: Mxx mount mechanical layouts
Each camera mount is more commonly used with certain camera sensor formats. The most typical sensor formats are listed below.
It is important to remember that these are not absolute values – i.e. two cameras listed with the same sensor format may differ
substantially from one another in terms of aspect ratio (even if they have the same sensor diagonal). For example, the Sony Pregius
IMX250 sensor is listed as 2/3” and has an active area of 8.45 mm x 7.07 mm. The CMOSIS CMV2000 sensor is also listed as 2/3”
format but has an active area of 11.26 mm x 5.98 mm.
Fig. 6: Common line scan sensors formats
Sensor type Diagonal Width Height

(mm) (mm) (mm)
1/3″ 6.000 4.800 3.600
1/2.5″ 7.182 5.760 4.290
1/2″ 8.000 6.400 4.800
1/1.8″ 8.933 7.176 5.319
2/3″ 11.000 8.800 6.600 1/3 1 4/3 Full frame - 35 mm
1″ 16.000 12.800 9.600 1/2.5
4/3″ 22.500 18.800 13.500 1/2
Full frame - 35 mm 43.300 36.000 24.000 1/1.8
2/3
Fig. 7: Common area scan sensors format Fig. 8: Area scan sensors relative sizes
V
Back focal length adjustment
M any cameras are found not to respect the industrial standard for C-mount (17.52 mm), which defines the flange-to-detector
distance (flange focal length). Besides all the issues involved with mechanical inaccuracy, many manufacturers don’t take into
the due account the thickness of the detector’s protection glass which, no matter how thin, is still part of the actual flange to detector
distance.
This is why a spacer kit is supplied with Opto Engineering® telecentric lenses including instructions on how to tune the back focal
length at the optimal value.
Focal Length
T he focal length of an optical system is a measure of how

strongly the system converges or diverges rays of light.
For common optical systems, it is the distance over which
collimated rays coming from infinity converge to a point.
If collimated rays converge to a physical point, the lens is said to
be positive (convex), whereas if rays diverge the focus point is
virtual and the lens is said to be negative (concave cf. Fig. 9).
All optics used in machine vision application are overall positive,
i.e. they focus incoming light onto the sensor plane.
Fig. 9: Positive (left) and negative (right) lens
For optical systems used in machine vision, in which rays reflected from a faraway object are focused onto the sensor plane, the focal
length can be also seen as a measure of how much area is imaged on the sensor (Field of View): the longer the focal length, the smaller
the FoV and vice versa (this is not completely true for some particular optical systems, e.g. in astronomy and microscopy).
f = 8 mm f = 25 mm f = 50 mm
Fig. 10: Focal length and field of view
Magnification and field of view

M FoV
T he magnification M of an optics describes the ratio between
image (h’) and object size (h):
M = h’/h
A useful relationship between working distance (s), magnification

(M) and focal length (f ) is the following:
s = f(M-1)/M
Macro and telecentric lenses are designed to work at a distance

comparable to their focal length (finite conjugates), while Fig. 11: Given a fixed sensor size, if magnification is increased
fixed focal length lenses are designed to image objects located the field of view decreases and viceversa
at a much greater distance than their focal length (infinite
conjugates). It is thus convenient to classify the first group by their magnification, which makes it easier to choose the proper lens given
the sensor and object size, and the latter by their focal length.
Since fixed focal length lenses also follow the previous equation, it is possible to calculate the required focal length given the
magnification and working distance, or the required working distance given the sensor size, field of view and focal length, etc.
(some examples are given at the end of this section). For macro and telecentric lenses instead, the working distance and magnification
are typically fixed.
VI www.opto-engineering.com
Optics
F/# and depth of field

Aperture Image sensor
E very optical system is characterized by an aperture stop, that

determines the amount of light that passes through it.
For a given aperture diameter d and focal length f we can
Lens
calculate the optics F-number:
F/# = f / d Falling
light
Focal length f
Fig. 12: Aperture of an optical system
Typical F-numbers are F/1.0, F/1.4, F/2, F/2.8, F/4, F/5.6, F/8, F/11, F/16, F/22 etc. Every increment in the F-number (smaller aperture)
reduces incoming light by a factor of 2.
The given definition of F-number applies to fixed focal length lenses where the object is located ‘at infinity’ (i.e. a distance much greater
than its focal length). For macro and telecentric lenses where objects are at closer distance, instead the working F/# (wF/#)is used.
This is defined as:
WF/# = (1 + M) • F/#
A common F-number value is F/8, since smaller apertures APERTURE RANGE

could give rise to diffraction limitations, while lenses with
larger apertures are more affected by optical aberrations and
distortion.
f 2.8 f4 f 5.6 f8 f 11 f 16 f 22
Large Medium Small

aperture aperture aperture
The F-number affects the optics depth of field (DoF), that is the Shallow Depth Greatest
range between the nearest and farthest location where an object DoF of field DoF
is acceptably in focus. Depth of field is quite a misleading concept,
because physically there is one and only one plane in object
space that is conjugate to the sensor plane. However, being Fig. 13: Relationship between aperture (F/#) and DoF
mindful of diffraction, aberration and pixel size, we can define an
“acceptable focusing distance” from the image conjugate plane,
based on subjective criteria. For example, for a given lens, the
acceptable focusing distance for a precision gauging application
requiring a very sharp image is smaller than for a coarse visual
inspection application.
F/# Incoming Resolution DoF

A rough estimate of the field depth of telecentric and macro light
lenses (or fixed focal length lenses used in macro configuration) is
given by the following formula:
DoF [mm] = WF/# • p [µm] • k / M2
where p is the sensor pixel size (in microns), M is the lens

magnification and k is a dimensionless parameter that depends
on the application (reasonable values are 0.008 for measurement
applications and 0.015 for defect inspection). For example, taking
p = 5.5 µm and k = 0.015, a lens with 0.25X mag and WF/# = 8 has
an approximate dof = 10.5 mm approximated dof = 4 mm. Fig. 14: Relationship between F/# amount of incoming ligth, resolution and DoF
VII
Image quality
W hen designing a machine vision system, it is important to consider its performance limitations, in terms of optical parametes
(FOV, DoF, resolution), aberrations, distortion and mechanical features.
Aberrations
“Aberrations” is a general category including the principal factors that cause an optical system to perform differently than the ideal
case. There are a number of factors that do not allow a lens to achieve its theoretical performance.
Physical aberrations
T he homogeneity of optical materials and surfaces is the

first requirement to achieve optimum focusing of light rays
and proper image formation. Obviously, homogeneity of real
(e.g. material inclusions), some of which cannot be eliminated.
Dust and dirt are external factors that certainly degrade a lens
performance and should thus be avoided as much as possible.
materials has an upper limit determined by various factors
Spherical aberration
S
Lens rays
pherical lenses (Fig. 15) are very common because they are
relatively easy to manufacture. However, the spherical shape Optical axis
is not ideal for perfect imaging - in fact, collimated rays entering Best focus point
the lens at different distances from the optical axis will converge
to different points, causing an overall loss of focus. Like many
optical aberrations, the blur effect increases towards the edge of
the lens.
To reduce the problem, aspherical lenses (Fig. 16) are often used
- their surface profile is not a portion of a sphere or cylinder,
but rather a more complex profile apt to minimize spherical
aberrations. An alternative solution is working at high F/#’s, so
that rays entering the lens far from the optical axis and causing
spherical aberration cannot reach the sensor.
Fig. 15: Lens with spherical aberration
Lens rays
Optical axis
Best focus point
Fig. 16: Aspherical lens
VIII www.opto-engineering.com
Optics
Chromatic aberration
T he refractive index of a material is a number that describes

the scattering angle of light passing through it – essentially
how much rays are bent or refracted - and it is function of the
Chromatic aberration causes color fringes to appear across
the image, resulting in blurred edges that make it impossible to
correctly image object features.
wavelength of light. As white light enters a lens, each wavelength While an achromatic doublet can be used to reduce this kind of
takes a slightly different path. This phenomenon is called aberration, a simple solution when no color information is needed
dispersion and produces the splitting of white light into its is using monochrome light. Chromatic aberration can be of two
spectral components, causing chromatic aberration. types: longitudinal (Fig. 17) and lateral (Fig. 18), depending on the
The effect is minimal at the center of the optics, growing towards direction of incoming parallel rays.
the edges.
RGB color rays

Optical axis
Best focus point
Fig. 17: Longitudinal/axial chromatic aberration
RGB color rays

Optical axis
Best focus point
Fig. 18: Lateral / transverse chromatic aberration
IX
Astigmatism
A stigmatism (Fig. 19) is an optical aberration that occurs when

rays lying in two perpendicular planes on the optical axis
have different foci.
This causes blur in one direction that is absent in the other
direction. If we focus the sensor for the sagittal plane, we see
circles become ellipses in the tangential direction and vice versa.
Lens
Fig. 19: Astigmatism aberration
Coma
C oma aberration (Fig. 20) occurs when parallel rays entering

the lens at a certain angle are brought to focus at different
positions, depending on their distance from the optical axis.
A circle in the object plane will appear in the image as a comet-
shaped element, which gives the name to this particular
aberration effect.
Lens
Fig. 20: Coma aberration
X www.opto-engineering.com
Optics
Field curvature
F ield curvature aberration (Fig. 21) describes the fact that

parallel rays reaching the lens from different directions do not
focus on a plane, but rather on a curved surface.
This causes radial defocusing, i.e. for a given sensor sensor
position, only a circular crown will be in focus.
Fig. 21: Field curvature aberration
Distortion
W ith a perfect lens, a squared element would only be

transformed in size, without affecting its geometric
properties. Conversely, a real lens always introduces some
geometric distortion, mostly radially symmetric (as a reflection
of the radial symmetry of the optics). This radial distortion can
be of two kinds: barrel and pincushion distortion. With barrel
distortion, image magnification decreases with the distance from
the optical axis, giving the apparent effect of the image being
wrapped around a sphere. With pincushion distortion image
magnification increases with the distance from the optical axis. Pincushion Barrel
Lines that do not pass through the center of the image are bent
inwards, like the edges of a pincushion.
Fig. 22: Distortion
What about distortion correction?
S ince telecentric lenses are a real world object, they show some residual distortion which can affect measurement accuracy.
Distortion is calculated as the percent difference between the real and expected image height and can be approximated by a second
order polynomial.
If we define the radial distances from the image center as follows
Ra = actual radius
Re = expected radius
the distortion is computed as a function of Ra:
dist (Ra) = (Ra - Re)/Ra = c • Ra 2 + b • Ra + a
where a, b and c are constant values that define the distortion curve behavior; note that “a” is usually zero as the distortion is usually
zero at the image center. In some cases, a third order polynomial could be required to get a perfect fit of the curve.
In addition to radial distortion, also trapezoidal distortion must be taken into account. This effect can be thought of as the perspective
error due to the misalignment between optical and mechanical components, whose consequence is to transform parallel lines in object
space into convergent (or divergent) lines in image space.
Such effect, also known as “keystone” or “thin prism”, can be easily fixed by means of pretty common algorithms which compute the
point where convergent bundles of lines cross each other.
An interesting aspect is that radial and trapezoidal distortion are two completely different physical phenomena, hence they can be
mathematically corrected by means of two independent space transform functions which can also be applied subsequently.
An alternative (or additional) approach is to correct both distortions locally and at once: the image of a grid pattern is used to define
the distortion error amount and its orientation zone by zone. The final result is a vector field where each vector associated to a specific
image zone defines what correction has to be applied to the x,y coordinate measurements within the image range.
XI
Why GREEN light is recommended for telecentric lenses?
A ll lenses operating in the visible range, including OE Telecentric lenses, are achromatized through the whole VIS spectrum.
However, parameters related to the lens distortion and telecentricity are typically optimized for the wavelengths at the center
of the VIS range, that is green light. Moreover, the resolution tends to be better in the green light range, where the achromatization is
almost perfect.
“Green” is also better than “Red” because a shorter wavelength range increases the diffraction limit of the lens and the maximum
achievable resolution.
Contrast, resolution and diffraction
104
112
120
128
136
144
152
160
168
176
184
192
200
208
216
224
232
240
248
256
16
24
32
40
48
56
64
72
80
88
96
Contrast
0
8
D efects and optical aberrations, together with diffraction,
contribute to image quality degradation.
An efficient way to assess image quality is to calculate contrast,
that is the difference in luminance that makes an object - its
representation in the image or on a display - distinguishable.
Mathematically, contrast is defined as
C = [Imax – Imin ]/[ Imax + Imin ] Fig. 23: Greyscale levels
where Imax (Imin) is the highest (lowest) luminance.

In a digital image, ‘luminance’ is a value that goes from 0 (black) to a maximum value depending on color depth (number of bits used to
describe the brightness of each color). For typical 8-bit images (in grayscale, for the sake of simplicity), this value is 28 -1 = 255, since
this is the number of combinations (counting from the zero ‘black’ string) one can achieve with 8 bits sequences, assuming 0-1 values
for each.
Lens resolving power: transfer function
T he image quality of an optical system is usually expressed by its transfer function (TF). TF describes the ability of a lens to resolve
features, correlating the spatial information in object space (usually expressed in line pair per millimeter) to the contrast achieved
in the image.
Periodic grating Image Periodic grating Image

Objective Objective
White White White

White
y y
100% 100% 20%
Contrast Contrast Contrast
90%
Contrast
x
x
Black Black Black Black
Fig. 24: Modulation and contrast transfer function
What’s the difference between MTF (Modulation Transfer Function)

and CTF (Contrast Transfer Function)?
CTF expresses the lens contrast response when a “square pattern” (chessboard style) is imaged; this parameter is the most useful in
order to assess edge sharpness for measurement applications. On the other hand, MTF is the contrast response achieved when imaging
a sinusoidal pattern in which the grey levels range from 0 and 255; this value is more difficult to convert into any useful parameter for
machine vision applications. The resolution of a lens is typically expressed by its MTF (modulation transfer function), which shows the
response of the lens when a sinusoidal pattern is imaged.
XII www.opto-engineering.com
Optics
TS diff. limit
However, the CTF (Contrast Transfer Function) is a more TS 15.80 mm
TS 0.00 mm
interesting parameter, because it describes the lens contrast TS 9.00 mm TS 22.50 mm
when imaging a black and white stripe pattern, thus simulating
1.2
how the lens would image the edge of an object.
If t is the width of each stripe, the relative spatial frequency w will
0.8
be
Modulus of the OTF

w = 1/(2t) 0.6
For example, a black and white stripe pattern with 5 µm wide 0.4
stripes has a spatial frequency of 100 lp/mm.
The “cut-off frequency” is defined as the value w for which CTF is 0.2
zero, and it can be estimated as
wcut-off = 1/[WF/# • λ(mm)] 0 44 66 132 176 220
Spatial frequency in cycles per mm

For example, an Opto Engineering® TC23036 lens (WF/#h F/8)
operating in green light (λ = 0.000587 mm) has a cut-off spatial
frequency of about
Fig. 25: MTF curves of TC23036 - green light
wcut-off = [ 8 0.000587 mm ] = 210 lp/mm

•
Optics and sensor resolution
T he cutoff spatial frequency is not an interesting parameter,

since machine vision systems cannot reliably resolve features
with very low contrast. It is thus convenient to choose a limit Airy Resolved Rayleigh Not
frequency corresponding to 20% contrast. disks limit resolved
A commonly accepted criterion to describe optical resolution

is the Rayleigh criterion, which is connected to the concept of
resolution limit. When a wave encounters an obstacle - e.g. it (a) (b) (c)
passes through an aperture - diffraction occurs. Diffraction in

optics is a physical consequence of the wave-like nature of light,
resulting in interference effects that modify the intensity pattern Fig. 26: Airy disk separation and the Rayleigh criterion
of the incoming wavefront.
Since every lens is characterized by an aperture stop, the image

quality will be affected by diffraction, depending on the lens The Opto Engineering ® TC12120 telecentric lens, for example,
aperture: a dot-like object will be correctly imaged on the sensor will not distinguish feature closer than
until its image reaches a limit size; anything smaller will appear to
have the same image – a disk with a certain diameter depending rA = 1.22 • 0.587 µm • 8 = 5.7 µm
on the lens F/# and on the light wavelength.
in image space (e.g. on the sensor). The minimum resolvable size
This circular area is called the Airy disk, having a radius of in image space is always 2 rA , regardless of the real world size of
the object. Since the TC12120 lens has 0.052X magnification and
rA = 1.22 λ f / d 2rA = 11.4 µm, the minimum real-world size of the object that can
be resolved is 11.4 µm /0.052 = 220 µm.
where λ is the light wavelength, f is the lens focal length, d is the
aperture diameter and f /d is the lens F-number. This also applies For this reason, optics should be properly matched to the sensor
to distant objects that appear to be small. and vice versa: in the previous example, there is no advantage to
use a camera with 2 µm pixel size, since every “dot like” object will
If we consider two neighboring objects, their relative distance always cover more than one pixel. In this case, a higher resolution
can be considered the “object” that is subject to diffraction when lens or a different sensor (with larger pixels) should be chosen.
it is imaged by the lens. The idea is that the diffraction of both On the other hand, a system can be limited by the pixel size,
objects’ images increases to the point that it is no longer possible where the optics would be able to “see” much smaller features.
to see them as separate. As an example, we could calculate the The Transfer Function of the whole system should then be
theoretical distance at which human eyes cannot distinguish that considered, assessing the contribution from both the optics and
a car’s lights are separated. the sensor. It is important to remember that the actual resolution
limit is not only given by the lens F/# and the wavelength, but also
The Rayleigh’s criterion states that two objects are not depends on the lens aberrations: hence, the real spatial frequency
distinguishable when the peaks of their diffraction patterns are to be taken into account is the one described by the MTF curves
closer than the radius of the Airy Disk rA (in image space). of the desired lens.
XIII
Reflection, transmission and coatings
W hen light encounters a surface, a fraction of the beam is reflected, another fraction is refracted (transmitted) and the rest is
absorbed by the material. In lens design, we must achieve the best transmission while minimizing reflection and absorption.
While absorption is usually negligible, reflection can be a real problem: the beam is in fact not only reflected when entering the lens
(air-glass boundary) but also when it exits the lens (glass-air). Let’s suppose that each surface reflects 3% of incoming light: in this case,
a two lenses system has an overall loss of 3*3*3*3 % = 81%. Optical coatings – one or more thin layers of material deposited on the lens
surface – are the typical solution: a few microns of material can dramatically improve image quality, lowering reflection and improving
transmission.
Transmission depends considerably on the light wavelength: Tubing Commercial grade Optical grade Fused silica
fused quartz fused quartz
different kind of glasses and coatings helps to improve 100
Fused
performance in particular spectral regions, e.g. UV or IR. silica
Generally, good transmission in the UV region is more difficult to 80
Percent transmittance
Optical
achieve. grade
60
40
Commercial
grade
20
Tubing
160 200 240 280 350 550 750 1000 3000 5000
Wavelength, nanometers
Fig. 27: Percent transmittence of different kind of glasses
Anti-reflective (AR) coatings are thin films applied to surfaces to Anti-reflection coatings are included on most refractive optics
reduce their reflectivity through optical interference. and are used to maximize throughput and reduce ghosting.
An AR coating typically consists of a carefully constructed stack Perhaps the simplest, most common anti-reflective coating
of thin layers with different refractive indices. consists of a single layer of Magnesium Fluoride (MgF2), which has
The internal reflections of these layers interfere with each a very low refractive index (approx. 1.38 at 550 nm).
other so that a wave peak and a wave trough come together and
extinction occurs, leading to an overall reflectance that is lower
than that of the bare substrate surface.
Hard carbon anti-reflective HCAR coating: HCAR is an optical This coating offers highly protective properties coupled with
coating commonly applied to Silicon and Germanium designed good anti-reflective performance, protecting the outer optical
to meet the needs of those applications where optical elements surfaces from high velocity airborne particles, seawater, engine
are exposed to harsh environments, such as military vehicles and fuel and oils, high humidity, improper handling, etc.. It offers great
outdoor thermal cameras. resistance to abrasion, salts, acids, alkalis, and oil.
XIV www.opto-engineering.com
Optics
Vignetting
L ight that is focused on the sensor can be reduced by a number of internal factors, that do not depend on external factors.
Mount vignetting occurs when light is physically blocked on its Aperture vignetting is connected to the optics F/#: a lens with a
way to the sensor. Typically this happens when the lens image higher F/# (narrower aperture) will receive the same light from
circle (cross section of the cone of light projected by the lens) is most directions, while a lens with a lower F/# will not receive the
smaller than the sensor size, so that a number of pixels are not hit same amount of light from wide angles, since light will be partially
by light, thus appearing black in the image. This can be avoided by blocked by the edges of the physical aperture.
properly matching optics to sensors: for example, a typical 2/3”
sensor (8.45 x 7.07 mm, 3.45 µm pixel size) with 11 mm diagonal
would require a lens with a (minimum) image circle of 11 mm in
diameter.
Fig. 28: Example of an image showing vignetting Fig. 29: Lens with low F/# (left) and high F/# (right) seen from the optical axis (top)
and off-axis (button)
Light intensity
Cos4 vignetting describes the natural light falloff caused by light 100
rays reaching the sensor at an angle.

80
The light falloff is described by the cos^4(θ) function, where θ
is the angle of incoming light with respect to the optical axis in
60
image space.
The drop in intensity is more significant at wide incidence angles, 40
causing the image to appear brighter at the center and darker at

the edges. 20
-80 -60 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 80
Fig. 30: Cos4 vignetting. Light fall off coused by θ the angle with incoming light
with respect to the optical axis
XV
Lens types
M any different types of optics are available in the industry, each tailored for different uses and applications. Below is a brief
overview of the most common lens types, along with their working principles and common applications.
TELECENTRIC LENSES
T elecentric lenses represent a special class of optics designed

to only collect collimated light ray bundles (i.e. parallel to the
optical axis, see Fig. 31), thus eliminating perspective errors.
Since only rays parallel to the optical axis are accepted, the
magnification of a telecentric lens is independent of the object
location. This unique feature makes telecentric lenses perfectly
suited for measurement applications, where perspective
errors and changes in magnification can lead to inconsistent
measurements. Because of its design, the front element of a
telecentric lens must be at least as large as the desired FOV,
making these lenses inadequate to image very large objects.
infinity
Parallel rays The following drawings (Fig. 32) show the difference between
common optics (entocentric) and telecentric lenses. Fixed focal
length lenses are entocentric lenses, meaning that they collect
Entrance pupil rays diverging from the optical axis. This allows them to cover
large FoVs but since magnification is different at different
working distances, these lenses are not suited to determine the
true dimensions of an object.
infinity
Fig. 31: Telecentric optics accepts only rays parallel to the optics axis
a) b)
Fig. 32: a) The design of a telecentric lens is such that objects at different distances Fig. 32: b) With entocentric optics, a change in the working distance is seen
from the lens appear to have the same size on the sensor as perspective error
Benefits of bi-telecentric lenses

Better Magnification Constancy
S tandard telecentric lenses accept ray cones whose axis is parallel to the main optical axis; if the lens is only telecentric in object
space, ray cones passing through the optical system reach the detector from different angles depending upon the field position.
Moreover the optical wavefront is completely asymmetric since incoming telecentric rays become non-telecentric in image space.
As a consequence, the spots generated by ray cones on the detector plane change in shape and dimension from point to point in image
space (the point-spread function becomes non-symmetrical and a small circular spot grows larger and turns elliptical as you move from
the image center towards the borders).
Even worse, when the object is displaced, rays coming from a certain field point generate a spot that moves back and forth over the
image plane, thus causing a significant change in magnification. For this reason non bi-telecentric lenses show a lower magnification
constancy although their telecentricity might be very good if measured only in the object space.
XVI www.opto-engineering.com
Optics
Bi-telecentric lenses are telecentric in both object and image space, which means that principal rays are parallel not only when entering
but also when exiting the lens.
This feature is essential to overcome all the accuracy issues concerned with mono-telecentric lenses such as point spread function
inhomogeneity and lack of magnification constancy through the field depth.
detector
detector
a) non bi-telecentric b) bi-telecentric
Fig. 33: (a) In a non image space telecentric lens (left) ray cones strike Fig. 33: (b) In a bi-telecentric lens (right) ray cones are parallel and reach the image
the detector at different angles sensor in a way independent on the field position
Increased field depth
F ield depth is the maximum acceptable displacement of an

object from its best focus position. Beyond this limit the
image resolution becomes poor, because the rays coming from
the image spots with staying symmetrical, which reduces the blur
effect.
This results in a field depth being perceived as 20-30% larger
the object can’t create sufficiently small spots on the detector: compared to non bi-telecentric optics.
blurring effect occurs because geometrical information carried
by the optical rays spread over too many image pixels.
Depth of field basically depends upon the optics F/#, which is
inversely proportional to the lens aperture diameter: the higher
the f-number the larger the field depth, with a quasi-linear
dependence.
Increasing the F/# reduces ray cones divergence, allowing for
smaller spots to form onto the detector; however raising the F/#
over certain values introduces diffraction effects which limit the
maximum achievable resolution.
Bi-telecentricity is beneficial in maintaining a very good image
contrast even when looking at very thick objects (see Fig. 34): Fig. 34: Image of a thick object viewed throughout its entire depth
the symmetry of the optical system and the rays parallelism help by a bi-telecentric lens
Even detector illumination
B i-telecentric lenses boast a very even illumination of the

detector, which comes useful in several applications such as
LCD, textile and print quality control (Fig. 35).
When dichroic filters have to be integrated in the optical path

for photometric or radiometric measurements, bi-telecentricity
assures that the ray fan axis strikes the filter normal to its surface,
thus preserving the optical band-pass over the whole detector
area.
Fig. 35: A bi-telecentric lens is interfaced with a tunable filter in order to perform
high resolution colour measurements. The image-side telecentricity ensures that the
optical bandpass is homogeneous over the entire filter surface and delivers an even
illumination of the detector, provided the object is evenly illuminated too.
XVII
How to choose the right telecentric lens
H aving fixed working distance and aperture, telecentric lenses are classified by their magnification and image circle.
Choosing the right telecentric lens is easy: we must find the magnification under which the image fit the sensor.
Example. We need to measure the geometrical feature of a mechanical part (nut) using a telecentric lens and a 2048 x 2048, 5.5 µm sensor.
The nut is inscribed in a 10 mm diameter circle with 2 mm uncertainty on the sample position. What is the best choice?
Given the camera resolution and pixel size (2048 x 2048 pix, 5.5 µm), the sensor dimensions are calculated to be 11.26 x 11.26 mm.
The FOV must contain a 12 mm diameter circle, hence the minimum magnification required is 0.938X.
The Opto Engineering® TC23009 telecentric lens (M=1.000X, image circle 11 mm) would give a FOV of 11.26 mm x 11.26 mm,
but because of mechanical vignetting the actual FOV is only a 11 mm diameter circle. In this case, if a more accurate part placement
cannot be guaranteed, a lens with lower mag or a larger image circle must be chosen.
Using the Opto Engineering® TC2MHR016-x lens (M=0.767X, image circle 16.0 mm) we find a FOV of 14.68 x 14.68 mm which
is a very close match.
UV TELECENTRIC OPTICS
VIS lens UV lens
S ince the diffraction limit allows higher resolution at shorter 100%
wavelengths (see Fig. 36), UV optics can reach superior results
cut-off frequency, VIS
cut-off frequency, UV
compared to standard lenses and can efficiently operate with 80%
pixels as small as 1.75 µm.
60%
For example, the Opto Engineering® TCUV series telecentric
Contrast
lenses operate in the near UV range and deliver extremely high

resolution for very demanding measurement applications. 40%
20%
0%
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350
Spacial frequency (line pairs/mm)
Fig. 36:The graph shows the limit performances (diffraction limit) of two lenses
operating at working F/# 8. The standard lens operates at 587 nm (green light)
while the UV lens operates at 365 nm
XVIII www.opto-engineering.com
Optics
Why Opto Engineering® telecentric lenses don’t integrate an iris?

Our TC lenses don’t feature an iris, but we can easily adjust the aperture upon request prior to shipping the lens, without any
additional costs or delays for the customer.
The reasons why our lenses don’t feature an iris are so many that the proper question would be “why other manufacturers integrate
irises?”:
• adding an iris makes a lens more expensive because of a feature that would only be used once or twice throughout
the product life
• iris insertion makes the mechanics less precise and the optical alignment much worse
• we would be unable to test the lenses at the same aperture that the customer would be using
• iris position is much less precise than a metal sheet aperture: this strongly affects telecentricity
• the iris geometry is polygonal, not circular: this changes the inclination of the main rays across the FOV, thus affecting the lens
distortion and resolution
• irises cannot be as well centered as fixed, round, diaphragms: proper centering is essential to ensure a good telecentricity
of the lens
• only a circular, fixed, aperture makes brightness the same for all lenses
• an adjustable iris is typically not flat and this causes uncertainty in the stop position,
which is crucial when using telecentric lenses!
• iris is a moving part that can be dangerous in most industrial environments. Vibrations could easily disassemble
the mechanics or change the lens aperture
• the iris setting can be accidentally changed by the user and that would change the original system configuration
• end users prefer having less options and only a few things that have to be tuned in a MV system
• apertures smaller than what is delivered by OE as a standard will not make sense as the resolution will decay because
of diffraction limit; on the other hand, much wider apertures would cause a reduction of the field depth.
The standard aperture of OE lenses is meant to optimize image resolution and field depth.
Why OE Telecentric lenses don’t feature a focusing mechanism?
As with the iris, a focusing mechanism would generate a values: displacing any element from the correct position would
mechanical play in the moving part of the lens, thus making increase the lens distortion. A focusing mechanism makes the
it worse the centering of the optical system and also causing positioning of the lenses inside the optical system uncertain
trapezoidal distortion. and the distortion value unknown: the distortion would then
Another issue is concerned with radial distortion: the be different from the values obtained in our quality control
distortion of a telecentric lens can be kept small only when process.
the distances between optical components are set at certain
XIX
360° OPTICS
M any machine vision applications require a complete view

of an object surface since many features to be inspected are
located on the object sides rather than on top.
Most cylindrical objects such as bottles and containers, as well as

many kinds of mechanical parts require an inspection of the side
surfaces to detect scratches and impurities or to read barcodes
or, again, to ensure that a label has been printed correctly.
In these cases, the most common approach is to use multiple

cameras (usually 3 or 4) in order to achieve several side views
of the part, in addition to the top view. This solution, besides
increasing the cost of the system, often creates a bottleneck in
the system performances, since the electronics or software must
process different images from different cameras simultaneously.
In other cases, vision engineers prefer to scan the outer surface
with line scan camera systems.
This approach also shows many technical and cost disadvantages:

the object must be mechanically rotated in the FOV which also
affects the inspection speed; moreover, line-scan cameras require
very powerful illumination. Also, the large size of linear detectors
increases the optical magnification of the system, thus reducing
field depth.
The 360° optics category encompasses different optical solutions

that capture rays diverging from the object (see Fig. 37), thus Convergent rays
imaging not only the object surface in front of the lens, but also
the object’s lateral surface (see optical diagram below).
Entrance
The following images illustrate the working principle applied to pupil
a pericentric lens (PC), a catadioptric lens (PCCD), a pinhole lens
(PCHI) and a boroscope lens (PCPB). Other 360° optical solutions
combine telecentric optics and mirror arrays, allowing you to
get a complete view of a sample with just one camera (TCCAGE,
PCPW and PCMP series).
Fig. 37: Pericentric lens type. The entrance pupil is located in front of the lens
diameter
Fig. 38: Opto Engineering® PC lens optical scheme, Fig. 39: Opto Engineering ® PCCD optical scheme,
sample image and unwrapped image sample image and unwrapped image
XX www.opto-engineering.com
Optics
Fig. 40: Opto Engineering ® PCHI optical scheme, Fig. 41: Opto Engineering ® PCPB optical scheme,
sample image and unwrapped image sample image and unwrapped image
Fig. 42: Opto Engineering ® TCCAGE optical scheme and sample image Fig. 43: Opto Engineering ® PCPW: optical scheme and sample image
Fig. 44: Opto Engineering ® PCMP : optical scheme and sample image
MACRO LENSES
M acro lenses are fixed focal length lenses whose working distance is comparable to
their focal length. The recommended working distance from the object is usually
fixed, hence macro optics are usually described by their magnification.
Since macro lenses are specifically designed to image small and fixed FoVs, they tend
to have extremely low geometrical distortion. For example, the distortion of Opto
Engineering® MC series lenses range from <0.05% to <0.01%.
XXI
FIXED FOCAL LENGTH LENSES
F ixed focal length lenses are

entocentric lenses, meaning that
they collect rays diverging from the
Example. A ceramic tile (100 x 80 mm) must be inspected with
a fixed focal length lens from 200 mm away.
optical axis (see Fig. 45). Which lens would you choose?
Fixed focal length lenses are commonly The Camera sensor has 2592 x 1944 res, with 2.2 µm pixels.
used optics in machine vision, being
affordable products that are well suited Recalling basic lens equations:
for standard applications.
Knowing the basic parameters - focal length and sensor size - it is 1/s’ (+)– 1/s (-) = 1/f(+)
easy to calculate the field of view and working distance; the focus
can be adjusted from a minimum working distance to infinity; M = h’/h = s’/s
usually also the iris is controlled mechanically, allowing you to
manually adjust the lens F/# and consequently the light intensity, we find:
field depth and resolution.
1/s ( h/ h’ - 1 ) = 1/f
thus
Diverging rays
WD = - s = - f ( h/ h’ - 1 )
or consequently:
f = s / ( h/ h’ - 1 )
Entrance
pupil
and also
h = h’ ( 1 + s/ f )
keeping in mind that s and h’ (object position with respect to

Fig. 45: Entocentric optics accept rays diverging from the lens
the lens and image height) are customarily negative, while f
and h (focal length and object height) are customarily positive.
Fixed focal length lenses are inexpensive and versatile, but they Also, in machine vision, we take h as the maximum value for
are not suitable for all applications. the desired field of view and h’ as the short side of the sensor,
to make sure the minimum requrested field of view is covered.
They usually introduce significant perspective errors and
geometric distortion that are incompatible with precision Given the sensor resolution and pixel size, we can calculate
measurement applications. the sensor dimensions. We set h’ = - 4.28 mm and h = 100 mm.
Also, the manually adjustable iris and focus introduce some Hence, setting s = - 200 mm we find f = 8.2 mm.
mechanical play, which makes these lenses not ideal for With a standard 8 mm lens we would cover a slightly wider
applications requiring very consistent and repeatable settings. FOV (137 x 102 mm).
Extension tubes
F or most standard lenses the working distance (WD) is not a fixed parameter.
The focusing distance can be changed by adjusting a specific knob. Nevertheless,
there is always a minimum object distance (MOD) below which focusing becomes
impossible. Adding an extension tube (see Fig. 46) between the lens and the camera
increases the back focal length, making it possible to reduce the MOD.
This also increases the magnification of the lens or, in other words, reduces the FOV.
While very common in the vision industry, this procedure should be avoided as much as
possible, because it degrades the lens performance (resolution, distortion, aberrations,
brightness, etc.).
In these cases, it is recommended to use lenses natively designed to work at short
working distances (macro lenses).
Fig. 46: Extension tubes for fixed focal length lenses
XXII www.opto-engineering.com
Optics
VARIFOCAL LENSES
V arifocal lenses are lenses with variable focal length, which can be adjusted by moving
groups of optical elements with respect to each other inside the lens. The variable
focal length allows for multiple combinations of working distances and magnifications,
offering several different configurations with a single lens.
Varifocal lenses, though, have the same reliability issues of fixed focal length lenses, plus
more uncertainty caused by the relative motion of lens groups inside the assembly.
ZOOM LENSES
Z oom lenses (parfocal lenses) are a special type of varifocal optics in which the
working distance is kept constant when changing focal length (i.e. focus is maintained
throughout the process). Actually, a zoom lens is generally defined as a lens that can
change magnification without changing its working distance: in this category, we can
also find macro zoom (e.g. Opto Engineering ® MCZR and MZMT) and telecentric zoom
lenses (Opto Engineering ® TCZR).
SCHEIMPFLUG OPTICS
S chempflug optics are a special class of lenses, either of the

fixed focal, macro or telecentric type, designed to meet the
Scheimpflug criterion.
The angle at which the sensor plane must be tilted is given by the
Scheimpflug criterion:
tan(θ’) = M • tan(θ)
Suppose that the object plane of an optical setup is not parallel to
the image plane (e.g. a camera-lens system imaging a flat target at θ’ = atan(M • tan(θ))
45°): this causes the image to be sharp only where the focus plane
and the target plane intersect. where M is the lens magnification, θ’ is the image plane tilt angle
(i.e. on the sensor side) and θ is the object plane tilt angle.
Since the image and object planes are conjugated, tilting the It is clear that at high magnifications this condition is impossible
first plane by a certain angle will also cause the latter to tilt by a to meet, since an object plane tilted by 45° would require to tilt
corresponding angle. Once the focus plane is aligned to the target the sensor by 80°, causing severe mechanical and vignetting
plane, focus across the image is restored. issues (cf. Fig. 47, where M=5 black, M=1 blue, M=0.25 red).
100
Sensor angle
M=5
80
60
M=1
40
M=0.25
20
Object angle
0 20 40 60 80 100
Fig. 47: Relationship between abject (θ) and sensor angle (θ’)
at different magnification M
Image plane tilting is practically realized by changing the angle of

the camera with respect to the optics by means of special tiltable Fig. 48: Example of Scheimpflug telecentric setup
mounts: the picture below illustrates an example of a Scheimpflug
telecentric setup.
XXIII
IR OPTICS
In machine vision, we find a number of interesting and high tech applications of IR radiation: the imaging process in some regions of the
spectrum requires specifically designed lenses called IR optics.
All objects with an absolute temperature over 0 K emit infrared (IR) radiation. Infrared radiant energy is determined by the
temperature and emissivity of an object and is characterized by wavelengths ranging from 0.76 μm (the red edge of the visible range)
to 1000 μm (beginning of microwaves range). The higher the temperature of an object, the higher the spectral radiant energy, or
emittance, at all wavelengths and the shorter the peak wavelength of the emissions. Due to limitations on detector range, IR radiation
is often divided into three smaller regions based on the response of various detectors.
SWIR (0.9-1.7 μm) is also called the «reflected infrared» region since radiation coming from a light source is reflected by the object in a
similar manner as in the visible range.
SWIR imaging requires some sort of illumination in order to image an object and can be performed only if some light, such as ambient
moon light or stars light is present. In fact the SWIR region is suitable for outdoor, night-time imaging. SWIR imaging lenses are
specifically designed, optimized, and anti-reflection coated for SWIR wavelenghts.
Indium Gallium Arsenide (InGaAs) sensors are the primary sensors used in SWIR, covering typical SWIR band, but can extend as low as
0.550 µm to as high as 2.5 µm.
A large number of applications that are difficult or impossible
to perform using visible light are possible using SWIR InGaAs
based cameras: nondestructive identification of materials, their
composition, coatings and other characteristics, Electronic
Board Inspection, Solar cell inspection, Identifying and Sorting,
Surveillance, Anti-Counterfeiting, Process Quality Control, etc...
When imaging in SWIR, water vapor, fog, and certain materials such
as silicon are transparent. Additionally, colors that appear almost
identical in the visible may be easily differentiated using SWIR.
MWIR (3-5 μm) and LWIR (8-14 μm) regions are also referred to as “thermal infrared” because radiation is emitted from the object
itself and no external light source is needed to image the object. Two major factors determine how bright an object appears to a
thermal imager: the object’s temperature and its emissivity (a physical property of materials that describes how efficiently it radiates).
As an object gets hotter, it radiates more energy and appears brighter to a thermal imaging system.
Atmospheric obscurants cause much less scattering in the MWIR and LWIR bands than in the SWIR band, so cameras sensitive to these
longer wavelengths are highly tolerant of smoke, dust and fog.
• MWIR collects the light in the 3 μm to 5 μm spectral band. • LWIR collects the light in the 8 μm to 14 μm spectral band
MWIR cameras are employed when the primary goal is and is the wavelength range with the most available thermal
to obtain high-quality images rather than focusing on imaging cameras. In fact, according to Planck’s law, terrestrial
temperature measurements and mobility. The MWIR band of targets emit mainly in the LWIR. LWIR systems applications
the spectrum is the region where the thermal contrast is higher include thermography/temperature control, predictive
due to blackbody physics; while in the LWIR band there is quite maintenance, gas leak detection, imaging of scenes which span
more radiation emitted from terrestrial objects compared a very wide temperature range (and require a broad dynamic
to the MWIR band, the amount of radiation varies less with range), imaging through thick smoke, etc... The two most
temperature: this is why MWIR images generally provide commonly used materials for uncooled detectors in the LWIR
better contrast than LWIR. For example, the emissive peak of are amorphous silicon (a-Si) and vanadium oxide (VOx), while
hot engines and exhaust gasses occurs in the MWIR band, so cooled detectors in this region are mainly HgCdTe.
these cameras are especially sensitive to vehicles and aircraft.
The main detector materials in the MWIR are InSb (Indium
antimonide) and HgCdTe (mercury cadmium telluride) also
referred to as MCT and partially lead selenide (PbSe).
Athermalization. Any material is characterized by a certain temperature expansion coefficient and responds to temperature variations
by either increasing or decreasing its physical dimensions. Thus, thermal expansion of optical elements might alter a system’s optical
performance causing defocusing due to a change of temperature. An optical system is athermalized if its critical performance
parameters (such as Modulation Transfer Function, Back Focal Length, Effective Focal Length, …) do not change appreciably over the
operating temperature range.
Athermalization techniques can be either active or passive. Active athermalization involves motors or other active systems to
mechanically adjust the lens elements’ position, while passive athermalization makes use of design techniques aimed at compensating
for thermal defocusing, by combining suitably chosen lens materials and optical powers (optical compensation) or by using expansion
rods with very different thermal expansion coefficients that mechanically displace a lens element so that the system stays in focus
(mechanical compensation).
XXIV www.opto-engineering.com
Lighting
I llumination is one of the most critical components of a machine vision system. The selection of
the appropriate lighting component for a specific application is very important to ensure that
a machine vision system performs its tasks consistently and reliably.
The main reason is that improper illumination results in loss of information which, in most cases,
cannot be recovered via software. This is why the selection of quality lighting components is of
primary importance: there is no software algorithm capable of revealing features that are not
correctly illuminated.
To make the most appropriate choice, one must consider many different parameters, including:
• Lighting geometry
• Light source type
• Wavelength
• Surface property of the material to be inspected or measured (e.g. color, reflectivity)
• Item shape
• Item speed (inline or offline application)
• Mechanical constraints
• Environment considerations
• Cost
Since many parameters must be considered, the choice can be difficult and sometimes the wisest
advice is to perform feasibility studies with different light types to reveal the features of interest.
On the other hand, there are a number of simple rules and good practices that can help select the
proper lights and improve the image quality.
For every application, the main objectives are the following:
1. Maximizing the contrast of the features that must be inspected or measured

2. Minimizing the contrast of the features of no interest
3. Getting rid of unwanted variations caused by:
a. Ambient light
b. Differences between items that are non-relevant to the inspection task
Light in machine vision
In machine vision, light is mostly characterized by its wavelength,

which is generally expressed in nm (nanometers).
Light visible to the human eye has wavelengths in the range of
400-700 nm, between the infrared (with longer wavelengths)
and the ultraviolet (with shorter wavelengths): special
Basically light is electromagnetic radiation within a certain applications might require IR or UV light instead of visible light.
portion of the electromagnetic spectrum (cf. Fig. 1): it can be
quasi-monochromatic (which means that it is characterized
by a narrow wavelength band, i.e. with a single color) or white
(distributed across the visible spectrum, i.e. it contains all colors).
UV VISIBLE INFRARED
0.4 0.76
1000
X-RAYS MICROWAVES
0.9 1.7 3 5 8 14
SWIR MWIR LWIR
Fig. 1: Electromagnetic specturm
XXVIII www.opto-engineering.com
Lighting
Basically, light interacts with materials (Fig. 2) by being

Transmitted
• Reflected and/or
• Transmitted and/or
• Absorbed
Emitted
Reflected
Additionally, when light travels across different media it refracts,
i.e. it changes direction. The amount of refraction is inversely
proportional to the light wavelength; i.e. violet light rays are bent
more than red ones.
This means that light with short wavelengths gets scattered more
easily than light with long wavelengths when hitting a surface
and is therefore, generally speaking, more suited for surface
inspection applications.
Incident Absorbed
In fact, if we ideally consider wavelength as the only parameter
to be considered from the previous list, blue light is advised for
applications such as scratch inspection while longer wavelengths
such as red light are more suited for enhancing the silhouette of
transparent materials.
Fig. 2: Interaction of light with matter: reflection, adsorption and transmission
LED illumination
T here are many different types of light

sources available (Fig. 3) including the
following:
Mercury Quartz Halogen / Tungsten
Daytime sunlight
• Incandescent lamps
0.8
• Fluorescent lamps
• LED lights Fluorescent
Relative intensity (%)
0.6 White
LED
Xenon
LED lights are by far the most commonly 0.4
used in machine vision because they offer
a number of advantages, including:
• Fast response 0.2
Red
• Suitable for pulse and strobe operations LED
• Mechanical resistance
0.0
• Longer lifetime, higher output stability
• Ease of creating various lighting 300 400 500 600 700
geometry Wavelength (nm)
Fig. 3: Emission spectra of different light sources
Incandescent lamps are the well-known Fluorescent lamps are vacuum tubes LEDs (Light Emitting Diodes) produce
glass bulbs filled with low pressure, in which UV light is first produced (by light via the annihilation of an electron-
inert gas (usually argon) in which a thin interaction between mercury vapor and hole pair in a positive/negative junction of
metal wire (tungsten) is heated to high highly energetic electrons produced by a semiconductor chip.
temperatures by passing an electric a cathode) and then is adsorbed by the The light produced by an LED depends
current through it. tube walls, coated with fluorescent and on the materials used in the chip and is
The glowing metal emits light on a broad phosphorescent material. characterized by a narrow spectrum, i.e. it
spectrum that goes from 400 nm up to The walls then re-emit light over a is quasi-monochromatic.
the IR. The result is a white, warm light spectrum that again covers the whole White light is produced as in the
(corresponding to a temperature of 2870 visible range, providing a “colder” white fluorescent lamps, but the blue light
K) with a significant amount of heat being light source. is absorbed and re-emitted in a broad
generated. spectrum slightly peaked in the blue
region.
XXIX
LED power supply and output
Forward voltage vs. Forward current
A n LED illuminator can be controlled by either setting the

voltage V across the circuit or by directly feeding the circuit
with electric current I.
200
180
100
Forward current (mA)

50
One important consideration is that the luminous flux produced

by a single LED increases almost linearly with the current
10
while it does not do so with respect to the voltage applied:
1% uncertainty on the driving current will translate into 1%
luminance uncertainty, while 1% uncertainty on the input voltage
can result in a several percentage points variation (Fig. 4).
1
For this reason, it is suggested to directly regulate the current 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5
Forward voltage (V)
and not the voltage, so that the light output is stable, tightly
controlled and highly repeatable. Forward current vs Relative luminous flux
4.0
For example, in measurement applications, it is paramount to
3.5
obtain images with a stable grey level background to ensure
Relative luminous flux (a.u.)

consistency of the results: this is achieved by avoiding light 3.0
flickering and ensuring that the LED forward current of the 2.5
telecentric light is precisely controlled: this is why Opto
2.0
Engineering® LTLCHP telecentric illuminators feature built-
in electronics designed to have less than 1‰ variation in LED 1.5
forward current intensity leading to very stable performances. 1.0
0.5
0.5
0 50 100 150 200 250
Forward current (mA)
Fig. 4: LED current, tension and light output graphs
LED pulsing and strobing
L EDs can be easily driven in a pulsed (on/off) regime and can be

switched on and off in sequence, turning them on only when
necessary. Usage of LEDs in pulsed mode has many advantages
T
including the extension of their lifespan.

If the LED driving current (or voltage) is set to the nominal value t on max
declared by the LED manufacturer for continuous mode, we talk
t off
about pulsed mode: the LED is simply switched on and off.
LEDs can also be driven at higher intensities (i.e. overdriven)
than the nominal values, thus producing more light but only
for a limited amount of time: in this case we say that the LED is
operated in strobed mode.
Strobing is needed whenever the application requires an Fig. 5: Duty cycles parameters
increased amount of light to freeze the motion of fast moving
objects, in order to eliminate the influence of ambient light, to
preserve the LED lifetime and to synchronize the ON time of your
light (ton) with the camera and item to be inspected.
To properly strobe an LED light, a few parameters must be
considered (Fig. 5 and 6): Trigger signal Trigger signal
• Max pulse width or ON time (ton max ): the maximum amount Acquisition time Acquisition time
of time for which the LED light can be switched on at the
maximum forward current. Camera Camera
• Duty cycle D is defined as (usually expressed in %): acquiring acquiring
t on t on
D = ton/(ton+toff )
t off
Strobed LED Strobed LED
Where toff is the amount of time for which the LED light is off and light output light output
T = ton+toff is the cycle period. The duty cycle gives the fraction LED constant light output
in % of the cycle time during which the LEDs can be switched Time
on. The period T can be also given as the cycle frequency f = 1/T,
expressed in Hertz (Hz). Fig. 6: Triggering and strobing
XXX www.opto-engineering.com
Lighting
LED lifetime
T he life of an LED is defined as the time that it takes for the LED luminance to decrease to 50% of its initial luminance at an ambient
temperature of 25°C.
Line speed, strobing and exposure time
W hen dealing with online applications, there are some important parameters that have to be considered.
Specifically, depending on the object speed and image sharpness that is required for the application, the camera exposure time
must be always set to the minimum in order to freeze motion and avoid image blurring. Additionally, black and opaque objects that tend
to absorb instead of reflecting light, are particularly critical.
As an example, let’s suppose to inspect an object moving with speed vo using a lens with magnification m and a camera with pixel size p.
The speed of the object on the sensor will be m times vo:
vi = m vo,
Therefore the space travelled by the object xi during the exposure time t is xi = vi t. If this space is greater than the pixel size, the object
will appear blurred over a certain number of pixels. Suppose that we can accept a 3 pixels blur: in other words, we require that
xi = vi t = m vo t < 3 p
so that the camera exposure time t is required to be
t < 3 p / (m vo )
For example, using p = 5.5 µm, m = 0.66, vo = 300 mm/s (i.e. a line speed of 10,800 samples/hr on a 100 mm FoV) we find a maximum
exposure time of t = 83 µs.
At such speed, the amount of light emitted by LED illuminator used in continuous mode is hardly ever enough - so that strobing the
illuminator for an equivalent amount of time is the best solution.
Another parameter that we can adjust in order to get more light into the system is the lens F/#: by lowering the lens F/# we will gather
more light; however, this will lower the depth of field of the system. Moreover, this might also lower the image quality since, in general,
a lens performs better in the center and worse towards the edges due to lens aberrations, leading to an overall loss of sharpness.
Increasing the camera gain is another way, however this always introduces a certain amount of noise, thus again leading to a degraded
image where fewer details can be distinguished.
As a result, it is always a good practice to choose sufficiently bright lighting components, allowing you to correctly reveal the features
of interest the inspected of object when used in combination with lenses set at the optimum F/# and without the need to digitally
increase the camera gain.
XXXI
Illumination geometries and techniques
H ow to determine the best illumination for a specific machine vision task?

There are in fact several aspects that must be taken into account to help you choose the right illumination for your vision system
with a certain degree of confidence.
Application purpose
T his is by far the first point that must be clear.

If we want to inspect the surface of an object to look for defects or features such as printed text, then front illumination is needed -
i.e. light coming from the camera side. Selecting the proper light direction or angle of incidence on the target surface as well as other
optical properties such as diffuse or direct light depends on the specific surface features that must be highlighted.
If, on the other side, we plan to measure the diameter or the length of an object or we want to locate a through-hole, the best choice
to maximize contrast at the edges is back illumination - i.e. light is blocked by the object on its way to the camera.
The choice is not so obvious when dealing with more complex situations such as transparent materials and sometimes mixed solutions
must be taken into account.
Illumination angle
Once we have established whether front or back illumination is more suitable, we must set the angle at which light hits the object
surface. Although the angle may vary, there are two important subgroups of front and backlight illumination: bright field and dark field
illumination. The four combinations that follow are described below (Fig. 7).
FRONT LIGHTING
FRONT FRONT
bright field bright field
and collimated illumination
Front coaxial
FRONT FRONT
dark field dark field
OBJECT
and collimated illumination
BACK BACK
dark field dark field
Back coaxial
BACK BACK
bright field bright field
BACK LIGHTING
Fig. 7: Illumination and directionality: the ‘W rule’
XXXII www.opto-engineering.com
Lighting
I n bright field, front light illumination, light reflected by a flat

surface is collected by the optics.
This is the most common situation, in which non-flat features

(e.g. defects, scratches etc.) can scatter light outside the
maximum acceptance angle of the lens, showing dark
characteristics on a bright background (the bright field -
see Fig. 8 and 10.a 10.b).
Bright field, front light can be produced by LED barlights or

ringlights, depending on the system symmetry (Fig. 9).
In both cases LED light can be direct or diffused by a medium

(sometimes the latter is to prefer to avoid uneven illumination
on reflective surfaces).
Fig. 8: Front bright field illumination scheme
a b
Fig. 9: Ringlight (a) and barlight (b) geometry Fig. 10. a: image of engraved sample with front Fig. 10.b: image of a metal coin (featuring embossed
brigth field illumination (ringlight) parts) with front bright field illumination (ringlight)
In dark field, front light illumination, reflected light is not

collected by the optics. In this way, only scattered light is
captured, enhancing the non-planar features of the surface as
brighter characteristics on a dark background (the dark field -
see Fig. 11 and 13.a - 13.b ).
Again, this effect is commonly reproduced by means of low angle

ringlights (Fig. 12).
Fig. 11: Front dark field illumination scheme
Fig. 12: Low angle ringlight geometry Fig. 13.a: image of engraved sample with front dark Fig .13.b: image of a metal coin (featuring embossed
field illumination (ringlight) parts) with front dark field illumination (ringlight)
XXXIII
In bright field, backlight illumination, light is either stopped
or transmitted by the surface if the material is opaque (Fig. 14)
or transparent.
In the first case, we see the outline of the object (black object on
white background - see Fig. 16 and 18).
In the latter, the non-planar features of the transparent object

show up dark on a white background; in this second case,
contrast is usually low unless the transparent surfaces present
sharp curvatures (e.g. air bubble inclusions in plastic).
These lighting techniques can be achieved using diffuse

backlights (Fig. 15a, 15b and 16) or telecentric illuminators,
specifically designed for high accuracy applications
(Fig. 17 and 18).
Fig. 14: Bright field backlight illumination scheme
Fig. 15.a: Diffuse backlight geometry (back emitting)
Fig. 16: image of a plastic cap with backlight illumination
Fig. 15.b: Diffuse backlight geometry (side-emitting)
Fig. 17: Telecentric backlight geometry Fig. 18: image of a precision mechanical component
with telecentric backlight illumination
XXXIV www.opto-engineering.com
Lighting
In dark field, backlight illumination, only light transmitted by

the sample and scattered by non-flat features will be collected,
enhancing such features as bright on the dark background
(Fig. 19).
This can be obtained by means of ringlights or bar lights

positioned behind a transparent sample.
Fig. 19: Dark field back light illumination scheme
C oaxial illumination. When front light hits the object surface

perpendicular to the object plane, we speak of coaxial
illumination.
Coaxial illumination can additionally be collimated, i.e. rays are

parallel to the optical axis (within a certain degree).
To obtain this illumination set up, coaxial boxes are available
for use in combination with any type of lens (either fixed focal,
macro or telecentric) or telecentric lenses with built-in coaxial
illumination can be used (such as Opto Engineering® TCCX series).
The difference lies in the degree of collimation which results in

the amount of contrast that is possible to achieve searching for
defects on highly reflective surfaces. See Fig. 21 and 22. Diffuser
Fig. 20: Coaxial illumination scheme (non collimated)
Fig. 21: Coaxial illumination geometry Fig. 22: image of engraved sample
(standard and collimated) with coaxial illumination
XXXV
D ome lights and tunnel lights.
If an object with a complex curved geometry must be
inspected to detect specific surface features, front light
In fact, dome lights are sometimes also referred to as “cloudy day”
illuminators because they provide uniform light as on a cloudy
illumination coming from different angles is the most appropriate day.
choice in order to get rid of reflections that can lead to uneven Another type of lighting geometry is tunnel illumination: these
illumination: Dome lights are the ideal solution for these type of lights are designed to provide uniform illumination on long and
applications because they are designed to provide illumination thin cylindrical objects and they feature a circular aperture on
coming from virtually any direction (Fig. 23 e 24). top (as dome lights).
Fig. 24: Image of a metal coin (featuring embossed parts) with dome
Fig. 23: Dome illumination geometry light illumiantion
C ombined and advanced illumination solutions. Sometimes

in order to inspect very complex object geometries it is
necessary to combine different types of lights to effectively
reveal surface defects.
For example, the combination of a dome and a low angle light is

very effective in providing uniform illumination over the entire
field of view.
An example of “combined” lighting is the Opto Engineering ®

LTDMLA series, featuring all-in-one dome and low angle ring
lights which can be operated simultaneously or independently of
each other (see Fig. 25).
Fig. 25: Combined light (dome + low angle ringlight) illumination geometry
XXXVI www.opto-engineering.com
Lighting
Telecentric illumination
T elecentric illumination is needed in a wide variety of applications

including:
• High speed inspection and sorting: in fact, when coupled

with a telecentric lens, the high throughput allows for extremely
short exposure times
•
• Silhouette imaging for accurate edge detection and defect analysis

• Measurement of reflective cylindrical objects: diffuse backlights
can generate undesired reflections from the edges of shiny round
objects, making them look smaller than they are and leading
to inaccurate measurements. Since collimated rays are typically
much less reflected, telecentric illuminators can effectively
eliminate this “border effect” ensuring accurate and consistent
readings (see Fig. 26)
• Any precision measurement application where accuracy,
repeatability and high throughput are key factors
Non-collimated back illumination
Light coming from a variety of angles
Collimated back illumination
Parallel rays
Fig. 26: Collimated vs diffuse backlight illumination
The use of a collimated light in combination with a telecentric lens Therefore, the optical system behaves as if the lens had the same
increases the natural depth of field of the telecentric lens itself NA as the illuminator in terms of field depth, while maintaining
by approximately +20/30% (this however also depends on other the same image resolution given by the actual telecentric lens
factors such as the lens type, light wavelength and pixel size). NA.
Additionally, thanks to the excellent light coupling, the distance Collimated light is the best choice if you need to inspect objects
between the object and the light source can be increased where with curved edges; for this reason, this illumination technique is
needed without affecting image quality. This happens because the widely used in measurement systems for shafts, tubes, screws,
illuminator’s numerical aperture (NA) is lower than the telecentric springs, o-rings and similar samples.
lens NA.
XXXVII
Wavelength and optical performance
M any machine vision applications require a very specific light

wavelength that can be generated with quasi-monochromatic
light sources or with the aid of optical filters.
V
B
B Appears
G blue
In the field of image processing, the choice of the proper light
Y
wavelength is key to emphasize only certain colored features of O
the object being imaged. R
The relationship between wavelength (i.e. the light color) and the
object color is shown in Fig. 27. Using a wavelength that matches
the color of the feature of interest will highlight this specific
feature and viceversa, i.e. using opposite colors to darken non Blue object
relevant features (see Fig. 28).
For example green light makes green features appear brighter
V
on the image sensor while red light makes green features appear
B Appears
darker on the sensor. On the other hand, white light will contrast red
G
all colors, however this solution might be a compromise. Y
Additionally it must be considered that there is a big difference in O
terms of sensitivity between the human eye and a CMOS or CCD R
R
sensor. Therefore it is important to do an initial assessment
of the vision system to determine how it perceives the object,
in fact what human eyes see might be misleading.
Red object
Monochromatic light can be obtained in two ways: we can
prevent extraneous wavelengths from reaching the sensor by
means of optical filters, or we can use monochromatic sources. Appears
red
Optical filters allow only certain wavelengths of light to be R

R
transmitted. They can be used either to allow light of a specified
wavelength to pass through (band-pass filters) or to block desired
wavelengths (e.g. low-pass filters for UV light only).
Color filters can block other non-monochromatic light sources
often present in industrial environments (e.g. sunlight, ceiling White object
lights etc.), however they also limit the amount of light that
actually reaches the sensor.
V
On the other hand, quasi-monochromatic sources only produce Appears
B
light of a certain wavelength within a usually small bandwidth. G black
Either way, if we select monochromatic (e.g. green) light, Y
every non-green feature will appear dark grey or black on the O
sensor, depending on the filter bandwidth and the color of the R
feature. This gives us a simple way to enhance contrast by using
monochromatic light with respect to the use of white light
(Fig. 29 - 34).
Black object
WARM COOL
Fig. 27: Relationship between object color and light color

R V
O B
Additionally, in some cases a specific wavelength might
be preferred for other reasons: for example, Opto Engineering ®
telecentric lenses are usually optimized to work in the
visible range and they offer the best performance in terms
Y G of telecentricity and distortion when used with green light.
Furthermore, green light is a good tradeoff between the
resolution limit (which improves with shorter wavelengths)
and the transmission characteristics of common glasses
Fig. 28: One way to maximize contrast is to select the light color (which in fact have low transmission at short wavelengths).
that is on the opposite side of the wheel of the feature color. In cases where any wavelength will fit the application, one might
In such case, features will appear dark on the image sensor choose a specific LED color just based on cost considerations.
XXXVIII www.opto-engineering.com
Lighting
Blue filter
Red filter
Object Object
Image Image
Red light is reflected off the red background, Blue light is reflected off the blue circle,
but is absorbed by the blue circle. but is absortbd by the red background.
Fig. 29: Filtering and coloured samples: concept scheme and monochromatic result
Fig. 30: Color camera Fig. 31: Mono camera Fig. 32: Red filter
Fig.33: Green filter Fig. 34: Blue filter
Polarizing filters consist of special materials characterized by a distinctive optical direction: all light oscillating in this direction passes
through, while the other components of the wave are suppressed.
Since light reflected by a surface is polarized in the direction parallel to the surface itself, such reflection can be significantly reduced
or blocked by means of two polarization filters - one on the light and one on the lens.
Polarizing filters are used to eliminate glare effects occurring when imaging reflective materials, such as glass, plastic etc.
XXXIX
Structured illumination
T he projection of a light pattern on a surface can easily give

information on its 3D dimensional features (Fig. 35).
For example, if we observe a line projected from the vertical
direction with a camera looking from a known angle, we can
determine the height of the object where the line is projected.
This concept can be extended using various different patterns,
such as grids, crosses, dots etc.
Although both LED and laser sources are commonly used for
pattern projection, the latter present several disadvantages
(Fig. 36). The laser light profile of the line has a Gaussian shape,
being higher at the center and decreasing at the edges of the
stripe.
Additionally, projecting a laser onto a surface produces the so
called “speckle effect”, i.e. an interference phenomenon that
causes loss of edge sharpness of the laser line, due to the high
coherent nature of the laser light.
Projected pattern Seen pattern With laser emitters the illumination decays both across the line
cross section and along the line width. Additionally, lines from
laser emitters show blurred edges and diffraction/speckle effects.
Fig. 35: Structured light technique
On the other hand, using LED light for structured illumination LED pattern projectors ensure thinner lines, sharper edges and
will eliminate these issues. Opto Engineering® LED pattern more homogeneous illumination than lasers.
LED
projectors feature thinner lines, sharper edges and more

homogeneous illumination than lasers. Since light is produced by
a finite-size source, it can be stopped by a physical pattern with
the desired features, collected by a common lens and projected With laser emitters the illumination decays both across the line
on the surface. cross section and along the line width.
Light intensity is constant through the projected pattern with no
visible speckle, since LED light is much less coherent than laser
LASER
light. Additionally, white light can be easily produced and used in Laser emitters lines are thicker and show blurred edges;
the projection process. diffraction and speckle effects are also present.
Fig. 36: LASER vs LED in structured light illumination
Illumination safety and class risks of LEDs

according to EN62471
IEC/EN 62471 gives guidance for evaluating the photobiological Risk Group
safety of lamps including incoherent broadband sources of Exempt No photobiological hazard
optical radiation such as LEDs (but excluding lasers) in the
wavelength range from 200 nm through 3000 nm. Group Ia No photobiological hazard under normal behavioral limitations
Does not pose hazard due to aversion response to bright light

Group II
According to EN 62471 light sources are classified into risk or thermal discomfort
groups according to their potential photobiological hazard. Group III Hazardous even for momentary exposure
XL www.opto-engineering.com
Cameras
A camera is a remote sensing device that can capture and store or transmit images. Light is
collected and focused through an optical system on a sensitive surface (sensor) that converts
intensity and frequency of the electromagnetic radiation to information, through chemical or
electronic processes.
The simplest system of this kind consists of a dark room or box in which light enters only from
a small hole and is focused on the opposite wall, where it can be seen by the eye or captured on a
light sensitive material (i.e. photographic film). This imaging method, which dates back centuries,
is called ‘camera obscura’ (latin for ‘dark room’), and gave the name to modern cameras.
Fig. 1: Working principle of a camera obscura Fig. 2: Camera obscura “View of Dotel de Ville, Paris, France, 2015”
Photo by Abelardo Morell ©
Camera technology has hugely improved in the last decades, since the development of Charge
Coupled Device (CCD) and, more recently, of CMOS technology. Previous standard systems, such
as vacuum tube cameras, have been discontinued.
The improvements in image resolution and acquisition speed obviously also improved the quality
and speed of machine vision cameras.
Camera types
Matrix and Line scan cameras
C ameras used in machine vision applications can be divided in two groups: area scan cameras (also called matrix cameras) and line
scan cameras. The first are simpler and less technically demanding, while the latter are preferred in some situations where matrix
cameras are not suitable. Area scan cameras capture 2-D images using a certain number of active elements (pixels), while line scan
cameras sensors are characterized by a single array of pixels.
Sensor sizes and resolution
S ensor sizes (or formats) are usually designated with an

imperial fraction value – i.e. 1/2”, 2/3”. However, the actual
dimensions of a sensor are different from the fraction value,
There can be 30*40/(0.04*0.04) = 0.75x10^6 defects. Assuming
a minimum of 3 pixels are required to see a defect, we need a
camera with at least 2.25 MP pixels. This gives the minimum
which often causes confusion among users. This practice dates resolution required for the sensor, although the whole system
back to the 50’s at the time of TV camera tubes and is still the resolution (also including the lens resolution) must always be
standard these days. Also, it is always wise to check the sensor assessed. Table 1 gives a brief overview of some common sensor
specifications, since even two sensors with the same format dimensions and resolutions. It is important to underline that
may have slightly different dimensions and aspect ratios. Spatial sensors can have the same dimensions but different resolution,
resolution is the number of active elements (pixels) contained in since the pixel size can vary. Although for a given sensor format
the sensor area: the higher the resolution, the smaller the detail smaller pixels lead to higher resolution, smaller pixels are not
we can detect on the image. always ideal since they are less sensitive to light and generate
Suppose we need to inspect a 30 x 40 mm FoV, looking for 40*40 higher noise; also, the lens resolution and pixel size must always
μm defects that must be viewed on at least three pixels. be properly matched to ensure optimal system performances.
Sensor type 1/3” 1/2” 2/3” 1” 4/3” 4 K (linear) 8 K (linear) 12 K (linear)

Sensor size (mm) 4.80 x 3.60 6.40 x 4.80 8.45 x 7.07 12.8 x 9.64 18.1 x 13.6 28.7 41 64
Pixel size (μm) 5 5 5 5 5 7 5 5.3
Resolution (mm) 960 x 720 1280 x 960 1690 x 1414 2560 x 1928 3620 x 2720 4000 8000 12000
Resolution (Pixel) 0.6 M 1.2 M 2.5 M 5M 10 M 4K 8K 12 K
Table 1: Examples of common sensor sizes and resolutions
Sensor types: CCD and CMOS
T he most popular sensor technologies for digital cameras are CCD and CMOS.
Interline (IL) =
CCD (charged-couple device) sensors Frame transfer (FT) Full frame (FF) Progressive scan
consist of a complex electronic board
in which photosensitive semiconductor
elements convert photons (light) into
electrons. The charge accumulated is
proportional to the exposure time.
Light is collected in a potential well and

is then released and read out in different
ways (cf. Fig. 3). All architectures basically
shift the information to a register,
sometimes passing through a passive area
for storage.
Active & exposed pixel area
The charge is then amplified to a voltage
signal that can be read and quantified. Passive area for storage and transfer
Register pixels for read-out
Fig. 3: CCD architectures
XLIV www.opto-engineering.com
Cameras
CMOS (complementary metal-oxide semiconductor) sensors are conceptually different from CCD sensors, since the readout can be
done pixel by pixel rather than in sequential mode. In fact, signal is amplified at each pixel position, allowing you to achieve much higher
frame rates and to define custom regions of interest (ROIs) for the readout.
CMOS and CCD sensors were invented around the same time and, although historically CCD technology was regarded as superior, in
recent years CMOS sensors have caught up in terms of performance.
Global and rolling shutter (CMOS). In rolling shutter CMOS

sensors, the acquisition is progressive from the upper to the last
row of pixels, with up to 1/frame rate time difference between
the first and the last row.
Once the readout is complete, the progressive acquisition
process can start again. If the object is moving, the time
difference between pixels is clearly visible on the image, resulting
in distorted objects (see Fig. 4). Global shutter is the acquisition
method in which all pixels are activated simultaneously, thus
avoiding this issue.
Fig. 4: Rolling shutter effect
Sensor and camera features
Sensor characteristics
P ixel defects can be of three kinds: hot, warm and dead pixels. Hot pixels are elements that always saturate (give maximum signal, e.g.
full white) whichever the light intensity is. Dead pixels behave the opposite, always giving zero (black) signal. Warm pixels produce
random signal. These kinds of defects are independent of the intensity and exposure time, so they can be easily removed – e.g. by
digitally substituting them with the average value of the surrounding pixels.
Noise. There are several types of noise that can affect the actual pixel readout. They can be caused by either geometric, physical and
electronic factors, and they can be randomly distributed as well as constant. Some of them are presented below:
• Shot noise is a consequence of the discrete nature of light. When light intensity is very low - as it is considering the small surface
of a single pixel – the relative fluctuation of the number of photons in time will be significant, in the same way as the heads or tails
probability is significantly far from 50% when tossing a coin just a few times. This fluctuation is the shot noise.
• Dark current noise is caused by the electrons that can be randomly produced by thermal effect. The number of thermal electrons,
as well as the related noise, grows with temperature and exposure time.
• Quantization noise is related to the conversion of the continuous value of the original (analog) voltage value to the discrete value
of the processed (digital) voltage.
• Gain noise is caused by the difference in behavior of different pixels (in terms of sensitivity and gain). This is an example
of ‘constant noise’ that can be measured and eliminated.
Sensitivity is a parameter that quantifies how the sensor responds to light. Sensitivity is strictly connected to quantum efficiency, that
is the fraction of photons effectively converted into electrons.
Dynamic range is the ratio between the maximum and minimum Factor Decibels Stops
signal that is acquired by the sensor. At the upper limit, 1 0 0
pixels appear to be white for every higher value of intensity 2 3.01 1
(saturation), while pixels appear black at the lower limit and 3.16 5 1.66
below. 4 6.02 2
The dynamic range is usually expressed by the logarithm of the 10 10 3.32
min-max ratio, either in base-10 (decibel) or base-2 (doublings 32 15.1 5
or stops), as shown below. Human eyes, for example, can 100 20 6.64
distinguish objects both under starlight and on a bright sunny 1024 30.1 10
day, corresponding to a 90 dB difference in intensity. This range, 10 000 50 13.3
though, cannot be used simultaneously, since the eye needs time 1 000 000 60 19.9
to adjust to different light conditions. 1 073 741 824 90.3 30
A good quality LCD has a dynamic range of around 1000:1, and 10 000 000 000 100 33.2
some of the latest CMOS sensors have measured dynamic ranges

of about 23 000:1 (reported as 14.5 stops).
Table 2: Dynamic range D, Decibels ( 10 log D ) and Stops ( log2 D )
XLV
SNR (signal-to-noise ratio) considers the presence of noise, so that the theoretical lowest grey value as defined by the dynamic range is
often impossible to achieve. SNR is the ratio between the maximum signal and the overall noise, measured in dB. The maximum value
for SNR is limited by shot noise (that depends on the physical nature of light, and is this inevitable) and can be approximated as
SNRmax = sqrt [ maximum saturation capacity in electrons of a single pixel ]
SRN gives a limit on the grey levels that are meaningful in the conversion between the analog signal (continuous) and the digital one
(discrete). For example, if the maximum SNR is 50 dB, a good choice is a 8 bit sensor, in which the 256 grey levels corresponds to 48 dB.
Using a sensor with higher grey levels would mean registering a certain degree of pure noise.
Spectral sensitivity is the parameter describing how efficiently light intensity is registered at different wavelengths. Human eyes
have three different kinds of photoreceptors that differ in sensitivity to visible wavelengths, so that the overall sensitivity curve is the
combination of all three. Machine vision systems, usually based on CCD or CMOS cameras, detect light from 350 to 900 nm, with the
peak zone being between 400 and 650 nm. Different kinds of sensor can also cover the UV spectrum or, on the opposite side, near
infrared light, before going to drastically different technology for far wavelengths such as SWIR or LWIR.
EMVA Standard 1288
T he different parameters that describe the characteristics and quality of a sensor are gathered and coherently described in the
EMVA standard 1288. This standard illustrates the fundamental parameters that must be given to fully describe the real behavior
of a sensor, together with the well-defined measurement methods to get these parameters.
The standard parameters are:

• Sensitivity, linearity of signal versus light intensity and noise
• Dark current (temperature dependence: optional)
• Sensor non-uniformity and defect pixels
• Spectral sensitivity (optional)
Sensitivity, linearity Dark current Sensor non-uniformity Spectral sensitivity

and noise and defect pixel
Test measuring amount of light at Measured from dark images taken A number of images are taken without light
increasing exposure time, from closed at increasing exposure times. Since (to see hot pixels) and at 50% saturation. Images taken at different
Measuring procedure
shutter to saturation. Quantity of light dark current is temperature dependent, Parameters of spatial distortion wavelengths
is measured (e.g. photometer) behavior at different T can be given are calculated using Fourier algorithms
Quantum efficiency (photons converted

Dark and bright signal non-uniformity
over total incoming photons ratio in %)
Dark and bright spectrograms and (logarithmic)
Temporal dark noise, in electrons (e-)
histograms
Absolute sensitivity threshold (minimum
number of photons to generate a signal) Signal registered in absence of light,
Result Spectral sensitivity curve
in electrons per second
Dynamic range, in stops
SNR, in stops
Saturation capacity (maximum number of

electrons at saturation)
Camera Parameters
E xposure time is the amount of time in which light is allowed to

reach the sensor. The higher this value, the higher the quantity
of light represented on the resulting image.
Increasing the exposure time is the first and easiest solution
when light is not enough but it is not free from issues: first, noise
always increases with the exposure time; also, blur effects can
appear when dealing with moving objects. In fact, if the exposure
time is too high, the object will be impressed on a number of
different pixels, causing the well-known ‘motion blur’ effect (see
Fig. 5).
On the opposite side, too long exposure times can lead to
overexposure – namely, when a number of pixels reach maximum
capacity and thus appear to be white, even if the light intensity on
each pixel is actually different
Fig. 5: Motion blur effect
XLVI www.opto-engineering.com
Cameras
Frame rate. This is the frequency at which a complete image is captured by the sensor, usually expressed in frames per second (fps).
It is clear that the frame rate must be adjusted to the application: a line inspecting 1000 bottles per minute must be able to take images
with a minimum frame rate of 1000/60 = 17 fps.
Triggering. Most cameras give the possibility to control the beginning of the acquisition process, adjusting it to the application.
A typical triggering system is one in which light is activated together with the image acquisition after receiving an input from an
external device (e.g. position sensor).
This technique is essential when taking images of moving objects, in order to ensure that the features of interest are in the field of view
of the imaging system.
Gain in a digital camera represents the relationship between the number of electrons acquired and the analog-to-digital units (ADUs)
generated, i.e. the image signal. Increasing the gain means increasing the ratio between ADUs and electrons acquired, resulting in
an apparent higher brightness of the image. Obviously, this process increases the image noise as well, so that the overall SNR will be
unchanged.
Horizontal binging Vertical binging Full binging
Binning is the camera feature that combines the readout of
adjacent pixels on the sensor, usually in rows/columns, more
often in 2 x 2 or 4 x 4 squares (see Fig. 6).
Although resolution obviously decreases, there are a number
of other features improving. For example, with 2x2 binning,
resolution is halved, but sensitivity and dynamic range are
increased by a factor of 4 (since the capacitiec of each potential
well are summed), readout time is halved (frame rate doubled)
and noise is quartered. Charges from Charges from Charges from groups
two adjacent pixels adjacent pixels in two lines of four pixels are summed
in the line are summed are summed and reported and reported out as
and reported out as out as a single pixel. a single pixel.
a single pixel.
Fig. 6: Sensor binning
Digital camera interfaces
Camera Link
T he Automated Imaging Association (AIA)

standard, commonly known as Camera
Link, is a standard for high-speed transmission
Costs. Camera Link offers medium- to high-performance
acquisition, thus usually requiring more expensive cameras. Also,
this standard requires a frame grabber in order to manage the
of digital video. AIA standard defines cable, hefty data load, not needed with other standards.
connector and camera functionality between Cables. Camera Link standard defines a maximum length of 10 m
camera and frame grabber. for the cables; one cable is needed for basic configuration, where
Speed. Camera Link offers very high performance in terms two are needed for full configuration cameras.
of speed. It usually has different bandwidth configurations Power over cable. Camera Link offers a PoCL module (Power
available, e.g. 255 MB/s, 510 MB/s and 680 MB/s. The bandwidth over Camera Link) that provides power to the camera. Also,
determines the ratio between image resolution and frame rate: several grabbers work with this feature.
a typical basic-configuration camera can acquire 1 Mpixel image CPU usage. Since Camera Link uses frame grabbers, which
at 50 frames/s or more; a full-configuration camera can acquire 4 transfer images to a computer as stand-alone modules, this
Mpixel at more than 100 frames/s. Camera Link HS is the newer standard does not consume a lot of the system CPU.
standard that can reach 300 MB/s on a single line, and up to 6
GB/s on 20 lines.
XLVII
CoaXPress
C oaXPress is the second standard,

developed after Camera Link. It basically
consists in power, data and control for the
Costs. In the simplest case, CoaXPress uses a single coaxial line
to transmit data, and coaxial cables are a simple and low-cost
solution. On the other hand, a frame grabber is needed, i.e. an
device sent through a coaxial cable. additional card must be installed, resulting in an additional cost
Speed. A single cable can transmit up to on the system.
781.25 MB/s from the device to the frame grabber and 20 Mbit/s Cables. Maximum cable length is 40 m at full bandwidth, or 100
of control data from the frame grabber to the remote device, m at half bandwidth.
that is 5-6 times the GigE bandwidth. Some models can run also Power over cable. Voltage supply provided goes up to 13 W at 24
at half speed (390.625 MB/s). At present, up to 4 cables can be V, that is enough for many cameras.
connected in parallel to the frame grabber, reaching a maximum CPU usage. CoaXPress, just like Camera Link, uses frame
bandwidth of approx. 1800 MB/s. grabbers, which transfer images to computer as stand-alone
modules, i.e. this standard is very light on consuming the system
CPU.
GiG-E
G ig-E Vision is a camera bus technology

that standardizes the Gigabit Ethernet,
adding a ‘plug and play’ behavior (such
Cables. Cabling length is the keystone of GigE standard, going up
to 100 m. This is the only digital solution comparable to analog
visioning in terms of cable length, and this feature has helped
as device discovery) to the latter. For its GigE Vision to replace analog e.g. in monitoring applications.
relatively high bandwidth, long cable length Power over cable. Power over Ethernet (PoE) is often available
and diffused usage it is a good solution for on GigE cameras. Nevertheless, some Ethernet cards cannot
industrial applications. supply enough power, so that powered switch, hub, or a PoE
Speed. Gigabit Ethernet has a theoretical maximum bandwidth injector must be used.
of 125 MB/s, that goes down to 100 MB/s when considering CPU usage. CPU loads of a GigE system can be different
practical limitations. This bandwidth is comparable to FireWire depending on drivers used. Filtered drivers are more generic
standard and is second only to Camera Link. and easer to create and use, but operate on data packets at high
Costs. System cost of GigE vision is moderate; cabling is cheap level, affecting the system CPU. Optimized drivers are specifically
and it doesn’t require a frame grabber. written for a dedicated network interface card, that working at
lower lever affects poorly the system CPU load.
USB 3.0
T he USB (Universal Serial Bus) 3.0 standard

is the second revision of USB standard,
developed for computer communication.
Cables. Passive USB 3.0 cable has a maximum length of about
7 meters, and active USB 3.0 cable can reach up to 50 m with
repeaters.
Building on USB 2.0 standard, it provides a Power over cable. USB 3.0 offers power up to 4.5 W that allows
higher bandwidth and up to 4.5 W of power. to get rid of a separate power cable.
Speed. While USB 2.0 goes up to 60 MB/s, USB 3.0 speed can CPU usage. USB 3.0 Vision permits image transfer directly into
reach 400 MB/s, similar to the Camera Link standard used in PC memory, without CPU usage.
medium configuration.
Costs. USB cameras are usually low cost; also, no frame grabber
is required. For this reason, USB is the cheaper camera bus in the
market.
GenIcam Standard
T he GenICam standard (GENeric Interface

for CAMeras) is meant to provide a generic
software interface for all cameras, independently from cameras
GenICam standard purpose is to provide a ‘plug and play’ feature
for every image system. In consists in three modules that help
solving main tasks in machine vision filed in a generic way:
hardware. Some of the new technology standard, anyway, are
based on GenICam (es. Camera Link HS, CoaXPress, USB3 • GenApi: using a description file (XML), camera configuration
Vision). and access-control is possible
• Standard Feature Naming Convention (SFNC): these are
recommended names for common features in cameras
to reach the goal of interoperability
• GenTL: describes the transport layer interface
for enumerating cameras, grabbing images and transporting
them to the user interface
XLVIII www.opto-engineering.com
Vision systems
M achine Vision is is the discipline that encompasses imaging technologies and methods
to perform automatic inspection and analysis in various applications, such as verification,
measurement, process control. A very common approach in machine vision is to provide turnkey
vision solutions, i.e. complete systems that can be rapidly and easily configured for use in the
field. A vision system is usually made up of every component needed to perform the intended
task, such as optics, lighting, cameras and software. When designing and building a vision system,
it is important to find the right balance between performance and cost to achieve the best result
for the desired application.
Usually vision systems are designed to work in on-line applications, where they have an
immediate impact on the manufacturing process (real-time systems). A classic example of this
on-line concept is the possibility to instantly reject a product deemed non-compliant:
the way this decision is made, as well as the object features being evaluated, defines different
classes of vision systems.
Applications
V ision systems can do many different things: measurement, identification, sorting, code reading, character recognition, robot
guidance etc. They can easily interact with other machinery through different communication standards. Here below are some of
the main application categories for a vision system:
Measurement. One of the most important Defect detection. Here various types of Verification. The third major aim of a
uses of vision technology is to measure, product defects have to be detected for vision system is checking that a product
at various degrees of accuracy, the critical cosmetic and/or safety reasons. Examples has been correctly manufactured, in a
dimensions of an object within pre- of cosmetic flaws are stains, spots, color more general sense that goes beyond
determined tolerances. clumps, scratches, tone variations, etc. what previously described; i.e. checking
Optics, lighting and cameras must be while other surface and/or structural the presence/absence of pills in a blister
coupled to effective software tools, since defects, such as cracks, dents, but also pack, the correct placement of a seal or
only robust subpixeling algorithms will print errors etc. can have more severe the integrity of a printed label.
allow to reach the accuracy often required consequences.
in measurement applications (e.g. even
down to 1 um).
LII www.opto-engineering.com
Vision systems
Types of vision systems
S everal types of vision systems are available on the market, each being characterized by a different level of flexibility, performance
and cost. Vision systems can usually be divided into three classes: PC based, compact and smart camera based.
PC based. The classic machine vision system consists of an

industrial computer that manages and communicates with all
the peripheral devices, such as cameras and lighting, quickly
analyzing the information via software. This solution provides
high computing power and flexibility, but size and cost can be
significant. PC based systems are recommended for very complex
applications, where multiple inspection tasks must be carried out
at a fast rate with high-performance hardware.
Compact. A “lighter” version of a PC based system is called

a Compact vision system. Although it may require some tradeoff
between performance and cost, it is often enough for less
demanding applications. Compact vision systems usually include
a graphics card that acquires and transfers the information
to a separate peripheral (e.g. an industrial tablet or an external
monitor). Sometimes, compact vision systems not only manage
the first level input - lightning, camera and trigger inputs -
but also have embedded first level inputs. Photo by Tim Coffey Photography. Source: Integro Technologies Corp.
Smart Cameras based. The simplest and most affordable vision systems are based on smart or intelligent cameras, normally used
in combination with standard optics (typically a fixed focal length lens) and lighting. Although typically recommended for simpler
applications, they are very easy to set up and provide similar functionalities to classic vision systems in a very compact form factor.
How a vision system works
T he architecture of a vision system is strongly related to the application it is meant to solve. Some systems are “stand-alone”
machines designed to solve specific problems (e.g. measurement/identification), while others are integrated into a more complex
framework that can include e.g. mechanical actuators, sensors etc. Nevertheless, all vision systems operate are characterized by these
fundamental operations:
Image acquisition. The first and most important task of a vision system is to acquire an image, usually by means of light-sensitive
sensor. This image can be a traditional 2-D image, or a 3-D points set, or an image sequence. A number of parameters can be configured
in this phase, such as image triggering, camera exposure time, lens aperture, lighting geometry, and so on.
Feature extraction. In this phase, specific characteristics can be extrapolated from the image: lines, edges, angles, regions of interest
(ROIs), as well as more complex features, such as motion tracking, shapes and textures.
Detection/segmentation. at this point of the process, the system must decide which information previously collected will be passed on
up the chain for further elaboration.
High-level processing. The input at this point usually consists of a narrow set of data. The purpose of this last step can be to:
• Classify objects or object’s feature in a particular class
• Verify that the input has the specifications required by the model or class
• Measure/estimate/calculate specifics parameters as position or dimensions of object or object’s features
LIII
Application notes
Vision inspection with robotic guidance opens up new opportunities

in the quality control process.
Opto Engineering® machine vision components can be bundled as special
optical probes and integrated on a robotic arm, allowing to successfully perform
challenging measurements and inspections of parts of different shapes,
sizes, materials and colors.
297
APPLICATION NOTES
Robotics application note
This application note presents a wide range

of components that can be integrated on a robot arm
to create special optical probes for precision measurement,
surface inspection or cavity inspection.
You can easily build a robot-based system.

Just select the suitable optical probe matching
your application task (camera + lens + lighting + accessories),
add a robot, NI Vision or third-party software along
with DigiMetrix Robotics Software libraries: Cavity inspection probe with a boroscopic lens
DigiMetrix Robotics Libraries

OPTO ENGINEERING OPTICAL PROBE ROBOT ARM for NI LabVIEW
Opto Engineering ® optical probes DigiMetrix Robotics Libraries
Opto Engineering ® offers a wide range of machine vision lenses, The DigiMetrix Robotics Libraries for National Instruments LabVIEW
illuminators, cameras and accessories that can be successfully allow to easily control and guide a robot arm without being experts
bundled together to create special optical probes for robotic in advanced robot programming, enabling users to achieve better
applications. results in less time. Tight integration with NI Vision libraries opens
opportunities for fast and productive Machine Vision based
The following application examples present demanding tasks application development.
such as precision non contact measurement, cavity inspection The LabVIEW Real-Time or MS Windows execution platform is
and other applications that require adjustments to FOV, working connected to a brand-specific robot controller through Ethernet
distance, lens focus and aperture. network. The robot controller software provides path kinematics
calculation, motion precision and safety, while the LabVIEW program
Opto Engineering ® offers many other components that may dictates where to go and what to do based on sensors and vision
be used instead of the ones suggested here, and can also information. As a result just one powerful software development
develop custom mounting mechanics to fit specific application tool is used for entire robot base application programming including
requirements. Motion, Vision, Sensors, Tests Management and HMI.
Robot brands
DigiMetrix Libraries support Denso, Epson, Fanuc, Kawasaki, KUKA, Mitsubishi, Yaskawa Motoman and Toshiba Machines
298
PRECISION MEASUREMENT PROBES
CORE telecentric lenses and illuminators deliver excellent optical

performance in a package that is up to 70% smaller than other
solutions on the market.
Thanks to the unique opto-mechanical design, these innovative

optics open up possibilities for new applications with maximum
flexibility.
They can be mounted not only in tight spaces but also on CORE robotic optical measurement Image of the shaft presents very
robotic arms, thus expanding the range of use of this precision probe acquiring an image of a shaft sharp edges and no reflections,
measurement setup. allowing precise 2D measurement.
USB 3.0 2/3” camera USB 3.0 1/1.8” camera USB 3.0 1/1.2” camera USB 3.0 1.1” camera
RT-mvBF3-2051aG RT-mvBF3-2032aG RT-mvBF3-2024aG RT-mvBF3-2124G
2464 x 2056, 3.45 μm 2064 x 1544, 3.45 μm 1936 x 1216, 5.86 μm 4112 x 3008, 3.45 μm
p. 181 p. 181 p. 181 p. 181
Bi-telecentric lens Bi-telecentric lens Telecentric lens Telecentric lens

TCCR23048 TCCR12048 TCCR2M048-C TCCR4M048-C
FOV: 46.2 x 38.55 mm FOV: 53.14 x 39.75 mm FOV: 42.33 x 26.59 mm FOV: 38.45 x 28.12 mm
p. 10 p. 10 p. 34 p. 34
Telecentric light
LTCLCR048-G
Green collimated illuminator
p. 110
Robot holder clamp USB 3.0 camera cable LED power supply
CMHORBCR048 CBUSB3001 RT-SDR-120-24
Compatible with a ISO 9409-1-31/5 robot flange type Passive USB 3.0 cable, industrial level,
24VDC DIN rail power supply
(4xM5 holes on 31.5 mm diameter) horizontal screw locking, 3 m
p. 200 p. 228 p. 226
Compatible with a 6-axis and SCARA robot arm with 4kg+ payload
Ø 10
CMHORBCR048 metrology probe clamp is designed to mount TCCRxx048 lenses and LTCLCR048-x
Ø 5.3 illuminators on 4 kg+ payload robots. It is compatible with a ISO 9409-1-31/5 robot flange type (4x M5
Ø 31.5
holes on 31.5 mm diameter). This flange type is popular on small/medium robots like Mitsubishi, Epson,
KUKA, Denso, Fanuc and others.
Custom mounting clamps can be developed on request to fit larger CORE telecentric optics for up to
+0.012 4 5°
Ø 5 H7 0 97 mm FOV or supplied with a different gripper flange type.
CMHORBCR048 gripper flange close-up.
Robotic CORE optical probes can be used in a wide variety of Often times, fragile or complex-shaped parts cannot be inspected
measurement and inspection applications where telecentric optics on a conveyor belt and must be checked by a robotic arm moving
are greatly beneficial but traditionally difficult to integrate because in tight areas.
of their size.
CORE optical measurement probes overcome the size issue of
For example, measuring reflective metal parts with non-telecentric classic telecentric benches, allowing you to combine robotic motion
optics is very challenging, due to reflections bouncing off the metal and telecentric optics to inspect and precisely measure complex
surface that cause inaccurate readings. parts.
299
APPLICATION NOTE
Robotics application note
SURFACE INSPECTION PROBES
In robot guided vision inspection, it is often necessary to both locate an object over a large area and to
image small details on it. Inspecting complex objects like a car engine or the car itself requires a robot arm
with a probe that can be moved to any desired position. In order to optimize image quality accounting for
all variables, such as changing lighting conditions, flexiblle working distances or even different inspection
tasks, focus and aperture adjustments are typically required.
ENMT series are high resolution fixed focal length lenses with motorized focus and aperture control,
allowing for precise and repeatable adjustments of the lens settings.
They are ideal for fully automated systems and for installations that require remote control of the optical
parameters. Motorized iris and focus allow the user to optimize image capture in different working
environments and to accurately perform multiple point inspection of parts of various sizes, shapes and ENMT lens
complexity.
USB 3.0 2/3” camera

RT-mvBF3-2051aG
2464 x 2056, 3.45 μm
p. 181
12 mm motorized lens 16 mm motorized lens 25 mm motorized lens 35 mm motorized lens 50 mm motorized lens
ENMT-M1224-MPW2-MM ENMT-M1620-MPW2-MM ENMT-M2518-MPW2-MM ENMT-M3520-MPW2-MM ENMT-M5028-MPW2-MM
5 Mpix, 12 mm lens, 5 Mpix, 12 mm lens, 5 Mpix, 12 mm lens, 5 Mpix, 12 mm lens, 5 Mpix, 12 mm lens,
motorized focus and aperture motorized focus and aperture motorized focus and aperture motorized focus and aperture motorized focus and aperture
p. 90 p. 90 p. 90 p. 90 p. 90
USB 3.0 camera cable Lens cable Lens motion controller

CBUSB3001 CBMT001 MTDV3CH‑00A1
12 wires PVC grey cable, circular standard DIN 13Pos Female
Passive USB 3.0 cable, horizontal screw locking, 3 m 24VDC DIN rail power supply
to DB15M connector cable - 2 m
p. 228 p. 228 p. 224
Compatible with a 6-axis and SCARA robot arm with 2 kg + payload
300
CAVITY INSPECTION PROBES
Inspecting holes and cavities is a difficult task, that can be further complicated by the complex shape of the part or hard to reach features of
interest. Many components for the automotive industry - i.e. engine cylinder blocks - have bores of various sizes located at different positions
that need to be checked thoroughly.
Boroscopic probes and hole inspection lenses allow to image the inner surface of cavities in perfect focus. They can be mounted on robotic arms
to increase the system flexibility, allowing you to perform deep surface scan and to check holes on multiple areas.
Inner cavity inspection with a hole inspection lens. Engine block inspection with a boroscopic probe.
USB 3.0 2/3” camera USB 3.0 1/1.8” camera

RT-mvBF3-2051aG RT-mvBF3-2032aG
2464 x 2056, 3.45 μm 2064 x 1544, 3.45 μm
p. 181 p. 181
Hole inspection optics Boroscopic probe

PCHI023 PCBP012
Hole inspection optics for 2/3″ Boroscopic probe for 1/2″
FOV Ø = 10 mm - 120 mm FOV Ø = 25 mm - 100 mm
p. 58 p. 58
Ring illuminator
LTRN075W45
Ringlight, ID 28 mm, oblique type, white
p. 124
USB 3.0 camera cable LED power supply

CBUSB3001 RT-SDR-120-24
Passive USB 3.0 cable, industrial level, horizontal screw locking, 3m 24VDC DIN rail power supply
p. 228 p. 226
Compatible with a 6-axis and SCARA robot arm with 2 kg + payload
301
302
Sensor size chart telecentric 304-305
Sensor size chart entrocentric 306-307
Selection chart illuminators 308-309
Filter thread compatibility table 310-311
303
1/3” 1/2.5” 1/2” 1/1.8” 2/3” - 5 Mpx
FOV wxh wxh wxh wxh wxh
4.8 x 3.6 mm 5.70 x 4.28 mm 6.4 x 4.8 mm 7.13 x 5.37 mm 8.45 x 7.07 mm
1 to 1.5 mm TCLWD350 RT-HR-4M-110 RT-HR-6M-110 RT-HR-6M-110 RT-HR-6M-110

TCCX350 RT-HR-4F-110 RT-HR-6F-110 RT-HR-6F-110 RT-HR-6F-110
1.5 to 2 mm TCLWD250 TCLWD350 TCLWD350 RT-HR-4M-110 TC4M 004-x

TCCX250 TCCX350 TCCX350 RT-HR-4F-110
2 to 3 mm TC 23 004 TC 23 004 TCLWD250 TCLWD350 TCLWD350

RT-HR-2M-110 TCLWD250 TCCX250 TCCX350 TCCX350
KAI-2020 1” - KAI-04050
RT-HR-2F-110 TCCX250 TCLWD250 TC4M 007-x
14.8 mm diag 16 mm diag
TCCX250 11.84 x 8.88 mm 12.8 x 9.6 mm
3 to 4 mm TCLWD150 TCLWD150 TC 23 004 TC 23 004 TCLWD250 TC4M 004-x TC4M 004-x

TCCX150 TCCX150 TCCX250 RT-MP-4F-65 RT-MP-4F-65
TC 23 007
4 to 6 mm TC 23 009 TC 23 009 TC 23 007 TC 23 007 TC 23 004 TC4M 007-x TC4M 007-x

TCLWD100 TC 23 007 TCLWD150 TCLWD150 TCLWD150 TC4M 009-x
TCCX100 TCLWD100 TCCX150 TCCX150
TCCX100
6 to 8 mm TC 23 012 TC 23 012 TC 23 009 TC 23 009 TC 23 007 RT-MP-2F-65 TC4M 009-x

TCLWD075 TCLWD075 TC 23 012 TCLWD100 RT-MP-2F-65
TCCX075 TCCX075 TCLWD100 TCCX100
TCLWD066 TCCX100
TCCX066 TCLWD075
TCCX075
8 to 11 mm TC 23 016 TC 23 016 TC 23 016 TC 23 012 TC 23 009 RT-MP-1.5F-65 RT-MP-1.5F-65

TCLWD050 TCLWD066 TCLWD066 TCLWD075 TCLWD100
TCCX050 TCCX066 TCCX066 TCCX075 TCCX100
TCLWD066
TCCX066
11 to 15 mm TC 12 016 TC 12 016 TC 12 016 TC 23 016 TC 23 012 TC4MHR 016-x TC4MHR 016-x

TC 23 024 TCLWD050 TCLWD050 TCLWD050 TCLWD075 RT-MP-1F-65 RT-MP-1F-65
TCCX050 TCCX050 TCCX050 TCCX075
TCLWD066
TCCX066

TC 23 036 TCLWD050 TC4MHR 024-x TC4MHR 024-x
TCCX050 RT-TCL0750-FU RT-TCL0750-FU
RT-TCL0450-FU

TC 23 036 TC 23 036 TC 12 024 RT-TCL0300-FU TC4MHR 036-x TC4MHR 036-x
TC 23 036 RT-TCL0600-FU RT-TCL0600-FU
RT-TCL0450-FU RT-TCL0450-FU
30 to 40 mm TC 23 056, TCCR 23 056 TC 23 048, TCCR 23 048 TC 23 048, TCCR 23 048 TC 23 048, TCCR 23 048 TC 23 036 TC4MHR 048-x, TCCR4M 048-x TC4MHR 048-x, TCCR4M 048-x
TC 13 036 TC 12 036 TC 12 036 TC2MHR 036-x TC2MHR 036-x
TC 23 056, TCCR 23 056 TC 23 056, TCCR 23 056 TC4MHR 056-x, TCCR4M 056-x
40 to 50 mm TC 12 056, TCCR 12 056 TC 23 064, TCCR 23 064 TC 23 064, TCCR 23 064 TC 12 036 TC 23 048, TCCR 23 048 TC4MHR 064-x, TCCR4M 064-x TC4MHR 056-x, TCCR4M 056-x
TC 23 080, TCCR 23 080 TC 12 048, TCCR 12 048 TC 12 048, TCCR 12 048 TC 23 056, TCCR 23 056 TC2MHR 048-x, TCCR2M 048-x TC4MHR 064-x, TCCR4M 064-x
TC 13 048 TC 23 072 TC 23 072 RT-TCL0300-FU TC2MHR 048-x, TCCR2M 048-x
TC 12 056, TCCR 12 056 TC 12 056, TCCR 12 056 RT-TCL0300-FU
50 to 70 mm TC 23 096, TCCR 23 096 TC 23 080, TCCR 23 080 TC 23 080, TCCR 23 080 TC 23 064, TCCR 23 064 TC 23 056, TCCR 23 056 TC2MHR 056-x, TCCR2M 056-x TC2MHR 056-x, TCCR2M 056-x
TC 12 080, TCCR 12 080 TC 12 064, TCCR 12 064 TC 23 085 TC 12 048, TCCR 12 048 TC 23 064, TCCR 23 064 TC4MHR 080-x, TCCR4M 080-x TC4MHR 080-x, TCCR4M 080-x
TC 13 064 TC 23 096, TCCR 23 096 TC 12 064, TCCR 12 064 TC 23 072 TC 23 072 TC2MHR 064-x, TCCR2M 064-x TC2MHR 064-x, TCCR2M 064-x
TC 23 096, TCCR 23 096 TC 12 056, TCCR 12 056 TC4MHR 096-x, TCCR4M 096-x TC4MHR 096-x, TCCR4M 096-x
TC 23 080, TCCR 23 080
TC 23 085
70 to 100 mm TC 12 096, TCCR 12 096 TC 12 080, TCCR 12 080 TC 12 080, TCCR 12 080 TC 12 064, TCCR 12 064 TC 23 080, TCCR 23 080 TC2MHR 080-x, TCCR2M 080-x TC2MHR 080-x, TCCR2M 080-x
TC 13 080 TC 23 120 TC 23 110 TC 23 096, TCCR 23 096 TC 23 085 TC4MHR 120-x TC4MHR 120-x
TC 12 120 TC 12 096, TCCR 12 096 TC 23 120 TC 12 080, TCCR 12 080 TC 23 096, TCCR 23 096 TC2MHR 096-x, TCCR2M 096-x TC2MHR 096-x, TCCR2M 096-x
TC 13 096 TC 23 144 TC 12 096, TCCR 12 096 TC 23 110 TC4MHR 144-x
TC 23 130 TC 23 120
TC 23 144
100 to 150 mm TC 12 144 TC 12 120 TC 12 120 TC 12 096, TCCR 12 096 TC 23 110 TC2MHR 120-x TC4MHR 144-x
TC 12 192 TC 23 172 TC 23 172 TC 23 130 TC 23 120 TC4MHR 192-x TC2MHR 120-x
TC 12 144 TC 23 192 TC 23 144 TC 23 130 TC2MHR 144-x TC4MHR 192-x
TC 12 144 TC 12 120 TC 23 144 TC4MHR 240-x TC2MHR 144-x
TC 23 200 TC 23 172 TC2MHR 192-x
150 to 200 mm TC 23 240 TC 23 240 TC 23 192 TC 23 172 TC4MHR 240-x

TC 12 192 TC 12 192 TC 12 144 TC 23 192 TC2MHR 192-x
TC 23 200
TC 23 240
200 to 300 mm TC 12 192 TC 23 200

TC 23 240
304
SENSOR SIZE
SENSOR SIZE CHART

TELECENTRIC
1.2” - KAI-4022/4021
21.5 mm diag
15.2 x 15.2 mm
TC4M 004-x
4/3” - KAI-08050 Line - 2k
22.6 mm diag 2k x 10 µm
18.1 x 13.6 mm 20.48 mm
TC4M 007-x TC4M 004-x TC 16M 009-x
Line - 4k
4k x 7 µm
28.67 mm
TC4M 009-x TC4M 007-x TC 16M 009-x
Line - 8k Full frame - 35mm

8k x 5 µm wxh
40.96 mm 36 x 24 mm
TC4M 009-x TC 16M 012-x TC 16M 012-x TC 16M 009-x TC 16M 009-x
TC 16M 018-x
TC4MHR 016-x TC 16M 018-x TC 16M 012-x TC 16M 012-x
TC4MHR 016-x TC 16M 018-x
TC4MHR 024-x TC4MHR 024-x TC 16M 036-x TC 16M 036-x TC 16M 018-x
TC 16M 048-x
TC4MHR 036-x TC4MHR 036-x TC 16M 056-x TC 16M 048-x TC 16M 036-x TC 16M 036-x
TC 16M 064-x
TC4MHR 048-x, TCCR4M 048-x TC4MHR 048-x, TCCR4M 048-x TC4K060-x TC 16M 056-x TC 16M 048-x
TC4MHR 056-x, TCCR4M 056-x TC 16M 080-x
Line - 8k Line -16k Line - 2k Line - 12k
8k x 7 µm 16k x 3.5 µm 12k x 5 µm 12k x 5.2 µm
57.3 mm 57.3 mm 61.4 mm 62.4 mm
TC4MHR 064-x, TCCR4M 064-x TC4MHR 056-x, TCCR4M 056-x TC 16M 096-x TC4K060-x TC 16M 048-x TC 16M 056-x TC12K 064-x TC12K 064-x TC12K 064-x TC12K 064-x
TC4MHR 080-x, TCCR4M 080-x TC4MHR 064-x, TCCR4M 064-x TC4K090-x TC 16M 064-x TC 16M 056-x TC 16M 064-x
TC 16M 080-x
TC4MHR 096-x, TCCR4M 096-x TC4MHR 080-x, TCCR4M 080-x TC 16M 120-x TC 16M 096-x TC 16M 064-x TC 16M 080-x TC12K 080-x TC12K 080-x TC12K 080-x TC12K 080-x
TC4MHR 096-x, TCCR4M 096-x TC16M 144-x TC4K090-x TC 16M 080-x TC 16M 096-x
TC4K120-x TC 16M 120-x
TC4MHR 120-x TC4MHR 120-x TC16M 192-x TC16M 144-x TC 16M 096-x TC 16M 120-x TC12K 120-x TC12K 120-x TC12K 120-x TC12K 120-x
TC4MHR 144-x TC4MHR 144-x TC4K180-x TC4K120-x TC 16M 120-x TC16M 144-x TC12K 144-x TC12K 144-x TC12K 144-x TC12K 144-x
TC16M 240-x
TC4MHR 192-x TC4MHR 192-x TC16M 192-x TC16M 144-x TC16M 192-x TC12K 192-x TC12K 192-x TC12K 192-x TC12K 192-x
TC4K180-x
TC16M 240-x
TC4MHR 240-x TC4MHR 240-x TC16M 192-x TC16M 240-x TC12K 240-x TC12K 240-x TC12K 240-x TC12K 240-x
TC16M 240-x
305
1/3” 1/2.5”
FOV wxh wxh
4.8 x 3.6 mm 5.70 x 4.28 mm
1/2” 1/1.8” 2/3” - 5 Mpx
1.5 to 2 mm MC300X MC300X wxh wxh wxh
MC3-03X MC3-03X 6.4 x 4.8 mm 7.13 x 5.37 mm 8.45 x 7.07 mm
2 to 3 mm MC200X MC200X MC3-03X MC3-03X MC300X

MC3-03X MC3-03X MC300X MC300X MC3-03X
3 to 4 mm MC150X MC150X MC200X MC200X MC3-03X

MC3-03x MC3-03X MC3-03X MC3-03X
4 to 6 mm MC100X MC100X MC150X MC150X MC200X

1” - KAI-04050
MC3-03X MC3-03X MC3-03X MC3-03X MC150X 16 mm diag
MC3-03X 12.8 x 9.6 mm
6 to 8 mm MC075X MC075X MC100X MC100X MC3-03X MC4K200X-x

MC3-03X MC3-03X MC3-03X MC3-03X MC4K175X-x
8 to 11 mm MC050X MC3-03X MC075X MC075X MC100X MC4K150X-x

MC3-03X MC3-03X MC3-03X MC3-03X MC4K125X-x
11 to 15 mm MC033X MC050X MC050X MC050X MC075X MC4K100X-x

MC3-03X MC3-03X MC3-03X MC3-03x MC3-03X
15 to 20 mm MC3-03X MC033X MC3-03X MC3-03X MC050X MC4K075X-x

MC3-03X MC033X
20 to 30 mm MC3-03x MC3-03X MC3-03x MC033X MC033X MC4K050X-x

MC3-03X MC3-03X
30 to 40 mm MC3-03x MC3-03X MC3-03X MC3-03X MC3-03X
40 to 50 mm MC3-03x MC3-03X MC3-03X MC3-03X MC3-03X MC4K025X-x
50 to 70 mm RT-H0514-MP2 @ 60 mm MC3-03X MC3-03X MC3-03X MC3-03X MC4K025X-x

RT-M0824-MPW2 @ 90 mm
RT-M1224-MPW2 @ 140 mm
RT-M1620-MPW2 @ 180 mm
RT-M2518-MPW2 @ 290 mm
RT-M3520-MPW2 @ 400 mm
RT-M5028-MPW2 @ 570 mm
70 to 100 mm RT-H0514-MP2 @ 80 mm RT-H0514-MP2 @ 70 mm RT-H0514-MP2 @ 60 mm MC3-03X MC3-03X RT-FL-YFL3528
RT-M0824-MPW2 @ 120 mm RT-M0824-MPW2 @ 110 mm RT-M0824-MPW2 @ 100 mm RT-FL-YFL5028A-02
RT-M1224-MPW2 @ 190 mm RT-M1224-MPW2 @ 160 mm RT-M1224-MPW2 @ 140 mm RT-FL-YFL5028
RT-M1620-MPW2 @ 250 mm RT-M1620-MPW2 @ 210 mm RT-M1620-MPW2 @ 190 mm
100 to 150 mm RT-H0514-MP2 @ 110 mm RT-H0514-MP2 @ 90 mm RT-H0514-MP2 @ 80 mm RT-H0514-MP2 @ 80 mm RT-H0514-MP2 @ 60 mm RT-FL-YFL3528
RT-M0824-MPW2 @ 170 mm RT-M0824-MPW2 @ 150 mm RT-M0824-MPW2 @ 130 mm RT-M0824-MPW2 @ 120 mm RT-M0824-MPW2 @ 100 mm RT-FL-YFL5028A-02
RT-M1224-MPW2 @ 260 mm RT-M1224-MPW2 @ 220 mm RT-M1224-MPW2 @ 200 mm RT-M1224-MPW2 @ 180 mm RT-M1224-MPW2 @ 150 mm RT-FL-YFL5028
RT-M1620-MPW2 @ 350 mm RT-M1620-MPW2 @ 300 mm RT-M1620-MPW2 @ 270 mm RT-M1620-MPW2 @ 240 mm RT-M1620-MPW2 @ 210 mm
150 to 200 mm RT-H0514-MP2 @ 160 mm RT-H0514-MP2 @ 140 mm RT-H0514-MP2 @ 120 mm RT-H0514-MP2 @ 110 mm RT-H0514-MP2 @ 90 mm RT-VHF8MK @ 100 mm
RT-M0824-MPW2 @ 260 mm RT-M0824-MPW2 @ 220 mm RT-M0824-MPW2 @ 200 mm RT-M0824-MPW2 @ 180 mm RT-M0824-MPW2 @ 150 mm RT-VHF12.5MK @ 160 mm
RT-M1224-MPW2 @ 390 mm RT-M1224-MPW2 @ 330 mm RT-M1224-MPW2 @ 290 mm RT-M1224-MPW2 @ 260 mm RT-M1224-MPW2 @ 230 mm RT-VHF16MK @ 200 mm
RT-M1620-MPW2 @ 520 mm RT-M1620-MPW2 @ 440 mm RT-M1620-MPW2 @ 390 mm RT-M1620-MPW2 @ 350 mm RT-M1620-MPW2 @ 300 mm RT-FL-BC2518-9M @ 320 mm
RT-M3520-MPW2 @ 960 mm RT-M3520-MPW2 @ 860 mm RT-M3520-MPW2 @ 770 mm RT-M3520-MPW2 @ 660 mm RT-FL-BC5024-9M @ 640 mm
RT-M5028-MPW2 @ 940 mm
RT-M3520-MPW2 @ 860 mm RT-FL-BC5024-9M @ 830 mm
RT-M2518-MPW2 @ 910 mm RT-FL-BC3518-9M @ 860 mm
RT-M1224-MPW2 @ 850 mm RT-M1224-MPW2 @ 760 mm RT-M1224-MPW2 @ 690 mm RT-M1224-MPW2 @ 580 mm RT-VHF16MK @ 520 mm
RT-M1620-MPW2 @ 910 mm RT-M1620-MPW2 @ 770 mm RT-FL-BC2518-9M @ 810 mm
RT-M1224-MPW2 @ 950 mm RT-M1224-MPW2 @ 850 mm RT-M1224-MPW2 @ 720 mm RT-VHF16MK @ 640 mm
RT-M1620-MPW2 @ 960 mm
306
SENSOR SIZE
SENSOR SIZE CHART
ENTOCENTRIC
1.2” - KAI4022/4021
21.5 mm diag
15.2 x 15.2 mm
4/3” - KAI-08050 Line - 2k
MC4K200X-x
22.6 mm diag 2k x 10 µm
18.1 x 13.6 mm 20.48 mm
Line - 4k
MC4K175X-x MC4K200X-x MC4K200X-x
4k x 7 µm
MC4K150X-x MC4K175X-x 28.67 mm
Full frame - 35mm Line - 8k Line -16k
MC4K125X-x MC4K150X-x MC4K175X-x MC4K200X-x 16k x 3.5 µm
wxh 8k x 7 µm
MC4K125X-x MC4K150X-x 36 x 24 mm 57.3 mm 57.3 mm
Line - 8k Line - 2k Line - 12k Line - 16k
MC4K100X-x MC4K100X-x MC4K125X-x MC4K175X-x 8k x 5 µm MC12K200-x RT-OPKE16-300M95 RT-OPKE16-300M95 12k x 5 µm 12k x 5.2 µm 16k x 5.2 µm
MC4K100X-x MC4K150X-x 40.96 mm 61.4 mm 62.4 mm 81.9 mm
MC4K075X-x MC4K075X-x MC4K075X-x MC4K125X-x MC12K200-x MC12K150-x MC12K200-x MC12K200-x RT-OPKE16-300M95 RT-OPKE16-300M95 RT-OPKE16-300M95
MC4K050X-x MC4K100X-x MC12K150-x
MC4K050X-x MC4K050X-x MC4K050X-x MC4K075X-x MC4K075X-x MC12K100-x MC12K150-x MC12K150-x MC12K200-x MC12K200-x
MC4K075X-x MC4K075X-x MC4K050X-x MC12K100-x MC12K100-x MC12K100-x MC12K067-x MC12K067-x MC12K150-x MC12K150-x RT-OPKE16-200M95
MC4K025X-x MC4K025X-x MC4K025X-x MC4K050X-x MC12K067-x MC12K067-x MC12K100-x MC12K100-x MC12K100-x MC12K100-x RT-OPKE16-150M95
MC12K050-x
MC4K025X-x MC4K025X-x MC4K025X-x MC4K025X-x MC12K050-x MC12K050-x MC12K067-x MC12K067-x MC12K067-x MC12K067-x RT-OPKE16-100M95
RT-A-1620MX5M@100
RT-A-2520MX5M@150
RT-A-3520MX5M@200
RT-FL-YFL3528 RT-FL-YFL3528 RT-FL-YFL5028A-035 MC4K025X-x RT-FL-YFL5028A-02 MC12K025-x MC12K050-x MC12K050-x MC12K050-x MC12K050-x RT-OPKE16-070M95
RT-FL-YFL5028A-02 RT-FL-YFL5028A-02 RT-FL-YFL5028A-035
RT-FL-YFL5028 RT-FL-YFL5028
RT-A-1620MX5M@120 RT-A-1620MX5M@110
RT-A-2520MX5M@190 RT-A-2520MX5M@170
RT-A-3520MX5M@270 RT-A-3520MX5M@230
RT-FL-YFL3528 RT-FL-YFL3528 RT-FL-YFL3528 RT-FL-YFL5028A-02 MC12K025-x MC12K025-x MC12K025-x MC12K025-x MC12K025-x MC12K025-x RT-OPKE16-050M95
RT-FL-YFL5028 RT-FL-YFL5028 RT-FL-YFL5028
RT-A-1620MX5M@180 RT-A-1620MX5M@150
RT-A-2520MX5M@270 RT-A-2520MX5M@230
RT-A-3520MX5M@380 RT-A-3520MX5M@330
RT-FL-YFL3528 RT-FL-YFL3528 RT-FL-YFL3528 RT-FL-YFL3528 MC12K012-x MC12K012-x MC12K025-x MC12K025-x MC12K025-x MC12K025-x
RT-FL-YFL5028 RT-FL-YFL5028 RT-FL-YFL5028 RT-FL-YFL5028A-02 RT-A-2428Mx@160
RT-A-1620MX5M@230 RT-A-1620MX5M@200 RT-FL-YFL5028
RT-A-2520MX5M@360 RT-A-2520MX5M@300
RT-A-3520MX5M@500 RT-A-3520MX5M@430
RT-FL-YFL3528 RT-FL-YFL3528 RT-FL-YFL3528 RT-FL-YFL3528 MC12K012-x MC12K012-x

RT-FL-YFL5028 RT-FL-YFL5028 RT-FL-YFL5028 RT-FL-YFL5028 MC12K008-x
RT-A-1224MX5M@300 RT-A-1620MX5M@290 RT-A-2428Mx@230
RT-A-3520MX5M@730
RT-FL-YFL5028 RT-FL-YFL5028 RT-FL-YFL5028 RT-FL-YFL5028 RT-A-2428Mx@300
RT-A-3520MX5M@950 RT-A-3520MX5M@810
RT-FL-YFL5028 RT-FL-YFL5028 RT-FL-YFL5028 RT-FL-YFL5028 RT-A-2428Mx@360 MC12K008-x MC12K008-x MC12K008-x MC12K008-x
RT-A-3520MX5M@1200 RT-A-3520MX5M@1000
307
LONGEST SIDE COLLIMATED BACKLIGHT BAR/LINE LIGHT DOME
OF ILLUMINATED
OBJECT Circular Beam Linear Beam
1 to 1.5 mm LTCLHP023x-x RT-BHDS-25X36-1-x-24V-FL RT-LBRX-00-040-6-x-24V-FL LTDMA1-x

LTBP048036-x LTBP048036-x
1.5 to 2 mm LTCLHP023x-x RT-BHDS-25X36-1-x-24V-FL RT-LBRX-00-040-6-x-24V-FL LTDMA1-x

2 to 3 mm LTCLHP023x-x RT-BHDS-25X36-1-x-24V-FL RT-LBRX-00-040-6-x-24V-FL LTDMA1-x




11 to 15 mm LTCLHP016-x RT-BHDS-25X36-1-x-24V-FL RT-LBRX-00-040-6-x-24V-FL LTDMA1-x



LTCLCR036-x LTBC054054-x LTBP048036-x
LTBP048036-x

LTBP048036-x
40 to 50 mm LTCLHP048-x RT-BHDS-31X58-1-x-24V-FL RT-LBRX-00-080-6-x-24V-FL LTDMB2-x

LTBP096072-x
50 to 70 mm LTCLHP056-x LTCL4K060-x LTBC114114-x RT-LBRX-00-080-6-x-24V-FL LTDMB2-x

LTCLCR056-x RT-BHD-00-070-1-x-24V-FL LTBP096036-x LTDMCX-x
LTCLHP064-x RT-BHDS-00-070-1-x-24V-FL
LTCLCR064-x LTBP096072-x
70 to 100 mm LTCLHP080-x LTCL4K090-x LTBC114114-x RT-LBRX-00-080-6-x-24V-FL LTDMCX-x

LTCLCR080-x RT-BHD-00-100-1-x-24V-FL RT-LBRX-00-120-6-x-24V-FL
LTCLHP096-x LTBP144108-x LTBP144036-x
LTCLCR096-x LTLNC100-W
100 to 150 mm LTCLHP120-x LTCL4K120-x LTBC114114-x RT-LBRX-00-120-6-x-24V-FL RT-IDS4-00-150-2-x-24V-FL

LTCLHP144-x LTCL4K180-x LTBC174174-x RT-LBRX-00-160-6-x-24V-FL RT-IDS4-00-200-2-x-24V-FL
LTLNC150-W
150 to 200 mm LTCLHP192-x LTCL4K180-x LTBC174174-x RT-LBRX-00-200-6-x-24V-FL RT-IDS4-00-200-2-x-24V-FL

LTBC234234-x LTBP240036-x RT-IDS4-00-250-2-x-24V-FL
LTBP240216-x
200 to 300 mm LTCLHP240-x LTBC234234-x LTBP288036-x RT-IDS4-00-250-2-x-24V-FL

LTBP288216-x
308
SELECTION CHART
ILLUMINATORS
RINGLIGHT COMBINED TUNNEL COAXIAL
Low Angle Normal Angle
Diffused Direct Diffused Direct
RT-DLR2-60-050-2-x-24V-FL LTRN023xx LTVTBENCH RT-CAS2-00-025-x-x-24V-FL

LTLAB2-x

LTLAB2-x

LTLAB2-x
LTLAB2-x

LTLAB2-x
RT-DLR2-60-050-2-x-24V-FL LTRN023xx RT-LSW-15-050-2-x-24V-FL LTVTBENCH RT-CAS2-00-025-x-x-24V-FL

LTLAB2-x
RT-DLR2-60-050-2-x-24V-FL RT-LSW-45-070-3-x-24V-FL LTRN016xx RT-LSW-15-050-2-x-24V-FL LTVTBENCH RT-IDT2-00-150-1-x-24V-FL RT-CAS2-00-025-x-x-24V-FL

LTLAB2-x LTDMLAB2-WW

LTLAB2-x LTDMLAB2-WW

LTRN050x45 LTDMLAB2-WW
LTLAB2-x

LTRN050x45 LTDMLAB2-WW
LTRN075x45
LTLAB2-x

LTRN075x45 LTRN048xx LTDMLAB2-WW
LTLAB2-x
RT-DLR2-60-070-2-x-24V-FL RT-LSW-45-070-3-x-24V-FL LTRN048xx RT-LSW-15-050-2-x-24V-FL LTDMLAB2-WW RT-IDT2-00-150-1-x-24V-FL RT-CAS2-00-040-x-x-24V-FL

LTRN165x45 LTRN056xx
LTRN165x20 RT-LSW-15-070-3-x-24V-FL
LTLAB2-x
RT-DLR2-60-070-2-x-24V-FL RT-LLA-75-130-3-x-24V-FL LTRN064xx RT-LSW-15-070-3-x-24V-FL LTDMLAB2-WW RT-IDT2-00-150-1-x-24V-FL RT-CAS2-00-070-x-x-24V-FL

RT-DLR2-60-100-2-x-24V-FL RT-LSW-45-100-3-x-24V-FL LTRN080xx RT-LSW-15-100-5-x-24V-FL LTDMLACx-WW
LTRN165x45
LTRN165x20
LTRN245x35
LTRN245x45
LTLACX-x
RT-DLR2-60-100-2-x-24V-FL RT-LLA-75-130-3-x-24V-FL LTRN096xx RT-LSW-15-100-5-x-24V-FL LTDMLACx-WW RT-IDT2-00-150-1-x-24V-FL RT-CAS2-00-100-x-x-24V-FL

RT-DLR2-60-120-2-x-24V-FL RT-LSW-45-100-5-x-24V-FL LTRN120xx
LTRN165x20
LTRN245x25
LTLACX-x
RT-DLR2-60-120-2-x-24V-FL RT-LLA-75-130-3-x-24V-FL LTRN120xx RT-IDT2-00-200-1-x-24V-FL

RT-LLA-75-170-3-x-24V-FL LTRN144xx
RT-LLA-75-170-3-x-24V-FL
309
FILTER THREAD COMPATIBILITY TABLE
COMPUTAR GOYO GOYO
Part number Filter thread Part number Filter thread Part number Filter thread
H0514-MP2 M43 x P0.75 GMN31614MCN-1 M27 x P0.5 GM6HR38014MCN M27 x P0.5
M0814-MP2 M30.5 x P0.5 GM32514MCN M27 x P0.5 GM6HR31214MCN M27 x P0.5
M1214-MP2 M30.5 x P0.5 GMN32516MCN-1 M27 x P0.5 GM6HR31614MCN M27 x P0.5
M1614-MP2 M30.5 x P0.5 GM23512MCN C25.4 GM6HR32514MCN M27 x P0.5
M2514-MP2 M30.5 x P0.5 GM33519MCN M27 x P0.5 GMB5HR30528MCN C25.4
M3514-MP M30.5 x P0.5 GMN33516MCN-1 M30.5 x P0.5 GMB5HR38014MCN M30.5 x P0.5
M5018-MP2 M30.5 x P0.5 GM35018MCN M30.5 x P0.5 GMA5HR38028MCN C25.4
M7528-MP M30.5 x P0.5 GMN35020MCN-1 M30.5 x P0.5 GMA5HR31218MCN C25.4
M0824-MPW2 C25.4 GMT35018MCN M30.5 x P0.5 GMR5HR31614MCN M27 x P0.5
M1224-MPW2 M27 x P0.5 GM37527MCN M30.5 x P0.5 GM5HR31614MCN C25.4
M1620-MPW2 M27 x P0.5 GMN37525MCN-1 C25.4 GMB5HR31614MCN M30.5 x P0.5
M2518-MPW2 M27 x P0.5 GM310035MCN M30.5 x P0.5 GMR5HR32514MCN M27 x P0.5
M3520-MPW2 M27 x P0.5 GMN310028MCN-1 C25.4 GM5HR32514MCN C25.4
M5028-MPW2 M27 x P0.5 GMTHR23514MCN C25.4 GMB5HR32514MCN M30.5 x P0.5
M2518-MPW M30.5 x P0.5 GMTHR24514MCN C25.4 GMR5HR33516MCN M27 x P0.5
M3Z1228C-MP M35.5 x P0.5 GMHR26012MCN M30.5 x P0.5 GM5HR33514MCN C25.4
MLH-10X C25.4 GMHR26014MCN M30.5 x P0.5 GMR5HR35028MCN M27 x P0.5
MLM-3XMP C25.4 GMTHR21614MCN C25.4 GMB5HR35028MCN M30.5 x P0.5
TEC-V7X C25.4 GMTHR36014MCN C25.4 GMTHR41614MCN-SWIR M35.5 x P0.5
TEC-M55MPW C25.4 GMHR38014MCN-1 M27 x P0.5 GMTHR42514MCN-SWIR M35.5 x P0.5
TEC-M55 M43 x P0.75 GMTHR38014MCN M27 x P0.5 GMTHR43514MCN-SWIR M35.5 x P0.5
M1614-SW M30.5 x P0.5 GMXHR38014MCN M35.5 x P0.5 GMG42514MCN-SWIR C25.4
M2514-SW M30.5 x P0.5 GMHR31214MCN-1 M27 x P0.5 GMG45018MCN-SWIR C25.4
M3514-SW M30.5 x P0.5 GMTHR31214MCN M27 x P0.5 GMG47518MCN-SWIR C25.4
M5018-SW M30.5 x P0.5 GMXHR31218MCN-1 M35.5 x P0.5
GMHR31614MCN-1 M27 x P0.5 KOWA
FUJINON GMTHR31614MCN M27 x P0.5 Part number Filter thread
Part number Filter thread GMXHR31614MCN-1 M35.5 x P0.5 LM6JC C25.4
HF12.5SA-1 C25.4 GMHR32514MCN-1 M27 x P0.5 LM8JC M27 x P0.5
HF16SA-1 C25.4 GMTHR32514MCN C25.4 LM12JC M27 x P0.5
HF25SA-1 C25.4 GMXHR32514MCN M35.5 x P0.5 LM16JC M27 x P0.5
HF35SA-1 C25.4 GMHR33520MCN M27 x P0.5 LM25JC M27 x P0.5
HF50SA-1 C25.4 GMTHR33520MCN C25.4 LM35JC M30.5 x P0.5
HF75SA-1 C25.4 GMXHR33514MCN-1 M35.5 x P0.5 LM50JC M30.5 x P0.5
CF12.5SA-1 C25.4 GMHR35028MCN M27 x P0.5 LM75JC M30.5 x P0.5
CF16SA-1 C25.4 GMTHR35028MCN C25.4 LM100JC M30.5 x P0.5
CF25SA-1 C25.4 GMTHR48014MCN C25.4 LM5JCM C25.4
CF35SA-1 C25.4 GMTHR412514MCN M35.5 x P0.5 LM8JC1MS M27 x P0.5
DF6HA-1B M27 x P0.5 GMTHR43514MCN M35.5 x P0.5 LM25JC1MS M27 x P0.5
HF9HA-1B M27 x P0.5 GMTHR45014MCN C25.4 LM35JC1MS M27 x P0.5
HF12.5HA-1B C25.4 GMHR47518MCN-1 C25.4 LM50JC1MS M27 x P0.5
HF161HA-1B C25.4 GMMPZ4411MCN M43 x P0.75 LMZ69M C25.4
HF25HA-1B C25.4 GMMPZ1040MCN C25.4 LMZ45T3 M52 x P0.75
HF35HA-1B C25.4 GMMPZ20100MCN C25.4 LM50TC C25.4
HF50HA-1B C25.4 GMMPZ1664MCN C25.4 LM5JC10M C25.4
HF75HA-1B M30.5 x P0.5 GM12HR62520MCN C25.4 LM8JC10M C25.4
TH8DA-8B M27 x P0.5 GM12HR63520MCN C25.4 LM12JC10M C25.4
TH25DA-8B C25.4 GM12HR65020MCN C25.4 LM16JC10M C25.4
TF4DA-8B M27 x P0.5 GMO12HR55018MCN C25.4 LM25JC10M C25.4
TF15DA-8B C25.4 GM12HR41216MCN M52 x P0.75 LM35JC10M C25.4
HF35SR4A-SA1L C25.4 GM12HR41616MCN C25.4 LM50JC10M M30.5 x P0.5
HF50SR4A-SA1L C25.4 GM12HR42016MCN C25.4 LM12JC5M2 M30.5 x P0.5
GM12HR42516MCN C25.4 LM16JC5M2 M30.5 x P0.5
GOYO GM12HR43514MCN C25.4 LM25JC5M2 M30.5 x P0.5
Part number Filter thread GM12HR38016MCN C25.4 LM35JC5M2 M30.5 x P0.5
GM23514MCN C25.4 GM12HR39014MCN-1 C25.4 LM16JC5MM-IR M30.5 x P0.5
GM23516MCN M43 x P0.75 GM12HR31216MCN C25.4 LM25JC5MM-IR M30.5 x P0.5
GM24514MCN C25.4 GM12HR312514MCN-1 C25.4 LM35JC5MM-IR M35.5 x P0.5
GM26014MCN M27 x P0.5 GM12HR31616MCN C25.4 LM25JCR M30.5 x P0.5
GMN36014MCN-1 C25.4 GM12HR31814MCN-1 C25.4 LM12JCM-V M27 x P0.5
GM38013MCN-1 C25.4 GM12HR32514MCN C25.4 LM8JCM-V M27 x P0.5
GMN38014MCN-1 M27 x P0.5 GM12HR33514MCN C25.4 LM16JCM-V M27 x P0.5
GM21214MCN M27 x P0.5 GM12HR35018MCN C25.4 LM25JCM-V M27 x P0.5
GMN31214MCN-1 M27 x P0.5 GM12HR37520MCN C25.4 LM35JCM-V M27 x P0.5
GM31614MCN M27 x P0.5 GM8MPDN41450MCN C25.4 LM50JCM-V M27 x P0.5
310
KOWA OPTART RICOH
Part number Filter thread Part number Filter thread Part number Filter thread
LM6HC C25.4 MK3520 C25.4 FL-CC1614-5M C25.4
LM8HC C25.4 MK5028 C25.4 FL-CC2514-5M C25.4
LM12HC M35.5 x P0.5 HF3.5M-2 M43 x P0.75 FL-BC2518-9M C25.4
LM16HC M35.5 x P0.5 LM6JC C25.4 FL-BC3518-9M C25.4
LM25HC M35.5 x P0.5 LM8JC M27 x P0.5 FL-CC5024-9M C25.4
LM35HC M35.5 x P0.5 LM12JC M27 x P0.5 FL-BC7528-9M C25.4
LM50HC C25.4 LM16JC M27 x P0.5 FL-HC0614-2M M30.5 x P0.5
LM75HC C25.4 LM25JC M27 x P0.5 FL-HC1214-2M M27 x P0.5
LM8HC-SW C25.4 LM35JC M30.5 x P0.5 FL-CC1614-2M M27 x P0.5
LM12HC-SW M35.5 x P0.5 LM50JC M30.5 x P0.5 FL-CC2514-2M M27 x P0.5
LM16HC-SW M35.5 x P0.5 LM75JC C25.4 FL-CC3516-2M M27 x P0.5
LM25HC-SW M35.5 x P0.5 LM100JC C25.4 FL-CC5028-2M M27 x P0.5
LM35HC-SW M35.5 x P0.5 VMK1214-C C25.4 FL-CC7528-2M M30.5 x P0.5
LM50HC-SW C25.4 VMK1614-C C25.4 FL-CC0614A-2M C25.4
LM12SC C25.4 VMK2514-C C25.4 FL-CC0814A-2M C25.4
LM16SC C25.4 VMK3514-C C25.4 FL-CC1214A-2M M27 x P0.5
LM25SC C25.4 VMK5014-C C25.4 FL-CC1614A-2M M27 x P0.5
LM35SC C25.4 VMK7518-C C25.4 FL-CC2514A-2M M30.5 x P0.5
LM50SC C25.4 MK0814-C C25.4 FL-CC3516-2M M27 x P0.5
LM8HC-V C25.4 MK1214-C M30.5 x P0.5 FL-CC5024A-2M M30.5 x P0.5
LM12HC-V M35.5 x P0.5 MK1614-C M30.5 x P0.5 FL-CC7528-2M M30.5 x P0.5
LM16CH-V M35.5 x P0.5 MK2514-C M30.5 x P0.5 FL-CC2518-9M C25.4
LM25HC-V M35.5 x P0.5 MK3514-C C25.4 FL-CC3518-9M C25.4
LM35HC-V M35.5 x P0.5 MK5014-C C25.4 FL-CC5024-9M C25.4
LM50HC-V C25.4 MK8M-SWIR C25.4 FL-CC7528-9M C25.4
LM8XC C25.4 MK12M-SWIR C25.4 FL-CC5028A-5M02 M52 x P0.75
LM12XC C25.4 MK16M-SWIR C25.4 FL-CC5028A-5M035 M52 x P0.75
LM16XC C25.4 MK25M-SWIR C25.4 FL-BC2528-VGUV C25.4
LM25XC C25.4 MK35M-SWIR C25.4 FL-BC7838-VGUV C25.4
LM35XC C25.4 FL-HC6Z0810-VG C25.4
LM50XC C25.4 QIOPTIQ FL-CC6Z1218-VG C25.4
LM28CLS C25.4 Part number Filter thread FL-CC6Z1218A-VG C25.4
LM35CLS C25.4 Mevis C 12 mm M35.5 x P0.5
LM50CLS M52 x P0.75 Mevis C 16 mm M35.5 x P0.5 TAMRON
LM50-IR-F M52 x P0.75 Mevis C 25 mm M35.5 x P0.5 Part number Filter thread
LM50-IR-P M52 x P0.75 Mevis C 35 mm M35.5 x P0.5 M111FM08 C25.4
LM35LF-48 M52 x P0.75 Mevis C 50 mm M35.5 x P0.5 M111FM16 C25.4
LM50LF-48 M52 x P0.75 Rogonar-S 25 M30.5 x P0.5 M111FM25 C25.4
LM5NCR M30.5 x P0.5 Rogonar-S 35 M30.5 x P0.5 M111FM08 C25.4
LM6NCR M30.5 x P0.5 M23FM06 C25.4
LMVZ655 M43 x P0.75 RICOH M23FM08 M52 x P0.75
LMVZ655A M43 x P0.75 Part number Filter thread M23FM12 C25.4
LMVZ990-IR M43 x P0.75 FL-HC0416X-VG C25.4 M23FM16 C25.4
LMVZ990A-IR M43 x P0.75 FL-HC0612A-VG C25.4 M23FM25 C25.4
LM12NCR M30.5 x P0.5 FL-HC1212B-VG M27 x P0.5 M23FM35 C25.4
LMVZ4411 M43 x P0.75 FL-CC0418DX-VG C25.4 M23FM50 C25.4
FL-CC0815B-VG C25.4 23FM16SP M30.5 x P0.5
OPTART FL-CC1614A-VG M27 x P0.5 23FM25SP M30.5 x P0.5
Part number Filter thread FL-BC1214D-VG C25.4 23FM50SP M30.5 x P0.5
VHF8MK C25.4 FL-BC1218A-VG C25.4 M118FM06 C25.4
VHF12.5MK M35.5 x P0.5 FL-BC2514D-VG M27 x P0.5 M118FM08 C25.4
VHF16MK M35.5 x P0.5 FL-BC2518-VG C25.4 M118FM12 C25.4
VHF25MK M35.5 x P0.5 FL-BC5014A-VG C25.4 M118FM16 C25.4
VHF35MK M35.5 x P0.5 FL-HC0614-2M M30.5 x P0.5 M118FM25 C25.4
VHF50MK C25.4 FL-HC1214-2M M27 x P0.5 M118FM50 C25.4
VHF75MK C25.4 FL-CC1614-2M M27 x P0.5 22HA M35.5 x P0.5
MK8M-5MP C25.4 FL-CC2514-2M M27 x P0.5 219HA/HB C25.4
MK12M-5MP C25.4 FL-CC3516-2M M27 x P0.5 25HA/HB C25.4
MK16M-5MP C25.4 FL-CC5028-2M M27 x P0.5 17HD/HF C25.4
MK25M-5MP C25.4 FL-CC7528-2M M30.5 x P0.5 20HA/HC C25.4
MK35M-5MP C25.4 FL-CC0614A-2M C25.4 35HB C25.4
MK0614 M30.5 x P0.5 FL-CC0814A-2M C25.4 21HA/HC C25.4
MK0814 M30.5 x P0.5 FL-CC1214A-2M M27 x P0.5 1A1HB C25.4
MK1214 M30.5 x P0.5 FL-CC1614A-2M M27 x P0.5
MK1614 M30.5 x P0.5 FL-CC2514A-2M M30.5 x P0.5
MK1614K M30.5 x P0.5 FL-CC5024A-2M M30.5 x P0.5
MK2514 C25.4 FL-CC0814-5M C25.4
311
Opto Engineering®
Notes
Tools and resources

Extended documentation is available on our website, localized in
nine languages. For every part number you will find full specifications,
product compatibilities, 2D and 3D models in the most popular CAD
formats.
Interactive tools such as the TC selection form and the telecentric/

entocentric sensor charts provide an essential aid in navigating
our product range.
Moreover, we regularly publish papers and video guides about

Opto Engineering® products and technologies as well as broader
machine vision optics tutorials.

2017 - Catalog - Opti

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

2017 - Catalog - Opti

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

INDEX

TELECENTRIC LENSES MACRO LENSES

360° VIEW OPTICS INFRARED OPTICS

LED ILLUMINATORS COMPETENCE

LED PATTERN PROJECTORS PATTERNS

CABLES & ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS

AREA SCAN CAMERAS

Application notes 297

298 Robotic application note

Selection charts 302

304 Sensor size chart telecentric

360° VIEW OPTICS 50

FIXED FOCAL LENSES 89

ADAPTIVE OPTICS 100

Demanding vision tasks such as precision measurement require

Outstanding optical performance.

Opto Engineering® telecentric lenses are our core business:

These products deliver the highest optical performance

TC lenses for matrix detectors also feature:

TC series bi-telecentric lenses represent the key component of KEY ADVANTAGES

Opto Engineering® TC series offers the best performance to price

FOR HIGHER MAGNIFICATION LENSES SEE ALSO

FULL RANGE OF COMPATIBLE ILLUMINATORS

Camera phase adjustment available on selected FULL RANGE OF COMPATIBLE ACCESSORIES

Excellent optical performance

Designed for flexibility and smart integration

Save you money

Boost your sales

Detailed test report with measured optical parameters.

TCBENCH CORE series p. 27

FULL RANGE OF COMPATIBLE ILLUMINATORS

LTCLHP CORE series p. 110

FULL RANGE OF COMPATIBLE ACCESSORIES

Mounting mechanics CMHOCR and CMPTCR series p. 203

Comparison of a “classic“ telecentric lens present on the market and a TC CORE

Off-line precision measurement systems:

File Edit Zoom Select

File Edit Zoom Select

File Edit Zoom Select

sensor position n° 1 sensor position n° 2

Detector type Optical specifications Mechanical specs

TCUV series bi-telecentric lenses are specifically designed to KEY ADVANTAGES

Since the cut-off frequency is inversely proportional to the light

FULL RANGE OF COMPATIBLE ACCESSORIES

CMHO series p. 200

FULL RANGE OF COMPATIBLE CAMERAS

Area scan cameras p. 180-185

Spacial frequency (line pairs/mm) Spacial frequency (line pairs/mm)

Detector type Optical specifications Mechanical specs

Unique Scheimpflug adjustment

The image is radially undistorted

Compatible with any C-mount camera

Detailed test report with measured optical parameters.

Examples of high-end 3D measurements

FULL RANGE OF COMPATIBLE PRODUCTS FOR 3D APPLICATIONS

LED pattern projectors p. 146

FULL RANGE OF COMPATIBLE ACCESSORIES

CMHO series p. 200

Long detector side horizontal Long detector side vertical

TCLWD is a range of telecentric lenses specifically designed for KEY ADVANTAGES

FULL RANGE OF COMPATIBLE ILLUMINATORS

Backlights LTBP, LTBC, LTBFC series p. 134-140

COMPATIBLE CLAMPING MECHANICS